E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 .

0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l r e v 0 0
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l r e v 0 0

1 INTRODUCTION

Electa
Concept
Service Manual

Software Release 6.05

These instructions are intended for personnel responsible for repairs and/or maintenance of the DIDECO
ELECTA CONCEPT Cell Separator for intra-operative auto-transfusion, and contain all the information
necessary for this purpose.

: READ THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY PRIOR TO CARRYING OUT ANY

MAINTENANCE AND/OR REPAIR OPERATION.

Check on delivery that the unit outer container has not been damaged. If there are signs of deterioration, a
formal complaint must be addressed to the transport agents at once. Check the unit carefully and ensure that
there are no missing parts or visible signs of damage. Any complaint together with a detailed account of the
problems discerned must be immediately communicated either to the local representative or directly to Sorin
Group Italia, to the following address:

Sorin Group Italia s.r.l.

Via Statale 12 Nord, 86 - P.O. Box 87
41037 MIRANDOLA (MO) – Italy
Tel. +39/0535/29811 - Fax. +39/0535/25229

In this manual warnings and safety procedures have been highlighted as follows:

: IT INDICATES ANY KIND OF PRECAUTION TECHNICIAN MUST TAKE.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 I
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l r e v 0 0

Electa Concept
Electa Concept complies with the following standards:

- EN 60601 - 1
- EN 60601 - 1- 2
- EN 55011 Group I Class BF
- EN 61000 - 3- 2
- EN 61000 - 3- 3
- EN 61000 - 4- 2
- EN 61000 - 4- 3
- EN 61000 - 4- 4
- EN 61000 - 4- 5
- EN 61000 - 4- 6
- EN 61000 - 4- 8
- EN 61000 - 4-11
- UL 2601 - 1
- CAN/CSA C22 N° 601.1 (control number 28 TA)

The Sorin Group Italia Quality assurance system complies with the following standards:

- EN ISO 13485

Protection class: I

Electrical safety type: BF

Drip proofing: DRIP PROOF IPX1

INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATIONS: TÜV Product Service

 Ta ble of Conte n ts

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. I
2 TABLE OF CONTENTS............................................................................................................................. III
3 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS..................................................................................................................XXV
4 FEATURES ...........................................................................................................................................4.1-1
4.1 (FEAT_001) Technical Features rev00 .........................................................................................4.1-1
4.1.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................4.1-1
4.1.2 About this card........................................................................................................................4.1-1
4.1.3 Tech Features List..................................................................................................................4.1-2
4.2 (FEAT_002) Operating Features rev00 .........................................................................................4.2-1
4.2.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................4.2-1
4.2.2 About this card........................................................................................................................4.2-1
4.2.3 Operating Features List ..........................................................................................................4.2-2
5 FUNCTIONALITY .................................................................................................................................5.1-1
5.1 (UNIT_001) Description of the Unit rev00 .....................................................................................5.1-1
5.1.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................5.1-1
5.1.2 About this card........................................................................................................................5.1-1
5.1.3 Control Panel..........................................................................................................................5.1-4
5.1.4 Top Panel ...............................................................................................................................5.1-5
5.1.4.1 The peristaltic pump........................................................................................................5.1-5
5.1.4.2 Bubble and Hematocrit sensors ......................................................................................5.1-5
5.1.4.3 Wash Quality Sensor .....................................................................................................5.1-6
5.1.4.4 Clamping group ...............................................................................................................5.1-6
5.1.4.5 Centrifuge group .............................................................................................................5.1-7
5.1.5 Rear Panel..............................................................................................................................5.1-8
5.1.5.1 Reservoir weighing system .............................................................................................5.1-8
5.1.5.2 Printer..............................................................................................................................5.1-8
5.1.5.3 Vacuum Pump.................................................................................................................5.1-8
5.1.5.4 USB port..........................................................................................................................5.1-8
5.1.6 Disposable Circuit...................................................................................................................5.1-8
5.1.6.1 Circuit for autotransfusion procedures ............................................................................5.1-8
5.1.6.2 Collection Circuit .............................................................................................................5.1-9
5.1.7 Applications ............................................................................................................................5.1-9
5.1.8 Procedures ...........................................................................................................................5.1-10
5.1.9 Choosing the Program .........................................................................................................5.1-10
5.1.10 Programming ........................................................................................................................5.1-11
5.1.11 Operating Modes ..................................................................................................................5.1-11
5.1.12 Switching on .........................................................................................................................5.1-13
5.1.13 Functional Safety..................................................................................................................5.1-13
5.1.13.1 Switching on ..................................................................................................................5.1-14
5.1.13.2 Setup .............................................................................................................................5.1-14
5.1.13.3 Procedure......................................................................................................................5.1-15
5.2 (UNIT_002) Connection between Electa and PC rev00................................................................5.2-1
5.2.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................5.2-1
5.2.2 About this card........................................................................................................................5.2-1
5.2.3 Description..............................................................................................................................5.2-2
5.2.3.1 Tools Rrequired...............................................................................................................5.2-2
5.2.3.2 Connnection ....................................................................................................................5.2-2
5.3 (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages rev00 ...........................................................................................5.3-1
5.3.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................5.3-1
5.3.2 About this chapter...................................................................................................................5.3-1
5.3.3 Diagnostics modes .................................................................................................................5.3-2
5.3.3.1 Access.............................................................................................................................5.3-2
5.3.3.2 Exit ..................................................................................................................................5.3-3
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 III
 Table of Contents
5.3.3.3 Menus..............................................................................................................................5.3-3
5.3.4 The Diagnostic Functions .......................................................................................................5.3-5
5.3.4.1 Language Selection ........................................................................................................5.3-5
5.3.4.2 Clock setting....................................................................................................................5.3-6
5.3.4.3 Flash Programming.........................................................................................................5.3-7
5.3.4.4 Display Contrast ..............................................................................................................5.3-8
5.3.4.5 Programs Set ..................................................................................................................5.3-9
5.3.4.6 Sw & Link Config. ..........................................................................................................5.3-10
5.3.4.7 Data Initialization ...........................................................................................................5.3-11
5.3.4.8 Digital Input ...................................................................................................................5.3-12
5.3.4.8.1 Master .......................................................................................................................5.3-13
5.3.4.8.2 User Interface............................................................................................................5.3-14
5.3.4.8.3 Sensors .....................................................................................................................5.3-15
5.3.4.8.4 Actuator 1 ..................................................................................................................5.3-16
5.3.4.8.5 Actuator 2 ..................................................................................................................5.3-17
5.3.4.9 Analog Input ..................................................................................................................5.3-18
5.3.4.9.1 Master .......................................................................................................................5.3-18
5.3.4.9.2 Sensors .....................................................................................................................5.3-19
5.3.4.9.3 Actuator 1 ..................................................................................................................5.3-20
5.3.4.9.4 Actuator 2 ..................................................................................................................5.3-20
5.3.4.10 Actuators Control ..........................................................................................................5.3-21
5.3.4.10.1 Clamps Control........................................................................................................5.3-22
5.3.4.10.2 Lock & Cover Control ..............................................................................................5.3-23
5.3.4.10.3 Vacuum Control.......................................................................................................5.3-24
5.3.4.10.4 Pump Control ..........................................................................................................5.3-25
5.3.4.10.5 Centrifuge Control ...................................................................................................5.3-26
5.3.4.11 Fatal Errors....................................................................................................................5.3-27
5.3.4.12 S/N Insertion..................................................................................................................5.3-28
5.3.4.13 Eeprom Control .............................................................................................................5.3-29
5.3.4.14 Run Test........................................................................................................................5.3-29
5.3.4.15 Short Test......................................................................................................................5.3-30
5.3.4.16 Working Times ..............................................................................................................5.3-32
5.3.4.17 Fph Setting ....................................................................................................................5.3-32
5.3.4.18 Electa Concept Configuration .......................................................................................5.3-33
5.3.4.19 Configuration change ....................................................................................................5.3-34
5.3.4.20 Vacuum Errors ..............................................................................................................5.3-36
5.3.4.21 Better Empty..................................................................................................................5.3-38
5.3.4.22 Features Configuration..................................................................................................5.3-38
5.3.4.23 Popt ...............................................................................................................................5.3-39
5.3.4.24 General Settings ...........................................................................................................5.3-40
5.3.4.25 Warning Configuration ..................................................................................................5.3-41
5.4 (UNIT_004) Programming Procedure rev00..................................................................................5.4-1
5.4.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................5.4-1
5.4.2 About this card........................................................................................................................5.4-1
5.4.3 Main Menu..............................................................................................................................5.4-2
5.4.3.1 File Menu.........................................................................................................................5.4-4
5.4.3.2 Settings Menu .................................................................................................................5.4-4
5.4.3.3 Info Menu ........................................................................................................................5.4-5
5.4.4 Download Software Procedure...............................................................................................5.4-6
5.4.4.1 Tools................................................................................................................................5.4-6
5.4.4.2 Standard Programming Procedure .................................................................................5.4-6
5.4.4.2.1 Programming Procedure for a single board ..............................................................5.4-6
5.4.4.2.2 Programming Procedure for all boards .....................................................................5.4-9
5.4.4.3 Operations to perform after Master board programming ..............................................5.4-10
5.4.4.4 Programming Procedure of Act1, Act2 and Sensor boards in case of failed programming ................ 5.4-10
5.4.5 Software installation .............................................................................................................5.4-11
6 ACTUATOR DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................6.1-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 IV
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
6.1 (ACTDESCR_001) Actuator Overview rev00 ................................................................................6.1-1
6.1.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................6.1-1
6.1.2 About this card........................................................................................................................6.1-1
6.1.3 Actuator overview ...................................................................................................................6.1-2
6.2 (ACTDESCR_002) Clamp Group rev00 ........................................................................................6.2-1
6.2.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................6.2-1
6.2.2 About this card........................................................................................................................6.2-1
6.2.3 Actuator Overview ..................................................................................................................6.2-2
6.2.4 Driver & Controller ..................................................................................................................6.2-3
6.2.5 Sensors ..................................................................................................................................6.2-4
6.3 (ACTDESCR_003) Centrifuge Group rev00..................................................................................6.3-1
6.3.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................6.3-1
6.3.2 About this card........................................................................................................................6.3-1
6.3.3 Controller & Driver ..................................................................................................................6.3-2
6.3.4 Encoder ..................................................................................................................................6.3-2
6.3.5 Overtemperature ....................................................................................................................6.3-3
6.4 (ACTDESCR_004) Pump Group rev00 .........................................................................................6.4-1
6.4.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................6.4-1
6.4.2 About this card........................................................................................................................6.4-1
6.4.3 Driver ......................................................................................................................................6.4-2
6.4.4 Overtemperature ....................................................................................................................6.4-2
6.4.5 Encoder ..................................................................................................................................6.4-2
6.5 (ACTDESCR_005) Vacuum Group rev00 .....................................................................................6.5-1
6.5.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................6.5-1
6.5.2 About this card........................................................................................................................6.5-1
6.5.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................6.5-2
6.5.4 Pressure control algorithm .....................................................................................................6.5-3
6.5.5 Vacuum Pressure ...................................................................................................................6.5-3
6.5.6 Vacuum actuator feedback.....................................................................................................6.5-4
6.6 (ACTDESCR_006) Cover Lock Group rev00 ................................................................................6.6-1
6.6.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................6.6-1
6.6.2 About this card........................................................................................................................6.6-1
6.6.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................6.6-2
7 SENSOR DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................................7.1-1
7.1 (SNSDESCR_001) Sensor Overview rev00..................................................................................7.1-1
7.1.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.1-1
7.1.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.1-1
7.1.3 Sensor Overview ....................................................................................................................7.1-2
7.2 (SNSDESCR_002) Blood Loss Sensor rev00 ...............................................................................7.2-1
7.2.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.2-1
7.2.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.2-1
7.2.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.2-2
7.3 (SNSDESCR_003) Waste Bag Sensor rev00 ...............................................................................7.3-1
7.3.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.3-1
7.3.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.3-1
7.3.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.3-2
7.4 (SNSDESCR_004) Bowl Bar Code Reader rev00 ........................................................................7.4-1
7.4.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.4-1
7.4.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.4-1
7.4.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.4-2
7.4.4 Notes on the model ................................................................................................................7.4-4
7.5 (SNSDESCR_005) Buffy Coat Sensor rev00 ................................................................................7.5-1
7.5.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.5-1
7.5.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.5-1
7.5.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.5-2
7.6 (SNSDESCR_006) Bubble Sensor rev00......................................................................................7.6-1
7.6.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.6-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 V
 Table of Contents
7.6.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.6-1
7.6.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.6-2
7.7 (SNSDESCR_007) Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor rev00 ....................................................................7.7-1
7.7.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.7-1
7.7.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.7-1
7.7.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.7-2
7.7.4 Functionality ...........................................................................................................................7.7-4
7.8 (SNSDESCR_008) Hemoglobin (HGB) Sensor rev00 ..................................................................7.8-1
7.8.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.8-1
7.8.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.8-1
7.8.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.8-2
7.9 (SNSDESCR_009) Reservoir Loading Cell rev00.........................................................................7.9-1
7.9.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................7.9-1
7.9.2 About this card........................................................................................................................7.9-1
7.9.3 Device description ..................................................................................................................7.9-2
7.10 (SNSDESCR_010) Red Line Pressure Sensor rev00.................................................................7.10-1
7.10.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................7.10-1
7.10.2 About this card......................................................................................................................7.10-1
7.10.3 Device description ................................................................................................................7.10-2
7.11 (SNSDESCR_011) Cover Sensor rev00 .....................................................................................7.11-1
7.11.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................7.11-1
7.11.2 About this card......................................................................................................................7.11-1
7.11.3 Device description ................................................................................................................7.11-2
7.12 (SNSDESCR_012) Bowl Locking Arm Sensor rev00..................................................................7.12-1
7.12.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................7.12-1
7.12.2 About this card......................................................................................................................7.12-1
7.12.3 Device description ................................................................................................................7.12-2
8 BOARD DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................8.1-1
8.1 (BRDDESCR_001) Board Overview rev00 ...................................................................................8.1-1
8.1.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................8.1-1
8.1.2 About this card........................................................................................................................8.1-1
8.1.3 Board Overview ......................................................................................................................8.1-2
8.2 (BRDDESCR_002) ABE rev00 ......................................................................................................8.2-1
8.2.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................8.2-1
8.2.2 About this card........................................................................................................................8.2-1
8.2.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................8.2-2
8.2.4 Led Table................................................................................................................................8.2-4
8.2.5 Connector Table .....................................................................................................................8.2-5
8.2.6 Fuse Table..............................................................................................................................8.2-7
8.2.7 Trimmer Table ........................................................................................................................8.2-7
8.2.8 Jumper Table..........................................................................................................................8.2-7
8.2.9 Dip Switches...........................................................................................................................8.2-8
8.3 (BRDDESCR_003) DBEC rev00 ...................................................................................................8.3-1
8.3.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................8.3-1
8.3.2 About this card........................................................................................................................8.3-1
8.3.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................8.3-2
8.3.4 Led Table................................................................................................................................8.3-3
8.3.5 Connector Table .....................................................................................................................8.3-3
8.3.6 Trimmer Table ........................................................................................................................8.3-5
8.3.7 Jumper Table..........................................................................................................................8.3-5
8.3.8 Dip Switches...........................................................................................................................8.3-5
8.4 (BRDDESCR_004) MBE1 rev00 ...................................................................................................8.4-1
8.4.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................8.4-1
8.4.2 About this card........................................................................................................................8.4-1
8.4.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................8.4-2
8.4.4 Led Table................................................................................................................................8.4-2
8.4.5 Connector Table .....................................................................................................................8.4-3
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 VI
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
8.4.6 Jumper Table..........................................................................................................................8.4-6
8.4.7 Dip Switches...........................................................................................................................8.4-6
8.5 (BRDDESCR_005) PSE1 rev00....................................................................................................8.5-1
8.5.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................8.5-1
8.5.2 About this card........................................................................................................................8.5-1
8.5.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................8.5-2
8.5.3.1 Enabling of the +30 .........................................................................................................8.5-3
8.5.3.2 Enabling of the +12M power supply voltage ...................................................................8.5-4
8.5.3.3 Management of the Mains Fail signal (VTRAP generator) .............................................8.5-4
8.5.4 Led Table................................................................................................................................8.5-4
8.5.5 Connector Table .....................................................................................................................8.5-5
8.5.6 Fuse Table..............................................................................................................................8.5-7
8.5.7 Trimmer Table ........................................................................................................................8.5-7
8.5.8 Jumper Table..........................................................................................................................8.5-7
8.6 (BRDDESCR_006) SBE rev00 ......................................................................................................8.6-1
8.6.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................8.6-1
8.6.2 About this card........................................................................................................................8.6-1
8.6.3 Overview.................................................................................................................................8.6-2
8.6.4 Led Table................................................................................................................................8.6-3
8.6.5 Connector Table .....................................................................................................................8.6-3
8.6.6 Trimmer Table ........................................................................................................................8.6-5
8.6.7 Jumper Table..........................................................................................................................8.6-6
8.6.8 Dip Switches...........................................................................................................................8.6-6
9 TROUBLE MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................8.6-1
9.1 (TROUBLE_001) Trouble Overview rev00 ....................................................................................9.1-1
9.1.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................9.1-1
9.1.2 About this card........................................................................................................................9.1-1
9.1.3 General instructions................................................................................................................9.1-2
9.1.3.1 Table column meaning ...........................................................................................................9.1-3
9.2 (TROUBLE_002) Hardware Errors rev00......................................................................................9.2-1
9.2.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................9.2-1
9.2.2 About this card........................................................................................................................9.2-1
9.2.3 Hardware Error Table .............................................................................................................9.2-2
9.3 (TROUBLE_003) Failures rev00 ...................................................................................................9.3-1
9.3.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................9.3-1
9.3.2 About this card........................................................................................................................9.3-1
9.3.3 Failure Table...........................................................................................................................9.3-2
9.4 (TROUBLE_004) Alarms & Warnings rev00 .................................................................................9.4-1
9.4.1 Card Applicability Table..........................................................................................................9.4-1
9.4.2 About this card........................................................................................................................9.4-1
9.4.3 Alarm/Warning Table..............................................................................................................9.4-2
10 DISMANTLING .....................................................................................................................................9.4-1
10.1 (DISM_001) Opening the Unit rev.00 ..........................................................................................10.1-1
10.1.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.1-1
10.1.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.1-1
10.1.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.1-2
10.1.3.1 Left and right panels......................................................................................................10.1-2
10.1.3.2 Front Panel....................................................................................................................10.1-2
10.1.3.3 Bottom Cover ................................................................................................................10.1-2
10.2 (DISM_002) Locating the Parts rev00 .........................................................................................10.2-1
10.2.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.2-1
10.2.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.2-1
10.2.3 Description of Electa Cocept components ...........................................................................10.2-3
10.3 (DISM_003) FUNCTIONAL VERIFICATION TEST rev.00..........................................................10.3-1
10.3.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.3-1
10.3.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.3-1
10.3.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.3-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 VII
 Table of Contents
10.3.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.3-2
10.3.3.2 Functional Verification test ............................................................................................10.3-2
10.4 (DISM_004) cod. 60700 SBE P.C. BOARD rev00 ......................................................................10.4-1
10.4.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.4-1
10.4.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.4-1
10.4.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.4-2
10.4.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.4-2
10.4.3.2 Disassembly ..................................................................................................................10.4-2
10.4.3.3 Reassembly...................................................................................................................10.4-2
10.4.4 Calibration Required.............................................................................................................10.4-2
10.4.5 Functional test ......................................................................................................................10.4-2
10.5 (DISM_005) cod. 60702 ABE P.C. BOARD rev00 ......................................................................10.5-1
10.5.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.5-1
10.5.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.5-1
10.5.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.5-2
10.5.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.5-2
10.5.3.2 Disassembly ..................................................................................................................10.5-2
10.5.3.3 Reassembly...................................................................................................................10.5-2
10.5.4 Calibration Required.............................................................................................................10.5-2
10.5.5 Functional test ......................................................................................................................10.5-2
10.6 (DISM_006) cod. 60705 MAIN FILTER P.C. BOARD rev00 .......................................................10.6-1
10.6.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.6-1
10.6.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.6-1
10.6.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.6-2
10.6.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.6-2
10.6.3.2 Disassembly ..................................................................................................................10.6-2
10.6.3.3 Reassembly...................................................................................................................10.6-2
10.6.4 Functional test ...............................................................................................................10.6-2
10.7 (DISM_007) cod. 60707 DPT P.C. BOARD rev00 ......................................................................10.7-1
10.7.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.7-1
10.7.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.7-1
10.7.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.7-2
10.7.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.7-2
10.7.3.2 Disassembly ..................................................................................................................10.7-2
10.7.3.3 Reassembly...................................................................................................................10.7-2
10.7.4 Calibration Procedure...........................................................................................................10.7-2
10.7.5 Functional test ......................................................................................................................10.7-2
10.8 (DISM_008) cod. 60708 BLSA SENSOR rev00 ..........................................................................10.8-1
10.8.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.8-1
10.8.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.8-1
10.8.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.8-2
10.8.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.8-2
10.8.3.2 Disassembly ..................................................................................................................10.8-2
10.8.3.3 Reassembly...................................................................................................................10.8-2
10.8.4 Functional test ......................................................................................................................10.8-2
10.9 (DISM_009) cod. 60709 HGB SENSOR rev00 ...........................................................................10.9-1
10.9.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................10.9-1
10.9.2 About this card......................................................................................................................10.9-1
10.9.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................10.9-2
10.9.3.1 Tools..............................................................................................................................10.9-2
10.9.3.2 Disassembly ..................................................................................................................10.9-2
10.9.3.3 Reassembly...................................................................................................................10.9-2
10.9.4 Calibration required ..............................................................................................................10.9-3
10.9.5 Functional test ......................................................................................................................10.9-3
10.10 (DISM_010) cod. 60710 HCT - BUBBLE SENSOR rev00 ........................................................10.10-1
10.10.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.10-1
10.10.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.10-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 VIII
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
10.10.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.10-2
10.10.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.10-2
10.10.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.10-2
10.10.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.10-2
10.10.4 Calibration required ............................................................................................................10.10-2
10.10.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.10-2
10.11 (DISM_011) cod. 60711 HS – P ROTOR SENSOR..................................................................10.11-1
10.11.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.11-1
10.11.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.11-1
10.11.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.11-2
10.11.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.11-2
10.11.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.11-2
10.11.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.11-2
10.11.4 Calibration required ............................................................................................................10.11-2
10.11.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.11-2
10.12 (DISM_012) cod. 60713 HS-A BOWL ARM SENSOR rev00....................................................10.12-1
10.12.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.12-1
10.12.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.12-1
10.12.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.12-2
10.12.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.12-2
10.12.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.12-2
10.12.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.12-2
10.12.4 Calibration Procedure.........................................................................................................10.12-3
10.13 (DISM_013) cod. 60714 HS-C CLAMP rev00 ...........................................................................10.13-1
10.13.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.13-1
10.13.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.13-1
10.13.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.13-2
10.13.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.13-2
10.13.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.13-2
10.13.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.13-2
10.13.4 Calibration Required...........................................................................................................10.13-2
10.13.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.13-2
10.14 (DISM_014) cod. 60715 POWER SUPPLY rev00 ....................................................................10.14-1
10.14.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.14-1
10.14.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.14-1
10.14.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.14-2
10.14.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.14-2
10.14.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.14-2
10.14.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.14-2
10.14.4 Calibration Procedure.........................................................................................................10.14-2
10.14.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.14-2
10.15 (DISM_015) cod. 60716 CLAMP OPTICAL SWITCH rev00 .....................................................10.15-1
10.15.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.15-1
10.15.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.15-1
10.15.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.15-2
10.15.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.15-2
10.15.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.15-2
10.15.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.15-2
10.15.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.15-2
10.16 (DISM_016) cod. 60718 WASTE BAG SENSOR rev00............................................................10.16-1
10.16.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.16-1
10.16.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.16-1
10.16.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.16-2
10.16.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.16-2
10.16.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.16-2
10.16.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.16-2
10.16.4 Calibration Required...........................................................................................................10.16-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 IX
 Table of Contents
10.16.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.16-2
10.17 (DISM_017) cod. 60719 VACUUM ELECTROVALVE rev00 ....................................................10.17-1
10.17.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.17-1
10.17.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.17-1
10.17.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.17-2
10.17.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.17-2
10.17.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.17-2
10.17.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.17-3
10.17.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.17-3
10.18 (DISM_018) cod. 60720 CENTRIFUGE MOTOR rev00 ...........................................................10.18-1
10.18.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.18-1
10.18.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.18-1
10.18.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.18-2
10.18.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.18-2
10.18.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.18-2
10.18.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.18-2
10.18.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.18-2
10.18.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.18-3
10.19 (DISM_019) cod. 60721 CENTR. ENCODER SWITCH rev00..................................................10.19-1
10.19.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.19-1
10.19.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.19-1
10.19.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.19-2
10.19.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.19-2
10.19.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.19-2
10.19.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.19-2
10.19.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.19-2
10.20 (DISM_020) cod. 60722 ENCODER DISK rev00 ......................................................................10.20-1
10.20.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.20-1
10.20.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.20-1
10.20.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.20-2
10.20.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.20-2
10.20.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.20-2
10.20.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.20-2
10.20.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.20-2
10.20.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.20-2
10.21 (DISM_021) cod. 60721 60723 CENTRIFUGE CHUCK rev00 .................................................10.21-1
10.21.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.21-1
10.21.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.21-1
10.21.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.21-2
10.21.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.21-2
10.21.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.21-2
10.21.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.21-3
10.21.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.21-3
10.22 (DISM_022) cod. 60724 CENTRIFUGE PLATE rev00 .............................................................10.22-1
10.22.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.22-1
10.22.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.22-1
10.22.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.22-2
10.22.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.22-2
10.22.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.22-2
10.22.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.22-2
10.23 (DISM_023) cod. 60725 BOWL ARM rev00..............................................................................10.23-1
10.23.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.23-1
10.23.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.23-1
10.23.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.23-2
10.23.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.23-2
10.23.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.23-2
10.23.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.23-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 X
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
10.23.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.23-2
10.23.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.23-2
10.24 (DISM_024) cod. 60727 PUMP MOTOR rev00 ........................................................................10.24-1
10.24.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.24-1
10.24.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.24-1
10.24.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.24-2
10.24.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.24-2
10.24.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.24-2
10.24.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.24-3
10.24.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.24-3
10.25 (DISM_025) cod. 60728 PUMP PLATE rev00 ..........................................................................10.25-1
10.25.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.25-1
10.25.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.25-1
10.25.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.25-2
10.25.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.25-2
10.25.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.25-2
10.25.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.25-2
10.25.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.25-2
10.25.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.25-2
10.26 (DISM_026) cod. 60729 PUMP ROTOR rev00 .........................................................................10.26-1
10.26.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.26-1
10.26.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.26-1
10.26.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.26-2
10.26.3.1 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.26-2
10.26.3.2 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.26-2
10.26.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.26-2
10.27 (DISM_027) cod. 60731 BUSHINGS rev00...............................................................................10.27-1
10.27.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.27-1
10.27.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.27-1
10.27.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.27-2
10.27.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.27-2
10.27.3.2 Disassembling the I.V. Pole bushings.........................................................................10.27-2
10.27.3.3 Disassembling the Cardiotomy bushing......................................................................10.27-3
10.27.3.4 Reassembling the Cardiotomy bushing ......................................................................10.27-3
10.27.3.4.1 Reassembling the Ø 25 mm Bushing (I.V. Pole side) ............................................10.27-3
10.27.3.4.2 Reassembling the Ø 20 mm Bushing ....................................................................10.27-4
10.27.3.4.3 Reassembling the Ø 15 mm Bushing.....................................................................10.27-4
10.27.3.4.4 Reassembling the Ø 25 mm Bushing (Cardiotomy side) .......................................10.27-4
10.27.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.27-4
10.28 (DISM_028) cod. 60732 CLAMP GROUP rev00.......................................................................10.28-1
10.28.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.28-1
10.28.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.28-1
10.28.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.28-2
10.28.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.28-2
10.28.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.28-2
10.28.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.28-2
10.28.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.28-3
10.29 (DISM_029) cod. 60733 CLAMP KNOB rev00..........................................................................10.29-1
10.29.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.29-1
10.29.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.29-1
10.29.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.29-2
10.29.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.29-2
10.29.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.29-2
10.29.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.29-2
10.30 (DISM_030) cod. 60734 OPENING COVER LEVER rev00 ......................................................10.30-1
10.30.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.30-1
10.30.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.30-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XI
 Table of Contents
10.30.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.30-2
10.30.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.30-2
10.30.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.30-2
10.30.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.30-2
10.30.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.30-2
10.30.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.30-2
10.31 (DISM_031) cod. 60735 COVER LOCKING HOOK rev00........................................................10.31-1
10.31.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.31-1
10.31.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.31-1
10.31.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.31-2
10.31.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.31-2
10.31.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.31-2
10.31.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.31-2
10.31.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.31-2
10.32 (DISM_032) cod. 60736 LOAD CELL rev00..............................................................................10.32-1
10.32.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.32-1
10.32.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.32-1
10.32.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.32-2
10.32.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.32-2
10.32.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.32-2
10.32.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.32-4
10.32.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.32-4
10.32.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.32-4
10.33 (DISM_033) cod. 60741 SERIAL CONN REAR DOOR rev00 ..................................................10.33-1
10.33.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.33-1
10.33.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.33-1
10.33.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.33-2
10.33.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.33-2
10.33.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.33-2
10.33.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.33-2
10.33.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.33-2
10.34 (DISM_034) cod. 60743 FUSES HOLDER rev00 .....................................................................10.34-1
10.34.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.34-1
10.34.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.34-1
10.34.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.34-2
10.34.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.34-2
10.34.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.34-2
10.34.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.34-2
10.35 (DISM_035) cod. 60744 FUSES rev00 .....................................................................................10.35-1
10.35.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.35-1
10.35.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.35-1
10.35.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.35-2
10.35.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.35-2
10.35.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.35-2
10.35.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.35-2
10.36 (DISM_036) cod. 60746 BUFFY COAT SENSOR rev00 ..........................................................10.36-1
10.36.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.36-1
10.36.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.36-1
10.36.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.36-2
10.36.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.36-2
10.36.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.36-2
10.36.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.36-2
10.36.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.36-2
10.36.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.36-2
10.37 (DISM_037) cod. 60751 SCHURTER MODULE rev00.............................................................10.37-1
10.37.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.37-1
10.37.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.37-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XII
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
10.37.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.37-2
10.37.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.37-2
10.37.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.37-2
10.37.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.37-2
10.37.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.37-2
10.38 (DISM_038) cod. 60757 COVER LOCK OPT. SENSOR rev00 ................................................10.38-1
10.38.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.38-1
10.38.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.38-1
10.38.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.38-2
10.38.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.38-2
10.38.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.38-2
10.38.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.38-2
10.38.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.38-2
10.38.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.38-2
10.39 (DISM_039) cod. 60758 LOCKING SYSTEM rev00 .................................................................10.39-1
10.39.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.39-1
10.39.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.39-1
10.39.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.39-2
10.39.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.39-2
10.39.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.39-2
10.39.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.39-2
10.39.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.39-2
10.39.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.39-2
10.40 (DISM_040) cod. 60762 DPT & VALVE PNEUMATIC TUBING SET rev00 .............................10.40-1
10.40.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.40-1
10.40.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.40-1
10.40.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.40-2
10.40.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.40-2
10.40.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.40-2
10.40.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.40-2
10.40.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.40-2
10.41 (DISM_041) cod. 60763 EXPANSION CHAMBER rev00 .........................................................10.41-1
10.41.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.41-1
10.41.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.41-1
10.41.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.41-2
10.41.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.41-2
10.41.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.41-2
10.41.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.41-2
10.41.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.41-3
10.42 (DISM_042) cod. 60764 I.V. POLE COMPLETE rev00 ............................................................10.42-1
10.42.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.42-1
10.42.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.42-1
10.42.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.42-2
10.42.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.42-2
10.42.3.2 Disassembling the I.V.Pole completely.......................................................................10.42-2
10.42.3.3 Reassembling the I.V.Pole completely .......................................................................10.42-3
10.42.3.3.1 Reassembling the Ø 25 mm mast ..........................................................................10.42-3
10.42.3.3.2 Reassembling the Ø 20 mm mast ..........................................................................10.42-3
10.42.3.3.3 Reassembling the Ø 25 mm mast ..........................................................................10.42-3
10.42.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.42-4
10.43 (DISM_043) cod. 60765 CARDIOTOMY SUPPORT rev00 ......................................................10.43-1
10.43.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.43-1
10.43.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.43-1
10.43.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.43-2
10.43.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.43-2
10.43.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.43-2
10.43.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.43-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XIII
 Table of Contents
10.43.4 Functional test .............................................................................................................10.43-3
10.44 (DISM_044) cod. 60777 MBE1 P.C. BOARD rev00..................................................................10.44-1
10.44.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.44-1
10.44.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.44-1
10.44.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.44-2
10.44.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.44-2
10.44.3.2 Electa Essential Concept ............................................................................................10.44-2
10.44.3.3 Electa Concept ............................................................................................................10.44-3
10.44.3.4 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.44-3
10.44.3.4 Resassembly...............................................................................................................10.44-3
10.44.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.44-3
10.45 (DISM_045) cod. 60778 PSE1 P.C. BOARD rev00 ..................................................................10.45-1
10.45.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.45-1
10.45.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.45-1
10.45.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.45-2
10.45.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.45-2
10.45.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.45-2
10.45.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.45-2
10.45.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.45-2
10.45.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.45-2
10.46 (DISM_046) cod. 60779 DBEC P.C. BOARD rev00 .................................................................10.46-1
10.46.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.46-1
10.46.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.46-1
10.46.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.46-2
10.46.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.46-2
10.46.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.46-2
10.46.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.46-2
10.46.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.46-2
10.47 (DISM_047) cod. 60780 RED LINE PRESSURE SENSOR rev00............................................10.47-1
10.47.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.47-1
10.47.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.47-1
10.47.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.47-2
10.47.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.47-2
10.47.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.47-2
10.47.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.47-2
10.47.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.47-2
10.47.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.47-2
10.48 (DISM_048) cod. 60782 RECIRCULATION FAN rev00............................................................10.48-1
10.48.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.48-1
10.48.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.48-1
10.48.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.48-2
10.48.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.48-2
10.48.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.48-2
10.48.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.48-2
10.48.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.48-2
10.49 (DISM_049) cod. 60783 COLOR DISPLAY rev00 ....................................................................10.49-1
10.49.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.49-1
10.49.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.49-1
10.49.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.49-2
10.49.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.49-2
10.49.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.49-2
10.49.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.49-2
10.49.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.49-2
10.50 (DISM_050) cod. 60785 LED BC GROUP rev00 ......................................................................10.50-1
10.50.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.50-1
10.50.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.50-1
10.50.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................. 10.50-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XIV
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
10.50.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.50-2
10.50.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.50-2
10.50.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.50-2
10.50.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.50-3
10.50.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.50-3
10.51 (DISM_051) cod. 60786 KEYBOARD rev00 .............................................................................10.51-1
10.51.1 Card Applicability Table ............................................................................................. 10.51-1
10.51.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.51-1
10.51.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.51-2
10.51.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.51-2
10.51.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.51-2
10.51.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.51-2
10.51.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.51-2
10.52 (DISM_052) cod. 60787 COMPLETE DISPLAY COVER rev00 ...............................................10.52-1
10.52.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.52-1
10.52.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.52-1
10.52.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.52-2
10.52.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.52-2
10.52.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.52-2
10.52.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.52-2
10.52.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.52-3
10.52.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.52-3
10.53 (DISM_053) cod. 60769 60788 ELECTA CONCEPT TOP rev00 .............................................10.53-1
10.53.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.53-1
10.53.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.53-1
10.53.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.53-2
10.53.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.53-2
10.53.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.53-2
10.53.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.53-2
10.53.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.53-3
10.53.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.53-3
10.54 (DISM_054) cod. 60789 COLOR DISPLAY INVERTER rev00 .................................................10.54-1
10.54.1 About this card....................................................................................................................10.54-1
10.54.2 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.54-2
10.54.2.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.54-2
10.54.2.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.54-2
10.54.2.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.54-2
10.54.3 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.54-2
10.55 (DISM_055) cod. 60790 PRINTER ELC rev00 .........................................................................10.55-1
10.55.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.55-1
10.55.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.55-1
10.55.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.55-2
10.55.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.55-2
10.55.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.55-2
10.55.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.55-2
10.55.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.55-2
10.56 (DISM_056) cod. 60792 PEDALS AND BRAKE KIT rev00.......................................................10.56-1
10.56.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.56-1
10.56.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.56-1
10.56.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.56-2
10.56.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.56-2
10.56.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.56-2
10.56.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.56-3
10.57 (DISM_057) cod. 60794 INTERNAL CENTRIFUGE LIGHT rev.00 ..........................................10.57-1
10.57.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.57-1
10.57.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.57-1
10.57.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.57-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XV
 Table of Contents
10.57.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.57-2
10.57.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.57-2
10.57.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.57-2
10.57.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.57-2
10.58 (DISM_058) cod. 60799 SPARE KIT: INK AND PAPER rev00.................................................10.58-1
10.58.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.58-1
10.58.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.58-1
10.58.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.58-2
10.58.3.1 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.58-2
10.58.3.2 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.58-2
10.58.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.58-2
10.59 (DISM_059) cod. 60801 FLASH EEPROM MBE1rev.00 ..........................................................10.59-1
10.59.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.58-1
10.59.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.59-1
10.59.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.59-2
10.59.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.59-2
10.59.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.59-2
10.59.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.59-2
10.59.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.59-2
10.59.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.59-2
10.60 (DISM_060) cod. 60802 FLASH EEPROM DBEC rev00 ..........................................................10.60-1
10.60.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.60-1
10.60.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.60-1
10.60.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.60-2
10.60.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.60-2
10.60.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.60-2
10.60.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.60-2
10.60.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.60-2
10.60.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.60-2
10.61 (DISM_061) cod. 60803 BUZZER rev00 ...................................................................................10.61-1
10.61.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.61-1
10.61.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.61-1
10.61.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.61-2
10.61.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.61-2
10.61.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.61-2
10.61.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.61-2
10.61.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.61-2
10.62 (DISM_062) cod. 60804 MOTOR SHAFT rev00 .......................................................................10.62-1
10.62.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.62-1
10.62.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.62-1
10.62.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.62-2
10.62.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.62-2
10.62.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.62-2
10.62.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.62-2
10.62.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.62-3
10.63 (DISM_063) cod. 60806 ECCENTRIC RING rev00 ..................................................................10.63-1
10.63.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.63-1
10.63.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.63-1
10.63.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.63-2
10.63.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.63-2
10.63.3.2 I.V. Pole eccentric ring ................................................................................................10.63-2
10.63.3.2.1 Disassembly ...........................................................................................................10.63-2
10.63.3.2.2 Reassembly ............................................................................................................10.63-2
10.63.3.3 Cardiotomy eccentric ring ...........................................................................................10.63-3
10.63.3.3.1 Disassembly ...........................................................................................................10.63-3
10.63.3.3.2 Reassembly ............................................................................................................10.63-4
10.63.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.63-4
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XVI
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
10.64 (DISM_064) cod. 60809 VACUUM PUMP rev00 ......................................................................10.64-1
10.64.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.64-1
10.64.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.64-1
10.64.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.64-2
10.64.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.64-2
10.64.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.64-2
10.64.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.64-3
10.64.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.64-3
10.65 (DISM_065) cod. 60810 SILENCER FOR LPM35rev00 ...........................................................10.65-1
10.65.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.65-1
10.65.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.65-1
10.65.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.65-2
10.65.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.65-2
10.65.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.65-2
10.65.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.65-3
10.65.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.65-3
10.66 (DISM_066) cod. 60811 I.V. POLE MAST 25 mm rev00 ..........................................................10.66-1
10.66.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.66-1
10.66.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.66-1
10.66.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.66-2
10.66.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.66-2
10.66.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.66-2
10.66.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.66-3
10.67 (DISM_067) cod. 60812 CARDIOTOMY MAST rev00..............................................................10.67-1
10.67.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.67-1
10.67.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.67-1
10.67.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.67-2
10.67.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.67-2
10.67.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.67-2
10.67.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.67-3
10.67.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.67-3
10.67.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.67-3
10.68 (DISM_068) cod. 60815 SHELL THREE PARTS rev00............................................................10.68-1
10.68.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.68-1
10.68.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.68-1
10.68.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.68-2
10.68.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.68-2
10.68.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.68-2
10.68.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.68-2
10.69 (DISM_069) cod. 60816 BOTTOM COVER rev00 ....................................................................10.69-1
10.69.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.69-1
10.69.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.69-1
10.69.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.69-2
10.69.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.69-2
10.69.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.69-2
10.69.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.69-2
10.70 (DISM_070) cod. 60821 COVER HINGES rev00......................................................................10.70-1
10.70.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.70-1
10.70.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.70-1
10.70.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.70-2
10.70.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.70-2
10.70.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.70-2
10.70.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.70-2
10.71 (DISM_071) cod. 60824 BAR CODE READER rev00 ..............................................................10.71-1
10.71.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.71-1
10.71.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.71-1
10.71.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.71-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XVII
 Table of Contents
10.71.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.71-2
10.71.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.71-2
10.71.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.71-2
10.71.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.71-2
10.71.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.71-2
10.72 (DISM_072) cod. 60825 OPTICAL FIBER rev00 ......................................................................10.72-1
10.72.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.72-1
10.72.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.72-1
10.72.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.72-2
10.72.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.72-2
10.72.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.72-2
10.72.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.72-2
10.72.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.72-2
10.72.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.72-2
10.73 (DISM_073) cod. 60826 VACUUM LINE PLUG rev00..............................................................10.73-1
10.73.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.73-1
10.73.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.73-1
10.73.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.73-2
10.73.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.73-2
10.73.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.73-2
10.73.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.73-3
10.73.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.73-4
10.74 (DISM_074) cod. 60828 GUILOTTINE I.V. POLE rev00...........................................................10.74-1
10.74.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.74-1
10.74.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.74-1
10.74.3 Procedure ................................................................................................................. 10.74-2
10.74.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.74-2
10.74.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.74-2
10.74.3.3 Reassemby .................................................................................................................10.74-2
10.74.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.74-2
10.75 (DISM_077) cod. 60831 BUBBLE SENSOR rev00...................................................................10.75-1
10.75.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.75-1
10.75.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.75-1
10.75.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.75-2
10.75.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.75-2
10.75.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.75-2
10.76 (DISM_076) cod. 60832 BS-E BOARD rev00 ...........................................................................10.76-1
10.76.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.76-1
10.76.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.76-1
10.76.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.76-2
10.76.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.76-2
10.76.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.76-2
10.76.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.76-2
10.76.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.76-2
10.76.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.76-2
10.77 (DISM_077) cod. 60833 REAR PANEL rev00...........................................................................10.77-1
10.77.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.77-1
10.77.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.77-1
10.77.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.77-2
10.77.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.77-2
10.77.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.77-2
10.77.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.77-2
10.77.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.77-3
10.78 (DISM_078) cod. 60834 USB INTERFACE GROUP rev00 ......................................................10.78-1
10.78.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.78-1
10.78.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.78-1
10.78.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.78-2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XVIII
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
10.78.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.78-2
10.78.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.78-2
10.78.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.78-2
10.78.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.78-2
10.79 (DISM_079) cod. 60835 CENTRIFUGE COVER rev00 ............................................................10.79-1
10.79.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.79-1
10.79.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.79-1
10.79.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.79-2
10.79.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.79-2
10.79.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.79-2
10.79.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.79-2
10.79.4 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.79-2
10.80 (DISM_081) cod. 60836 COVER SENSOR rev00 ....................................................................10.80-1
10.80.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................10.80-1
10.80.2 About this card....................................................................................................................10.80-1
10.80.3 Procedure ...........................................................................................................................10.80-2
10.80.3.1 Tools............................................................................................................................10.80-2
10.80.3.2 Disassembly ................................................................................................................10.80-2
10.80.3.3 Reassembly.................................................................................................................10.80-2
10.80.4 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................10.80-2
10.80.5 Functional test ....................................................................................................................10.80-2
11 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES .........................................................................................................11.1-1
11.1 (CLBR_001) CALIBRATION OVERVIEW rev00 .........................................................................11.1-1
11.1.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.1-1
11.1.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.1-1
11.1.3 Tool overview .......................................................................................................................11.1-2
11.1.3.1 Not Codified Tools:........................................................................................................11.1-2
11.1.3.2 Codified Tools: ..............................................................................................................11.1-3
11.2 (CLBR_002) POWER SUPPLY CALIBRATION rev00................................................................11.2-1
11.2.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.2-1
11.2.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.2-1
11.2.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.2-2
11.2.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................11.2-2
11.2.5 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.2-3
11.3 (CLBR_003) BUFFY COAT SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00 .....................................................11.3-1
11.3.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.3-1
11.3.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.3-1
11.3.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.3-2
11.3.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................11.3-2
11.3.5 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.3-3
11.3.5.1 Assembly verification ....................................................................................................11.3-4
11.3.5.2 Pre-calibration ...............................................................................................................11.3-4
11.3.5.3 Adjustment of the CCD signal gain ...............................................................................11.3-5
11.3.5.4 Electronic and Mechanical adjustment of waveform profile..........................................11.3-6
11.3.5.5 IR2 light adjusting..........................................................................................................11.3-6
11.4 (CLBR_004) LOAD CELL CALIBRATION rev00.........................................................................11.4-1
11.4.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.4-1
11.4.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.4-1
11.4.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.4-2
11.4.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................11.4-2
11.4.5 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.4-3
11.5 (CLBR_005) HGB SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00 ....................................................................11.5-1
11.5.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.5-1
11.5.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.5-1
11.5.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.5-2
11.5.4 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.5-2
11.6 (CLBR 006) HCT SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00.....................................................................11.6-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XIX
 Table of Contents
11.6.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.6-1
11.6.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.6-1
11.6.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.6-2
11.6.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................11.6-2
11.6.5 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.6-4
11.7 (CLBR_007) BAR CODE READER CALIBRATION rev00..........................................................11.7-1
11.7.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.7-1
11.7.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.7-1
11.7.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.7-2
11.7.4 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.7-2
11.8 (CLBR_008) RED PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00................................................11.8-1
11.8.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.8-1
11.8.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.8-1
11.8.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.8-2
11.8.4 Calibration ............................................................................................................................11.8-2
11.9 (CLBR_009) VACUUM DPT CALIBRATION rev00.....................................................................11.9-1
11.9.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................11.9-1
11.9.2 About this card......................................................................................................................11.9-1
11.9.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................11.9-2
11.9.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................11.9-2
11.10 (CLBR_010) CLAMP HALL SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00....................................................11.10-1
11.10.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.10-1
11.10.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.10-1
11.10.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.10-2
11.10.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.10-2
11.10.5 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................11.10-3
11.11 (CLBR_011) LOCK SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00 ................................................................11.11-1
11.11.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.11-1
11.11.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.11-1
11.11.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.11-2
11.11.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.11-2
11.11.5 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................11.11-2
11.12 (CLBR_012) COVER SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00 .............................................................11.12-1
11.12.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.12-1
11.12.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.12-1
11.12.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.12-2
11.12.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.12-2
11.12.5 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................11.12-3
11.13 (CLBR_013) BUBBLE SENSOR CALIBRATION rev00 ............................................................11.13-1
11.13.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.13-1
11.13.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.13-1
11.13.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.13-2
11.13.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.13-2
11.13.5 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................11.13-3
11.14 (CLBR_014) UNLOCK DELAY CALIBRATION rev00...............................................................11.14-1
11.14.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.14-1
11.14.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.14-1
11.14.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.14-2
11.14.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.14-2
11.14.5 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................11.14-2
11.15 (CLBR_015) PUMP LOW SHAFT SENSOR CALIBR. rev00....................................................11.15-1
11.15.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.15-1
11.15.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.15-1
11.15.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.15-2
11.15.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.15-2
11.15.5 Calibration ..........................................................................................................................11.15-2
11.16 (CLBR 016) BOWL ARM CALIBRATION rev00 .......................................................................11.16-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XX
 Ta ble of Conte n ts
11.16.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................11.16-1
11.16.2 About this card....................................................................................................................11.16-1
11.16.3 Tools needed......................................................................................................................11.16-2
11.16.4 Testing................................................................................................................................11.16-2
11.16.5 Fitting and Calibration ........................................................................................................11.16-3
12 TESTING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................11.16-1
12.1 (TEST_001) TESTING OVERVIEW rev00 ..................................................................................12.1-1
12.1.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................12.1-1
12.1.2 About this card......................................................................................................................12.1-1
12.1.3 Tool overview .......................................................................................................................12.1-2
12.1.3.1 Not Codified Tools:........................................................................................................12.1-2
12.2 (TEST_002) PUMP TEST rev00 .................................................................................................12.2-1
12.2.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................12.2-1
12.2.2 About this card......................................................................................................................12.2-1
12.2.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................12.2-2
12.2.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................12.2-2
12.3 (TEST_003) CENTRIFUGE TEST rev00 ....................................................................................12.3-1
12.3.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................12.3-1
12.3.2 About this card......................................................................................................................12.3-1
12.3.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................12.3-2
12.3.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................12.3-2
12.3.4.1 Encoder and Centrifugal Masses ..................................................................................12.3-2
12.3.4.2 Testing the Centrifuge Acceleration Time.....................................................................12.3-3
12.3.4.3 Testing the Centrifuge Current Consumption ...............................................................12.3-3
12.4 (TEST_004) BLOOD LOSS SENSOR TEST rev00 ....................................................................12.4-1
12.4.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................12.4-1
12.4.2 About this card......................................................................................................................12.4-1
12.4.3 Tools needed........................................................................................................................12.4-2
12.4.4 Testing..................................................................................................................................12.4-2
13 MAINTENANCE & TRANSPORTATION ............................................................................................13.1-1
13.1 (MAINT&TRNSP_001) ELC CONCEPT INSTALLATION PROC. rev00 ....................................13.1-1
13.1.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................13.1-1
13.1.2 About this card......................................................................................................................13.1-1
13.1.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................13.1-2
13.1.3.1 Tools Required ..............................................................................................................13.1-2
13.1.3.2 Minimum space requirement for the unpacking ............................................................13.1-2
13.1.3.3 Unpacking .....................................................................................................................13.1-2
13.1.4 Functional test ......................................................................................................................13.1-7
Unpacking procedure..........................................................................................................................13.1-9
Function test .................................................................................................................................... 13.1-9
13.2 (MAINT&TRNSP_002) ELC ESS. INSTALLATION PROC. rev00 ..............................................13.2-1
13.2.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................13.2-1
13.2.2 About this card......................................................................................................................13.2-1
13.2.3 Procedure .............................................................................................................................13.2-2
13.2.3.1 Tools Required ..............................................................................................................13.2-2
13.2.3.1 Minimum space requirement for the unpacking ............................................................13.2-2
13.2.4 Unpacking Procedure ...........................................................................................................13.2-2
13.2.5 Functional test ......................................................................................................................13.2-6
Unpacking procedure ......................................................................................................................13.2-8
Function test ....................................................................................................................................13.2-8
13.3 (MAINT&TRNSP_003) ELC UNP. TRANSPORT PROC. rev00 .................................................13.3-1
13.3.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................13.3-1
13.3.2 About this card......................................................................................................................13.3-1
13.3.3 Unpacked Electa Concept Transportation ...........................................................................13.3-2
13.3.3.1 Transportation in small volume (example: by car) ........................................................13.3-2
13.3.3.2 Transportation in larger volume (example: by truck).....................................................13.3-3
13.4 (MAINT&TRNSP 004) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE rev01 ...................................................13.4-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XXI
 Table of Contents
13.4.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................13.4-1
13.4.2 About this card......................................................................................................................13.4-1
13.4.3 Routine checks .....................................................................................................................13.4-2
13.4.4 Cleaning and disinfecting the unit ........................................................................................13.4-2
13.4.4.1 External cleaning...........................................................................................................13.4-3
13.4.4.2 Cleaning the pump seat ................................................................................................13.4-3
13.4.4.3 Cleaning of the centrifuge well ......................................................................................13.4-3
13.4.4.4 Power supply cable .......................................................................................................13.4-3
13.4.5 Electrical supply revision ......................................................................................................13.4-4
13.4.5.1 Check +30V...................................................................................................................13.4-4
13.4.5.2 Check +12V...................................................................................................................13.4-4
13.4.5.3 Check –12V...................................................................................................................13.4-4
13.4.5.4 Check 5V.......................................................................................................................13.4-4
13.4.6 Mechanical parts revision .....................................................................................................13.4-5
13.4.6.1 Testing the Pump ..........................................................................................................13.4-5
13.4.6.1.1 Checking the occlusion of the peristaltic pump.........................................................13.4-5
13.4.6.1.2 Testing the pump speed............................................................................................13.4-6
13.4.6.1.3 Testing the pump hall effect sensor ..........................................................................13.4-6
13.4.6.1.4 Testing the pump motor direction..............................................................................13.4-6
13.4.6.2 Testing the centrifuge group .........................................................................................13.4-6
13.4.6.2.1 Testing the centrifuge speed.....................................................................................13.4-6
13.4.6.2.2 Testing the centrifugal masses .................................................................................13.4-6
13.4.6.3 Testing the clamp group................................................................................................13.4-7
13.4.6.3.1 Testing the clamp group and sensors .......................................................................13.4-7
13.4.6.3.2 Checking occlusion of the electroclamps ..................................................................13.4-7
13.4.6.4 Testing the Vacuum Group ...........................................................................................13.4-8
13.4.6.5 Testing the Locking System ..........................................................................................13.4-8
13.4.7 Testing the digital signals .....................................................................................................13.4-9
13.4.7.1 Testing the Bubble sensor ............................................................................................13.4-8
13.4.7.2 Testing the bowl arm sensor .........................................................................................13.4-9
13.4.7.3 Testing the blood loss sensor .......................................................................................13.4-9
13.4.7.4 Testing the waste bag sensor .......................................................................................13.4-9
13.4.8 Testing the analog signals....................................................................................................13.4-9
13.4.8.1 Testing the HGB sensor................................................................................................13.4-9
13.4.8.2 Testing the HCT sensor ..............................................................................................13.4-10
13.4.8.3 Testing the WEIGHT sensor .......................................................................................13.4-10
13.4.8.4 Testing the PRESSURE sensor..................................................................................13.4-10
13.4.8.5 Testing the BUFFY COAT sensor...............................................................................13.4-10
13.4.9 Testing the bowl recognition system ..................................................................................13.4-11
13.4.10 electrical safety tests ..........................................................................................................13.4-11
14 SPARE PARTS & TOOLS ..................................................................................................................14.1-1
14.1 (SPRPRT&TOOLS_001) SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS rev00...................................................14.1-1
14.1.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................14.1-1
14.1.2 About this card......................................................................................................................14.1-1
14.1.3 TAB 1 Electronic and P.C. Board .........................................................................................14.1-2
14.1.4 TAB 2 Centrifuge ..................................................................................................................14.1-4
14.1.5 TAB 3 Top ............................................................................................................................14.1-6
14.1.6 TAB 4 Pump .........................................................................................................................14.1-8
14.1.7 TAB 5 Vacuum Pump.........................................................................................................14.1-10
14.1.8 TAB 6 Clamp Group ...........................................................................................................14.1-12
14.1.9 TAB 7 I.V. Pole ...................................................................................................................14.1-14
14.1.10 TAB 8 Tools........................................................................................................................14.1-16
14.1.11 TAB 9 Tools........................................................................................................................14.1-18
14.1.12 TAB 10 External Panel .......................................................................................................14.1-20
15 SCHEMATICS ....................................................................................................................................15.1-1
15.1 (SCH_001) SCHEMATICS OVERVIEW rev00 ...........................................................................15.1-1
15.1.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.1-1
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XXII
 Ta ble of Conte n ts

15.1.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.1-1

15.1.3 Overview...............................................................................................................................15.1-2
15.2 (SCH_002) ELECTA CONCEPT WIRING SCHEMATICS rev00................................................15.2-1
15.2.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.2-1
15.2.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.2-1
15.2.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.2-2
15.3 (SCH_003) ELECTA ESSENTIAL CONCEPT WIRING SCHEMATICS rev00..........................15.3-1
15.3.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.3-1
15.3.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.3-1
15.3.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.3-2
15.4 (SCH_004) ABE SCHEMATICS rev00........................................................................................15.4-1
15.4.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.4-1
15.4.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.4-1
15.4.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.4-2
15.5 (SCH_005) BS-E SCHEMATICS rev00.......................................................................................15.5-1
15.5.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.5-1
15.5.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.5-1
15.5.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.5-2
15.6 (SCH_006) CLS SCHEMATICS rev00 ........................................................................................15.6-1
15.6.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.6-1
15.6.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.6-1
15.6.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.6-2
15.7 (SCH_007) DBEC SCHEMATICS rev00 .....................................................................................15.7-1
15.7.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.7-1
15.7.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.7-1
15.7.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.7-2
15.8 (SCH_008) DPT SCHEMATICS rev00........................................................................................15.8-1
15.8.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.8-1
15.8.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.8-1
15.8.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.8-2
15.9 (SCH_009) MBE1 SCHEMATICS rev00 .....................................................................................15.9-1
15.9.1 Card Applicability Table........................................................................................................15.9-1
15.9.2 About this card......................................................................................................................15.9-1
15.9.3 Layout & Schematics............................................................................................................15.9-2
15.10 (SCH_010) MF SCHEMATICS rev00........................................................................................15.10-1
15.10.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................15.10-1
15.10.2 About this card....................................................................................................................15.10-1
15.10.3 Layout & Schematics..........................................................................................................15.10-2
15.11 (SCH_011) PSE1 & PPSE SCHEMATICS rev00......................................................................15.11-1
15.11.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................15.11-1
15.11.2 About this card....................................................................................................................15.11-1
15.11.3 Layout and Schematics ......................................................................................................15.11-2
15.12 (SCH_012) SBE SCHEMATICS rev00......................................................................................15.12-1
15.12.1 Card Applicability Table......................................................................................................15.12-1
15.12.2 About this card....................................................................................................................15.12-1
15.12.3 Layout and Schematics ......................................................................................................15.12-2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 XXIII

 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776

 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l r e v 0 0

3 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Present Service Manual refers to:

- Electa Concept European version SW rel. 6.05

- Electa Essential Concept version SW rel. 6.05

It is structured in “cards”. Every card exhausts a subject about diagnostics, HW description, calibration
procedure, etc.
It means that a card is a self-supporting unit and may be individually revised.

Each card has the following structure

CARDNAME rev00
the label rev00 indicates actual revision level for present card

Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card
This is to clarify the vision of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES/NO

Electa Essential
YES/NO
Concept 6.05

About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the diagnostic’s functions ….
It is an “abstract” about present card

Diagnostics
Diagnostics function allows the technician...
Here the card begins to treat of the subject.
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l r e v 0 0

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 V

 Technical Features

4 FEATURES
4.1 (FEAT_001) Technical Features rev00

4.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

4.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to list technical features regarding Electa Concept

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 4.1-1

 Technical Features
4.1.3 Tech Features List

Physical
Max dimension of the equipment: Height = 620 mm (990 mm* ) – pole lowered
Height = 1610 mm (1980 mm*) – I.V. pole completely lifted
Height= 740 mm (1120 mm*) – display lifted
Width = 270 mm
Depth = 613 mm
Max dimension of the cart: Height = 390 mm
Width = 500 mm
Depth = 670 mm
Unit weight: 38.9 Kg
Cart weight: 24 Kg

Display
Type: graphic colour LCD

Dimensions: 115 x 86.4 mm (displaying area) 161.1 x 180 mm (external) displaying: digital and graphic mode

Keyboard
6 fixed keys (hard keys) 8 keys (soft keys)

Power supply
90 to 255 V~

Frequency
47 to 63 Hz

Max. Rated current

1.5 A @ 230 V~
3.0 A @ 115 V~

Max. Power consumption

345 VA

Fuses
2xT 3.15 A external (replaceable)

Power cord
2
Section: 3x1 mm 10A (detachable)
Length: 4m

Socket on cord
Type: EN 60320/C13 10A

Plug on cord
Type: CEE (7) VII 16A

Unit electrical safety

Class I, Type BF (EN 60601.1 Ed. 1996)

Drip proofing
IPX 1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 4.1-2

 Operating Features

4.2 (FEAT_002) Operating Features rev00

4.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

4.2.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to list operating features regarding Electa Concept

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 4.2-1

 Operating Features
4.2.3 Operating Features List

Centrifuge speed
1500 - 5600 rpm (non programmable) → intra-operative
1500 - 5600 rpm (100 rpm steps) → preoperative PPP
2400 - 5600 rpm (100 rpm steps) → preoperative PRP1 and PRP2

Peristaltic pump
25 - 1000 ml/min (25 ml/min steps) → intra-operative
25 - 1000 ml/min (25 ml/min steps) → preoperative (Empty phase only)
10 - 100 ml/min (10 ml/min steps) → preoperative

Balance
Type: resistive load: 0-6000 g

Hct sensor (not present in Electa Essential Concept)

Type: optical (infrared)

Bubble sensor
Type: ultrasonic ON/OFF

Haemoglobin sensor (not present in Electa Essential Concept)

Type: optical (infrared)

Waste bag level sensor

Type: capacitive ON / OFF range of intervention: 7–10 litres

Buffy coat sensor

Type: optical CCD (Charge Coupled Device)

Vacuum pump
Range of operation: 0–300 mmHg (step of 10 mmHg)

Data retention
Type: non-rechargeable buffer battery power duration: 10 years

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 4.2-2

 Description of the Unit

5 FUNCTIONALITY
5.1 (UNIT_001) Description of the Unit rev00

5.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

YES
Electa Essential
Except when differently
Concept 6.05
stated

5.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this chapter is to describe the functionality of the Electa Concept unit.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-1

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t
Electa Concept is a cell separator for auto-transfusion with discontinuous flow. It separates blood into its
main components thanks to the action that the centrifugal force exerts selectively according to the different
specific weights of the blood components. Electa Concept permits preoperative sequestration with
collection of both plasma and platelet rich plasma in separate bags, as well as blood recovery throughout
surgical procedures (intra-operative procedures).
The separation system comprises a unit – the cell separator for auto-transfusion – and a disposable circuit.
The unit is composed of the following main elements:

1) Electa Concept structured panel (fig.1) consisting of:

fig.1

- Display panel and keyboard – ref.1

- Peristaltic pump – ref.2
- Clamping group – ref.3
- Centrifuge group – ref.3
- Bowl arm – ref.4
- Protection cover – ref.6
- I.V. pole – ref.5
- Transport cart – ref.7

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-2

 Description of the Unit
2) Rear panel (fig.2), consisting of:

fig.2

- Printer – ref.2
- Vacuum pump connection – ref.3
- Reservoir support and weighing system – ref.1
- Power supply panel including:
ƒ Connection for supply cord – ref.7
ƒ ON/OFF switch – ref.6
- Connection panel including:
ƒ Serial ports for PC connection – ref.5
ƒ USB port – ref.4

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-3

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t
5.1.3 Control Panel
The control panel comprises push buttons and a colour graphic display.
There are 14 keys, which are divided into soft-keys and hard-keys (see fig.3).

SK#1

SK#2
HELP
SK#3

SK#4

SK#5
STAND-BY
SK#6
STOP
SK#7

SK#8

fig.3

The eight keys on the right side of the panel are soft-keys (SK#1-SK#8). Their function varies depending on
the status of the unit. Each soft-key is graphically linked to a section of the display indicating its operation.

The other keys on the left side and at the bottom of the display are hard-keys.
Their function is fixed.
Hard-keys from top left-hand corner:
- Help on line;
- Stand-by: it stops the peristaltic pump while the centrifuge keeps operating;
- Stop.
From bottom left-hand corner:
- Prime: it activates the Prime phase;
- Wash: it activates the Wash phase;
- Empty: it activates the Empty phase.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-4

 Description of the Unit

5.1.4 Top Panel

The upper part of the unit contains a panel including:

5.1.4.1 The peristaltic pump

The peristaltic pump is a clamping pump, which transfers liquids from and to the bowl. Its operating range
can be selected according to the phase, between 25 and 1000 ml/min with 25 ml/min steps or 10 and 100
ml/ min with 10 ml/min step in preoperative procedures.

fig.4

5.1.4.2 Bubble and Hematocrit sensors (Hematocrit not present in the Electa Concept Essential)
The hematocrit sensor (fig.5, ref.1) indicates the haemoglobin concentration in the blood going to the bowl
(during the Prime phase) and out of the bowl (during the Empty phase). It comprises an infrared LED. The
ultrasound bubble sensor (fig.5, ref.2) detects the presence of air in the circuit.

fig.5

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-5

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t

5.1.4.3 Wash Quality Sensor (not present in the Electa Concept Essential)
The FPH sensor (fig.6) measures the quantity of free plasma haemoglobin going through the waste line by
means of an infrared LED. The value, read by the system, provides an indication of the wash quality, which
is the percentage of the free plasma haemoglobin that has been removed from the bowl; it is displayed by
means of a “traffic light” colour code indicating three levels of wash quality (red, orange and green).

fig.6

5.1.4.4 Clamping group

The clamping group (fig.7) comprises three mechanical clamps, which, when activated, occlude the tubes
against a central fixed support. These clamps are activated by a stepping motor, whose different positions
determine the open/close combinations. In addition to the clamps, there are sensors detecting the position of
the driving shaft and of each clamp.

fig.7

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-6

 Description of the Unit

5.1.4.5 Centrifuge group

The centrifuge well (fig.8), inside which the bowl is positioned, comprises:

fig.8

A) a locking system for the upper part of the bowl, which is composed of a bolt, a rotating arm and a
sensor detecting the position of the arm;
B) a Buffy-Coat sensor, which detects the presence of blood underneath the sensor itself, thus allowing
the unit to automatically switch to the Wash phase;
C) a blood loss sensor, which stops the procedure in case of blood loss in the centrifuge, which may be
due, for instance, to a breaking of a bowl;
D) a bar-code sensor, which reads the bar code label situated on the lower part of the bowl. This label
indicates the size of the bowl used;
E) a LED lamp for the centrifuge well.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-7

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t
5.1.5 Rear Panel

5.1.5.1 Reservoir weighing system (fig.2, ref.1)

Electa Concept is equipped with a resistive load cell, which weighs the blood in the reservoir. Its operating
range is 0 to 6000 g. This system is used whenever the Automatic Start function is activated. Thanks to
this function, you may set a weight threshold level in the reservoir; once this level is achieved, the Prime
phase will start automatically.

5.1.5.2 Printer (fig.2, ref.2)

The printer prints all data and events concerning the last six procedures retained in Electa Concept internal
memory (one procedure at a time).

5.1.5.3 Vacuum Pump

The unit comprises an in-built vacuum source, which may have a suction range between –10 and –300
mmHg with 10 mmHg step.
The operator may activate/deactivate the vacuum source on the SET-UP page.

5.1.5.4 USB port

A USB port is set in the rear of Electa Concept. It transfers the procedure data to an electronic support (USB
stick). Data may be stored and displayed on PC using software for PC.

5.1.6 Disposable Circuit

Various devices are available depending on the procedure in question:
- the Wash Circuit – to be used directly connected to the unit;
- the Collection Circuit for treatment of blood collected from the operating field – to be used
connected to the Wash circuit;
- the Adapter Kit For Cardio-Surgery, in other words, for processing the blood collected during Extra
Corporal Circulation (ECC) – to be used connected to the Wash circuit;
- the Preoperative Sequestration Kit (PPP/PRP) for collection of platelet poor plasma/platelet rich
plasma in one or two bags – to be used connected to the Wash circuit. Blood may be drawn either
directly from the patient (direct draw) or from transfer bags.

The Wash Circuit has a rotating separation cell, the BT BOWL, which is connected by means of tubing, on
one side, to a waste bag and, on the other, to the re-infusion bag, to the washing solution inlet line and to the
blood inlet line going into the bowl. The separation cell is a device within which blood is unpacked into its
components, which enables the concentration of red cells.
The preoperative sequestration kit (PPP/PRP) for direct draw consists of drawing and collection lines.
During direct draw from the patient, the doctor must assess and monitor the blood flow and must not proceed
to the re-infusion phase, if the unit is still connected to the patient. The following are the bowl sizes available
for each circuit: 55, 125, 175 and 225 ml.

5.1.6.1 Circuit for auto-transfusion procedures

The overall configuration of a circuit for auto-transfusion comprises several components, which, once
connected to one another, constitute the circuit.
It consists of:
- a reservoir for blood collection from the operating field;
- a line connecting the reservoir to the vacuum pump;
- a line connecting the reservoir to the Wash circuit;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-8

 Description of the Unit
- a connection to a bag containing additional liquids, when applicable;
- a pre-connected Wash circuit composed of:
ƒ a “bowl” separation cell (different sizes);
ƒ a “cassette” whose function is to connect the tubes in order to allow a timely and proper
positioning of the lines near the clamping group and the pump segment;
- an inlet line for the blood recovered from the operating field;
- a blood washing line to be connected to a saline a solution bag;
- a line for collection of processed blood, connected to a bag where the processed blood is collected
prior to re-infusion;
- a bag for collection of waste fluids.

5.1.6.2 Collection Circuit (Direct Draw)

The circuit for collection of blood components with direct connection to the patient comprises several
elements, which, pre-connected to one another, constitute the circuit. It consists of:
- a drawing circuit divided into:
ƒ a line for direct draw from the patient, equipped with a small bag for the control of the vein
patency;
ƒ an anticoagulation line, equipped with a burette;
ƒ a line used for priming the circuit with saline solution, equipped with a drip chamber;
- a collection circuit divided into:
ƒ a waste line;
ƒ a line for collection of platelet rich plasma;
ƒ a line for collection of platelet poor plasma;
ƒ two bags for collection of blood components, connected to the above-mentioned lines.

5.1.7 Applications

The Electa Concept system performs preoperative and intra-operative procedures.

The following are preoperative procedures:
- Platelet poor plasma collection;
- Platelet rich plasma collection;
- Platelets and plasma collection in separate bags.

Those procedures that are intended for red cells collection and concentration at a high hematocrit level, after
removal of free haemoglobin, anticoagulant and other waste components, fall into the category of intra-
operative procedures.

According to the different surgical requirements these procedures are divided into:
- standard blood salvage;
- high quality blood salvage;
- emergency blood salvage.

The Electa Concept system may be either invasive through a needle (venous access) in preoperative
sequestration procedures with direct draw from the patient (draw only), or non invasive in intra-operative and
postoperative procedures, as the blood that has been processed and collected in the re-infusion bag is then
re-infused to the patient by cascade.

More particularly, in preoperative procedures and by means of a specifically conceived circuit adapter, this
system permits the separation of blood components, the subsequent collection of both platelet poor plasma

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-9

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t
(PPP) and platelet rich plasma (PRP) in separate bags, and the immediate re-infusion of concentrated RBC
to the patient, not before the re-infusion bag is disconnected from the circuit.
In intra-operative procedures, the Wash circuit is used in connection to DIDECO collection circuits. The
anticoagulated blood that is recovered from the operating field during the procedures or that comes from the
extra-corporal circulation circuit is filtered and collected aseptically in a specifically conceived container
(reservoir for auto-transfusion) and then subjected to separation, concentration and washing processes
through the unit. Eventually, the concentrated RBC’s with high hematocrit level are re-infused to the patient.

5.1.8 Procedures
Electa Concept allows you to choose between two types of procedures:
ƒ Preoperative;
ƒ Intra-operative.

1. The preoperative procedures are:

- PPP, PPPu (plasma collection);
- PRP1, PRP1u (platelet rich plasma collection);
- PRP2, PRP2u (plasma and platelets collection in separate bags)
(these names also indicate the parameters set that is to be used: PPP, PRP1 and PRP2 stored in DIDECO
database, PPPu, PRP1u and PRP2u selected by the user - USER).

2. The intra-operative procedures are:

- Popt, (optimized blood salvage);
- Pstd, P1u (standard blood salvage);
- Phq, P2u (high quality blood salvage);
- Purg, P3u (emergency blood salvage),
(these names also indicate the parameters set: Popt, Pstd, Phq and Purg - DIDECO; P1u, P2u and P3u -
USER).

A set of values identifying the program are associated with the parameters of the procedure (flows, speed,
volumes, etc.):
- type of procedure;
- type of bowl used;
- set of values to be associated with the parameters of the procedure with regard the type of bowl
used.

5.1.9 Choosing the Program

A new program may be selected only when the unit is in stop and from the NEW PROGRAM page; the user
can activate this page only from the READY page.

The following are displayed on the NEW PROGRAM page:

- the activated program (and the corresponding bowl size)
- the available programs

Both programs with parameters containing DIDECO default data and programs with parameters containing
data that can be modified by the user are available for all procedures according to the type of bowl used.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-10

 Description of the Unit
5.1.10 Programming
The user can select the program for the procedure. For each program selected, the user may:
- enter the corresponding parameters;
- modify the pump flow, the centrifuge speed (for preoperative procedures only) and the volume of the
ongoing phase (WASH / SPILL), without entering the programming page, whenever Electa Concept
is in a RUN page;
- modify the vacuum level of the VACUUM module, when applicable;
- set the automatic modes for the program;

Electa Concept can store 52 different programs. A program can only be selected when Electa Concept is in
stop, while its parameters can be modified any time during the procedure.
The type of bowl used is immediately detected by Electa Concept, through a bar code reading system.
After selecting the program, the user may modify its parameters (flows, volumes and centrifuge speed)
during the procedure phases, including the ongoing phase when applicable.

5.1.11 Operating Modes

The operating modes of the unit are:
- 1 TOUCH;
- AUTOMATIC;
- SEMIAUTOMATIC;
- MANUAL;
- EMERGENCY;
- Auto Start (AS);
- Better Quality Wash (BQW);
- Continue (CONT);
- Better Empty;
- Last Bowl;

can be activated according to the following rules:

- BQW: available for Intra-operative procedures only, in all the operating modes;
- CONT : it can be activated for all Intra-operative procedures, but in the AUTOMATIC mode only;
- AS: available for Intra-operative procedures only, it can be activated / deactivated in the
AUTOMATIC and SEMIAUTOMATIC modes.
- Better Empty: it can be activated manually for all procedures;
- Last Bowl: (for intra-operative procedures only), is available only in 1 Touch and in Automatic
modes.

The operating AUTOMATIC, SEMIAUTOMATIC and MANUAL modes are mutually exclusive and can be
selected any time.

AUTOMATIC
In this operating mode the equipment will detect the end of the ongoing phase and automatically switch to
the following one.

SEMI-AUTOMATIC
In this mode Electa Concept detects the end of each phase, and, instead of automatically proceeding to the
following phase, asks the user to manually activate it.

MANUAL
In this mode the unit does not recognizes the end of the Prime phase; it is up to the user to decide when to
activate it, consider it concluded and proceed to the following phase.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-11

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t
EMRGENCY
This mode can be activated in case of emergency. It is a fully automated blood processing at very high
speed. It is enabled by means of direct activation through dedicated key on every screen.
By pressing the emergency key, the Emergency mode is automatically activated: the fasten protocol (Purg)
as well as the completely automatic processing (1 Touch). Good performances both in terms of Hct and
wash-out are obtained also during the Emergency mode. There is the possibility to activate the no wash
option in case of massive bleeding/critical conditions.

AUTOMATIC START
Electa Concept detects the blood quantity contained in the reservoir and activates the Automatic Start of
the Prime phase. The quantity of blood varies depending on the bowl used and the set volume. It can be
activated in the AUTOMATIC and SEMI-AUTOMATIC modes and can be associated with the BQW and
Continue functions.
When the Automatic Start function is set, it will always be activated without the user having to press any
key: once the set weight is reached, the display shows a 10-second operating message informing the user
that the set weight is reached in the reservoir and the Prime phase is about to start. Within these 10 seconds
the user may:
1) temporarily stop the automatic start of the Prime phase by pressing Stand-by (the automatic start
can be resumed by pressing Stand-by or Prime);
2) activate any phase by pressing the relevant key;
3) deactivate the function by pressing Stop and thus definitively abort the automatic start (the function
will be reactivated from the OPTIONS page only).

BETTER QUALITY WASH

This function improves the washing quality by means of an acceleration/deceleration cycle, in which every xx
ml of saline solution (the quantity may be set), the centrifuge decelerates to allow the red cells contained in
the bowl to unpack, thus performing a better wash. It can be activated in the AUTOMATIC,
SEMIAUTOMATIC and MANUAL modes. It can be associated with the Automatic Start and Continue
functions.

CONTINUE
This function causes consecutive cycles of the activated procedure to be automatically carried out; in other
words, once the Empty phase is over, the unit, instead of switching to Stop, proceeds to a new Prime phase.
It can be activated in the AUTOMATIC mode and in Intra-operative procedures only by means of the
Continue soft-key on the OPTIONS page any time.

1 TOUCH
This operating mode is the completely automatic processing, with automatic start, continuous processing and
automatic stop. In other words it is simply the combination of three modes:
AUTOMATIC START+AUTOMATIC+CONTINUE.

LAST BOWL
The Last Bowl function is intended to minimise the operator’s interventions when deciding to conclude the
case, by means of continuous cycles until reservoir is empty. Automatic concentration, wash and empty of
bowl and RBC line are enabled.
The correspondent S.K. is always available in the “RESERVOIR EMPTY.BOWL NOT WASHED”, and
”RESERVOIR EMPTIED.BOWL NOT WASHED” warning pages as well as on the READY page, if enabled
in User Settings.

BETTER EMPTY FUNCTION

The Better Empty Function may solve eventual problems of incomplete bowl emptying, activating
automatically a further special empty phase. In case the volume of RBC recovered in the re-infusion bag is
lower than expected for that size of bowl, the bowl is “stirred” by means of a double alternating acceleration
of the centrifuge and a new empty phase is forced.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-12

 Description of the Unit
STAND-BY
This function, when activated, stops:
- the deceleration of the centrifuge during the first stage of the Spill phase, or
- the pump in all the other cases
Activation of the Stand by is carried out:
- manually, by means of the corresponding STAND-BY hard-key
- automatically, when the unit operates in SEMIAUTOMATIC mode

5.1.12 Switching on
When Electa Concept is switched on, the screen displays the SET-UP page where by means of the enabled
soft-keys, it is possible to select:
- Vacuum Pump: the vacuum pump is enabled; the relevant value may be set in a range between 10
and 300 mmHg.
- Data Management: Electa Concept is equipped with a database, which can store up to 6
procedures; these may be sent to the built-in printer or retained on a smart card by means of the unit
driver. When Data Management is selected, it is also possible to enter data identifying the procedure
selected, such as Patient ID, Operator, Disposable kit lot, etc.

- Advanced Options: through this menu you may access a submenu to set the status of sensors and
alarms, such as:
ƒ Alarm Tone: you may select four alarm tones with different frequency. Tone 1 corresponds to
the highest frequency, while Tone 4 corresponds to the lowest.
ƒ Data Warnings: through this soft-key you may activate/deactivate the display of the alarms for
procedures storage. This function is active by default.
ƒ Reservoir: to select the type of the Dideco reservoirs: BT844, BT854, BT894.
ƒ Sensors Status: to set the status of the HCT and FPH sensors, which are active by default; its
submenu contains.
ƒ HCT Sensor: to enable/disable the HCT sensor. It is ON by default.
ƒ Anticoag.: to select the anticoagulant type (either Heparin or ACD-A) during the procedure.
The default anticoagulant is ACD-A.
ƒ FPH Sensor: to activate/deactivate the washing quality sensor.
ƒ Wash Warnings: if the FPH sensor is enabled, this soft-key enables the alarms relative to the
Wash phase:
- Washing quality is already very good. Do you wish to continue washing?
- Washing quality is not yet good enough. It is advisable to increase the washing volume before
resuming.

The Wash warnings are not active by default.

- Continue Procedure: to continue the treatment of the same patient.

- New Procedure: to perform the set-up of Electa Concept and start a new procedure.

5.1.13 Functional Safety

The Electa Concept system entails the following phases:
- Switching on
- Set-up
- Procedure
In all phases the unit carries out checks to monitor the status of the equipment.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-13

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t
5.1.13.1 Switching on
Upon switching on, Electa Concept carries out checks on the correct operation of the electronic components:
Test on the RAM used by the unit.
Each processor verifies the correct functioning of its own RAM area.
If the test fails, the processor switches to the stop status.

Test on the Flash memory used by the unit.

The test is carried out by all processors with the same algorithm (CRC calculation and control with a
polynomial). In case of test failure, a stop instruction is performed.

Test on the buffered RAM.

This test concerns the master processor only and is carried out on two areas of addresses:
ƒ Area of buffered RAM containing the data for the procedure parameters (flows, speed, volumes,
etc.). A CRC test is carried out on this area with a polynomial. If the test fails (the pre-calculated
value differs from the CRC), all data is reset to the default values retained in the FLASH memory.
Immediately after re-initialization, the CRC test on the RAM is carried out again in this new
configuration and compared to a default value. If the test fails again, a fatal error (E27) is displayed.
If a re-initialization occurs, the data relating to:
- Language,
- Display Contrast,
- Time / Switchovers of the Unit, Centrifuge, Pump, Vacuum, Lock, Clamps,
- FPH programming,
- Serial Number
- Correction factor of Dallas Real Time Clock
are retrieved by the EEPROM.

ƒ Area of buffered RAM containing the data for the procedures data base (Data Manager). The last
two bytes of each procedure contain the CRC of the procedure calculated with a polynomial. When
the unit is switched on, the CRC is recalculated for each of the six procedures retained. The CRC is
compared to the CRC value retained at the end of the session. Whenever any of the recalculated
CRC differs from the retained CRC values, all data contained in the procedures data base is reset to
the default values contained in the FLASH memory. In addition to that, the screen displays a
message informing the user that the data initialization has been accomplished.

EEPROM
This concerns the master processor only and is carried out in two different ways:
- Reading: when the RAM test fails the user settings are retrieved from the EEPROM
- Writing: when the RAM test is OK the functioning times related to the previous procedure are stored.

Test on the opening of the cover lock.

When the unit is switched on, the lock is set to open, which allows the operator to open the cover; if the
master processor does not recognizes the lock “open” status within a certain time frame, a warning is
displayed. This test is also carried out in the set-up phase, whenever the lock is set to open.

Switching off test on the 30 V

For safety reasons, whenever the cover lock is set to open, the 30V power supply is switched off, thus
preventing any unwanted start-up of the actuators, which may be accessible to the operator. If the power
supply is still on some time after, a fatal error is displayed (E1). This test is also carried out whenever the unit
is switched on and the lock is set to open.

5.1.13.2 Setup
The Set-up phase consists mainly in the installation of the disposable kit on the unit prior to a treatment and
in the detection and calibration functions (e.g. pressure offset of the pressure sensor and automatic
calibration of the HCT sensor). As the Set-up is a compulsory step to any treatment start-up, during this
phase the unit carries out some tests on the proper functioning of its components.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-14

 Description of the Unit
In the first part of the Set-up, the master drives tests on the clamping group, the pump direction of rotation,
the cover lock opening system and the activation of the switch off:

- test on the clamping group:

If none of the four optical position sensors is active, the unit searches for the first position in which a sensor
is active: the stepper motor, which controls the clamping group (200 steps/revolution) starts rotating at 2
steps at a time. As the sensitive areas of the photoelectric cells are three to four steps wide and are
positioned at 90° one from the other, the first sensitive area should be found within a movement of 50 steps
maximum (200/4). If this does not occur, a fatal error is displayed.
Once the unit detects a sensitive area of one of the four photoelectric cells, the stepper motor is positioned in
the middle after assessing the width in steps. In this phase the unit also verifies that the detected sensitive
area is not too wide (max 25 steps): if it is, a fatal error is displayed.
The other 3 positions are tested by driving the stepper motor in the direction necessary and with the number
of steps necessary to switch from one position to another, according to the standard mapping.
The clamping group is positioned in the Stop status and the master is notified the positive outcome of the
verification.

- test on the device detecting the direction of the pump rotation and test on the correct
functioning of the electronic system that controls the direction of rotation of the pump motor.
There are two independent controls on the pump direction of rotation: one is run by the master and the other
by the actuators unit 1 (for pump and centrifuge driving).
During the set-up the main sensor of the actuators unit 1 is tested as follows: Electa Concept carries out two
short rotations (about half a revolution) in both directions. In case of failure of either the sensor or the
electronic system that drives the motor, the unit is set out of order.

- test on both the opening of the cover lock and the activation of the 30 V switch off.

The above-mentioned tests, which are carried out when the unit is switched on, are carried out again at this
stage.
Should any of these tests fail, it will not be possible to exit the set-up phase and continue with the treatment.

5.1.13.3 Procedure (Operation)

When the unit is operating, a number of controls on safety, reliability and performance are activated. These
tests are carried out by the Master, which processes the signals transmitted by the slave units, along with
those directly received through its own hardware. Should any anomaly arise, a number of safety measures
are taken depending on both the anomaly and its priority level.

Temporary alarm muting

Each alarm page contains the ALARM MUTE soft key.
The function of this key is to silence the alarm for 30 seconds. During this time the key is disabled. After 30
seconds the acoustic signal is restored and the ALARM MUTE key is enabled again. The ALARM MUTE
lasts 30 seconds provided the page on which it was activated remains displayed throughout this period. For
instance, if the HELP key is pressed after the ALARM MUTE has been activated, the acoustic signal will be
reactivated and the ALARM MUTE re-enabled, as soon as the operator returns from the HELP page to the
page where the alarm was first activated.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-15

 D e s c r i pt i o n of t he U ni t

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.1-16

 Connection between Electa Concept and PC

5.2 (UNIT_002) Connection between Electa Concept and PC rev00

5.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

5.2.2 About this card

The purpose is to download the procedure report from the Electa Concept to the PC, in order to create a
Customer’s database.

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 5.2-1

 Connection between Electa Concept and PC
5.2.3 Description

5.2.3.1 Tools Required

RS 232 connecting cable, as shown in the picture below (the cable is the same used for the programming
of the Electa Concept software, code 63019)

fig.1

5.2.3.2 Connection
Connect the RS232 cable from the Electa Concept to the PC.
- In the Electa Concept, open the rear door and connect the cable to the central RS232 serial port
labelled “PC”;
- In the PC, connect the RS232 serial cable to its serial output (often called COM1).

Switch Electa Concept ON and press DATA MANAGEMENT,

In the DATA MANAGEMENT main page, select the procedure report (using up and down arrows) that you
want to transfer from Electa Concept to the PC, then press PC.
Right now, in the display 3 menus are available to be transferred to PC

1>> General report

2>> Detailed report
3>> Complete report

Using the arrows, select the menu (#1, #2, #3) that you want to transfer from Electa Concept to the PC.

Open the HyperTerminal in your PC (path:START/Programs/ Accessories/Communications/HyperTerminal),

the HyperTerminal will ask you to insert a connection name and select an icon for the connection in
progress.
(If this does not happen, select from main menu file and then New Connection)
In the next window, you have to select the serial port in the PC (often COM1) and select the serial RS232
port.

In the next window, you have to insert the “Port Configuration”

- Bits/second 19200
- Bit of data 8
- Parity none
- Bit Stop 1
- Flow control none

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 5.2-2

 Connection between Electa Concept and PC
Now the Electa Concept is connected to the PC.
We can read the connection time at the bottom/left of the window.

The next step is setting the data transmitted from the Electa Concept.

Select FILE/Property/Setting and set:

- EMULATION: ANSI
- BUFFER: 500

Then select:
ASCII SETTING and make sure that the first and the last field are selected.

Now select:
Transfer, Acquire text

- Select the Folder where you want to transfer the file

- Select the file name that you want to assign to your procedure (such as: Electa Concept)
- Select START
- Select in the Electa Concept Display DOWNLOAD

The file transferred is in TXT format.

By opening the folder chosen (C:\FSE\Electa Concept.txt), it is possible to copy the file (by selecting: <Select
All> and <Copy>), and <Paste> the file in Excel (or Word).
In this way it is possible to insert the Patient ID and all the information, required by the Hospital to record the
procedure.

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 5.2-3

 Connection between Electa Concept and PC

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 5.2-4

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3 (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages rev00

5.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

5.3.2 About this card

The purpose of this chapter is to describe the diagnostics functions.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-1

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.3 Diagnostics modes
Diagnostics is a special operating mode by means of which single groups and components can be tested,
or, in general, information on the status of the unit can be gathered.
It consists of 2 levels:
- Complete Diagnostics: only for Field Service personnel is given the permission to access.
- User Diagnostics: designed for the Users, for parameters setting

In Diagnostics, English is the language used in the user interface.

5.3.3.1 Access
The operator may access Diagnostics by pressing the SK#4 soft key before the Software Release is
displayed on the first page of Electa Concept.
Diagnostics may be accessed, even if the Master has not yet been connected to all slaves; the only condition
necessary for access is the serial connection between the Master and User Interface.
A few instants later, the unit displays the page asking the operator to enter the password for the level
required.

SK#1

SK#2
HELP SK#3

SK#4

SK#5
Stand-by
SK#6
STOP
SK#7

SK#8

fig.1

At the same time, the master micro seeks the necessary conditions for diagnostics: all checks and safety
systems are inhibited, the Watchdog is by-passed, those functions that may stop the microprocessor, thus
interrupting the serial communication, are inhibited; in addition to this, no possible fatal error is recorded. The
Master transmits the message that Diagnostics has been accessed to the connected slaves. From now on,
the slaves will transmit all information necessary for Diagnostics to the master.

Password for Complete Diagnostics

To log on Complete Diagnostics, please press the following keys in this order:
- SK #5
- SK #4
- STOP

Password for User Diagnostics

To log on User Diagnostics, please press the following keys in this order:
- SK #8
- SK #1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-2

 Diagnostics Pages
When the operator enters the password, the unit verifies the correct insertion. Only two errors are allowed.
After the first error, this message is displayed: “Wrong password, please retry”.

fig.2

After the second error, this message is displayed: “Access denied, please turn off the machine”.

fig.3

In this case the operator should switch off the unit and restart it.

If the password is correct, the main menu is accessed and the 30V and 12V voltages, necessary for the
operation of the actuators, are enabled.

5.3.3.2 Exit
To exit the Diagnostics the equipment must be switched off

5.3.3.3 Menus
Within the menus the first function is always selected.
To access the specific function selected with the × and Ø keys, then press the ENTRY key.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-3

 Diagnostics Pages
The complete menu consists of the following functions, in the order shown in the figure:

fig.4

The User menu consists of the following functions, in the order shown in the figure:

fig.5

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-4

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4 The Diagnostic Functions

5.3.4.1 Language Selection

fig.6

This function permits the operator to set the language used for displaying messages.

The following are the languages available:

- ITALIAN
- ENGLISH
- FRENCH
- GERMAN
- SPANISH

The languages can be selected with the key Ø

SAVE & EXIT confirms the language selection and returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.

The language selected is stored in the buffered RAM and in EEPROM.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-5

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.2 Clock setting

fig.7

This function allows the operator to set date and time (hours and minutes) and store the TSC (Technical
Safety Check) data.
The values stored in the MBE are displayed upon accessing, but they are not dynamically updated.

Keys:
ƒ SET TSC key allows storage of the last Technical Safety Check date in: dd/mm/yy field. Data is
displayed in the LAST TSC line and shown, when the function is entered.
ƒ ADJUST must be kept ON

The SET TSC and ADJUST keys are not available in the User Diagnostics.

ƒ The RESET key takes the clock to a pre-set condition (MINUTES = 0, HOUR = 0, DAY = 1, MONTH
= 1, YEAR = 1).
ƒ With the key Ø parameters may be circularly scrolled and selected (MINUTES, HOUR, DAY,
MONTH, YEAR) and with the keys
ƒ With + and – keys the select parameter may be increased or decreased to the required value.
ƒ SAVE & EXIT key, confirms the settings made on the clock and the ADJUST, and returns to the
diagnostic functions main menu.
ƒ QUIT key, returns to the diagnostic functions main menu without saving the modifications on the
clock.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-6

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.3 Flash Programming
This function allows the operator to download the software on each microprocessor units by programming its
flash memory. Programming is carried out via serial line trough a PC and dedicated software

fig.8

Keys.
ƒ Ø key scrolls and selects the unit to be programmed.
ƒ EXIT key, the unit returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.
ƒ CONNECT key puts the related microprocessor into programmed mode.

As Connect key is pressed, the unit is ready to be programmed according to the instructions Electa Concept
programming procedure (see (UNIT_004) Programming Procedure #card)
The operator may exit programming by switching off the unit.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-7

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.4 Display Contrast
This function allows to change the display contrast.
The new value is transmitted to User interface which implements it, by increasing or decreasing the contrast
of the active page.
It is necessary to wait for a certain time before deciding whether the result of the adjustment attempts and
the selected value are right.

fig.9

Keys:
ƒ + and – keys increase or decrease the contrast
ƒ SAVE & EXIT to save the new values and exit the diagnostic function returning to the main menu

The new value is stored in the buffered memory and in EEPROM and transmitted to User Interface every
time the unit is switched on.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-8

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.5 Programs Set
By means of this function the operator may exclude / include procedures from / in the set used in normal
operating conditions.
This page 1 displays all procedures available in Electa Concept; those preceded by * displayed in reverse
are excluded from the set; conversely, the others are included. All procedures may be excluded but one,
which is necessary for operation.

fig.10

Keys:

ƒ the × and Ø may circularly scroll and select the procedure, highlighting with the same colour as that of
ATS or SEQ, (when the function is entered, the highlighted procedure is Pstd).
ƒ YES / NO exclude / include the selected procedure; the key is disabled (displayed in reverse), when
the last active procedure is selected.
ƒ SAVE & EXIT key confirms the modifications and returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-9

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.6 Sw & Link Config.
This function displays the Software release of each microprocessor units and the status of serial
communication.
---------------

fig.11

The information displayed is to be read as follows:

MASTER, USER INT., ACTUATOR 1: the software release and the writing LINKED are displayed next to
the unit’s label: these units were connected at the switching on (transmitting of the software release) and
they are still connected now (LINKED).

SENSOR: nothing is displayed next to the unit’s label: the unit has not been connected since switching on.

ACTUATOR 2: the writing LINKED is not displayed next to the unit’s label: the unit was connected when it
was switched on (it transmitted the Software Release) but it is no longer connected now.

Keys:
ƒ EXIT returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-10

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.7 Data Initialization
With this function the unit can be initialised by using the default values according to the procedure described
below:

fig.12

ƒ INIT key performs the following operations:

1) it sets the procedure’s variable data (not that of the Data Manager) stored in memory, when the unit
is switched off, to default values;
2) it sets the area reserved to the variable data to zero.
When the INIT is pressed, data initialization is started; when initialization is accomplished, the word
DONE is displayed.

ƒ INIT & RESTORE: all operations listed above for the INIT key are performed, beside, the values in
the buffered memory are recovered from the variables in the EEPROM. The variables recovered are:
1) LanguageSelection,
2) DisplayContrast,
3) WorkingTime,
4) FPHSettings,
5) SerialNumber,
6) WorkingTime,
7) WorkingCentrifuge,
8) WorkingPump,
9) WorkingVacuum,
10) WorkingLock,
11) WorkingClamps,
12) ClockAdjust.

When initialisation is accomplished, the word DONE is displayed.

ƒ EXIT key, the unit returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.

The INIT key is particularly used for data initialization in the buffered memory; if the buffered memory is
faulty, the data stored in EEPROM may be retrieved with the INIT & RESTORE key, after the faulty
component has been replaced.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-11

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3.4.8 Digital Input

This function displays the status of the digital inputs directly detected on the hardware board of each
microprocessor.

fig.13

Keys:
ƒ key scrolls and selects the required microprocessor unit
ƒ EXIT to the diagnostic functions main menu.
ƒ ENTRY displays the page of the digital inputs relating to the unit selected.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-12

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.8.1 Master

fig.14

The physical status is displayed next to each input, while the detected logic level is displayed in brackets [ ].

The display shows

- BBD: the status of the signal detected by the BBD sensor: it is possible to verify the two conditions,
by inserting and removing a small tube into / from the sensor holder;
- POWER GOOD V30: the status of the Power Good provided by the power supply board. This signal
should be OK; if it is not, it means that the voltage exceeds the admissible range: when the unit is
switched on and normally operating, the E22 fatal error is activated;
- V12 vs V10: the status of the 12 V. When the 12 V is activated, this signal should be >10 V; if it is
not, when the unit is switched on and normally operating, the warning “Vacuum Pump Faulty. Use
Different Vacuum Source” appears;
- V30vs V7: the status of the 30 V. When the 30 V is activated, this signal must be >7 V; if it is not,
when the unit is switched on and normally operating, the E25 fatal error is activated;
- OVERTEMP: the status of the master board over temperature signal;
- PRIME CLAMP (hall), WASH CLAMP (hall), EMPTY CLAMP (hall) the status detected by the Hall-
effect sensors on the Prime, Wash and Empty clamps. By means of the handle positioned on the
clamps, it is possible to verify both conditions;
- PUMP DIR: the status of the pump direction of rotation directly read by the master. By means of the
pump rotor, the user may manually adjust this signal, which must coincide with the signal detected
on the low shaft;
- PUMP DIR LOW SHAFT: the signal status of the pump direction of rotation read by a Hall-effect
sensor positioned under the pump rotor (low shaft); to read the correct status of this signal, the user
should make the pump rotate (at least 1 revolution), by manually turning the pump rotor. The status
of this signal must coincide with the direction signal previously described;
- CENT DIR: the signal status of the centrifuge direction: by means of the centrifuge plate it is possible
to check if the two directions are consistent;
- BOWL ARM: the position of the locking arm around the bowl joint is detected by two sensors, one
read by the master, the other by Actuator 1: to verify if both conditions are consistent, the user
should rotate the lock system,
Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to DIGITAL INPUT main selection page

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-13

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3.4.8.2 User Interface

fig.15

When this page is accessed, a rectangle is displayed and next to it are the names of the keys, from key 1 to
key 14.
When a key is pressed once, a rectangle with an X in reverse appears next to it; if the same key is pressed
again, the rectangle disappears. In this way, the status of the keys is displayed and, at the same time, their
correct operation is checked.
The keys from key 1 to key 8 are soft-keys: the meaning of the key is dynamic and varies with the operating
status of the equipment; in this case, the X is displayed within the rectangle. The keys from key 9 to key 14
are hard-keys: the meaning of the key is fixed; in this case, the X is displayed outside the rectangle. When
key 8 (EXIT) is pressed, and it functions properly, the DIGITAL INPUT main selection page is displayed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-14

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.8.3 Sensors
The physical status is displayed next to each input, while the detected logic level is displayed in brackets [ ].

fig.16

The display shows:

- BLOOD LOSS: the status of the signal detected by the blood loss sensor; the user may check the
other status, as well, by slightly wetting the strip contained inside the centrifuge well;
- WASTE BAG: the status of the capacitive sensor that detects the waste bag level; the user may
check both states, using the tool code 63020
- OVER VOLTAGE indicates the status of the 12 V voltage on the SBE board. If it exceeds 15 V the
message KO [H] is displayed
- UNDER VOLTAGE indicates the status of the 12 V voltage on the SBE board: if it drops below 10 V,
the message KO [H] is displayed.
Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to the DIGITAL INPUT main selection page

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-15

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.8.4 Actuator 1
The physical status is displayed next to each input, while the detected logic level is displayed in brackets [ ].

fig.17

The display shows:

1. COVER: the status of the cover hall sensor detected by the dedicated sensor: the user may check
both states by opening and closing the cover;
2. BOWL ARM: the position of the locking arm around the bowl joint is detected by two sensors, one
read by the Master, the other by Actuator 1: to verify if both states are consistent, the user should
rotate the lock system;
3. LOCK: the status of the sensor detecting the lock position: the user may check both states by
opening and closing manually the lock;
4. PUMP DIR: the status of the signal of the pump direction of rotation directly read by Actuator 1. By
means of the pump rotor, the user may manually adjust this signal;
5. two over temperature signals, PUMP OVERTEMP on the pump driver and CENT OVERTEMP on
the centrifuge driver;
6. three indications respectively relating to the centrifuge PWM enabling, PUMP MASTER ENABLE
(the enabling to the pump driver from the Master board), and CENT MASTER ENABLE (the
enabling to the centrifuge driver by the Master board).
Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to the DIGITAL INPUT main selection page

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-16

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.8.5 Actuator 2

fig.18

The physical status is displayed next to each input, while the detected logic level is displayed in brackets [ ].
The display shows:
1) PRIME CLAMP, WASH CLAMP, EMPTY CLAMP, STOP CLAMP: the status of the four optical
sensors of the clamps;
2) OVERTEMP CLAMP: the status of the clamps over temperature signal on the clamp driver;
3) VACUUM VALVE SENSE, VACUMM PUMP SENSE, VACUUM PRESENCE: three signals relating
to the valve and pump activation and the presence of the vacuum.

Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to the DIGITAL INPUT main selection page

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-17

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.9 Analog Input
By means of this function the unit displays the status of the analog inputs directly read by the hardware
board of the Master, Sensors, Actuator 1 and Actuator 2 units (User Interface does not have any analog
inputs).

fig.19

Keys:
ƒ scrolls and selects the microprocessor unit
ƒ EXIT returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.
ƒ ENTRY displays the page of the analog inputs relating to the unit selected.

5.3.4.9.1 Master

fig.20

The display shows:

1) V1, V2, V3: the values, in mV, of the reference voltages used for the analog-to-digital conversion (4
V, 2 V and 1 V);
2) VACUMM PRESSURE: the vacuum pressure value, in mV, read by the channel intended for the
Master.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-18

 Diagnostics Pages
Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to the ANALOG INPUT main selection page

5.3.4.9.2 Sensors

fig.21

The display shows:

1) TUBE PRESSURE: the pressure value, converted into mV, detected by the sensor on the RBC line;
2) WEIGHT: the weight, in grams, detected by the loading cell in the I.V. pole supporting the reservoir
3) HCT: value in %x10 detected by the HCT sensor (for instance, a value of 407 corresponds to 40.7);
4) LED 805: the value, in counts, of the 805 for the HCT reading
5) HGB : value in ml/dl, range 0 to 3000, detected by the HGB sensor.
6) LED 565: the value, in counts, of the 565 led used by the HGB sensor for value calculation;
7) BC LEVEL: the Buffy-Coat, in mm/10, range 800 to 950
8) HCT Temperature: temperature sensor in tenths of degrees Celsius;
9) V1, V2, V3: the values, in mV, of reference voltages used for analog-to-digital conversion (2 V, 4V
and 1V)

Keys:
ƒ IR1 and IR2 soft-keys: it is possible to activate the IR1 and IR2 led banks used for the buffy-coat
illumination. The IR1 soft key activates IR1 (illumination for the BT55, BT175 and BT225 bowls),
while the IR2 soft key activates the IR2 (illumination used for the BT125 bowl only). This allows
brilliance control through the hardware. The soft key that is pressed is disabled to remind which led
bank is active.
ƒ AUTO CALIB. soft-key: if it is pressed, the Sensor unit receives the command to start calibration of
the HCT sensor.
ƒ EXIT to go to ANALOG INPUT main selection page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-19

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.9.3 Actuator 1

fig.22

The display shows:

1) SPEED PUMP: the pump flow: by manually rotating the rotor the user may see the value changing;
2) SPEED CENT: the centrifuge speed: by manually rotating the centrifuge it is possible to see the
value changing
3) PUMP VOLUME: the pump volume moved in terms of ml

Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to the ANALOG INPUT main selection page

5.3.4.9.4 Actuator 2

fig.23

The display shows:

1) VACUUM PRESSURE: the vacuum pressure in mmHg;
2) V1, V2, V3: the reference voltages, in mV, used for analog-to-digital conversion (2 V, 4 V and 1 V).
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-20
 Diagnostics Pages
Key:
ƒ EXIT to go to the ANALOG INPUT main selection page

5.3.4.10 Actuators Control

fig.24

By means of this function the user may select the actuator type on which the diagnostics will be run.
When this page is accessed, Clamps Control is highlighted.
Keys:
ƒ Ø scrolls and selects the required actuator.
ƒ ENTRY to enter in the analog input page of the selected unit.
ƒ EXIT returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-21

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.10.1 Clamps Control
With this function the user may assess the correct operation of the clamps, with regard to the activation
commands. The states of the optical and the Hall-effect sensors are displayed.
This page is accessed by commanding the clamps to search for the stop position: the stepper motor rotates
until the sensors detect this position (displayed in the STATUS column of the page).
The physical status is displayed next to each sensor, while the logic level achieved is displayed in brackets
[]; the disabled key is highlighted in reverse.

fig.25

Keys:
ƒ If the STOP key is pressed, all clamps are closed and the STOP key is disabled;
ƒ if the PRIME key is pressed, the prime clamp is opened and the PRIME key is disabled;
ƒ if the WASH key is pressed, the wash clamp is opened and the WASH key is disabled;
ƒ if the EMPTY key is pressed, the empty clamp is opened and the EMPTY key is disabled;
ƒ EXIT to go to the ACTUATORS CONTROL main selection page. As Exit is pressed the clamp
moves automatically into Stop position, all clamps closed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-22

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.10.2 Lock & Cover Control

With this function the user may assess the operation of the “locking system” with regard to the lock
“opening/closing” commands.

fig.26

The display shows:

1) LOCK: the function shows the status of the cover lock system read by its related sensor
2) COVER: shows the position of the cover read by the hall sensor on the Electa Concept top

The physical status is displayed on the screen, and the logic level, read by the dedicated sensors of the
cover and the lock, is displayed in brackets [ ].

When Diagnostics is accessed, the lock is automatically set to open.

Keys:
ƒ LOCK commands the lock to close; when the key is pressed again, the opposite command, i.e. the
“opening” command, is transmitted, and so on. After the command is given, the key is temporarily
disabled (it is displayed in reverse), so that commands cannot be transmitted at high
frequency, which may hinder the correct operation of the bistable.
ƒ EXIT to go to the ACTUATORS CONTROL main selection page. As Exit is pressed the LOCK
moves automatically into open position

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-23

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.10.3 Vacuum Control
This function allows to check the vacuum pump functionality

fig.27

1) CURRENT PUMP MODEL: display the pump model mounted on the equipment
2) SETPOINT, is the value settable for the vacuum pump. Default value: -10 (mmHg)
3) PRESSURE (mmHg) is the pressure read by the Actuator 2 unit
4) Master Press (mmHg) is the pressure value read by the Master unit.

Keys:
ƒ CHANGE MODEL: this key is deactivated for the Electa Concept, but on the old equipment there
were two pump models and the user could choose which to use.
ƒ SAVE CHANGE: to confirm the pump model modification (deactivated)
ƒ + and – keys act on the SETPOINT by modifying the pressure level to 10 mmHg step, when the
pump is either stationary or in motion.

The + key is disabled when the set point reaches the max value (-300 mmHg); the – key is disabled when
the set point reaches the minimum value (-10 mmHg).

ƒ The I / O key activates / deactivates the vacuum.

ƒ The BOOSTER MODE when is
BOOSTER ON: drives the pump at maximum power during the transitory to reach the set speed.
PWM 100% in the range -10 to -300 mmHg
BOOSTER OFF (default values): drives the pump at medium power depending on the set speed
PWM 40% in the set speed range -10 to -70 mmHg
PWM 70% in the set speed range -80 to -300 mmHg
ƒ When the EXIT key is pressed, the ACTUATORS CONTROL main selection page is displayed and
the vacuum is deactivated.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-24

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.10.4 Pump Control
By means of this function the user may test the pump motor driver system.
The physical status is displayed on the screen, and the logic level, read by the dedicated sensors of the
cover and the lock, is displayed in brackets [ ].

fig.28

When this page is accessed:

1) SETPOINT set point command to change the pump flow. Default value 500 ml min
2) DIRECTION set point command to select the direction of the pump (IN BOWL or OUT BOWL).
Default IN BOWL
3) REAL SPEED is the speed of the pump in ml/min
4) Max. Pos. Diff. Reads the maximum positive difference between the set point and the real speed in
ml/min
5) Max. Neg. Diff. Reads the maximum negative difference between the set point and the real speed in
ml/min
6) Ipk is the motor power consumption: peak current in mA
7) DIR ACT1 to MASTER the direction directly detected by the Actuator 1 (and transmitted to the
Master)
8) LOW SHAFT DIR: the direction detected by the Master on the low shaft.

The column on the side of the page contains the other possible physical status and logic level that the
parameter may have.
Keys:
ƒ DIR key modifies the pump direction of rotation; when the pump is in motion, this key is disabled.
ƒ + and – keys modify the flow set point between 10 and 1300 ml/min at step of 10. They modify the
flow set point, when the pump is either stationary or in motion; in the latter case, the pump is set to
the programmed value. The + key is disabled when the flow set point reaches the max value of 1300
ml/ min; the – key when it reaches the min value of 10 ml/ min.
ƒ I / O key activates / deactivates the pump.
ƒ EXIT to go to ACTUATORS CONTROL main selection page

When activated, the pump starts rotating in the set direction, and the display shows the REAL SPEED, the
Ipk power consumption values and the two directions read, respectively, by Actuator 1 and the Master. When
the command transient is over (1.5 seconds for every 100 ml/min of flow set point), the maximum differences
between the set point and the real flow are displayed. If the flow set point is modified by means of the + and
– keys with the pump in motion, the maximum differences are zeroed, and, once the transient stops,
displayed again. When the pump is deactivated, the maximum positive and negative differences remain
displayed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-25

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3.4.10.5 Centrifuge Control

With this function the user may swiftly verify the consistency between the centrifuge speed and the set point.

fig.29

When this page is accessed, the display shows the information related to
1) the SETPOINT set command to drive the centrifuge. Default value: 2800 rpm
2) the REAL SPEED read by the centrifuge encoder
3) Max. Pos. Diff. Reads the maximum positive difference between the set point and the real speed in
rpm
4) Max. Neg. Diff. Reads the maximum negative difference between the set point and the real speed in
rpm
5) the Ipk value is motor power consumption: peak current in mA,
6) Tacc: acceleration time for the centrifuge to reach the speed set point (measured without bowl, as
the presence of the bowl would affect the dynamic behaviour of the centrifuge).

Keys:

ƒ + and – keys the user may vary the set point (range: 100 to 5600, step: 100), when the centrifuge is
either stationary or in motion; in the latter case, the centrifuge is set to the programmed value. The +
key is disabled, when the set point reaches the maximum value of 5600 rpm; the - key is disabled,
when the set point reaches the minimum value of 100 rpm.
ƒ I / O key activates / deactivates the centrifuge. When activated, the centrifuge starts rotating
counter-clockwise and the display shows the REAL SPEED and the Ipk power consumption values.
When the activation command transient is over, (the transient is about 6 seconds in the range 100
to 2700 rpm; 3 additional seconds every 700 rpm of set point, in the range 2800 to 5600 rpm), the
display shows the maximum differences between the set point and the real speed. If the set point is
modified by means of the + and – keys with the centrifuge in motion, the maximum differences are
zeroed, and displayed again, once the transient stops. When the centrifuge is deactivated, the
display keeps showing the maximum positive and negative differences.
ƒ EXIT to go to ACTUATORS CONTROL main selection page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-26

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3.4.11 Fatal Errors

This function checks the hardware errors that may have occurred during normal operation.

fig.30

The display shows

1) the fatal error code number
2) the fatal error identifier (Exx)
3) time of occurrence (day, month, year, hour and minutes)
4) the procedure number
This information is stored and run cyclically in 30-element buffers: when there is no longer location available
in the buffer, the data on the oldest fatal error is overwritten by a new fatal error and the number is not
updated; the data relative to the oldest fatal error can no longer be retrieved. Normally, fatal errors may be
scrolled up and down from the most recent to the oldest.

Keys:
ƒ CLEAR key cancels all information contained in the buffers of the buffered ram and in the
Diagnostics data base is erased; the display shows the message NUMBER of FATAL ERRORS: 0.
This key is not available in User diagnostics
ƒ PREVIOUS and NEXT keys to scroll the error list. When first error is displayed the PREVIOUS key
is disabled; when the oldest fatal error is displayed, the NEXT key only is enabled. In all other
cases, both keys are enabled.
ƒ EXIT key returns the functions main menu.

The DATA INITIALIZATION diagnostic function resets the buffer of the buffered ram but not that of the
diagnostic database; for this reason, if Electa Concept is not switched off, through this function the operator
may still display the fatal errors that occurred prior to data initialization.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-27

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.12 S/N Insertion
With this function the operator may insert and verify the Serial Number of the unit.

fig.31

When this page is accessed, the Serial Number stored in EEPROM is read and displayed.
Keys:
ƒ the key selects the value to be written
ƒ the + and – keys modify and/or write the serial number
ƒ WRITE S/N to save in EEPROM the values inserted

There is also a check system on the writing operation: if the operation is performed correctly, the word
PASSED will appear next to WRITE; if the operation is not accomplished (for instance, because the
EEPROM is faulty), the word FAILED will appear next to WRITE.

: The SAVE & EXIT key corresponds to the QUIT key (Diagnostics is exited and no
modification is saved). If the s/n is not entered, whenever the unit is switched on, the buffered ram
will be initialized with data loss.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-28

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.13 EEPROM Control
By means of this function the operator may check the contents of the cells of the EEPROM memory, and run
a writing/reading test of the entire memory to verify its operation.

fig.32

Keys:
ƒ When TEST is pressed, the contents of the EEPROM are read and saved in a temporary buffer, the
EEPROM is then tested. If the result is positive, the word PASSED will appear next to EEPROM, if
the result is negative, the word FAILED will be displayed instead.
ƒ When RESET is pressed, the contents of the EEPROM are set to 0x00. This operation must be
performed with special care, as data will no longer be retrievable
ƒ the + and – keys read the contents of the EEPROM cells (4 cells at a time).
ƒ EXIT the page is exited.

5.3.4.14 Run Test

This function allows to test the equipment’s operation by repeatedly performing successive cycles.
The RUN TEST, inside the Electa Concept Diagnostics has been developed for Manufacturing
purposes, to test the equipment before the release of the product.
This test has to be performed in 12 hours and test all the hw and the sw.
While the Run Test starts the Electa Concept sets as following:
1) Language: English
2) Better empty: disabled
3) HCT sensor: disabled
4) FPH sensor : disabled

The Electa Concept performs during the Run Test an intra-operative procedure PHQ, with the BT125 bowl,
such as:
5) Programm: Intra PHQ
6) Bowl Type: BT125
7) Processed volume: 0
8) Collected Volume: 0
9) Number of bowl processed: 1

During the Run Test, all the data (volume, data management, warning, hw errors) are stored.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-29

 Diagnostics Pages
As the Run test has been completed a Data Initialization must be done.

fig.33

5.3.4.15 Short test

The Short Test can be carried out only when the equipment is completely calibrated and tested, so with a
functioning reliability comparable with that of the finite product. With this function the Field Service can check
the equipment after a technical intervention with a procedure similar to the ones carried out by users.
This function allows to test the functionality of the equipment in 6 minutes, by contemporary performing of the
following two cycles:

START Prime BQW Empty STOP

PHQ 125 2 min 2 min 2 min

START Vacuum ON 6 min Vacuum OFF

Vacuum -180 mmHg STOP
Booster OFF

During the Short Test, the procedure data (volume, data management, warnings, hw errors) are stored.
To correctly realize the Short Test is necessary to lay the equipment in the following way:
- insert in the Bubble Sensor the bubble simulator from the tool code 63015 to guarantee the “Liquid”
logic state is detected.
- the bowl arm has to be closed
- the cover has to be correctly closed in order to allow functioning of the lock (during the Short Test the
cover can’t be open )
- Insert an empty reservoir with the vacuum line connected and all the other lines closed.
- put the Waste Bag sensor in a known stable condition - active or inactive by using the tool code 63020
- insert G10 FILTER from the ref code 63006 in the HCT sensors in order to have a known value for the
Hematocrit.

At beginning of this function:

- all the clamps are closed positioned
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-30
 Diagnostics Pages
- the lock is open
- the page with indication to press START key to start the Short Test is displayed.
- DATA key is always enabled to show the stored data of the Short test.
- CLEAR key to cancel the previous Short test data
- The program used by the Electa Concept to test the functionality is: Phq 125 (Prime flow 250 ml/min,
Bqw flow 200 ml/min, Empty flow 200 ml/min); Vacuum setpoint is set to -180 mmHg

At this point is possible:

- To start the Short Test push START key: the Electa Concept starts automatically with the Short Test
by performing in progress: Prime, Better Quality Wash and Empty phases.
- At the completion of the test the page with the info RUN TEST OK is displayed.
- To visualize the data push DATA key (the data stored during the Short Test are reset to zero every
pressing of the START key from the Short Test page).
- To return to diagnostics menu through EXIT key.

fig.34

The STOP key allows to interrupt anytime the execution of Short Test: all actuators are stopped, the lock is
opened and the Short Test page is displayed.
The CLEAR key allows to reset to zero the data stored in the Ram during last Short Test.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-31

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.16 Working Times
Through this function the operator may initialize/display/modify the real operating time of the actuators:
centrifuge, pump, vacuum, lock and clamps

fig.35

When the diagnostic page is accessed, the display shows the data:
- Electa Concept hours
- Centrifuge hours
- Pump hours
- Vacuum hours
- Lock minutes
- Clamps minutes

Keys:
ƒ The RESET/+ and – keys reset / modify the data of the actuator selected Î
ƒ The Ø scrolls and selects the required actuator
ƒ When the SAVE & EXIT keys are pressed, the data is stored in the corresponding variables in the
buffered ram, then the unit returns to the functions main menu.

The use of the equipment in diagnostics increases the operating hours.

5.3.4.17 FPH Setting

This function allows Manufacturer personnel to set the thresholds used during normal operation, to render
the calculation of the FPH removal percentage flexible, as well as the percentage of the ”traffic light colour
code” indication of Wash Quality and the activation of the Wash Quality Warnings.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-32

 Diagnostics Pages

fig.36

The display shows:

FPH:
1) HIGH LEVEL value (RED) represents the threshold beyond which the ”traffic light colour code”
indication of WASH QUALITY shows red,
2) LOW LEVEL value (GREEN) represents the first threshold before which the indication shows green;
between the two levels it shows orange,
3) INSUFF.Q.REM (%) and GOOD Q.REM (%) values represent the percentage of removal used as
threshold values when the WASH QUALITY WARNINGS are activated.
The corresponding default values are 200 (range 0 to 3000), 50 (range 0 to 3000), 60 (range 0 to 100) and
90 (range 0 to 100).

HCT:
1. The values are offset for the calculation of the HCT

ƒ When SAVE & EXIT keys are pressed the data are stored in the corresponding variables in buffered
ram and in EEPROM, and the unit returns to the functions main menu. Storage in EEPROM takes
up a few instants, then, after SAVE & EXIT, the unit must not be switched off immediately.

NOTE : These values are inserted by Manufacturer personnel only

5.3.4.18 Electa Concept Configuration

This function allows to visualize/modify the configuration of the equipment.

Entering in the function the current configuration is shown. The possible configurations are:
- NONE
- ALL
- OTHERS : YES/NO indicate the components present/absent

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-33

 Diagnostics Pages

fig.37

ƒ EXIT key will return to the main menu functions.

5.3.4.19 Configuration change

NOTE: It is possible to change the configuration only when the selected language is the English.

To change the configuration a second password is needed. Push the following keys in sequence:

1)

2)

3)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-34

 Diagnostics Pages

The display will show to you the following page:

fig.38

Keys:
ƒ NONE selects the configuration without any of the possible hardware: Printer, USB, HCT sensor,
FPH sensor, Vacuum Pump, Balance.
ƒ ALL selects all the hardware above
ƒ The Ø scrolls and selects the required
ƒ YES/NO to include or exclude one of the selected hardware
ƒ OK to confirm the selection

NOTE: In the Essential configuration while entering in Language Selection function it will be not
possible to select any languages, only the English is available.

Press EXIT to leave the ELECTA CONCEPT CONFIG page.

Note:
In case of MBE1 above instructions have to be follow:
ELECTA CONCEPT ESSENTIAL CONFIGURATION: The default configuration is the Essential one. After
the MBE1 replacement only a DATA INITIALIZATION INIT AND RESTORE needs to be performed.

ELECTA CONCEPT CONFIGURATION: The default configuration is the Essential one. After the MBE1
replacement enter in ELECTA CONCEPT CONFIG and select ALL and then enter in language selection and
select your country’s language.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-35

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3.4.20 Vacuum Errors

This function records the occurred error code related only to the vacuum source.

fig.39
The display shows
1) the fatal error code number
2) the fatal error identifier (Exx)
3) time of occurrence (day, month, year, hour and minutes)
4) the procedure number

Key:
ƒ CLEAR to cancel all the Error log.
ƒ Previous, Next to scroll the error log register
ƒ Exit returns in the main diagnostics functions

Find below a summary of the Vacuum errors:

- Errors from the Master μP:

Code Description Explanation

While the Master disables the
+12 V, which supplies the
Vacuum pump motor, it checks
E01 MASTER DISABLE_V12_FAIL the status of the voltage by a
feedback signal. If the Master μP
finds the voltage >10 V, it shows
the alarm
After 400msec from the
activation of the +12 V, the
Master μP checks the presence
E02 MASTER FUSE_V12_FAULT of the voltage by a feedback
signal. In case the +12 V is not
ON, it shows the alarm

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-36

 Diagnostics Pages
E03 MASTER PRESENCE Not used
The Master μP checks from the
MASTER related pressure sensor in the
E04 PRESSURE_CONTROL DPT board that the vacuum
FAILED does not exceed –375mmHg for
3s In case it shows the Alarm
The master μP shows this error
if the control of the voltage
MASTER AD_CONVERSION reference (+4 V, +2 V, +1 V) in
E05 the AD converter is not good and
ERROR
exceeds the 10% of the nominal
value.

- Errors received by the Actuator 2 μP

Code Description Explanation

Not used
E06 ACT2 P_SENSE_FAIL

The μP Actuator 2 checks the

presence of the valve from a
E07 ACT2 V_SENSE_FAIL signal. If this fails the alarm is
shown
The μP Actuator2 checks duty
cycle signal that supply the
E08 ACT2 V_DUTY_CYC_FAIL vacuum valve. If this fails the
alarm is shown
The Actuator 2 μP checks from
the related pressure sensor in
ACT2 CONTROL PRESSURE the DPT board that the vacuum
E09
FAILED does not exceed –375mmHg for
3s In case it shows the Alarm
The Actuator 2 μP checks that
the voltages reference (+4V,
ACT2 AD_CONVERSION +2V, +1V) in the AD converter
E10
ERROR does not exceed the 10% of the
nominal value.

This error code is shown only in diagnostic. If one of the above mentioned problem will
happen, the display shows to the user the message: “VACUUM OUT OF ORDER, PLEASE
CHANGE THE VACUUM SOURCE”.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-37

 Diagnostics Pages
5.3.4.21 Better Empty
This function enables/disables the better empty feature.
Better Empty intends to turn the centrifuge clockwise and counter clockwise to unpack the red blood cells,
before starting the real empty phase.

fig.40

Keys:
ƒ CHANGE to change from the current configuartion
ƒ SAVE & EXIT to save the modification and go to the main selection menu

5.3.4.22 Features Configuration

fig.41

This function permits the operator to configure the features of the procedures.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-38

 Diagnostics Pages
There are two pre-defined configurations, BASIC and EXPERT, for a personalization for two different
typologies of users. Each of the 14 features can be enabled/disabled permitting a full personalization of the
equipment.

Keys:
ƒ BASIC: with the BASIC CONFIGURATION all the parameters are automatically defined, they are all
set OFF, except 1Touch Mode, Emergency Mode and Better Empty that are ON. This is the
simplest configuration.
ƒ EXPERT: also with the EXPERT CONFIGURATION the parameters are defined, they are all set ON,
except BAD WASH WARNING, PC DATA DOWNLOAD, LAST BOWL ON READYPAGE
and NO WASH OPTION. This configuration is recommended for more expert operators.
ƒ × and Ø keys scroll and select the feature to configure
ƒ ON/OFF: Enables/Disables the selected item
ƒ SAVE&EXIT key confirms the modifications and returns to the diagnostic functions main menu.
These settings are not stored in EEPROM, so the possible INT&RESTOREs in the DATA
INITIALIZATION page carry this configuration back to the EXPERT default one. To note FPH
DETECTOR and BAD WASH WARNING are related, if there is not FPH DETECTOR then also BAD
WASH WARNING is not present.

In the page are displayed only the features changeable by the operator, according to the hardware
configuration of the equipment, while the not displayed features are set OFF.

5.3.4.23 Popt

fig.42

This page allows to quickly configure the parameters of the Popt procedure.
Keys:
ƒ BOWL : selects the desiderate bowl
ƒ Ø: selects the characteristic parameters
ƒ + and - : modify the parameters
ƒ SAVE&EXIT key confirms the modifications and returns to the diagnostic functions main menu
ƒ QUIT: returns to the main menu without modify the parameters of this page.

The procedure arrives to Buffy Coat once with a range defined by the PRIME1 FLOW [ml/min] and remains
on stand by for a time determined by STANDBY TIME1 [s]. During this stand by period the whole blood
doesn’t go into the bowl. After this first period the pump restart with a range defined by the PRIME2 FLOW

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-39

 Diagnostics Pages
[ml/min] and once reached the Buffy Coat it stops itself on stand by for a second time determined by the
STANDBY TIME 2 [s].
The alpha, m and q parameters, related to the processed whole blood volume, and shown in this page, are
defined and are to not change.

5.3.4.24 General Settings

fig.43

This function allows to configure in a permanent way some parameters.

In the page there are the changeable settings, related to the hardware configuration of the equipment.
In particular:
- WAKE UP VACUUM can not be adjustable if the Vacuum Pump isn’t installed
- The RESERVOIR TYPE, the WAKE UP AUTO START VOL and the ATS WAKE UP MODE can not
be adjustable if the balance isn’t installed
- The ANTICOAGULANT TYPE can not be adjustable if the HCT SENSOR isn’t installed or enabled.
- The ATS WAKE UP MODE is fixed as AUTO and isn’t changeable if in the FEATURES CONFIG the
1 TOUCH MODE is disabled.

The default values for the parameters are:

ƒ ALARM VOLUME: MEDIUM
ƒ ALARM TONE: tone 3
ƒ ANTICOAGULANT: HEPARIN
ƒ RESERVOIR: BT894
ƒ ATS WAKE UP MODE: AUTO or 1TOUCH
ƒ WAKE UP SP VACUUM: 100 mmHg
ƒ WAKE UP AUTO START VOL:
• BT 55 → 600 ml
• BT125 →1000 ml
• BT175 → 1300 ml
• BT225 →1800 ml

Keys:
ƒ DEFAULT VALUES: all the parameters are set to the default values
ƒ SAVE & EXIT: the data are stored in the RAM, then a command for HCT conversion curve related to
the anticoagulant displayed is sent to the sensors, and in the end it returns to the main menu.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-40

 Diagnostics Pages

5.3.4.25 Warning Configuration

With this function the operator can manage the alarm activation modalities. For each alarm will be enabled
the key or the one depending on the alarm type. For safety reasons not all alarms can be
disabled.

fig.44

Keys:
ƒ × and Ø: select the alarm to set

ƒ : enables/disable the alarm selected

ƒ : modifies the acoustic alarm sound.

ƒ SAVE: saves the modifications and returns to the diagnostic functions main menu

ƒ QUIT: returns to the main menu

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-41

 Diagnostics Pages

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.3-42

 Pr o gr a m mi ng Pr oc e d ur e

5.4 (UNIT_004) Programming Procedure rev00

5.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential YES
Concept 6.05

5.4.2 About this card

The purpose of this chapter is to describe the Electa Concept programming procedure.
This software allows to programme all the boards installed on the Electa Concept machine, through a direct
serial connection, located behind the door of the rear panel and labelled PC, provided that the machine is
equipped with a SW 6.05 or higher software version on the MBE1 and DBEC boards.
This manual describes in a simple way how to interface with the machine. Therefore, it is recommended to
read carefully the following instruction.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-1

 Pr ogra m mi n g Pr ocedure

5.4.3 Main menu

Open the Electa Flash Programmer software installed on your pc.

At the program starts, the Main Menu screen appears:

fig.1

On the title bar, the SW version of the Electa Flash Programmer is displayed.

On the central area there are 6 buttons, whose purpose is to select the boards that need to be programmed.
The meaning of the buttons is the following:
- ALL = SELECTION OF ALL THE BOARDS
- MASTER = SELECTION OF THE MASTER BOARD MBE1
- USERINT = SELECTION OF THE USERINT BOARD DBEC
- SENSORS = SELECTION OF THE SENSORS BOARD
- ACT1 = SELECTION OF THE ACT1 SECTION OF THE ABE BOARD
- ACT2 = SELECTION OF THE ACT2 SECTION OF THE ABE BOARD

On the right side of each button, it is indicated the following information:

The name of the programming file (typically *.mot, in S-Record format), time and date, size.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-2

 Pr o gr a m mi ng Pr oc e d ur e

The button on the right side of the 5 buttons MASTER, USERINT, SENSORS, ACT1, ACT2 allows to
open a file search window (fig.2):

fig.2

This window allows to search the file in your computer. In the title bar of this window it is displayed the name
of the board that you need to programme.

The button on the right side of the OPEN DIR text box allows to choose more programming files at the
same time (fig.3):

fig. 3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-3

 Pr ogra m mi n g Pr ocedure
It is possible to select any combination of board to be programmed, by selecting the programming file of the
respective boards MASTER, USERINT, SENSORS, ACT1, ACT2, or pressing the button ALL.

The selected boards are identified by the colour of the buttons: i.e. the selected icon on the Main Menu
becomes yellow (fig.4).

fig. 4

The Information Windows in the lower side of the Main Menu show the information about the progress sport
of the programming. At the beginning, they show the wait state of the Master board.

Possible faults in the programming process are shown in this window.

The button “START DOWNLOAD” begins the automatic programming process.

The “Break Link” button allows you to break the serial link with Electa Concept and re-start from the
beginning with a new programming session.

Push the “EXIT” button to quit the program.

The status bar, on the lower side of the windows, shows a LED, that gives visual indication of the serial
connection status or if there is an operation running and its current status.

When the “Link LED” is RED, indicates the “no link” status. If the LED is GREEN, it indicates that there is a
connection established with Electa Concept and it is possible to start a downloading operation on the Flash
EPROM.

The “Operation is in progress” LED is GREEN, if there is NO operation in progress at the moment, otherwise,
it becomes RED.

5.4.3.1 File Menu

The File Menu contains the EXIT command to quit the program.

fig.5

5.4.3.2 Settings Menu

The Setting Menu contains the following commands:

fig.6

Serial Port: it allows to setup the serial port to be used for the connection with Electa Concept. The dialog
screen is shown in figure 7:

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-4

 Pr o gr a m mi ng Pr oc e d ur e

fig.7
It is possible to select from COM1 to COM8.

The enable of BLOCK TRANSFER allows a quick connection to use only COM/USB ports and only for the
programming of MASTER and USERINT boards.

Log Messages: This selection allows you to save, in a FlashPrg.rpt file, the message shown on the
information screen. This file can be useful to trace problems on the programming process, or to register the
programming flow for documentation, de-selecting this box, the registration ends.

5.4.3.3 Info menu

fig.8

The About…selection on the Info menu shows the information related with the programming software (fig.9).
In this window it is reported the name of the program and its version

fig.9

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-5

 Pr ogra m mi n g Pr ocedure
5.4.4 Download software procedure

5.4.4.1 Tools
- Electa Flash Programmer software
- “Programming Cable Kit ELC” code 63019
- Laptop (Windows 98, NT, 2000, ME, XP)

5.4.4.2 Standard programming procedure

To program the equipment without removing the external cover, in any possible combination of the five
boards, it is needed to follow the instruction below:
- The machine must be turned off
- Connect the serial cable to the selected COM of the computer and the serial connector labelled “PC”
on the rear panel of the machine
- Run the Electa Flash Programmer software on your computer.
- Select the COM port where the cable is connected on your computer, following the instructions of
Chapter 5.4.3.2. These settings are stored in the system, so it is not necessary to perform this
selection afterwards
- Turn the Electa Concept on, and wait for the link between the equipment and the computer.
- The software will indicate the process percentage. The Electa Concept display shows
“Programming…”. At the end, the buttons on the screen will be active to perform the next operation.

The information window will indicate the process as shown on figure 10.

fig.10

5.4.4.2.1 Programming procedure for a single board

- Click on the browse button and select the .mot file corresponding to the board that needs to be
programmed and click on the OPEN button.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-6

 Pr o gr a m mi ng Pr oc e d ur e

fig.11

- If the name of the selected file does not correspond to the PC Board name, then a warning message
as in figure 12 is shown, but anyway it is possible to continue using this file.

fig.12

The Electa Flash Programmer will allow to continue even with the wrong file.
Remember that this will cause later on a software link hw error and the equipment won’t be able to be
used.

- Select the PC Board that needs to be programmed by clicking on the corresponding icon and this one
becomes yellow (a)
- Click on START DOWNLOAD, that in the mean time becomes active, to start the flash programming.
- During programming, the information window shows all the necessary information about the
programming phase: programs downloaded and phase ending (see figure 13).

fig.13

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-7

 Pr ogra m mi n g Pr ocedure
- During the programming phase a status bar indicates the process percentage.

- The related icons of the board programmed turn pink.

fig.14

- At the end of the programming phase the related message as in figure 15 is displayed.

fig.15

The link between the computer and the Electa Concept is ended automatically. It can be re-established by
turning the Electa Concept off and on again, without loosing the previous settings.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-8

 Pr o gr a m mi ng Pr oc e d ur e
5.4.4.2.2 Programming procedure for all the boards

- Click on OPEN DIR button to select the directory containing the files needed to be downloaded

fig.16

- Click on the ALL button, the PC Boards icons become yellow

- Click on “START DOWNLOAD”, that in the mean time becomes active, to start the flash programming.
- During programming, the information window shows all the necessary information about the
programming phase: programs downloaded and phase ending (figure 13)
- During the programming phase a status bar indicates the process percentage.
- The icons of the boards programmed turn pink.

fig.17

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-9

 Pr ogra m mi n g Pr ocedure
- At the end of the programming phase the related message as in Figure 15 is displayed.

The link between the computer and the Electa Concept is ended automatically. It can be re-established
by turning the Electa Concept off and on again, without loosing the previous settings.

5.4.4.3 Operations to perform after the Master board programming

Every time that you programme the Master board, it is necessary to perform the following steps:
- Turn the Electa Concept off.
- Detach the serial cable from the serial connector labelled “PC”.
- Wait for some seconds until the Electa Concept is on in the normal operation. The Electa Concept
displays the warning: DATA INCONSISTENCY HAS OCCURRED. PERMANENT MEMORY DATA
INIZIALIZATION TO DEFOULT VALUES.
- Press RESUME.
- Turn the Electa Concept off.

5.4.4.4 Programming procedure of ACT1, ACT2 and SENSORS boards in the case of failed
programming
In case of issue while programming one of the following board: ACT1, ACT2 or Sensors, it is necessary to
perform the following steps (Note: the data in the information window are idle but the warning
PROGRAMMING FAILED cannot be displayed). You must open the machine.
- Turn the Electa Concept off.
- Turn the Electa Concept on and verify that information window shows the message of figure 11 (the
message in figure 18 is elated to the SENSOR board, a similar message is shown for ACT1 and/or
ACT2 board).
Depending on which board you are programming, it is required to set a specific switch.

fig.18

- Press Break Link.

- Turn the Electa Concept off.
- Switch OFF one of the following dip-switch:
ƒ SW3-7 SENSOR board OFF
ƒ SW3-7 ACT1 board OFF
ƒ SW6-7 ACT2 board OFF

- Turn the Electa Concept on.

- Select the PC Board that needs to be programmed by clicking the corresponding icon, this one
becomes yellow (a).
- Click on START DOWNLOAD to start the flash programming.
- At the end of the programming phase a message as in Figure 15 is displayed.
- Turn the Electa Concept off, then switch ON the dip-switch previously switched OFF.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-10

 Pr o gr a m mi ng Pr oc e d ur e
5.4.5 Software installation

To install the software it is needed to follow the instruction below:

- Launch the installation by clicking ElectaFlashProgSetup.exe file and perform the instructions of
installation.
- After the installation end, the program group “Electa Flash Programmer” will contain all the
necessary shortcuts.

Note: It’s possible that the program will require to update some files that are in old version on the
computer: we recommend to accept the update.

(a): If the graphics of the computer cannot support 65536 colours definition, the appearance of the
selection icons can be different than described.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-11

 Pr ogra m mi n g Pr ocedure

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 5.4-12

 Actuator Overview

6 ACTUATOR DESCRIPTION
6.1 (ACTDESCR_001) Actuator Overview rev00

6.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

6.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a general description of Electa Concept actuators

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.1-1

 A ct u a t o r O v e r v i e w
6.1.3 Actuator overview
Electa Concept can be structurally divided into 5 main groups according to the actuators, which determine
their operation. Each group is composed of: -actuator -driver -controller -sensor
The 5 groups are:

1) Clamping group,
2) Centrifuge group,
3) Peristaltic / Roller pump group,
4) Vacuum module,
5) Locking group (cover lock).

The following are the groups with respective microcontroller:

Actuator Running µController

Pump group Act1 on ABE board
Centrifuge group Act1 on ABE board
Cover Lock group Act1 on ABE board
Clamping group Act2 on ABE board
Vacuum module Act2 on ABE board

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.1-2

 Clamp Group

6.2 (ACTDESCR_002) Clamp Group rev00

6.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

6.2.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give an HW description of the Electa Concept clamp group. This group is
mounted below the Electa Concept top (right side: see the figure 1) and acts as line selector among whole
blood, saline solution and concentrated blood.

Clamp Wash

Clamp Empty Clamp Prime

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.2-1

 Clamp Group
6.2.3 Actuator Overview
The clamping group consists of three clamps. Each of them closes/opens part of a tube, diverting and
directing the flow to a pre-set direction. For instance, the Prime clamp allows the blood to flow from the
reservoir to the bowl; during the same phase the other clamps (Wash and Empty) occlude the corresponding
lines.
There are no operating conditions under which more than one clamp is open, except for the Set-up phase.
During this phase all clamps are manually opened at the same time so that the cassette can be mounted.
The clamp activation system operates thanks to a stepper motor (200 steps/revolution), which drives the
three clamps positioned around it at every 90°.
A sequence of 200 steps is necessary for one revolution (1.8° for each step), while each change of position
from one clamp to the adjacent needs a sequence of 50 steps. The 0° (or 360°) configuration corresponds to
the Stop position, in which all clamps are closed (safety status):

- the 90° configuration corresponds to the Prime clamp “open” position;

- the 180° configuration corresponds to the Wash clamp “open” position;
- the 270° configuration corresponds to the Empty clamp “open” position.

Depending to the actuator involved, the unit operates as follows: during the Stop phase the stepper motor is
set to 0° (360°); in the following phases the stepper motor is set to:

Prime/Return/Spill 90°
Wash 180°
Empty/Conc. 270°

fig.2

The direction of rotation and the number of steps necessary for a revolution are determined by the
µcontroller, based on the final position and the actual position provided by the four sensors relating to the
Clamps status. More specifically, switching from one clamp to another occurs as described in the table
below:

To ⇒
Stop Prime Wash Empty
From ⇓
Stop 90 ° ccw 180 ° ccw 90 ° cw
Prime 90 ° cw 90 ° ccw 180 ° cw
Wash 180 ° cw 90 ° cw 90 ° ccw
Empty 90 ° ccw 180 ° ccw 90 ° cw

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.2-2

 Clamp Group
When the unit is switched on and a set up is performed by the user (by pressing NEW PROCEDURE or
CONTINUE PROCEDURE key), ACT2 acts:
- 1) next known position searching and well positioning:
ƒ stepper motor is driven with a repetitive 2-step burst until optical sensors detect a known
position
ƒ Act2 measures the length of position found (typically 3-4 steps)
ƒ The centre of position is reached

- 2) self test
ƒ Act2 drives stepper motor in order to reach other three positions
ƒ In each position optical sensors are verified

This operation is needed since positioning at switch ON is never guaranteed. In other words it is not possible
that last position will be preserved after Electa Concept switch OFF.
Furthermore it allows any following clamp command and it is performed only one time for each switch-ON
session.
After performing points (1) and (2), any clamp movement depends on
- actual position
- wanted position.
Act2 decides number of steps and rotating direction according to previous table.
If table parameters do not allow correct positioning, there is a sensor mistake after clamp movement and
then Act2 tries to perform a self-recovery operation. A 2-step burst left and right from the wrong position will
be attempted. If sensors give a mistake once more, then fatal error is declared.

6.2.4 Driver & Controller

Owing to this configuration the µP Hitachi H8-3048F Actuators 2 indirectly operates the stepper motor by
sending the commands to the controller. The controller transforms them into the right logical sequence of A,
B, C and D signals (see fig.3) according to the required type of rotation. Therefore, the driver converts the
sequence above into current signals and transmits them to the motor’s windings / coils, thus generating
rotation.
The Actuators 2 µP also controls other signals relating to the start of the motor or the stop status and the
direction of rotation (cw/ccw).

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.2-3

 Clamp Group
To set the required number of steps, the µP transmits a PWM output with a 50% duty cycle and frequency
suitable for the required rotation speed (400 Hz determines 2 revolutions per second).
As described in fig.3, the signal, indicated as ITU1, is used for this purpose; instead, the ITU2 counts the
driving input pulses, providing the microprocessor with feedback.
In order to prevent fluid from passing through the wrong clamps, the direction in which the motor rotates will
depend on the requested transitions.
In the event of power failure, the “all clamps closed position” is not guaranteed: the pump stops, thus causing
a safety occlusion, in case of shutdown with an open clamp.
In the event of a HW error, the motor is de-energized.

6.2.5 Sensors
Double checks are carried out on both the position of the stepper and the cam that commands the opening
of the clamps: optical sensors (photocells) and Hall-effect sensors.
The former are controlled by the Actuators 2 µP, the latter by the Master µP.
There are 4 photocells: one for each positions of the camshaft: Prime (P), Wash (W), Empty (E) and Stop
(S). The Hall-effect sensors cover the P, W and E positions only. The P, W and E Hall-effect sensors can
detect the clamp status (closed: Hall cell activated ⇒ L exit; not closed: Hall cell deactivated ⇒ H); when the
Stop photoelectric sensor is ON, all clamps are closed. Under normal operating conditions, the steady
combinations of the sensors are 4:

Tab.1

One more combination is possible: when the operator manually opens all clamps to insert the cassette, the
sensors indicate what stated in the table below:

Tab.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.2-4

 Centrifuge Group

6.3 (ACTDESCR_003) Centrifuge Group rev00

6.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

6.3.2 About this card

The actuator consists of motor + chuck + plate, where the bowl is positioned. Fig.1 shows bowl plate
location in Electa Concept.
The bowl is set to rotation at a speed of 1500 up to 5600 rpm for all intra-operative procedures and PPP
preoperative procedures. The speed range for PRP1 and PRP2 procedures is between 2400 and 5600 rpm.
The motor is controlled and powered by the ABE board; the current to be supplied is calculated based on the
pulse width modulation (PWM) principle.
This signal is generated by the motor driver and is based on a signal directly supplied by the Act1
microprocessor of the ABE board.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.3-1

 Centrifuge Group
6.3.3 Controller & Driver
The Hitachi H8-3048F Actuators 1 µP on the ABE board directly controls the logical input signals of the
power driver through a PWM generator IC. Four signals are used: “Ref”, “Current Decay”, “Enable” and
“Brake”

fig.2

The driver is a “full-bridge” driver: left diagonal activates the motor and the right one breaks it.
The PWM pulse provides the ON/OFF period to drive MOSfet transistors on selected diagonal. A 50 KHz
frequency is selected by an R-C network.
The “Brake” signal deactivates left diagonal and activate the right one. A synchronization network is needed
to make sure that diagonal change is sent during a PWM edge, after a 1-period pause. This is to avoid a
+30V short circuit.
The “Enable” signal enables/disables the Input Logic + Motor Driver block; it is used when the unit switches
from ON to OFF and vice versa.
The “Current Decay” signal allows a stronger current to flow along the motor in order to perform very fast
acceleration. Furthermore this signal is needed to be ON when brake is set (diagonal change). This is to
avoid voltage spikes on 30V that may cause a power supply auto-protecting switch-OFF.
The “Ref” signal is produced by ACT1 software (by driving a D/A converter), according to speed measured
by encoding and speed set point to be reach. This signal acts as “strength level” of PWM needed to match
the set point. So, PWM generator makes a PW modulation according to Ref voltage in its input pin.
The µP must be able to immediately detect any single fault in the rotation of the motor by means of both the
feedback signal transmitted by the encoder and the other monitoring signals (PWM fault and over-
temperature).

According to the actuator involved, the unit operates as follows:

- selectable speed range from 1500 to 5600 rpm with 100 rpm step.

- minimum maintainable speed 100 rpm (bar code reading on the bowl)

- in the event of a HW error the centrifuge must be de-energized.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.3-2

 Centrifuge Group

6.3.4 Encoder
The motor rotation speed is constantly monitored by the microprocessor through a signal transmitted by the
encoder, which is composed of a 90-hole punched disk directly coupled to the centrifuge motor.
It transmits 180 pulses per revolution; it is connected to the Actuators 1 µP which counts on both clock
fronts, thus obtaining 360 pulses per revolution.
As the required speed range for the centrifuge is between 100 and 5600 rpm, the speed controller handles a
number of pulses per second varying from 600 to 33600 pps.

6.3.5 Overtemperature
A temperature sensor positioned on the electric driver for the centrifuge motor provides a digital over-
temperature signal, whenever the 75° C threshold is exceeded.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.3-3

 Centrifuge Group

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.3-4

 Pump Group

6.4 (ACTDESCR_004) Pump Group rev00

6.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

6.4.2 About this card

The actuator consists of pump motor + rotor, which form the peristaltic pump used for transfer of liquid
through the disposable circuit (see fig.1).
The pump rotation flow may be selected from 10 ml/min and 1000 ml/min depending on the procedure type;
as the ratio of the pump rotation speed to its capacity, measured experimentally, corresponds to the constant
K = 6.63 ml/rev, the pump rotation speed varies between 1.5 and 150.8 rpm.
ml-rev
The motor, powered with +30V, is directly run by the ABE board through the Act1 microprocessor.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.4-1

 Pump Group
6.4.3 Driver
The Hitachi H8-3048F Actuators 1 µP directly controls the power driver (LMD-18200 National
Semiconductor) by means of following signals:
- a “PWM” (Pulse Width Modulation) to make a voltage controlled driving;
- a “direction” signal, to decide in which direction the motor is rotating (H-bridge diagonal selection);
- a “brake” signal, which can make a motor short circuit, to stop it immediately.
The driver reads the µP signals and supplies the motor winding with the suitable power by means of four
power transistors, positioned on the branches of the “H” bridge, which is contained within the driving IC.
The direction of rotation is provided locally by the Act1 microprocessor, but it is constantly compared to the
direction control signal supplied by the master microprocessor on the MBE board. If some mistake occurs,
the HW activates the “brake” signal, by passing the local µP. This is to guarantee a right direction safety.
Encoder signal is used first to act control algorithm (speed P.I.D. control) and then to check direction and
speed parameters as feedback verify.

fig.2

6.4.4 Overtemperature
A temperature sensor is included inside the driver IC of the pump motor. It transmits a digital signal,
whenever the silicon internal temperature exceeds the 140° C threshold. This signal is connected to the
Actuators 1 µP.

6.4.5 Encoder
The motor rotation speed is constantly monitored by the µP through a signal caused by a dual-channel
encoder connected to the motor’s rotor.
The encoder supplies 500 pulses per revolution. A mechanical reducer divides the revolutions of the pump
shaft by 23.04. Thus, the fast shaft, which is connected to the encoder, produces 11520 (500 x 23.04) pulses
for each revolution of the low shaft which provides the real pump speed.
The A and B channels of the encoder are filtered (vibration noise) and then connected to 2 pins “TCLKA and
TCLKB” of the µP ACT1. Pulse counting allows:
- speed measure: ACT1 counts how much pulses occur every 5 ms
- direction detecting: ACT1 counter goes up when A anticipates B and goes down when B anticipates A.
Positive phase difference in signals results in clockwise direction and vice versa.
There is also a phase-demodulation network which is able to detect the direction of rotating.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.4-2

 Vacuum Group

6.5 (ACTDESCR_005) Vacuum Group rev00

6.5.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

6.5.2 About this card

Electa Concept provides an integrated vacuum to allow surgical suction independently from operating room
resources. It is placed inside the unit, next to power supply module. Its input line is visible at the bottom of
Electa Concept back (see note 6 in next fig.1). When connected to reservoir (note 8 in fig.1), vacuum can
make a negative pressure inside it and then force blood to be sucked in to.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.5-1

 Vacuum Group
6.5.3 Overview
The vacuum pump group creates a negative pressure within the reservoir, inducing blood to go through the
suction line, which connects the operating field with the reservoir. Next figure represents the group with the
model of pump:

fig.2

The group is composed of (see fig.3) a suction pump (vacuum pump), a electro-magnetic air valve, the
expansion chamber and the connectors positioned on the external suction line for connection of a filter (Vac-
gard ABBOT), which is supplied together with the unit and whose function is to avoid fluid entering and
damaging the pump. The Vacuum Module is run by the Actuators 2 µP of the ABE board through a motor
driver of a vacuum pump and an air valve.

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.5-2

 Vacuum Group
The unit operates as follows:
- the vacuum operating range is from 0 to -300 mmHg;
- at Electa Concept switching on, pump is set to off and valve is in open state (safety state)
- the pressure set point value may be adjusted at 10 mmHg step. Adjusting is possible both in running
state and in quiescent state
- user has the possibility of choice between two types of driving: “Booster ON” and “Booster OFF”. The
first implies a fast blood suction and the second is as “normal mode”
- in the event of a HW error the vacuum must be set to off and dedicated power line (+12VMOT) must
be interrupted by Master logic unit. A warning message is shown to the user. After resuming, Electa
Concept continues procedure normally, but vacuum is no longer available.

6.5.4 Pressure control algorithm

The pump is run by adjusting a PWM signal, which has different duty cycle values based on the set vacuum
value. More specifically:

Set point range DUTY CYLE DUTY CYCLE

(mmHg) in order to achieve in order to maintain
Booster OFF Booster ON Booster OFF/ON
from -10 to -70 40% 100% 40%
from -80 to -210 70% 100% 40%
from -220 to -300 70% 100% 50%
Booster 90% 100% 50%

fig.4

The function of the module software controller is to operate the pump and air valve, in order to keep the
reservoir pressure close to the required set point.
As described in fig.4:
- in the first period of time the air valve is closed and the pump operates at the achievement speed:
pressure decreases.
- in the second period of time the air valve is opened and the pressure tends to increase.
- in the third period of time the air valve is closed again and the pump operates at a lower speed than
the achievement speed, known as maintenance speed.
In other words: the pump is managed depending on actual system state (set point achieving/maintenance),
whilst the valve is driven to make a change in actual state, depending on pressure reading.

6.5.5 Vacuum Pressure

The vacuum pump pressure signal is read by the Actuators 2 µP through a DPT (double pressure
transducer) (see fig.3). The linear range is between – 648.156 and + 65.898 mmHg.
Doubled signal goes directly to Master unit, playing as a supervisor of vacuum management: it can detect
any under-pressure situation and/or un-linearity of analog reading.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.5-3

 Vacuum Group

6.5.6 Vacuum actuator feedback

The ABE board which runs the Vacuum supplies 2 digital signals, known as Vacuum Pump Sense and
Vacuum Valve Sense.
- When the valve is closed (not driven), the Vacuum Valve Sense must be ‘HIGH’. This is because the
solenoid winding acts as a short circuit towards supply voltage. Any breaking as winding interruption
makes signal going to ‘LOW’ state
- When the valve is open (driven), the Vacuum Valve Sense must be ‘LOW’. Current flows through the
solenoid and feedback goes down.
- When the pump is off, the Vacuum Pump Sense must be ‘HIGH’. This is because the motor winding
acts as a short circuit towards supply voltage. Any breaking as winding interruption makes signal going
to ‘LOW’ state
- When the pump is driven, the Vacuum Pump Sense must be ‘LOW’. Current flows through the motor
and feedback goes down

When the unit is switched on, the pump and valve are respectively off and open; if the vacuum module is
properly working, the two control signals reveal the presence of the vacuum module and its correct
operation. Otherwise, all vacuum keys are not available to user.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.5-4

 Cover Lock Group

6.6 (ACTDESCR_006) Cover Lock Group rev00

6.6.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

6.6.2 About this card

The Cover Lock group consists of a mechanical system able to keep Electa Concept cover in closed
position. User can unlock and open the cover by operating on a lever (see fig.1), only when all actuators are
in STOP situation.
Under the Electa Concept top, there is a shaft able to avoid any opening operation by user, during actuators
(centrifuge, pump and clamp) motion. A solenoid allows the shat to go up/down and then lock/unlock the
lever.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.6-1

 Cover Lock Group
6.6.3 Overview
The function of the cover lock is to block the cover in the “closed” position; it is activated whenever the
centrifuge is in motion; conversely, when the centrifuge is stationary, the system unblocks the cover.
A sensor provides a digital signal “LOCK ENGAGED/LOCK DISENGAGED”.

Act1 µP, which also controls the pump and the centrifuge, controls the lock. Driving consists in two combined
operations:
- selection of the operation: locking or unlocking
- generation of the pulse that performs the operation: the pulse must be long enough to permit the
position switching without damaging the solenoid winding (T @ 700 ms) and must be transmitted at
least 50 ms after last operation (refractory period).

According to the actuator involved, the unit operates as follows:

- it must lock the closed cover before the centrifuge and pump are activated
- it must unlock the cover to allow opening in the Stop status, when the unit is off and both the
centrifuge and the pump are stationary.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 6.6-2

 Sensor Overview

7 SENSOR DESCRIPTION
7.1 (SNSDESCR_001) Sensor Overview rev00

7.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a general description of Electa Concept sensors

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.1-1

 Sensor Overview
7.1.3 Sensor Overview
The following is the list of Electa Concept sensor signals managed by the software. For each sensor, the
type (analog or digital) is indicated, along with the microprocessor which acquires it.

management Notes
Sensor Type
µcontroller
Blood Loss Digital Sensors
Waste Bag Level Digital Sensors
Bar Code Reader Digital Sensors
Buffy-coat Analog Sensors
Bubble presence Digital Master
Not included in Electa
Hct (led λ = 805 nm) Analog Sensors Essential Concept
version
Not included in Electa
Hgb (led λ = 565 nm) Analog Sensors Essential Concept
version
Reservoir Loading Cell Analog Sensors
RBC Line Pressure Sensor Analog Sensors
Cover Status Digital Actuators 1
Bowl Locking Arm Status Digital Actuators 1 and Master

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.1-2

 Blood Loss Sensor

7.2 (SNSDESCR_002) Blood Loss Sensor rev00

7.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.2.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the blood loss sensor placed in the centrifuge well. It is able to detect
any liquid loss from the rotating bowl or from connected blood lines (see fig.1).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.2-1

 Blood Loss Sensor
7.2.3 Device description
This sensor provides a digital LOSS / NO LOSS signal. It consists of a copper grid (defined as a “double
comb”) on a printed circuit board positioned within the centrifuge well. The presence of liquid causes the grill
to short-circuit: two combs act as transmitter and receiver, and liquid make signal transmission to be
possible.

fig.2

It is connected to the SBE board.

fig.3

Thanks to an electric circuit it is possible to simulate the presence of liquid for a programmed time (100 ms)
and at set intervals (every 5 seconds). This allows the software to test the sensor operation. The software
must distinguish the simulated presence from the actual presence of liquid (by processing the length of the
signal which is longer in the presence of liquid).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.2-2

 W a s t e B a g Sensor

7.3 (SNSDESCR_003) Waste Bag Sensor rev00

7.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.3.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the waste bag sensor placed on Electa Concept side (see fig.1). It is
able to detect when the waste bag is filled up by expelled plasma.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.3-1

 W a s te Ba g Sensor
7.3.3 Device description
This sensor provides a digital signal indicating BAG FULL / BAG NOT FULL. This is a capacitive sensor
detecting the variation in the dielectric constant of the medium opposite to it at a distance adjustable by
means of hardware calibration. It is connected to the SBE board.

fig.2

The waste bag sensor is endowed with a two-position LED that indicates its operation; the LED becomes
green when the sensor is powered, the LED becomes yellow when the inside contact becomes ON, that is
when an obstacle is approached to the sensor.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.3-2

 Bowl Bar Code Reader

7.4 (SNSDESCR_004) Bowl Bar Code Reader rev00

7.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.4.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bar Code Reader placed on the side of centrifuge well. It is able
to read every bowl bar code in order to identify the correct processing size.
It is placed at the bottom of centrifuge well and it can read bowl bar code through a glass window (point no.5
in fig.1)

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.4-1

 Bowl Bar Code Reader
See following the view of the bar code reader:

Model View
Takenaka

TAKEX F70R

7.4.3 Device description

The volume of the 4 bowls (BT55, BT125, BT175 and BT225) is identified by means of a bar code on the
bowl bottom ring. The bar code is around 40 mm wide; a series of bars is printed on it; the minimum size of
the bars (both the white and the black ones) is 2 mm.

fig.2

An optical sensor fixed on the unit reads the bar code on the bowl. By means of the centrifuge the bowl is set
to rotation at a speed of 100 rpm during the Set-up phase, which allows the sensor to detect the type of bowl
used.

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.4-2

 Bowl Bar Code Reader
The detection system of the bar code is connected to the SBE board. The sensor is activated / deactivated
by means of a µP bit.

fig.4

When activated, the sensor transmits a digital signal (according to the code) through which it is possible to
interpret the bar code based on the relationship between duration, width and separation of bars, if the
rotation speed of the centrifuge keeps constant.
For safety reasons, the reading of the bar code should be repeated several times with a positive result (e.g. 3
or 4 consecutive revolutions of the centrifuge). Next figure represents the signal picked up at pin 2 of J3:
normal state is HIGH, when a bar passes, the signal goes LOW.

fig.5

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.4-3

 Bowl Bar Code Reader
7.4.4 Notes on the model
The model of Bar Code Reader includes the main unit (light converter and amplifier) shown in figure 6 and
the optical fibre, between centrifuge well (see fig.7) and main unit. Bar code reading is made at fibre end
located towards the bowl. The light signal is transmitted towards the main unit, which is able to produce an
electrical signal and to send it to Sensors micro processor.

fig.6 fig.7

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.4-4

 Buffy Coat Sensor

7.5 (SNSDESCR_005) Buffy Coat Sensor rev00

7.5.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.5.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Buffy-Coat sensor placed on the back side of centrifuge well (see
fig.1). In the figure 1 point no.3 indicates infrared lighting device, mounted directly on bowl arm, whilst point
no.1 indicates the receiving device (CCD array), placed behind a glass window.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.5-1

 Buffy Coat Sensor
7.5.3 Device description

The function of this sensor is to read the Buffy-Coat level in the bowl. The sensor is composed of 3 infrared
LED’s positioned on the lower section of the arm, which illuminate an area of the bowl of around 2 cm, and a
lens refracting a sector of the illuminated area of approximately 1.5 cm onto a 128 pixel CCD, which reads
the reflected infrared light. This principle is based on the fact that packed red cells do not reflect infrared
light, while other liquids, such as plasma, platelets, white cells, Buffy-Coat, and the empty bowl do.

fig.2

The CCD is connected to the SBE board, the illumination level of LED’s is supplied by the PSE1 board and is
controlled by the MBE1 board. The CCD output is connected to the ACH2 analog channel of the µP.

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.5-2

 Buffy Coat Sensor
When operating, the software:

1) Converts the 128 pixel (Buffy-Coat signal) into 128 amplitudes

fig.4

The conversion is carried out as follows:

- a timer it provides a 5KHz clock (→ 200 µs) (see fig.4)
- between two down fronts of the clock the CCD is supplied with the trigger that will provide the Buffy-
Coat signal
- the pixels are converted on the 128 down fronts of the clock (Ttot = 128 x 200 µs = 25.6 ms for every
completed conversion)

2) A profile is produced for the Buffy-Coat signal. The combination of the pixel conversions produces
the signal profile.

fig.5

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.5-3

 Buffy Coat Sensor
3) The threshold for the Buffy-Coat level is set.

fig.6

The Buffy-Coat level is deduced from the analysis of the digitized and filtered signal track, as the point where
the signal has its steepest slope.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.5-4

 Bubbl e Se ns or

7.6 (SNSDESCR_006) Bubble Sensor rev00

7.6.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.6.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bubble Sensor placed inside the black holder between pump site
and centrifuge well (see next figure). The circle labelled with “2” represents tube position where air/liquid
state is detected. Two ultrasonic probes (TX and RX) stay at the sides of that position: a burst of pulses can
pass from one to other only if liquid interface is present.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.6-1

 Bubble Sensor
7.6.3 Device description

The function of this sensor is to distinguish between air and liquid presence through blood-line by means of
two ceramic transceivers. These form the sensor, which is separated from the board.
The circuit may be divided into two main parts:
- TRASMITTER
- RECEIVER
The piezoelectric ceramic transmitter is energized by a burst of electric pulses, whose energy is converted
into ultrasounds in the ceramic and transmitted via liquid. Air interrupts the propagation, which makes the
sensor detect its presence. Burst transmission is preferred to continuous transmission because it minimizes
the stress caused to the ceramic and reduces power consumption. The ultrasound signal detected by the
ceramic receiver is amplified by two selective stages in cascade, so that the signal/noise ratio can be
increased; it is followed by processing and filtering, at the end of which the sensor provides the information
on air/liquid with the corresponding led signal. During burst transmission the receiver is disabled to prevent
cross talk.
The presence of air is not sufficient to activate the alarm: the software activates it, depending on the unit’s
operating conditions.
In the event of major failures in the board or the ceramics (failed oscillation, transducer breakdown, power
supply failure) the output will indicate the presence of air.
The oscillator operates at 2.5 MHz that can be achieved through calibration of the multi-rotation trimmer.
The output is open collector with a low logic level in the presence of liquid (LED off).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.6-2

 Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor

7.7 (SNSDESCR_007) Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor rev00

7.7.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

7.7.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the haematocrit sensor placed inside the black holder between pump
site and centrifuge well (see next figure). The circle labelled with “1” represents tube position where HCT
value is measured. Two infrared devices (TX led and RX photodiode) stay at the sides of that position. A
pulse transmitted by led is weakened in a different way depending on blood HCT intensity.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.7-1

 Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor
7.7.3 Device description
A LED emitter (wave length: L805) illuminates the tube with an infrared pulse and the corresponding
photodiode (receiver) detects the energy that is not absorbed through the tube. The analog signal supplied
by the photodiode is converted into a value from 0 to 1023 and interpreted according to the graphic below:

fig.2

The values 1023, 935, 750,670, 129 correspond to:

(1023) tube not present

(935) tube present with saline solution only
(750) empty tube present
(670) very low haematocrit level equal to 0.25 %
(129) higher haematocrit level equal to 47%

Once the map of these areas is described, it is possible to deduce:

- the HCT value
- the presence of either air or fluid
- the absence of tube between emitter and receiver.

The sensor (LED emitter and photodiode receiver) is connected to the µP of the SBE board.
A 50Hz signal of 40 µs pulses, generated by a timer of the micro (TIOCA0), drives the pulses sent to the led.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.7-2

 Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor

fig.3

30 µs after the start of the 40 µs pulses of TIOCA0, another timer of the µP generates a front which is used
as an external trigger to carry out the A/D conversion of the signal present on the analog channel.
A gain selecting network is able to choose correct amplification factor depending on RX signal intensity. This
is to match signal read with sensitivity of µP analog input

Fig. 4

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.7-3

 Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor
7.7.4 Functionality
The functionality of the HCT sensor is described by the scheme below:

fig.5

The converter measures a signal 0~5V with a scale from 0 to 1023; conventionally, it is assumed:

1023: saturation value (corresponding to the “in-air” measurement) 1023

935: cassette + saline variability interval

785

HCT
dynamics

0: no transmission
fig.6

The setup self calibration when the cassette is inserted and the saline solution fills the tube under the sensor
should read the conventional value 935.

It must be noted that factors, like the ‘cassette constructive tolerance’ and the ‘insertion action’, may
introduce a random error in the measurement; and therefore also in the value shown at LED 805 (into
diagnostic mode page ANALOG INPUT Æ SENSOR).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.7-4

 Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor
It is the reason why, if just after the factory calibration if a cassette with saline solution is inserted, the value
shown is most likely different from the conventional value.

It is expected that the cassette constructive tolerance and the insertion action may change the measured
value, within a variability interval ± 150 counts, i.e. up to the saturation value 1023 or down to the lowest
acceptable value 785.
As a consequence, the equipment, in the set up phase, after each insertion of a new cassette and in
presence of saline solution, performs a self-calibration of the HCT measurement chain:

- if the value read is less than 785, Electa Concept generates an error message;
- if the value read is less than 935, Electa Concept increases the transmission signal amplitude until it
reads 935 ± 6;
- if the value read is higher than 935, Electa Concept decreases the transmission signal amplitude
until it reads 935 ± 6.

The self-calibration procedure minimizes the random error, due to the cassette tolerance and the insertion
action, and sets again the HCT dynamics to work in the conventional scale. At the beginning of any new
procedure, the equipment is reset at the factory value (and forgets the last self-calibration setting).

To verify the correct functioning of the HCT measurement chain a functional test is possible:
ƒ the “in-air” measurement is quite a repetitive condition. Therefore, if the self-calibration is performed
without the cassette insertion and the conventional 935 ± 6 is obtained at led 805, it can be
assumed that the feedback chain is working properly.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.7-5

 Hematocrit (HCT) Sensor

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.7-6

 Haemoglobin (HGB) Sensor

7.8 (SNSDESCR_008) Haemoglobin (HGB) Sensor rev00

7.8.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

7.8.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the haemoglobin sensor placed inside the black holder over the bowl
arm (see next figure).

fig.1

Two optical devices (TX green-led and RX photodiode) stay at the sides of that position. A pulse transmitted
by led is weakened in a different way depending on FPH (free plasma haemoglobin) percentage remaining in
waste line during washing phase.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.8-1

 Hae m ogl o bi n (HGB) Se ns or
7.8.3 Device description
A green led (wave length 565 nm) illuminates a section of the tube between the bowl and the waste bag (see
holder in previous figure), and a photodiode detects the amount of light passing through the tube.
The analog signal provided by the photodiode is then converted into a value between 0 and 1023 and
interpreted as the free HGB value along the line towards the waste bag.
The sensor is connected to the µP of the SBE board and, like the HCT sensor; it uses the 50 Hz signal
composed of 40 µs. pulses, generated by the timer 0, to drive the led.

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.8-2

 Re s e r v o i r L o a d i n g C e l l

7.9 (SNSDESCR_009) Reservoir Loading Cell rev00

7.9.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.9.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the weight sensor (reservoir loading cell) placed inside the reservoir
holder (see next figure). It is able to measure the weight of reservoir and then to evaluate the quantity of
whole blood ready to be processed.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.9-1

 Reservoir Loading Cell
7.9.3 Device description
It directly provides the µP of the SBE board with an analog signal, which is proportional to the weight applied.
The range that is detected by the sensor is from 0 to 6 Kg.
The measure tolerance is about 5% of reading. Between 5 Kg and 6 Kg values, weight may be
underestimated, since a mechanical safety device acts an opposite force to avoid system breaking.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.9-2

 Re d Li ne Press ure Se ns or

7.10 (SNSDESCR_010) Red Line Pressure Sensor rev00

7.10.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.10.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the red pressure sensor placed under the clamp layout (see next
figure: arrow indicates the position on the clamp layout).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.10-1

 Re d Line Pre ssure Sens or
7.10.3 Device description
This dynamometric sensor is based on the piezoresistive effect. The small cylinder, which is positioned on
the tube of the empty-line, is compressed, if the empty-line is occluded, thus unbalancing a Wheatstone’s
bridge that is usually balanced. The tension that is caused is analyzed by the sensors board.

fig.2

In addition to indicating whether the line is occluded or not, the sensor tests the correct insertion of tubes and
cassette during the Set-up. The sensor transmits an analog signal of pressure, proportional to the tube
deformation, on the ACH3 channel of the sensors µP (SBE board).

fig.3

After the Set-up and prior to the procedure start, the detected pressure value is sampled (offset), in order to
obtain a reference value (theoretical zero) to be added to the pressure delta corresponding to an anomalous
condition, i.e. the occlusion of the tube.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.10-2

 Cover Sensor

7.11 (SNSDESCR_011) Cover Sensor rev00

7.11.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.11.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Cover Sensor placed under the Electa Concept top, near the
locking system (see next figure). Arrow indicates the area where cover is sensed, if closed.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.11-1

 Cover Se ns or
7.11.3 Device description
The cover is monitored by a magneto-resistive cell that transmits a COVER OPEN / COVER CLOSED digital
signal. The sensor is connected to the µP ACT1 of the ABE board.
Sensing is possible by means of a magnet welded inside the cover. Magnetic field axis is aligned with sensor
position. When cover comes in closed position, sensing cell can activate itself thanks to magnetic action
performed.
The sensor is an IC device mounted on HSP board. The board is fixed on a grey L-shaped holder, mounted
under the Electa Concept top.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.11-2

 Bowl Locking Arm Sensor

7.12 (SNSDESCR_012) Bowl Locking Arm Sensor rev00

7.12.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

7.12.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the bowl locking arm sensor placed under the black holder at the
head of the bowl arm (see next figure).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.12-1

 B o w l L ocki ng Ar m Se ns or
7.12.3 Device description
The bowl locking system is monitored by a Hall-effect sensor that provides a digital signal of ARM CLOSED/
ARM OPEN. The sensor is doubled and it is connected to the Actuators 1 µP of the ABE board and to the
Master µP. Both unities can detect independently the arm state. This redundancy is to avoid any unsafe bowl
rotation with a blood loss danger.
The two ICs with Hall effect cell inside are mounted on a HSA board, placed under the HGB holder. A
mechanical-elastic device can shift a magnet in/out axis with respect to the doubled sensor when arm is in
closed/open position.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 7.12-2

 Board Overview

8 BOARD DESCRIPTION
8.1 (BRDDESCR_001) Board Overview rev00

8.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

8.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a general description of Electa Concept main boards:
- ABE Actuator Board Electa Concept
- DBEC Dispaly Board Electa Concept Colour
- MBE1 Master Board Electa Concept
- PSE1 Power Supply Electa Concept
- SBE Sensor Board Electa Concept

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.1-1

 Board Overview
8.1.3 Board Overview
The following is the list of Electa Concept main boards, which have a functional description card in present
collection.

μP
Hitachi
Name Type Function Board view
H83048F
presence

Mixed
smt/pth Actuator/motor 2 on
ABE
mounting control board
4-layer

Mixed
smt/pth User interface 1 on
DBEC
mounting control board
4-layer

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.1-2

 Board Overview
μP
Hitachi
Name Type function photo
H83048F
presence

Mixed Equipment
smt/pth coordination 1 on
MBE1
mounting and data board
4-layer storage

Mixed
smt/pth Power supply No
PSE1
mounting managing presence
2-layer

Mixed
smt/pth Sensor 1 on
SBE
mounting managing board
4-layer

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.1-3

 Board Overview

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.1-4

 ABE

8.2 (BRDDESCR_002) ABE rev00

8.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

8.2.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a functional description of ABE board (shown in next figure).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-1

 ABE
8.2.3 Overview
The ABE board (Actuator Board Electa Concept) integrates the drivers and the interface electronic system
necessary for the actuators complete management. Figure 2 represents the operating diagram of the board.

fig.2

The board is equipped with two microcontrollers (ACT1 and ACT2), which control, the drivers and the
actuators status sensors.

Part which are common to the entire board:

- distribution unit of power supplies
- distribution of VTRAP signal (power fail)
- the block referred as: SUPPLY IN (+5, +12, -12) for the entire electronic system

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-2

 ABE
- the block referred as: POWER SUPPLY IN (+30, +12M) only for power drivers

Four power drivers are supplied with the +30:

- Centrifuge
- Pump
- Clamp
- Lock
Each driver has a fuse on its shunt.

Two drivers are supplied with the +12M through one line with fuse:
- Vacuum pump
- Valve driver

The following are the voltages measured at the board input, together with their tolerance:

Voltage Tolerance
+5in [5 to 5.2]
+12in [11.8 to 12.2]
-12in [-12.2 to - 11.8]
+30in [29.7 to 30.3]
+12Min [11.8 to 12.2]

The actuators management is divided as follows:

ACT1:
- Lock driver
- Pump driver
- Centrifuge driver
- Pump encoder interface
- Centrifuge encoder interface
- Digital input interface (lock, cover and arm sensor)

ACT2:
- Clamp driver
- Vacuum pump driver
- Vacuum valve driver
- Clamp photosensor interface

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-3

 ABE
8.2.4 Led Table
The “Indication” column shows the indication of the led relevant to the status displayed in the “State” column.

green (G) ON under normal conditions

red (R) ON under alarm conditions
yellow (Y) ON/OFF under normal conditions

Color
# led G = green
Indication State # led LDX
LDX R = red
Y = yellow
1 Pump CCW direction from encoder PMP_CCW_ENC ON Y
2 Pump CW direction from encoder PMP_CW_ENC ON Y
3 Pump CCW direction Master enable PMP_DIR_ME ON Y
4 Centrifuge Master enable CNT_ME ON Y
5 Centrifuge CCW direction from encoder CNT_CCW_ENC ON Y
6 Centrifuge CW direction from encoder CNT_CW_ENC ON Y
7 ACT1 Watch dog ACT1_WD ON R
8 ACT1 Stand by ACT1_STDBY ON Y
9 ACT1 Programming mode ACT1_PRG_MD ON Y
10 Pump driver over temperature PMP_OVT ON R
11 Pump driver overcurrent PMP_OVC ON R
12 Pump Master enable PMP_ME ON Y
13 Centrifuge driver over temperature CNT_OVT ON R
14 Centrifuge PWM presence CNT_PWM_FAIL OFF Y
15 ACT1 Reset ACT1_RESET ON R
16 ACT2 Stand by ACT2_STDBY ON Y
17 ACT2 Watch dog ACT2_WD ON R
18 Clamp driver over temperature CLP_OVT ON R
19 ACT1 Run ACT1_RUN Intermittent Y
20 Clamp EMPTY position photosensor CL_EMPTY OFF Y
21 Clamp WASH position photosensor CL_WASH OFF Y
22 Centrifuge CCW direction command CNT_CCW_CMD ON Y
Centrifuge CCW direction delayed
23 CNT_CCW_CMD_DEL ON Y
command
24 ACT2 Programming mode ACT2_PRG_MD ON Y
25 ACT2 VREF presence ACT2_VREF_PRES ON G
26 +12V supply presence +12V_PRES ON G
27 Clamp PRIME position photosensor CL_PRIME OFF Y
28 +5V logic supply presence +5V_PRES ON G
29 -12V supply presence -12V_PRES ON G
30 Clamp STOP position photosensor CL_STOP OFF Y
31 +12V-mot power supply presence +12V-MOT_PRES ON G
32 ACT2 Reset ACT2_RESET ON R
33 Arm locked sensor ARM_STATUS ON Y
34 Cover closed sensor COVER_STATUS ON Y
35 Cover locked sensor LOCK_STATUS OFF Y
36 Vacuum valve PWM presence VAC_VLV_SENS OFF Y
37 ACT2 Run ACT2_RUN Intermittent Y
38 Vacuum pump PWM presence VAC_PMP_SENS OFF Y
39 +30V-mot power supply presence +30V-MOT_PRES ON G

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-4

 ABE
8.2.5 Connector Table

# connector Connection Board

Pin # description
JX function I/O
Pump motor 1 O Pump motor + terminal
1
driving 2 O Pump motor - terminal
Vacuum valve 1 O Vacuum valve + terminal
2
Driving 2 O Vacuum valve – terminal
Vacuum pump 1 O Vacuum valve + terminal
3
Driving 2 O Vacuum valve –terminal
1 I DPT vacuum pressure signal
DPT driving and 2 O DPT Vref signal
4
reading 3 O Ground
4 / Not used
1 I Pump Master enable + terminal (PMP1)
Pump and 2 I Pump Master enable – terminal (PMP2)
centrifuge 3 O Pump direction from encoder + terminal (PMP3)
enabling and 4 I Centrifuge Master enable + terminal
5
direction 5 I Centrifuge Master enable – terminal
verifying with 6 O Centrifuge direction from encoder + terminal
Master 7 O Centrifuge direction from encoder - terminal
8 O Pump direction from encoder – terminal (PMP8)
1 O Ground
2 O Biasing voltage for encoder emitter
3 I Centrifuge speed signal
Centrifuge
4 O Ground
6 Encoder driving
and reading 5 O +5V logic supply
6 I Centrifuge direction signal
7 O Ground
8 O +5V logic supply
1 I Pump speed signal A
2 I Pump speed signal B
3 O Ground
Pump encoder
4 O +5V logic supply
7 driving and
reading 5 / Not used
6 / Not used
7 / Not used
8 / Not used
1 / Ground
Serial
2 I ACT1 : Serial port no.1 receiver
8 communication
with Master 3 O ACT1 : Serial port no. 1 transmitter
4 / Ground
1 / Ground
Additional serial 2 I ACT1 : Serial port no.0 receiver
9
communication 3 O ACT1 : Serial port no.0 receiver
4 / Ground
1 / Ground
Serial
2 I ACT2 : Serial port no.1 receiver
10 communication
with Master 3 O ACT2 : Serial port no. 1 transmitter
4 / Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-5

 ABE
# connector Connection Board
Pin # description
JX function I/O
1 / Ground
Additional serial 2 I ACT2 : Serial port no.0 receiver
11
communication 3 O ACT2 : Serial port no.0 receiver
4 / Ground
ACT1
12 Connection with 1 – 60 I/O See ABE scheme
emulator
ACT1
13 Connection with 1 – 60 I/O See ABE scheme
emulator
Centrifuge 1 O Centrifuge motor + terminal
14
motor driving 2 O Centrifuge motor - terminal
1 I +5V logic supply voltage
2 I +5V logic supply voltage
3 I Ground not filtered
Logic
4 I Ground not filtered
15 alimentation
supplying 5 I +12V supply voltage
6 I -12V supply voltage
7 I Vtrap
8 I Ground not filtered
1 O +5V logic supply voltage
2 I Clamp PRIME position signal from photosensor
Clamp 3 I Clamp WASH position signal from photosensor
photosensors 4 O Ground
16
driving and 5 O +5V logic supply voltage
reading 6 I Clamp EMPTY position signal from photosensor
7 I Clamp STOP position signal from photosensor
8 O Ground
ACT2
17 Connection with 1 – 60 I/O See ABE scheme
emulator
ACT2
18 Connection with 1 – 60 I/O See ABE scheme
emulator
1 I +30V power supply voltage (+30V MOT)
Power
2 I +12V power supply voltage (+12V MOT)
19 alimentation
supplying 3 I Ground not filtered
4 I Ground not filtered
1 O Clamp stepper motor phase A
Clamp motor 2 O Clamp stepper motor phase /A
20
driving 3 O Clamp stepper motor phase B
4 O Clamp stepper motor phase /B
1 O Ground
Arm sensor
2 O +5V logic supply
21 driving and
reading 3 O Ground
4 I Arm position signal from sensor
22 Cover sensor 1 O Ground
driving and 2 O +12V supply
reading 3 O Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-6

 ABE
# connector Connection Board
Pin # description
JX function I/O
4 I Cover position signal from sensor
1 O Ground
Lock sensor
2 O +5V logic supply
23 driving and
reading 3 O Ground
4 I Arm position signal from sensor
Lock bistable 1 O Lock bistable + terminal
24
driving 2 O Lock bistable - terminal

8.2.6 Fuse Table

# fuse
Type Position
FX
1 T3.15A +30V pump motor driver power supply
2 T3.15A +30V clamp motor driver power supply
3 T8A +30V centrifuge motor driver power supply
4 Autor.100mA +30V lock bistable driver power supply
5 T4A +12V vacuum pump and valve driver power supply

8.2.7 Trimmer Table

Valu
# trimm. Regulated
e Description Regulation range
PX quantity
[Ω]
2 500 Lock opening time after switch OFF Time 0” ÷ 60” (ca)

8.2.8 Jumper Table

Default state is bold-styled.

# jumper Pin
State Description of selected state
JPX no.
OPEN Centrifuge Master enable is necessary
1 2
JUMPED Centrifuge Master enable is not necessary
OPEN Pump direction verify is floating (AVOID THIS CASE)
2 3 1 JPED 2 Pump direction verify with master is not necessary
2 JPED 3 Pump direction verify with master is necessary
OPEN ACT1 stand by cannot be set by emulator
3 2
JUMPED ACT1 stand by can be set by emulator
OPEN ACT1 stand by cannot be set by emulator
4 2
JUMPED ACT1 stand by can be set by emulator
OPEN ACT1 Clock signal is not amplified for emulator use
5 2
JUMPED ACT1 Clock signal is amplified for emulator use
OPEN ACT2 Clock signal is not amplified for emulator use
6 2
JUMPED ACT2 Clock signal is amplified for emulator use

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-7

 ABE
8.2.9 Dip Switches

During operation:

SW3 and SW6:

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

In MANUAL programming mode:

SW3 (ACT1 micro)

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

SW6 (ACT2 micro)

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

In any mode (Operation and Programming)

SW2 (ACT1 micro) and SW5 (ACT2 micro)

DIP SWITCH # 1 2
ON ON

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.2-8

 DBEC

8.3 (BRDDESCR_003) DBEC rev00

8.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

8.3.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a functional description of DBEC board (shown in next figure).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.3-1

 DBEC
8.3.3 Overview
The User Interface Board uses a Hitachi H8 3048 F microcontroller, which communicates with the master
microcontroller via serial line (RS 232). The function of the micro on the DBEC board is to run the peripheral
units connected to it, as well as to communicate with the Master micro.
Here are the peripheral:
- color display
- temperature sensor (not used)
- buzzer
- alarm (visual, with led)
- keyboard
- external RAM
- external Flash

Figure 2 represents the operating diagram of the board.

fig.2

The following voltages are applied to the board:

+5V
+12V.
The following voltages are generated within the board:
-12V
+30V

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.3-2

 DBEC

8.3.4 Led Table

The “Indication” column shows the indication of the LED relevant to the status displayed in the “State”
column.

green (G) ON under normal conditions

red (R) ON under alarm conditions
yellow (Y) ON/OFF under normal conditions

Color
# led G = green
Indication State
LDX R = red
Y = yellow

1 LCD memory area is selected by μC OFF Y

(/CS2 LOW)
2 RAM memory area is selected byμC OFF Y
(/CS1 LOW)
3 External flash is selected by μC (/CS0 OFF Y
LOW)
RDIR signal is set HIGH by graphic
4 ON Y
controller
5 +5V supply voltage presence ON G
6 +12V supply voltage presence ON G
7 TXD1 is switched ON (μADG211 cmd ON Y
LOW)
8 μController is running intermittent Y
9 μController Stand by state ON G
10 A Watch dog reset occurs ON R
11 A NMI (Nonmaskable interrupt) occurs ON R
12 A reset pulse occurs (/RES) ON R

8.3.5 Connector Table

# connector Connection Board

JX Function Pin # I/O description

1 Keyboard 1 O Keyboard led drive command (PA.6)

2 O ground
3 I Keyboard softkey no.1
4 I Keyboard softkey no.2
5 I Keyboard softkey no.3
6 I Keyboard softkey no.4
7 I Keyboard softkey no.5
8 I Keyboard softkey no.6
9 I Keyboard softkey no.7
10 I Keyboard softkey no.8
11 I Keyboard softkey (PRIME)
12 I Keyboard softkey (WASH)
13 I Keyboard softkey (EMPTY)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.3-3

 DBEC
# connector Connection Board
JX Function Pin # I/O description

14 I Keyboard softkey (STOP)

15 I Keyboard softkey (HELP)
16 I Keyboard softkey (PAUSE)
Connection with
2 1 – 60 I/O See DBEC scheme
emulator
Connection with 1 – 60 I/O See DBEC scheme
3
emulator
1 O Red signal from graphic controller to LCD (R)
2 O Green signal from graphic controller to LCD (G)
Connection with
4 3 O Blue signal from graphic controller to LCD (B)
LCD
4 O RDRQ signal from graphic controller (data read request)
5 O ground
1 O FLM signal from graphic controller
2 O LC signal from graphic controller
3 O SCK1 signal from graphic controller
4 O CON0 signal from graphic controller
5 O +5V supply voltage
6 O Ground
7 O Contrast drive signal
Connection with 8 O LD7 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
5
LCD 9 O LD6 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
10 O LD5 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
11 O LD4 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
12 O LD3 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
13 O LD2 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
14 O LD1 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
15 O LD0 signal from graphic controller (LCD data bus line)
16 O M signal from graphic controller (AC conversion signal)
1 O +12V supply voltage
Connection with 2 O Ground
6
inverter 3 O +12V supply voltage
4 O Adjustable voltage (0-3V)
1 I +5V supply voltage
2 I RX to SCI1 of microbo
3 O TX from SCI1 of microcontroller
Power supply
4 I Ground
7 input and serial
port no.1 5 I +5V supply voltage
6 I Vtrap signal
7 I +12V supply voltage
8 I Ground
1 O +5V supply voltage
Power supply
2 I RX to SCI0 of microcontroller
8 output and serial
port no.0 3 O TX from SCI0 of microcontroller
4 O Ground
1 O Buzzer V+ drive
9 Buzzer
2 O Buzzer V- drive

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.3-4

 DBEC

8.3.6 Trimmer Table

# trimm. Value Regulated

Description Regulation range
PX [Ω] quantity
1 5K Contrast voltage regulation (TP34), if manual Contrast 20V ÷ 30V
adjustment is selected by JP2 voltage

8.3.7 Jumper Table

Default state is bold-styled.

# jumper Pin
State Description of selected state
JPX no.
Clock signal from micro (φ) is not connected to emulator socket and
OPEN
TP4
1 3
1 JPED 2 Clock signal from micro (φ) is buffered to emulator socket and TP4
2 JPED 3 Clock signal from micro (φ) is connected to emulator socket and TP4
OPEN LCD contrast signal has no source
2 3 1 JPED 2 LCD contrast is manually adjusted
2 JPED 3 LCD contrast is adjusted by an analog output of μC

8.3.8 Dip Switches

In any mode (Operation and Programming)

SW1

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
SW2

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4
OFF OFF ON OFF

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.3-5

 DBEC

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.3-6

 MB E 1

8.4 (BRDDESCR_004) MBE1 rev00

8.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

8.4.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a functional description of MBE1 board (shown in next figure).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.4-1

 MBE1
8.4.3 Overview
The MBE1 board coordinates and runs the slave micros (user interface, actuators1, actuators2 and sensors)
in Electa Concept.
It runs the serial communication with other micros, and sends/receives digital signals to/from the other
boards, including the power distribution board.
The board needs the following supply voltages:

Voltage Tolerance
[V] [V]
+5in [5 to 5.2]
+12in [11.8 to 12.2]
[–12.2 to –
-12in
11.8]
GROUNDin /

The +5V input voltage is filtered by a LC filter along with ground, and made available for the devices
connected to the board (+5). The +5, filtered again, becomes +5REF (ADC and sensors power supply). The
+12 and -12: filtered by one LC filter.

8.4.4 Led Table

The “Indication” column shows the indication of the led relevant to the status displayed in the “State” column.

green (G) ON under normal conditions

red (R) ON under alarm conditions
yellow (Y) ON/OFF under normal conditions

Color
G = green
# led LDX Indication Label State
R = red
Y = yellow
1 Centrifuge enable CENT_ENABLE ON Y
2 Pump enable PUMP_ENABLE ON Y
3 PRIME clamp Hall sensor HALL_PRIME ON Y
4 WASH clamp Hall sensor HALL_WASH ON Y
5 EMPTY clamp Hall sensor HALL_EMPTY ON Y
6 Arm Hall sensor HALL_ARM ON Y
7 TX smart card signal presence TX_SMART ON Y
8 RX modem line signal presence RX_MODEM ON Y
9 TX modem line signal presence TX_MODEM ON Y
10 TX printer line signal presence TX_PRINTER ON Y
11 RX smart card signal presence RX_SMART ON Y
12 RX printer line signal presence RX_PRINTER ON Y
13 Pump encoder CCW direction PUMP CW/CCW ON Y
14 Pump low shaft phase B LS_PHASE_B ON Y
15 Rx internal bus signal presence RXD0_1B ON Y
16 TX internal bus signal presence TXD0_1B ON Y
17 Pump low shaft phase A LS_PHASE_A ON Y
18 Link with Display Board Electa Concept DBE_LINK ON Y
19 Link with Sensor Board Electa Concept SBE_LINK ON Y
Link with Actuator 1 Board Electa
20 ABE1_LINK ON Y
Concept
21 Link with Actuator 2 Board Electa ABE2_LINK ON Y

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.4-2

 MB E 1
Color
G = green
# led LDX Indication Label State
R = red
Y = yellow
Concept
22 Watch dog WD ON R
23 µController Reset RESET ON R
Low line signal from µC supervisor. ON if
24 undervoltage occurs (+5V<+4,65V) / ON R
25 Temperature alarm TEMP_ALARM ON R
26 µController Stand by STD_BY ON R
27 TX PC line signal presence TX_PC ON Y
28 RX PC line signal presence RX_PC ON Y
intermitte
29 µController is running RUN Y
nt
30 +5V logic supply presence +5V_PRES ON G
31 -12V logic supply presence -12V_PRES ON G
32 +12V logic supply presence +12V_PRES ON G

8.4.5 Connector Table

# connector Connection Board

Pin # description
JX Function I/O
1 O +5V supply voltage
2 I Serial RX from display board micro
3 O Serial TX to display board micro
Display board 4 O Ground
1
connection 5 O +5V supply voltage
6 O Ground
7 O +12V supply voltage
8 O Ground
1 O +12V supply voltage
Low shaft 2 Phase A from low shaft sensor
I
2 sensor
3 I Phase B from low shaft sensor
connection
4 O Ground
1 O +5V supply voltage
2 I PRIME clamp sensor signal
3 I WASH clamp sensor signal
Clamp Hall 4 Ground
O
3 sensor
5 O +5V supply voltage
connection
6 I EMPTY clamp sensor signal
7 O Ground
8 O Ground
1 O +5V supply voltage
Arm Hall sensor 2 I Arm Hall sensor signal
4
connection 3 O Ground
4 O Ground
1 O Not connected
2 I Serial RX from PC
5 PC connection
3 O Serial TX to PC
4 O Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.4-3

 MBE1
# connector Connection Board
Pin # description
JX Function I/O
1 O Pump direction enable signal
2 O Ground (to photo coupler)
3 I Pump direction signal
Handshake with 4 O Centrifuge enable signal
6
actuator board 5 O Ground
6 I Centrifuge direction signal
7 O Ground
8 O Ground
1 O +12V supply voltage
2 I RX line from smart card reader
Smart card 3 TX line to smart card reader
O
7 reader
4 O CTS signal to smart card reader
connection
5 O Ground
6 O Ground
1 I DCD signal from modem
2 I RX line from modem
3 O TX line to modem
4 O DTR signal to modem
5 O Ground
6 I DSR signal from modem
7 O RTS signal to modem
Modem 8 I CTS signal from modem
8
connection 9 I RI signal from modem
10 O Ground
11 / Not connected
12 / Not connected
13 / Not connected
14 / Not connected
15 / Not connected
16 / Not connected
1 O Ground
Sensor board 2 Serial RX from sensor board micro
I
9 serial
3 O Serial TX to sensor board micro
connection
4 O Ground
1 O Ground
ACT1 serial 2 I Serial RX from ACT2 micro
10
connection 3 O Serial TX to ACT2 micro
4 O Ground
1 O Analog input from DPT board (pressure signal)
2 I Analog input (not used)
11 Analog input
3 I Analog input (not used)
4 O Ground
1 O Ground
ACT2 serial 2 I Serial RX from ACT2 micro
12
connection 3 O Serial TX to ACT2 micro
4 O Ground
13 BS board 1 O +5V supply voltage
connection 2 I Not used

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.4-4

 MB E 1
# connector Connection Board
Pin # description
JX Function I/O
3 I Air presence signal
4 O Ground
1 O +30V power supply voltage enable signal (/+30E)
2 O +12V power supply voltage enable signal (/+12E)
3 I +30V is less than +7V (/+30<7V)
Handshake with 4 +12V is less than +7V (/+12<10V)
I
14 Power Supply
5 I +30V fail
Board
6 O IR1 signal to buffy coat led driver
7 O IR2 signal to buffy coat led driver
8 O Ground
1 O +5V supply voltage
2 O DAC output (DA0) of micro
15 Analog output
3 O DAC output (DA1) of micro
4 O Ground
1 I +5V supply voltage
2 I +5V supply voltage
3 I Ground
Power supply 4 I Ground
16
input 5 I +12V supply voltage
6 I -12V supply voltage
7 I VTRAP signal
8 I Ground
Connection with
17 1 – 60 I/O See MBE scheme
emulator
Connection with 1 – 60 See MBE scheme
18 I/O
emulator
1 O +5V supply voltage
2 I RX line from printer
Printer 3 O TX line to printer
19
connection 4 O DSR signal to printer (DSR_P)
5 I CTS signal from printer (CTS_P)
6 O Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.4-5

 MBE1
8.4.6 Jumper Table
Default state is bold-styled.

# jumper Pin
State Description of selected state
JPX no.
Clock signal from micro (φ) is not connected to emulator socket and to
OPEN
P/S converter
Clock signal from micro (φ) is connected to emulator socket and to P/S
1 3 1 JPED 2
converter
Clock signal from micro (φ) is buffered to emulator socket and to P/S
2 JPED 3
converter
Control signals of slave serial lines are floating, unless otherwise drived
OPEN
by micro
2 3
1 JPED 2 Control signals of slave serial lines are pulled up by 10K resistors.
2 JPED 3 Control signals of slave serial lines are pulled down by 10K resistors.
OPEN /RI signal of P/S converter is floating.
PP4 3 1 JPED 2 /RI signal of P/S converter is connected to ground (always enabled)
2 JPED 3 /RI signal of P/S converter is drived by micro (enabled by SW)
OPEN /DCD signal of P/S converter is floating.
PP5 3 1 JPED 2 /DCD signal of P/S converter is connected to ground (always enabled)
2 JPED 3 /DCD signal of P/S converter is drived by micro (enabled by SW)

8.4.7 Dip Switches

In any mode (Operation and Programming)

SW1

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF

SW2

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.4-6

 PSE1

8.5 (BRDDESCR_005) PSE1 rev00

8.5.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

8.5.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a functional description of PSE1 board (shown in next figure).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-1

 PSE1
8.5.3 Overview
The PSE1 board (Power Supply Electa Concept) withdraws the voltages provided by the power supply (+5V,
+12V, -12V, +30V) and distributes them to the unit main boards, as well as to all direct users (printer, Buffy-
Coat LED, fan/s, etc.). It integrates a controlled enabling system for two power voltages (+30 and +12M), a
system generating alarm signals, and a number of drivers for LED’s and for a temperature-controlled fan.

fig.2

The board is connected to a power supply unit (SUPPLY MODULE) which includes two 15V modules, two
12V modules and one 5V, along with a module which generates an alarm (MF CHECK) in case of mains fail.

Voltages are withdrawn from this unit as follows:

+30V the 15V modules are connected in series

+12V one of the two 12V modules is used with straight polarity (Ground on negative pole)
-12V one of the two 12V modules is used with reverse polarity (Ground on positive pole)
+5V the 5V module is used with straight polarity (Ground on negative pole).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-2

 PSE1
The interface module (SUPPLY INPUT INTERFACE) output has one more voltage (+12M) than those
provided by the power supply. It is a shunt of the +12V line which provides a dedicated power line.
There are two voltages (referred to as +30 and +12M) which are considered power voltages. They are
enabled by a dedicated network built-in on the board. These voltages are mainly utilized by the actuators.
The others are output voltages (+12, -12 and +5) without the enabling control, as they are normally used for
logic or low power loads (printer, LED’s or fans).

Power voltages are enabled on condition that:

- they are enabled by the master unit;
- the Mains Fail signal (MF), which may be caused by the power supply following mains fail, is not
detected
- over-voltage in the +5V is not detected by the dedicated built-in network.

POWER SUPPLY 1: the +30V and +12V power supply voltages are provided on this module together with
ground.

POWER SUPPLY 2 to 4: the +12 voltage is provided for low power loads

SUPPLY 1 to 6: (+30, +5, +12 and -12) mixed power supply

The remaining ports are devoted to specific devices (fan, LED’s or LED bank for the Buffy-Coat sensor and
printer).

The following are the board input voltages with the corresponding tolerance and, when applicable, the value
of the fuses on the output voltages.

Voltage Range
+30in [from 29.7 to 30.3]
+12in [from 11.8 to 12.2]
-12in [from –12.2 to –11.8]
+5in [from 5 to 5.2]

Voltage Fuse
+30out 10AT
+12Mout 5AT
+12out /
-12out /
+5out 5AT

8.5.3.1 Enabling of the +30

The +30 voltage is enabled on condition that:

a) /+30E = LOW

b) /MF = HIGH

c) /+5OVERV = HIGH

in other words, if enabling is required by the master unit and neither mains fail nor over-voltage on the +5
(/+5OVERV) is detected.
With this combination, the EN 1 and EN2 (fig.2) signals enable the two modules of the +15V on the external
power supply unit.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-3

 PSE1
8.5.3.2 Enabling of the +12M power supply voltage
This voltage is enabled on condition that:

a) /+12E = LOW

b) /MF = HIGH

c) /+5OVERV = HIGH

in other words, if enabling is required by the master and neither mains fail nor over-voltage on the +5 (/+5O
VER ) is detected.
)

8.5.3.3 Management of the Mains Fail signal (VTRAP generator)

This unit controls the MF signal (Mains Fail), generated by the power supply unit in case of mains failure. In
this case:
- an inhibitory command is sent to the two power control networks (+30 and +12M)
- the VTRAP signal to be sent to the micro-boards supplied is produced.
The delay on the remaining voltages (+5, +12 and -12) is sufficient for the microcontroller units to perform an
emergency shut down (data saving, etc.): thanks to its capacitive elements, the power supply unit can deliver
a certain quantity of energy after mains fail, regardless of the load.
As described in the dedicated paragraphs, the /MF command intervenes on the two enabling networks (+30
and +12M), by cutting the voltage from the connected loads.
The /MF signal is used to generate the VTRAP for the logic power supply ports, designed for the micro
boards. The VTRAP informs the micros of the impending voltage drop, thus activating the emergency
procedure.
Over-voltage detection circuit of the +5 logic voltage (OVERVOLTAGE CHECK CIRCUIT) The function of
this unit is to detect over-voltage on the +5 voltage (the threshold is adjustable). Following this detection,
both power supply voltages are disabled.

8.5.4 Led Table

The “Indication” column shows the indication of the led relevant to the status displayed in the “State” column.

green (G) ON under normal conditions

red (R) ON under alarm conditions
yellow (Y) ON/OFF under normal conditions

Color
# led G = green
Indication State # led LDX
LDX R = red
Y = yellow
1 +30V power supply lower than +7V +30<7V ON R
2 +30V power supply presence +30V_PRES ON G
3 +12V power supply lower than +10V 12<10V ON R
4 -12V supply presence -12V_PRES ON G
5 +12V supply presence +12V_PRES ON G
6 +5V supply presence +5V_PRES ON G
7 +30V power supply fail +30V_FAIL ON R
8 +30V power supply enable +30V_EN ON Y
9 +12V power supply enable +12V_EN ON Y
10 Buffy coat IR led drive channel 2 BC_IR_DRIVE_2 ON Y
11 Buffy coat IR led drive channel 1 BC_IR_DRIVE_1 ON Y

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-4

 PSE1
8.5.5 Connector Table

# connector Connection Board

function Pin # description
JX I/O
1 O +12V power supply
1 Not used
2 O Ground
1 O Ground
Printer 2 O Ground
2
supply 3 O +5V supply
4 O +5V filtered supply
1 O +30V supply (not used)
2 O +12V supply (to IL board)
3 Bowl light
3 O +5V supply (not used)
4 O Ground
1 O +12V power supply
4 Fan no.1
2 O Ground
1 O +12V power supply
5 Not used
2 O Ground
(Fan T- 1 O +12V power supply
6
controlled) 2 O Driving switch
1 I +30V enable
2 I +12V enable
3 O +30V lower than +7V
Master 4 O +12V lower than +10V
7
Handshake 5 O +30V fail
6 I Infra red driving signal no.1
7 I Infra red driving signal no.2
8 O Ground
1 O +5V logic supply
2 O +5V logic supply
3 O Ground
Master Board 4 O Ground
8
logic supply 5 O +12V supply
6 O -12V supply
7 O Vtrap
8 O Ground
1 O +5V supply
2 O +5V supply
3 O +5V supply
Display Board 4 O +12V supply
9
logic supply 5 O +12V supply
6 O Vtrap
7 O Ground
8 O Ground
1 I +30V power supply
2 I +5V power supply
Power Supply 3 +12V power supply
I
10 voltage input
4 I -12V power supply
port
5 I Ground
6 I Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-5

 PSE1
# connector Connection Board
function Pin # description
JX I/O
1 I +15V module no.1 power fail
2 I +15V module no.2 power fail
3 O +15V module no.1 inhibit pin +
Power Supply 4 O +15V module no.1 inhibit pin -
11
hanshake 5 O +15V module no.2 inhibit pin +
6 O +15V module no.2 inhibit pin -
7 / Ground
8 / Ground
1 I Main’s fail signal
12 Main’s fail
2 / Ground
1 O +30V power supply
Actuator Board 2 O +12M power supply
13
power supply 3 O Ground
4 O Ground
1 O +5V logic supply
2 O +5V logic supply
3 O Ground
Actuator Board 4 O Ground
14
logic supply 5 O +12V supply
6 O -12V supply
7 O Vtrap
8 O Ground
1 O +12V power supply
Buffy Coat ligth 2 O Not used
15
1 3 O IR led driving signal
4 O +12V power supply
1 O Power supply adjustable voltage
Buffy Coat ligth 2 O Led sink
16
2 3 O Led sink
4 O Ground
1 O +5V logic supply
2 O +5V logic supply
3 O Ground
Sensor Board 4 O Ground
17
logic supply 5 O +12V supply
6 O -12V supply
7 O Vtrap
8 O Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-6

 PSE1
8.5.6 Fuse Table

# fuse
Type Position
FX
1 T10A +30 power supply
2 T5A +12M power supply
3 T5A +5 supply
4 T5A +5V voltage supply to printer

8.5.7 Trimmer Table

# trimm. Value Regulated

Description Regulation range
PX [Ω] quantity
PSE :Buffy coat led driving voltage regulation,
in driver no.2 Driving
1 500 9,79V ÷ 15V
PSE1 : voltage regulation of bowl light led voltage (Vo)
system driver
2 10K Over-voltage threshold value for +5V (Vcc). Max Vcc 2,10V ÷ 8,47V
Buffy coat led driving current regulation of first PSE HW Rev3 :
line, in driver no.1 (only on PSE rev3 or PSE1 : 22mA ÷ 240mA
Driving
3 500 in both cases trimmer are mounted on PPSE
current
board). Ideal case with no drop on switch and PSE1 HW Rev0 :
load. 20mA ÷ 120mA
Buffy coat led driving current regulation of
second line, in driver no.1 (only on PSE rev3 or
Driving
4 500 PSE1: in both cases trimmer are mounted on 20mA ÷ 120mA
current
PPSE board). Ideal case with no drop on switch
and load.

8.5.8 Jumper Table

Default state is bold-styled.

# jumper Pin
State Description of selected state
JPX no.
OPEN IR2 signal from Master is floating (AVOID THIS CASE)
1 3 1 JPED 2 IR2 signal checks over-voltage circuit of +5V supply
2 JPED 3 IR2 drives Buffy-Coat LED’s

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-7

 PSE1

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.5-8

 SBE

8.6 (BRDDESCR_006) SBE rev00

8.6.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

8.6.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a functional description of SBE board (shown in next figure).

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.6-1

 SBE
8.6.3 Overview
The SBE board (Sensor Board Electa Concept) integrates the analog/digital interface necessary for the
management of all sensors detecting the physical quantities directly relating to the ongoing blood treatment.
Fig.2 represents the operating diagram of the board.

fig.2

The following are the interfaces for the sensors with digital output:

- Blood Loss sensor interface

- Waste bag sensor interface
- Bar Code sensor interface

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.6-2

 SBE
The following are the interfaces for the sensors with analog output:

- HCT sensor interface (not included in Electa Essential Concept version)

- HGB sensor interface (not included in Electa Essential Concept version)
- Buffy-Coat (BC) sensor interface
- HCT Temperature sensor interface (not used)
- Load Cell interface
- Red Pressure interface

Electric features
The board requires the following supply voltages:
+5V
+12V
-12V

8.6.4 Led Table

The “Indication” column shows the indication of the led relevant to the status displayed in the “State” column.

green (G) ON under normal conditions

red (R) ON under alarm conditions
yellow (Y) ON/OFF under normal conditions

Color
# led G = green
Indication State # led LDX
LDX R = red
Y = yellow
1 Blood loss led drive BL_LOSS_LED intermittent Y
2 -12V supply presence -12V_PRES ON G
3 +5V supply presence +5V_PRES ON G
4 +12V supply presence +12V_PRES ON G
5 +12V and –12V under-voltage +/-12V_UNDERV ON R
6 +12V and –12V over-voltage +/-12V_OVERV ON R
7 Watch dog WD ON R
8 µController Reset RESET ON R
9 Program mode of µController PRG_MD ON Y
10 µController is running RUN intermittent Y
11 µController Stand by STD_BY ON Y

8.6.5 Connector Table

# connector Connection Board

Function Pin # description
JX I/O
Temperature 1 I Thermistor terminal no.1
1
sensor 2 I Thermistor terminal no. 2
2 Buffy-Coat 1 O +5V supply to BC sensor
sensor 2 O BC sensor synch command
3 O BC sensor PWM signal
4 I BC sensor reading signal
5 / NC
6 / NC
7 O Ground

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.6-3

 SBE
# connector Connection Board
Function Pin # description
JX I/O
8 O Ground
1 O Bar code sensor driving signal
Bar Code 2 I Bar code sensor reading signal
3
sensor 3 O Ground
4 O Ground
1 O +5V supply to BL sensor
2 O BL sensor led driving signal
3 / BL sensor check terminal no.1
Blood Loss 4 / BL sensor check terminal no.2
4
sensor 5 O BL sensor driving signal
6 I BL sensor reading signal
7 O Ground
8 O Ground
1 O HCT sensor led 1 anode
2 O HCT senosr led 1 kathode
3 O HCT sensor led 2 anode
4 O HCT sensor led 2 kathode
5 HCT sensor
5 I HCT sensor receiver signal
6 O Ground
7 O Ground
8 O Ground
1 O HGB sensor led anode
2 O HGB sensor led kathode
3 I HGB sensor receiver signal
4 O Ground
6 HGB sensor
5 / NC
6 / NC
7 O Ground
8 O Ground
1 O +5V (Vref) to RP sensor
2 I RP sensor V+
3 I RP sensor V-
Red pressure 4 O Ground
7
sensor 5 / NC
6 / NC
7 / NC
8 / NC
1 O +5V (Vref) to RP sensor
2 I RP sensor V+
8 Load Cell
3 I RP sensor V-
4 O Ground
1 O +12V supply voltage
Waste bag 2 I WB sensor reading signal
9
sensor 3 O Ground
4 O Ground
10 Alimentation 1 I +5V supply voltage
supplying 2 I +5V supply voltage
3 I Ground not filtered

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.6-4

 SBE
# connector Connection Board
Function Pin # description
JX I/O
4 I Ground not filtered
5 I +12V supply voltage
6 I -12V supply voltage
7 I Vtrap
8 I Ground not filtered
1 / Ground
Serial 2 Serial port no.1 receiver
I
11 communication
3 O Serial port no.1 transmitter
with Master
4 / Ground
Connection with
12 1 – 60 I/O See SBE scheme
emulator
Connection with
13 1 – 60 I/O See SBE scheme
emulator
1 O +5V supply
Additional serial 2 I Serial port no.0 receiver
14
communication 3 O Serial port no.0 transmitter
4 / Ground

8.6.6 Trimmer Table

# trimm. Value Regulated Regulation

Description
PX [Ω] Quantity range
1 10K Tmin regulation in temperature signal Tmin -20°C ÷ +100°C
linearization network
2 50K Gain regulation in HGB RX line Gain 1÷6
3 1K Gain regulation in red pressure signal amplifier Global gain 105 ÷ +∞
4 10K Gain regulation in Buffy Coat signal amplifier Gain 1÷2
5 10K HW amplitude regulation in PWM multiply (HCT Amplitude 0V ÷ 5V
pulse transmission led no.2)
6 1K Tmax regulation in temperature signal Tmax -20°C ÷ +100°C
linearization network
7 10K Offset regulation on Blood loss signal Voffset 1,56V ÷ 5V
8 50K Gain regulation in HCT (led no.1) RX line Gain 1÷6
9 10K HW amplitude regulation in PWM multiply (HCT Amplitude 0V ÷ 5V
pulse transmission led no.1)
10 50K Gain regulation in HCT (led no.2) RX line Gain 1÷6
11 1K Offset regulation in load cell signal amplifier Global offset -1,87V ÷ +1,87V
12 10K Gain regulation in load cell signal amplifier Global gain 641,2 ÷ 935,3
13 50K Offset compensation in PWM multiply (HCT Offset -1,2V ÷ +1,2V
pulse transmission, led no.1)
14 50K Offset compensation in PWM multiply (HCT Offset -1,2V ÷ +1,2V
pulse transmission, led no.2)
15 10K HW amplitude regulation in PWM multiply (HGB Amplitude 0V ÷ 5V
pulse transmission)
16 1K Offset regulation in red pressure Global offset -6,0V ÷ +6,0V

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.6-5

 SBE
8.6.7 Jumper Table
Default state is bold-styled.

# jumper Pin
State Description of selected state
JPX no.
/ Not used
1 /
/ Not used

8.6.8 Dip Switches

During
operation
SW3

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF

During programming

SW3

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF

In any mode
(Operation and Programming)
SW2

DIP SWITCH # 1 2 3 4

OFF ON ON OFF

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 8.6-6

 Trouble Overview

9 TROUBLE MANAGEMENT
9.1 (TROUBLE_001) Trouble Overview rev00

9.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

9.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to introduce and give instructions about SM cards relative to trouble situation
possible in Electa Concept using.
Troubles are classified in three types: Hardware errors, Failure and Alarm/Warning.
Each type of trouble is organized in table-form and included in a single card. Every table collects all cases
known for relative trouble type. See following table for details:

Table name Meaning Card Name

Hardware Error Table
Failure Table
Alarm/Warning Table
All types of Hardware Error that (TROUBLE_002)
may be declared by Electa Hardware Errors #card
Concept SW. In this case a clear
message is always displayed and
any procedure is interrupted (e.g.
“E32 PLEASE REFER TO
TECHNICAL SERVICE”)
All types of failures which do not (TROUBLE_003)
involve any message. For Failures #card
instance: when power supply
protection switches off the unit or
when user interface does not
respond to key pression.
All type of Alarm/Warning that may (TROUBLE_004)
be declared by Electa Concept Alarms & Warnings #card
SW. In this case a clear message
is always displayed (e.g. “ALARM:
BLOOD LOSS IN CENTRIFUGE”
or “WARNING: RESERVOIR IS
FILLING UP. PLEASE PROCESS
BLOOD”), but user has the
possibility of resuming by pressing
a softkey.
Present type is intended as a
trouble case only if message is
present, but the expected cause
seems not to be present.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.1-1

 Trouble Overview
9.1.3 General instructions
Notes on table reading:

H and L status: unless else described H and L status are referred to TTL logic: H = +5V and L = 0V

Intelligent unities: Electa Concept microcontroller unities are so referred:

MASTER: SW-logic unity operating in MBE1 microcontroller circuit
USERINT: SW-logic unity operating in DBEC microcontroller circuit
SENSORS: SW-logic unity operating in SBE microcontroller circuit
ACT1 and ACT2: SW-logic unities operating in ABE microcontroller circuit

Connectors references: Where is necessary to refer to a specific HW connector or LED, the

syntax is:
BoardName.PartReferencePartNumber.PinNumber.
For example TX line on serial connector from ACT1 is represented
as “ABE.J8.3”

Connector pin out is intended as shown in following figures.

“Phoenix Contact” connector (power lines):

“AMP mod I” connector (power lines):

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.1-2

 Trouble Overview
“AMP mod II” connector (signal lines):

HIGH and LOW diagnostics:
HIGH DIAGNOSTICS is intended the complete one with a full
optional list of actions. This is only for a technical use: restricted to
field assistance personnel. In the involved cards it is always
indicated with the simple “diagnostics” word.
LOW DIAGNOSTICS is always indicated as “low diagnostics”. This
is the short list of options available to the user and referred in to the
“Instructions for use” book. User can see the ERROR LIST, change
the display contrast, change the language, etc.

Diagnostics references: Where is necessary to refer to a specific deep diagnostics page, the
syntax is:
Diagnostics/First Menu Page/Sub Menu Page

9.1.3.1 Table column meaning

CODE: This is the Hardware Error code (HWE) displayed at the moment of
occurring. In the failure table, this field is used to give a short
description of case treated. Not present in the Alarm/Warning table.

ALARM/WARNING: This is the Alarm/Warning displayed at the moment of occurring

(only in Alarm/Warning Table).

ID (IDENTIFICATION): HWE brief identification. In the Alarm/Warning table this field is not
present. In the failure table, this field is not used (No ID)

UNITY: SW-logic unity declaring the HWE. Not present in the Failure and
Alarm/Warning table.
DESCR: Only in Failure table. Brief description to identify the case. This is
necessary because in this case user has no message shown.

EQUIPMENT INVOLVED: Model of Electa Concept involved in current failure description:

ELECTA CONCEPT (SW rel 6.05)
ELECTA ESSENTIAL CONCEPT (SW rel. 6.05)

CAUSE: description of causing event

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.1-3


HW INVOLVED & TOOLS NEEDED:
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776
Trouble Overview
HW involved:
Electa Concept parts that can be involved in the problem. In each
HWE/Failure/Alarm/Warning row, they are identified by a code (P1,
P2, etc.), used for reference in “Checking Methods” and “Deeper
Inspection” in the same row.
There are two kinds of “HW involved”:
1) Electa Concept Spare Parts:
If a component involved can be identified as “Electa Concept
Spare Part”, it is referred with a short description and
relative code as “SPcod. 60XXX” (see
(SPRPRT&TOOLS_001) Spare Parts and Tools #card).
For example ABE board is referred as “(P1) ABE board SP
cod.60702”. Personnel can change it in according to
“Checking Methods” relative to problem.
2) Electrical links:
If a component involved is a cable, it is referred as “el.link”.
For example: “(P4) el.link (J7 PSE1 - J14 MBE1)”. Because
it is not intended and codified as spare part, it is identified by
connectors/groups that it is linking to.
Technician has not to change it. If needed, he has to restore
it by repairing intervention in according to “Checking
Methods” relative to problem.
Tools needed:
Here are the tools needed for “Checking Methods” and “Deeper
Inspection” relative to problem. In each HWE/Failure/Alarm/Warning
row, they are identified by a code (T1, T2, etc.), used for reference in
“Checking Methods” and “Deeper Inspection” in the same row.
An explaining note is present, if some tool is included “only for
deeper inspection”. There are two kinds of “Tools needed”:
1) Not Codified Tools:
All tools not codified, but necessary for applicable methods
are referred by name. For example: “(T2) flash extractor”.
Here are all tools included:
multimeter
scopemeter
flash extractor
thickness gauge Xmm
pressure calibrator
BT894 (blood reservoir)
Technician has to use these tools in according to “Checking
Methods” relative to problem.
2) Codified Tools:
If a Tool belongs to “Tools” list (see (CLBR_001)
Calibration Overview #card), then it is referred with its
code. For example: “(T1) Programming cable kit Tcod.
63019”. Technician has to use these tools in according to
“Checking Methods” relative to problem. If necessary, all
Dideco procedures (calibration/verification/programming)
that involve present tools are referred.
9.1-4
 Trouble Overview
CHECKING METHODS: Here are the methods to inspect and troubleshoot the failure
situation. They are classified in three categories with respect to the
priority order in intervention:

1. Text on transparent Background: “Pre-inspection”

2. Text on 10% - greyed background: “Inspection”
3. Text on 30% - greyed background: “Intervention”

0% - Transparent background “Pre-inspection”

The action can be performed by the user without technical
presence on site. But it is necessary that assistance
personnel is communicating and guiding him with precise
proceedings. This is a form of “pre-inspection” that can help
following “inspection” and “intervention” operated directly by
tech personnel.
In general, this “pre-inspection” may be:
- a question addressed to customer to verify if failure
may be happened because of contingent misuse or
any kind of damaging utilization. In this case, a
solution can be attained without direct intervention.
- a question to customer to investigate about
circumstances of WE/Failure/Alarm/Warning
happening.
- some recommending instruction to customer, in
order to avoid further problems
- a request to customer in order to check if there are
some evident damage or lack of parts

10% - greyed background “Inspection”

The action can be performed by technical personnel only.
This level of operation is intended as “inspection” and it is
possible without opening the equipment and by using
Diagnostics.
It is a verify/confirm action of failure presence. Its purpose is
to find out the situation or the circumstances in which the
error can occur, by using diagnostics functions.
This kind of method is necessary to operate following
“intervention” that is requiring to open the equipment. In fact,
when failure conditions are found out before, technician has
only to repeat these conditions when equipment is opened
and HW parts accessible. At this moment damaged part
may be identified.
Note that, when failure is sporadic, this kind of inspection is
useful to make the alarm repeatable.
In general, there is a description of the “correct behavior”. If
some deviation is evident, some of parts listed in “HW
involved column” may be damaged. If there are no parts
referred for a single method, it is understood that all are
implied
Some tool may be referred if necessary for method
application.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.1-5

 Trouble Overview
30% - greyed background “Intervention”
The action can be performed by technical personnel only.
This level of operation is intended as “intervention” and it
implies opening the equipment. This kind of action may
imply repairing/restoring/changing some parts. It can be
made by using Diagnostics and/or tools.
Unless else described a “method” is a description of the
“correct behavior”. If some deviation is evident, parts
referred have to be changed only one at the same time. This
action will be repeated till failure disappears.
Tools needed are always referred for these methods.

Technician must follow the order in which methods are listed, to avoid
useless actions. Sometime not all HW parts listed in “HW involved”
column are referred in methods. This is because there are some parts
that can not be identified as “failure causing” with a simple method,
but they are involved the same. Perhaps only “Deeper Inspection”
actions can identify those parts as “damaged parts”. To avoid
complicate intervention, when all methods were performed without
success, last chance is to change all parts listed in “HW involved”
column, ONLY ONE at the same time. This action will be repeated till
failure disappears. For this reason, “Deeper Inspection” methods must
not to be considered necessary for repairing.

DEEPER INSPECTION: Here are further methods to make a deeper intervention and find out
which is the damaged part or where is the HW cause. As above
described, they are not necessary for damage finding, but can allow
to isolate the cause, in the case of it is very hard to identify. Even for
this kind of methods HW involved and Tools needed are referred.

In general, a (*) symbol is present if a method implies Electa Concept opening. Both “Checking Methods”
and “Deeper Inspection” may show this symbol. Of course a checking method is possible only belonging to
the third category (intervention) with (*) symbol.

NOTES: Additional Notes. They are present in some case of HWE/alarm as

useful information to understand the cause of appearing.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.1-6

 Hardware Errors

9.2 (TROUBLE_002) Hardware Errors rev00

9.2.1 Card Applicability Table
The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

9.2.2 About this card

Present card contains the “Hardware Error Table”. This table includes all enabled codes of fatal error. If
some of these occur, it means that SW detects a dangerous situation hampering safe blood processing.
Therefore functionality is drastically interrupted and it is requested intervention by qualified personnel (Field
Service).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-1

 Hardware Errors

9.2.3 Hardware Error Table

CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &

ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Switch off MASTER ELECTA Actuator power HW parts: Switch OFF and ON: if problem is (*) Verify total electrical continuity
E1
30V failed CONCEPT supply (+30V) is (P1) MBE1 board still present call the service. on MBE1.J14-PSE1.J7
detected active SPcod. 60777 Go to Diagnostics/Digital connection. (P4)(T1)
ELECTA even if deactivation (P2) PSE1 board Input/Master and verify that (*) Verify /30E on PSE1 board
ESSENTIAL command was sent SPcod. 60778 V30VSV7 signal is >7. Try to PSE.J7.1: H state out of procedure
CONCEPT (cover-open (P3) Power Supply activate some actuator (except for phases and L state during phases
phases) SPcod. 60715 vacuum if present) and verify that it (cover closed and arm locked on
(P4) el.link(J7 PSE1 - is possible and that V30VSV7 bowl).(P1,P2,P4)(T1)
J14 MBE1) signal is still OK after activation (*) Verify INHC1 and INHC2 on
(P5) Inhibit/Power (*) Verify /+30E line on PSE1.J11: short circuit between 3-
good el.link(J11 PSE1 MBE1.J14.1: H state out of 4 and 5-6 pins out of procedure
– power supply) procedure phases and L state phases. Open circuit on two pin
Tools: during phases (cover closed and pairs in cover-open phases.
(T1) multimeter arm locked on bowl head). (P2,P3,P5)(T1)
(P1,P2,P4)(T1) (*) Verify electrical continuity on
(*) Check each of two +15V Inhibit el.link. (P5)(T1)
modules on power supply: zeroing (*) Verify /+30<7 on PSE1 board
capability in cover-open phases. PSE.J7.3: L state out of procedure
(P2,P3,P5)(T1) phases and H state during phases
(*) Verify /+30<7 line on (cover closed and arm locked on
MBE1.J14.3: L state out of bowl). (P1,P2,P3,P4,P5)(T1)
procedure phases and H state
during phases (cover closed and
arm locked on bowl).
(P1,P2,P3,P4,P5)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-2

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Software MASTER ELECTA MASTER HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) Change MASTER and
E3
config CONCEPT recognizes (P1) ABE board Config and read SW release of USERINT flash chip. If problem is
incorrect/un uncompatibility SPcod. 60702 every micro unity. Check if there is still present change ABE and/or
received ELECTA between global (P2) SBE board uncompatible version among SBE board. (P1,P2,P3,P4)(T2)
ESSENTIAL software release SPcod. 60700 different unities.
CONCEPT extracted and one (P3) Flash Memory Reprogram all unity software
or more of single MBE1 board SPcod. (MASTER/SENSORS/USERINT/A
micro unity. 60801 CT1/ACT2) with compatible SW
(P4) Flash Memory version (see (UNIT_004)
DBEC board SPcod. Programming Procedure #card).
60802 (T1)
Tools:
(T1) Programming
cable kit Tcod. 63019
(T2) flash extractor

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-3

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA USERINT does not HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) Check electrical continuity of - This error code
E4
USERINT CONCEPT reply on serial line (P1) DBEC board will never notice this error code, MASTER-USERINT serial cannot be displayed
serial link at startup link or SPcod. 60779 when it is occurring (see NOTES connection. (P5)(T1) when it occurs.
timeout ELECTA during normal (P2) MBE1 board column). User can only see E32. (*) Check electrical continuity of USERINT is forced to
ESSENTIAL communication. SPcod. 60777 Present code is visible only in the PSE1-DBEC power supply output E32, because
CONCEPT (P3) PSE1 board FATAL ERROR list, after a E32 (P5)(T1) MASTER – USERINT
SPcod. 60778 appearing (see E32 row). The user (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the serial line is KO. Fatal
(P4) Power Supply can verify it by entering in LOW Electa Concept. Check if ground error trace will show
SPcod. 60715 diagnostics and seeing FATAL short leads of ABE power cable the correct code.
(P5) Power/serial ERROR list (ABE.J19.3/4) are well fixed on - In most cases, this
el.link (DBEC.J7 – Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link Electa Concept chassis. Verify failure occurs
MBE1.J1/PSE1.J9) Config and verify if USERINT is mechanical stability and electrical because of a serial
(P6) Power/ground linked continuity between ABE.TP64 and line disturbance or
el.link (ABE.J19 - (*) Verify +5V is in (5÷5,2V) range Electa Concept chassis. If undervoltage reset of
chassis) on DBEC board, take a ground necessary, fix ground screws micro slave
Tools: reference on the DBEC itself (P6)(T1). (+5V<4,65V).
(T1) multimeter (between DBEC.J7.1 and (*) By scopemeter using monitor
(T2) scopemeter (only DBEC.J7.4). NB: do not to touch +5V stability with a DBEC ground
for deeper inspection) DC/AC inverter: high voltage. reference, during actuator motion.
(P1,P3,P5) (T1) +5V undervoltages (<4,65V) must
(*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the be less in duration of 10ms.
Electa Concept. Check if cables (P1,P3,P5)(T2)
from PSE1.J10 are well soldered (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
on output male fastoms of power level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
supply. Verify mechanical stability clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
and electrical continuity between 19200baud. DBEC.J7.2/3.
fastoms and PSE1.J10. (P4) (P1,P2,P5)(T2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-4

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA SENSORS does HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) Check electrical continuity of - (⊕)This error code
E5
SENSORS CONCEPT not reply on serial (P1) SBE board will notice this error code only after MASTER-SENSORS serial will not be displayed
serial link line at startup (see SPcod. 60700 Electa Concept booting phase (see connection. (P5)(T1) when occurring at
timeout ELECTA note ⊕) link or (P2) MBE1 board NOTES column). If it occurs during (*) Check electrical continuity of startup. Only in this
ESSENTIAL during normal SPcod. 60777 startup, only E32 can be displayed. PSE1-SBE power supply. (P6)(T1) case USERINT is
CONCEPT communication. (P3) PSE1 board ). The user can verify it by entering (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the forced to output E32
SPcod. 60778 in LOW diagnostics and seeing Electa Concept. Check if ground because total link is
(P4) Power Supply FATAL ERROR list short leads of ABE power cable KO. Fatal error trace
SPcod. 60715 Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (ABE.J19.3/4) are well fixed on will show the correct
(P5) Serial el.link Config and verify if SENSORS is Electa Concept chassis. Verify code.
(SBE.J11 – MBE1.J9) linked mechanical stability and electrical - In most cases, this
(P6) Power supply (*) Verify +5V is in (5÷5,2V) range continuity between ABE.TP64 and failure occurs
el.link (J10 SBE.J10 – on SBE board, take a ground Electa Concept chassis. If because of a serial
PSE1.J17) reference on the SBE itself necessary, fix ground screws line disturbance or
(P7) Power/ground (between SBE.J10.1 and (P7)(T1) undervoltage reset of
el.link (ABE.J19 - SBE.J10.4). (P1,P3,P6) (T1) (*) By scopemeter using monitor micro slave
chassis) (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the +5V stability with a SBE ground (+5V<4,65V).
Tools: Electa Concept. Check if cables reference, during actuator motion.
(T1) multimeter from PSE1.J10 are well soldered +5V undervoltages (<4,65V) must
(T2) scopemeter (only on output male fastoms of power be less in duration of 10ms.
for deeper inspection) supply. Verify mechanical stability (P1,P3,P6)(T2)
and electrical continuity between (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
fastoms and PSE1.J10. (P4) level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
19200baud. SBE.J11.2/3.
(P1,P2,P5)(T2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-5

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA ACT1 does not HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) Check electrical continuity of - (⊕)This error code
E6
ACT1 serial CONCEPT reply on serial line (P1) ABE board will notice this error code only after MASTER-ACT1 serial connection. will not be displayed
link timeout at startup (see note SPcod. 60702 Electa Concept booting phase (see (P5)(T1) when occurring at
ELECTA ⊕) link or during (P2) MBE1 board NOTES column). If it occurs during (*) Check electrical continuity of startup. Only in this
ESSENTIAL normal SPcod. 60777 startup, only E32 can be displayed. PSE1-ABE power supply. (P6)(T1) case USERINT is
CONCEPT communication. (P3) PSE1 board ). The user can verify it by entering (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the forced to output E32
SPcod. 60778 in LOW diagnostics and seeing Electa Concept. Check if ground because total link is
(P4) Power Supply FATAL ERROR list short leads of ABE power cable KO. Fatal error trace
SPcod. 60715 Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (ABE.J19.3/4) are well fixed on will show the correct
(P5) Serial el.link Config and verify if ACT1 is linked Electa Concept chassis. Verify code.
(ABE.J8 – MBE1.J10) (*) Verify +5V is in (5÷5,2V) range mechanical stability and electrical - In most cases, this
(P6) Logic Supply on ABE board, take a ground continuity between ABE.TP64 and failure occurs
El.link (ABE.J15 – reference on the ABE itself Electa Concept chassis. If because of a serial
PSE1.J14) (between ABE.J15.1 and necessary, fix ground screws. (P8) line disturbance or
(P7) Power Supply ABE.J15.4). (P1,P3,P6) (T1) (T1) undervoltage reset of
El.link (ABE.J19 – (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the (*) By scopemeter using monitor micro slave
PSE1.J13) Electa Concept. Check if cables +5V stability with a ABE ground (+5V<4,65V).
(P8) Power/ground from PSE1.J10 are well soldered reference, during actuator motion.
el.link (ABE.J19 - on output male fastoms of power +5V undervoltages (<4,65V) must
chassis) supply. Verify mechanical stability be less in duration of 10ms.
Tools: and electrical continuity between (P1,P3,P6)(T2)
(T1) multimeter fastoms and PSE1.J10. (P4) (T1) (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
(T2) scopemeter (only level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
for deeper inspection) clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
19200baud. ABE.J8.2/3.
(P1,P2,P5)(T2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-6

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA ACT2 does not HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) Check electrical continuity of - (⊕)This error code
E7
ACT2 serial CONCEPT reply on serial line (P1) ABE board will notice this error code only after MASTER-ACT2 serial connection. will not be displayed
link timeout at startup (⊕) link or SPcod. 60702 Electa Concept booting phase (see (P5)(T1) when occurring at
ELECTA during normal (P2) MBE1 board NOTES column). If it occurs during (*) Check electrical continuity of startup. Only in this
ESSENTIAL communication. SPcod. 60777 startup, only E32 can be displayed. PSE1-ABE power supply. (P6)(T1) case USERINT is
CONCEPT (P3) PSE1 board ). The user can verify it by entering (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the forced to output E32
SPcod. 60778 in LOW diagnostics and seeing Electa Concept. Check if ground because total link is
(P4) Power Supply FATAL ERROR list short leads of ABE power cable KO. Fatal error trace
SPcod. 60715 Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (ABE.J19.3/4) are well fixed on will show the correct
(P5) Serial el.link Config and verify if ACT2 is linked Electa Concept chassis. Verify code.
(ABE.J10 – MBE1.J10) (*) Verify +5V is in (5÷5,2V) range mechanical stability and electrical - In most cases, this
(P6) Logic Supply on ABE board, take a ground continuity between ABE.TP64 and failure occurs
El.link (ABE.J15 – reference on the ABE itself Electa Concept chassis. If because of a serial
PSE1.J14) (between ABE.J15.1 and necessary, fix ground screws. (P8) line disturbance or
(P7) Power Supply ABE.J15.4). (P1,P3,P6) (T1) (T1) undervoltage reset of
El.link (ABE.J19 – (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the (*) By scopemeter using monitor micro slave
PSE1.J13) Electa Concept. Check if cables +5V stability with a ABE ground (+5V<4,65V).
(P8) Power/ground from PSE1.J10 are well soldered reference, during actuator motion.
el.link (ABE.J19 - on output male fastoms of power +5V undervoltages (<4,65V) must
chassis) supply. Verify mechanical stability be less in duration of 10ms.
Tools: and electrical continuity between (P1,P3,P6)(T2)
(T1) multimeter fastoms and PSE1.J10. (P4)(T1) (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
(T2) scopemeter (only level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
for deeper inspection) clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
19200baud. ABE.J10.2/3.
(P1,P2,P5)(T2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-7

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA Information coding HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) With scopemeter, verify noise - This error code
E8
USERINT CONCEPT failure from (P1) DBEC boardwill never notice this error code, level on TX/RX lines. It must to be cannot be displayed
serial error USERINT SPcod. 60779 when it is occurring (see NOTES clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at when it occurs.
ELECTA (overrun/framing/ch (P2) MBE1 boardcolumn). User can only see E32. 19200baud. DBEC.J7.2/3. USERINT is forced to
ESSENTIAL ecksum) SPcod. 60777 Present code is visible only in the (P1,P2,P3)(T2) output E32, because
CONCEPT (P3) FATAL ERROR list, after a E32
Power/serial MASTER – USERINT
el.link (DBEC.J7 – appearing (see E32 row). ). The serial line is KO. Fatal
MBE1.J1/PSE1.J9) user can verify it by entering in error trace will show
Tools: LOW diagnostics and seeing the correct code.
(T1) multimeter FATAL ERROR list
(T2) scopemeter (only Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link
for deeper inspection)Config and verify if USERINT is
linked
(*) Check electrical continuity of
MASTER-USERINT serial
connection. (P3)(T1)
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA Information coding HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
E9
SENSORS CONCEPT failure from (P1) SBE board Config and verify if SENSORS is level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
serial error SENSORS SPcod. 60700 linked clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
ELECTA (overrun/framing/ch (P2) MBE1 board (*) Check electrical continuity of 19200baud. SBE.J11.2/3.
ESSENTIAL ecksum) SPcod. 60777 MASTER-SENSORS serial (P1,P2,P3)(T2)
CONCEPT (P3) Serial el.link connection. (P3)(T1)
(SBE.J11 – MBE1.J9)
Tools:
(T1) multimeter
(T2) scopemeter (only
for deeper inspection)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-8

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA Information coding HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
E10
ACT1 serial CONCEPT failure from ACT1 (P1) ABE board Config and verify if ACT1 is linked level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
error (overrun/framing/ch SPcod. 60702 (*) Check electrical continuity of clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
ELECTA ecksum) (P2) MBE1 board MASTER-ACT1 serial connection. 19200baud. ABE.J8.2/3.
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60777 (P3)(T1) (P1,P2,P3)(T2)
CONCEPT (P3) Serial el.link
(ABE.J8 – MBE1.J10)
Tools:
(T1) multimeter
(T2) scopemeter (only
for deeper inspection)
MASTER- MASTER ELECTA Information coding HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) With scopemeter, verify noise
E11
ACT2 serial CONCEPT failure from ACT2 (P1) ABE board Config and verify if ACT2 is linked level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
error (overrun/framing/ch SPcod. 60702 (*) Check electrical continuity of clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
ELECTA ecksum) (P2) MBE1 board MASTER-ACT2 serial connection. 19200baud. ABE.J10.2/3.
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60777 (P3)(T1). (P1,P2,P3)(T2)
CONCEPT (P5) Serial el.link
(ABE.J10 – MBE1.J10)
Tools:
(T1) multimeter
(T2) scopemeter (only
for deeper inspection)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-9

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER to MASTER ELECTA MASTER is unable HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) Check regular activity of - This error code
E12
USERINT CONCEPT to put TX message (P1) DBEC board will never notice this error code, USERINT micro (see DBEC.LD8 cannot be displayed
TX buffer in USERINT buffer SPcod. 60779 when it is occurring (see NOTES flashing). (P1,P3) when it occurs.
overflow ELECTA because it is full of (P2) MBE1 board column). User can only see E32. 2) (*) Verify normal slave scan by USERINT is forced to
ESSENTIAL unsent information SPcod. 60777 Present code is visible only in the MASTER: periodic lighting of TX output E32, because
CONCEPT (P3) Power/serial FATAL ERROR list, after a E32 leds (see MBE1.LD18/19/20/21). MASTER – USERINT
el.link (DBEC.J7 – appearing (see E32 row). The user (P2) serial line is KO. Fatal
MBE1.J1/PSE1.J9) can verify it by entering in LOW error trace will show
Tools: diagnostics and seeing FATAL the correct code.
(T1) multimeter ERROR list
Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link
Config and verify if USERINT is
linked.
(*) Check electrical continuity of
MASTER-USERINT serial
connection. (P3)(T1)
MASTER to MASTER ELECTA MASTER is unable HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) Check regular activity of
E13
SENSORS CONCEPT to put TX message (P1) SBE board Config and verify if SENSORS is SENSORS micro (see SBE.LD10
TX buffer in SENSORS buffer SPcod. 60700 linked flashing). (P1,P3)
overflow ELECTA because it is full of (P2) MBE1 board (*) Check electrical continuity of 2) (*) Verify normal slave scan by
ESSENTIAL unsent information SPcod. 60777 MASTER-SENSORS serial MASTER: periodic lighting of TX
CONCEPT (P3) Serial el.link connection. (P3)(T1) leds (see MBE1.LD18/19/20/21).
(SBE.J11 – MBE1.J9) (P2)
Tools:
(T1) multimeter
MASTER to MASTER ELECTA MASTER is unable HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) Check regular activity of ACT1
E14
ACT1 TX CONCEPT to put TX message (P1) ABE board Config and verify if ACT1 is linked micro (see ABE.LD19 flashing).
buffer in ACT1 buffer SPcod. 60702 (*) Check electrical continuity of (P1,P3)
overflow ELECTA because it is full of (P2) MBE1 board MASTER-ACT1 serial connection. (*) Verify normal slave scan by
ESSENTIAL unsent information SPcod. 60777 MASTER: periodic lighting of TX
CONCEPT (P3) Serial el.link leds (see MBE1.LD18/19/20/21).
(ABE.J8 – MBE1.J10) (P2)
Tools:
(T1) multimeter

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-10

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MASTER to MASTER ELECTA MASTER is unable HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link (*) Check regular activity of ACT2
E15
ACT2 TX CONCEPT to put TX message (P1) ABE board Config and verify if ACT2 is linked micro (see ABE.LD37 flashing).
buffer in ACT2 buffer SPcod. 60702 (*) Check electrical continuity of (P1,P3)
overflow ELECTA because it is full of (P2) MBE1 board MASTER-ACT2 serial connection. (*) Verify normal slave scan by
ESSENTIAL unsent information SPcod. 60777 (P3)(T1). MASTER: periodic lighting of TX
CONCEPT (P5) Serial el.link leds (see MBE1.LD18/19/20/21).
(ABE.J10 – MBE1.J10) (P2)
Tools:
(T1) multimeter
MASTER MASTER ELECTA MASTER detects a HW parts: Enter in diagnostics mode if it is
E16
CRC Flash CONCEPT mismatch between (P1) MBE1 board possible and go to Diagnostics\SW
KO actual flash SPcod. 60777 & Link Config and verify Master
ELECTA contents and preset (P2) Flash Memory presence and SW release
ESSENTIAL signature value MBE1 board SPcod. compliance
CONCEPT fixed in flash by 60801 Reprogram MASTER unity software
manufacturer Tools: with SW version in use (see
(T1) Programming (UNIT_004) Programming
cable kit Tcod. 63019 Procedure #card). (T1)
(T2) flash extractor (*) Verify integrity of flash memory
chip and correct positioning in the
socket (P2)(T2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-11

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Pump flow MASTER ELECTA MASTER receives HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) With scopemeter, check square Refer to (TEST_002)
E18
set and CONCEPT by serial line from (P1) Lid hall sensor was well mounted and could not to wave on encoder phases Pump Test #card in
detected ACT1 a pump flow (HSP board – block or hinder rotation. He can (ABE.J7.1/2) during motion: at order to complete the
are not ELECTA value which is ABE.J22) cod.60760. verify if rotation is OK with no tube 150ml/min a 217/242μs period check
matching ESSENTIAL mismatching set (P2) Pump motor around pump rotor but only with a must be visible. (P2,P5)(T2)
CONCEPT point requested. SPcod. 60727 liquid filled loop to avoid air sensor (*) Check pump encoder power
This error can be (P3) Pump plate alarm. supply: disconnect ABE.J7 and
present in the SPcod. 60728 Go to Diagnostics\Actuators verify +5V level on ABE.J7.4
following cases: (P4) Pump rotor Control\Pump Control: check if (range (5÷5,2V)). (P5)(T1)
- SPcod. 60729 pump is able to move and if the real
ump does not start (P5) ABE board speed value displayed matches set
- SPcod. 60702 point. Verify that rotation is steady
ump does not stop Tools: and without obstacles (don’t use
- (T1) multimeter any tube). If some mechanical
ump is rotating at (T2) scopemeter (only problem seems to be present, retry
cover closed whilst for deeper inspection) without rotor and verify if now is
has to be stopped OK. Otherwise check the
- plate(P2,P3,P4)
ump running out of Verify if user was rotating manually
control the rotor when HWE occurred. If so
- check if cover sensor is locked in
ump in bad speed CLOSED state: go to
control Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Lock
& Cover Control and verify that the
state displayed is closed with cover
down and open if cover is up over
4mm from Electa Concept top. (P1)
(*) Check visually if pump encoder
is correctly mounted on motor. (P2)
(*) Verify electrical continuity on
pump motor cable (ABE.J1).
(P2)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-12

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Pump rotor MASTER ELECTA MASTER detects HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) Check Low Shaft sensor Refer to (CLBR_015)
E19
(low shaft) CONCEPT low shaft direction (P1) Pump motor was well mounted and could not to phases: put scopemeter probes on Pump Low Shaft
direction by direct sensing SPcod. 60727 block or hinder rotation. He can try MBE1.J2.2/3. Verify both waves Sensor Calibration
fault ELECTA and this is different (P2) Pump rotor without any tube around pump during rotation: there must be two #card in order to
ESSENTIAL from direction set SPcod. 60729 rotor, but only with a liquid filled negative shifted pulses of same complete the check
CONCEPT
(P3) HS-Rotor sensor loop to avoid air sensor alarm. duration. Phase difference is
(HSP board – Ask the user if the peristaltic pump inverted by changing direction. No
MBE1.J2) SPcod. rotor is present on Electa Concept spurious pulse on some wave
60711 top and well mounted on the motor must appear. (P1,P2,P3,P5)(T2)
(P4) ABE board shaft.
SPcod. 60702 User can remove pump rotor from
(P5) MBE1 board motor shaft and verify that magnet
SPcod. 60777 is present (with any iron object) and
Tools: well mounted in its circular site
(T1) multimeter below rotor block.
(T2) scopemeter (only Go to Diagnostics\Actuators
for deeper inspection) Control\Pump Control: check if
LOW SHAFT DIRECTION is IN
BOWL when clockwise is set and
OUT BOWL when counterclockwise
is set.
(*) Check pump motor polarity on
cabling: red wire on pin 1 and blue
on pin 2 (Pump – ABE.J1). Verify
also that no short circuit is present
(P1,P4)(T1)
(*) Verify HS-Rotor sensor +12V
supplying: MBE1.J2.1 with respect
to MBE1.J2.4. Voltage must be in
range (11.8÷12.2V). (P3,P5)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-13

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Mismatch MASTER ELECTA MASTER detects HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) Check sensor lines on MBE1
E21
between CONCEPT the state of three (P1) Clamp group was well mounted on clamp layout board: disconnect MBE1.J3 and
clamp set clamp group by complete SPcod. under the manual knob. Verify if the verify the state displayed is OPEN
state and ELECTA direct sensing and 60732 cassette is out of position or out of on Diagnostics\Actuators
detected by ESSENTIAL this is different from (P2) HS-Clamp sensor shape. Check cassette insertion. Control\Clamps. (P3)
CONCEPT
hall sensors the state set (HSC board – CLS When clamp group is in STOP (*)Check sensor supply on MBE1
J6/7/8) SPcod. 60714 configuration (all clamp closed), no board: disconnect MBE1.J3 and
(P3) MBE1 board tube or extraneous object can push verify that +5V on MBE1.J3.1 is in
SPcod. 60777 some clamp in opening phase. In a range (5.0÷5.2V). (P3)(T2)
(P4) El.link between particular, verify that manual knob
CLS and MBE1 board has completely come in its stable
(J9 CLS – J3 MBE1) position after cassette installation.
Tools: Check if MASTER is able to detect
(T1) hematic sensors clamp closed/open state. To do so,
tool Tcod. 63015 open the Electa Concept cover, put
(T2) multimeter (only the cassette with tubes, included in
for deeper inspection) (T1)-tool, on its site on the top.
(T3) 2.5mm thickness Make sure that the cassette is well
gauge pushed down and manual knob
(T4) 2.7mm thickness could come back in its stable
gauge position. Then go to Diagnostics \
Actuators Control \Clamps Control
and verify that clamp state is
closed. Then open three clamps by
using handle and verify the state
displayed is open. Otherwise
calibration may be incorrect or
sensor out of order. (P1,P2)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-14

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Check the state of calibration of
three HS-Clamp sensors: CLOSED
state with 2.5mm gauge inserted in
each clamp, and OPEN with 2.7mm
gauge. Use Diagnostics\ Actuators
Control \Clamps Control check the
status (as done in previous
method). (P2)(T3,T4)
(*) Check the clamp state directly
on HW. See leds on MBE1 board:
MBE1.LD6/7/8 .for respectively
PRIME /WASH /EMPTY hall
sensor. Led ON state for clamp
closed and led OFF for open.
Rotate slowly manual knob to open
three clamp. Notice state changing.
If a led switches from ON to OFF
quite before or after other two, then
calibration of relative sensor or
simply the feature may be
corrupted. (P2)
(*) Perform new calibration (see
(CLBR_010) Clamp Hall Sensor
Calibration #card) (P2)(T3,T4)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-15

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Power good MASTER ELECTA MASTER detects HW parts: Switch OFF and ON: if problem is (*) To apply present method, put
E22
failure CONCEPT +30V failure by (P1) Power Supply still present, call the service. Electa Concept in
reading power SPcod. 60715 Check the /+30FAIL signal: go to Diagnostics/Actuators Control (it is
ELECTA good signal (P2) PSE1 board Diagnostics/Digital Input/Master only to enable +30V). Then
ESSENTIAL (/+30FAIL) from SPcod. 60778 and verify that the state of POWER measure voltage on MBE1.J14.5:
CONCEPT
PSE1. One or both (P3) MBE1 board GOOD V30 is OK. H is OK. If not, switch OFF and
serialized +15V SPcod. 60777 (P1,P2,P3,P4,P5) disconnect only that pin from
modules are KO (P4) el.link (J7 PSE1 - (*) Go to Diagnostics/Actuators female connector. Then switch ON
J14 MBE1) Control and try to activate some and enter in the same diagnostics
(P5) Inhibit/Power actuator. Verify that motion is page. If now voltage on free cable
good el.link (J11 possible and measure +30V directly pin has gone to H, then MBE1
PSE1 – power supply) on female connector from power board is corrupting the true signal.
Tools: supply output between pins 1 and 5 (P3,P4)(T1)
(T1) multimeter (brown and blue wires). +30V may (*) Check the ability of power
go down, but over +29V. supply to produce +30V correctly:
(P1,P2)(T1) disconnect PSE1.J7/J11/J12 then
(*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the disconnect J10 too (main voltage
Electa Concept. Check if cables connector). Measure +30V directly
from PSE1.J10 are well soldered on female connector from power
on output male fastoms of power supply output between pins 1 and
supply. Verify mechanical stability 5 (brown and blue wires). Then
and electrical continuity between switch ON Electa Concept after
fastoms and PSE1.J10 Verify there reconnection of all cables and
are no short circuit between measure +30V at the same point
different color wires. (P1)(T1) during actuator activity. (P1)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-16

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
(*) This method implies PSE1
inspection. To reach it easily, it is
necessary to unscrew SBE plate
and lift it by maintain board
connected. Check +5V-overvoltage
circuit behavior on PSE1 board.
This is a potential +30V switch
OFF cause. To do so, measure
voltage on PSE1.TP10, if it is out
of (1.11÷1.16V) ange, adjust it by
acting on PSE1.P2. (P2)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-17

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
MBE1 MASTER ELECTA MASTER detects HW parts: Ask the user if he operated in (*) Change MBE1 board, to verify if IMPORTANT NOTE:
E23
overtemper CONCEPT overtemperature (P1) MBE1 board correct environment temperature there is some sensor failure or All methods explained
ature digital signal in SPcod. 60777 (<40°C/104°F) inefficiency. (P1) for this HWE are
ELECTA alarm state. Sensor (P2) ABE board Ask the user to be careful touching (*) If no difference in temperature intended for simple
ESSENTIAL is on MBE1 pcb. SPcod. 60702 the equipment. Verify what kind of is evident, try to activate at least heating problem. NOT
CONCEPT (P3) PSE1 board procedure he performed. Verify that five PRIME/WASH/EMPTY/STOP for fire event and NOT
SPcod. 60778 he did not use incorrectly the phases for about 6’ duration for in presence of evident
(P4) Power Supply equipment: everyone. Use bubble simulator to burning effects
SPcod. 60715 several centrifuge START-STOP in avoid “Air in line” message. Then
(P5) Centrifuge motor rapid sequence or persistant PHQ verify that centrifuge motor
SPcod. 60720 washing phase. If so, it is only temperature is below 65°C and
(P6) Centrifuge chuck needed to wait general cooling ABE vertical heat sink is below
SPcod. 60723 (>30’). 50°C. (P2,P5,P7,P8)(T2,T3)
(P7) Clamp group IMPORTANT: Switch OFF Electa Try to change hot part.
complete SPcod. Concept and wait for general (P2,P4,P5,P7,P8,P9,P10)(T2,T3)
60732 cooling (>30’) without touching the (*) Measure ohm quantity of
(P8) Pump motor equipment. This is for safe service reversible fuse ABE.F4: if its
SPcod. 60727 handling. Then switch ON and go to resistance is over 50ohms there is
(P9) (if present) Diagnostics\Digital input\MASTER true possibility that heat source is
Vacuum valve SPcod. and verify OVERTEMP state. It is in ABE board. (P2)(T1)
60719 important not to see any unstable
(P10) (if present) behavior (sensing failure). (P1)
Vacuum pump SPcod.
60761 old SPcod.
60809 new

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-18

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Tools: IMPORTANT: Switch OFF Electa (*) How to find heat source. When
(T1) multimeter (only Concept and wait for general safe cooling is achieved operate
for deeper inspection) cooling (>30’) without touching the as follow: open Electa Concept
(T2) temperature probe equipment. This is for safe service and activate a phase cycle as
(only for deeper handling. Then switch ON and described in the previous method
inspection) verify that SW startups correctly. If check temperature at following
(T3) bubble simulator problem is still present, it is parts:
from hematic sensor necessary to switch OFF
tool Tcod. 63015 (only immediately, wait once more for Power Supply
for deeper inspection) safe cooling and open the Centrifuge motor
equipment to find the heat source ABE heat sinks
(see deeper inspection). If problem Clamp motor
is not present go to Pump motor
Diagnostics/Digital Input/Master , Lock Vacuum motor(if present)
verify the OVERTEMP indicator is Vacuum valve (if present)
OK. Then activate centrifuge and
perform some acceleration/braking
cycles and check if problem occurs
easily. If so, it is necessary to open
to find heat source. If not,
environment temperature
(>40°C/104°F) or customer use
could be incorrect.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-19

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
V30 fuse MASTER ELECTA MASTER cannot HW parts: Switch OFF and ON: if problem is (*) Verify total electrical continuity
E25
KO CONCEPT detect +30V correct (P1) ABE board still present call the service. on MBE1.J14-PSE1.J7
level at startup test SPcod. 60702 Go to Diagnostics/Digital connection. (P6)(T1)
ELECTA and during (P2) MBE1 board Input/Master and verify that V30 VS (*) Verify /30E on PSE1 board: H
ESSENTIAL procedure phases SPcod. 60777 V7 signal is >7. Try to activate state out of procedure phases and
CONCEPT (cover-closed (P3) PSE1 board following actuators: centrifuge, L state during phases (cover
phases) SPcod. 60778 pump, clamp and lock and verify closed and arm locked on bowl).
(P4) Power Supply that signal is still OK after activation (P2,P3,P5,P6,P7)(T1)
SPcod. 60715 and motion is possible. If signal is (*) Verify INHC1 and INHC2 on
(P5) el.link (J7 PSE1 - KO, PSE1.F1 may be broken. PSE1.J11: short circuit between 3-
J14 MBE1) Otherwise if some actuator does 4 and 5-6 pins out of procedure
(P6) Inhibit el.link (J11 not go, fuse relative to its driver phases. Open circuit on two pin
PSE1 – power supply) may be broken. (P7,P8,P9) pairs in cover-open phases.
(P7) T10A fuse (*) Verify effective state of +30V (P6)(T1)
(PSE1.F1) fuse that is PSE1.F1. (P6)(T1) (*) Verify electrical continuity on
(P8) T8A fuse (*) Verify /+30E line on Inhibit cable. (P6)(T1)
(ABE.F3) MBE1.J14.1: H state out of (*) Check each of two +15V
(P9) T3.15A fuses procedure phases and L state modules on power supply: zeroing
(ABE.F1/F2) SPcod. during phases (cover closed and capability in cover-open phases.
60744 arm locked on bowl). (P4)(T1)
Tools: (P2,P3,P5,P6,P7)(T1) (*) Verify /+30<7 on PSE1 board: L
(T1) multimeter (*) Verify /+30<7 line on state out of procedure phases and
MBE1.J14.3: L state out of H state during phases (cover
procedure phases and H state closed and arm locked on bowl).
during phases (cover closed and (P2,P3,P5,P6,P7)(T1)
arm locked on bowl).
(P2,P3,P5,P6,P7)(T1)
(*) Verify all +30 fuses: all fuses on
ABE board. Even reversible one on
ABE.F4: measure it with tester
(<15ohm). Every fuse is related to
an actuator (see ABE el. scheme).
(P1,P8,P9)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-20

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Master MASTER ELECTA MASTER detects a HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: the customer (*) With scopemeter, check +5V on - This error code
E26
Watch Dog CONCEPT watch dog reset (P1) MBE1 board will never notice this error code, MBE1.J16.1 with reference on cannot be displayed
occurrence. That is SPcod. 60777 when it is occurring (see NOTES MBE1.J16.4 and verify every when it occurs.
ELECTA MASTER is in (P2) MBE1 power column). User can only see E32. +4,65V undervoltage is less in USERINT is forced to
ESSENTIAL startup phase and supply el.linkPresent code is visible only in the duration of 10ms. Try it with output E32, because
CONCEPT RAM was not (MBE1.J16 – PSE1.J8) FATAL ERROR list, after a E32 actuators ON. (P1,P2)(T2) MASTER – USERINT
erased, so this boot Tools: appearing (see E32 row). The user serial line is KO. Fatal
is corrupted by light (T1) multimeter can verify it by entering in LOW error trace will show
undervoltage or (T2) scopemeter diagnostics and seeing FATAL the correct code.
watch dog ERROR list
intervention (*) Check if there is nothing like
cable or foreign object which can
press reset button on MBE1
(MBE1.SW3).
(*) Measure +5V on MBE1.J16.1
with reference on MBE1.J16.4 and
verify it is in (5.0÷5.2V) range. Try it
with pump and centrifuge going on.
(P1,P2)(T1)
Batterized MASTER ELECTA After a HW parts: Switch OFF and ON, if the problem
E27
RAM KO CONCEPT reinitialization of (P1) MBE1 board disappears, the display will show
batterized RAM SPcod. 60777 the message “PERMANENT
ELECTA (because battery Tools: MEMORY INITIALIZATION”: push
ESSENTIAL discharged or RESUME key.
CONCEPT MBE1 changing), (*) Try to change MBE1 board and
MASTER detects a perform a general initialization. (P1)
mismatch between
reset contents just
written and preset
signature value
fixed in flash by
manufacturer.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-21

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Key USERINT ELECTA USERINT does not HW parts: Ask the user if he can see some
E31
pression CONCEPT receive any (P1) DBEC board keyboard visible detaching or
not confirmation from SPcod. 60779 damaging. No extraneous object
confirmed ELECTA MASTER about last (P2) MBE1 board has to be inserted into display case.
ESSENTIAL key pression SPcod. 60777 Go to Diagnostics/Digital Input/User
CONCEPT (P3) Power/serial Interface and try to press several
el.link (DBEC.J7 – times all keys and verify they are
MBE1.J1/PSE1.J9) correctly revealed. (P1)
Tools: (*) Check electrical continuity of
(T1) multimeter MASTER-USERINT serial
connection. (P3)(T1)
(*) Verify normal slave scan by
MASTER: periodic lighting of TX
leds (MBE1.LD18/19/20/21). (P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-22

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
USERINT- USERINT ELECTA USERINT does not HW parts: VERY IMPORTANT: This code (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the - (⊗) At startup only
E32
MASTER CONCEPT receive any (P1) DBEC board may be consequence of an hidden Electa Concept. Check if cables
serial link MASTER call SPcod. 60779 E4/E5(⊗)/E6(⊗)/E7(⊗)/E8/E12/E26 from PSE1.J10 are well soldered
timeout ELECTA message on serial (P2) MBE1 board (see above relative description). on output male fastoms of power
ESSENTIAL line at startup link SPcod. 60777 It means that customer may see supply. Verify mechanical stability
CONCEPT or during normal (P3) Power Supply this code, but another one is and electrical continuity between
communication. SPcod. 60715 actually occurred. fastoms and PSE1.J10. (P3)(T1)
(P4) Power/serial The user can verify it by going to (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the
el.link (DBEC.J7 – LOW Diagnostics\Fatal Errors and Electa Concept. Check if ground
MBE1.J1/PSE1.J9) check if some one of listed code short leads of ABE power cable
(P5) MBE1 power ocurred instead of E32, if so go to (ABE.J19.3/4) are well fixed on
supply el.link relative description in present Electa Concept chassis. Verify
(MBE1.J16 – PSE1.J8) document. Otherwise if E32 is mechanical stability and electrical
Tools: listed, see present methods. continuity between ABE.TP64 and
(T1) multimeter Go to Diagnostics\SW & Link Electa Concept chassis. If
(T2) scopemeter (only Config and verify if USERINT and necessary, fix ground screws (P3)
for deeper inspection) MASTER are linked correctly (T1)
(*) Verify +5V is in (5÷5,2V) range (*) With scopemeter, verify +5V is
on MBE1.J16.1 with reference on in (5÷5,2V) range on MBE1.J16.1
MBE1.J16.4. Try it with actuators with reference on MBE1.J16.4 and
ON. (P2,P5)(T1) verify every +4,65V undervoltage
(*) Verify +5V is in (5÷5,2V) range is less in duration of 10ms. Try it
on DBEC board, take a ground with actuators ON. (P2,P5)(T2)
reference on the DBEC itself (*) With scopemeter, verify +5V is
(between DBEC.J7.1 and in (5÷5,2V) range on DBEC board,
DBEC.J7.4). Try it with actuators take a ground reference on the
ON. Do not to touch DC/AC DBEC itself (between DBEC.J7.1
inverter: high voltage. (P1,P4)(T1) and DBEC.J7.4). During actuator
(*) Check electrical continuity of motion. +5V undervoltages
MASTER-USERINT serial (<4,65V) must be less in duration
connection. (P4)(T1) of 10ms NB. Do not to touch
(*) Check electrical continuity of DC/AC inverter: high voltage.
PSE1-MBE1 power supply. (P1,P2,P4)(T2)
(P5)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-23

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
(*) With scopemeter, verify noise
level on TX/RX lines. It must to be
clear a -10V/0V/+10V shape at
19200baud. DBEC.J7.2/3.
(P1,P2,P4)(T2)

A/D SENSORS ELECTA SENSORS finds HW parts: Go to Diagnostics\Analog

E36
conversion CONCEPT one or more of its (P1) SBE board Input/Sensors and verify if V1,V2
failure on three analog SPcod. 60700 and V3 [mV] are out of range. If so
SBE board ELECTA reference voltages Tools: try to change SBE board:
ESSENTIAL out of tolerated (T1) multimeter V1 2000 ± 10%
CONCEPT range V2 4000 ± 10%
V3 1000 ± 10%
(P1)(T1)
Blood loss SENSORS ELECTA SENSORS can HW parts: It can be visually verified if the red (*) If the problem is still present Refer to (TEST_004)
E37
sensor test CONCEPT detect no more (P1) SBE board led integrated in the BLSA pcb is with an evidence of poor signal: Blood Loss Sensor
failed blood loss sensor SPcod. 60700 flashing (every 5”). This is visible at liquid is not revealable or periodic Test #card in order to
ELECTA check. An HW (P2) Blood loss sensor the bottom of double bond in the flashing is absent. Put scopemeter complete the check
ESSENTIAL circuit closes every (BLSA - SBE.J4) centrifuge wall, behind the bowl probe on SBE.J4.6 (RX bond) and
CONCEPT 5” for 100ms TX SPcod. 60708 site. If it is always OFF, some verify if periodic check is going on:
and RX combs of Tools: signal interruption occurred in TX every 5”, for a 100ms duration a
sensor. This liquid (T1) scopemeter (only and/or RX parts of sensor or on square wave of 500Hz frequency
simulation allows a for deeper inspection) board circuit. If always ON, a must to be visible. If not, try to
periodic test by “Blood Loss Alert” situation will be change SBE board and/or blood
SW. Present HWE displayed, not present HWE. loss sensor. (P1,P2)(T1)
appears if Go to Diagnostics\Digital
SENSORS skips at Input\Sensors and verify if the
least one check. Blood Loss DRY/WET indication is
correct. Try to short circuit the
bonds with water, and check the
value displayed. Be careful to dry
the centrifuge wall after this test!.
(P1,P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-24

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Pump ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects a HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) Check pump encoder power Refer to (TEST_002)
E51
speed error CONCEPT pump speed value (P1) Pump motor was well mounted and could not to supply: disconnect ABE.J7 and Pump Test #card in
which does not SPcod. 60727 block or hinder rotation. He can verify +5V level on ABE.J7.4. order to complete the
ELECTA match the expected (P2) Pump plate verify if rotation is OK with no tube (P4)(T1) check
ESSENTIAL one. This error can SPcod. 60728 around pump rotor but only with a (*) With scopemeter, check square
CONCEPT be present in the (P3) Pump rotor liquid filled loop to avoid air sensor wave on encoder phases
following cases: SPcod. 60729 alarm (ABE.J7.1/2) during motion: at
- (P4) ABE board Go to Diagnostics\Actuators 150ml/min a 217/242μs period
ump does not start SPcod. 60702 Control\Pump Control: check if must be visible. (P1,P4)(T2)
- (P5) T3.15A fuse pump is able to move and if the real
ump does not stop (ABE.F1) SPcod. speed value displayed matches set
- 60744 point. Verify that rotation is steady
ump speed Tools: and without obstacles (don’t use
overshoot during (T1) multimeter any tube). If some mechanical
the ramp (T2) scopemeter (only problem seems to be present, retry
- for deeper inspection) without rotor and verify if now is
ump running out of OK.(P1,P2,P3)
control (*) Check visually if pump encoder
- is correctly mounted on motor. (P1)
ump in bad speed (*)Verify electrical continuity on
control pump motor cable (ABE.J1).
(P1)(T1)
(*) Check ABE.F1 fuse state.
(P5)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-25

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Pump ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects a HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) Check pump motor polarity on Refer to (TEST_002)
E52
direction CONCEPT mismatch between (P1) Pump motor was well mounted and could not to cabling: red wire on pin 1 and blue Pump Test #card in
error pump direction SPcod. 60727 block or hinder rotation. He can on pin 2 (Pump – ABE.J1). Verify order to complete the
ELECTA read and set. (P2) ABE board verify if rotation is OK with no tube also that no short circuit is present. check
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60702 around pump rotor but only with a (P1)(T1)
CONCEPT Tools: liquid filled loop to avoid air sensor (*) Check pump encoder power
(T1) multimeter alarm supply: disconnect ABE.J7 and
(T2) scopemeter (only Go to Diagnostics\Actuators verify +5V level on ABE.J7.4.
for deeper inspection) Control\Pump Control: check if (P2)(T1)
pump is able to move and if the (*) With scopemeter, check square
DIRECTION value displayed is wave on encoder phases
correct. (ABE.J7.1/2): direction change
(*) Check visually if pump encoder must result in phase difference
is correctly mounted on motor. (P1) inversion. (P1,P2)(T2)
(*)Verify electrical continuity on
pump motor cable (ABE.J1).
(P1)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-26

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Pump driver ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects an HW parts: Ask the user he operated in correct (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF IMPORTANT NOTE:
E53
overtemper CONCEPT overtemperature (P1) Pump motor environment temperature Electa Concept and wait for All methods explained
ature signal from pump SPcod. 60727 (<40°C/104°F) general cooling (>30’) without for this HWE are
ELECTA driver. (P2) Pump plate Ask the user if the disposable kit touching the equipment. This is for intended for simple
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60728 was well mounted and could not to safe service handling. Then switch heating problem. NOT
CONCEPT (P3) Pump rotor block or hinder rotation. ON and verify SW startups for fire event and NOT
SPcod. 60729 Ask the user to be careful touching correctly. If problem is still present, in presence of evident
(P4) ABE board the equipment. Verify what kind of it is necessary to switch OFF burning effects
SPcod. 60702 procedure he performed. Verify that immediately, wait once more for
Tools: he did not use incorrectly the safe cooling and open the Refer to (TEST_002)
equipment: equipment to find the heat source. Pump Test #card in
high speed pump rotation with If problem is not present go to order to complete the
extraneous object interfering with Diagnostics /Digital Input check
rotor. If so, it is only needed to wait /Actuators1, verify the PUMP
general cooling (>30’). OVERTEMP indicator is OK. Then
IMPORTANT: Switch OFF Electa go to Diagnostics/Actuators
Concept and wait for general Control/Pump Control and activate
cooling (>30’) without touching the pump and perform some
equipment. This is for safe service start/go/stop cycles and check if
handling. Then switch ON and go to problem occurs easily. If so, it is
Diagnostics\Digital input\ACT1 and necessary to open to change
verify PUMP OVERTEMP state. It pump group and/or ABE board.
is important not to see any unstable (P1,P4)
behavior (sensing failure). (P4)
Go to Diagnostics\Actuators
Control\Pump Control: check if
pump is able to move and if the real
speed value displayed matches set
point. Verify that rotation is steady
and without obstacles (don’t use
any tube). If some mechanical
problem seems to be present, retry
without rotor and verify if now is
OK. Otherwise check the
plate(P1,P2,P3)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-27

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Pump driver ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects an HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) Check pump encoder power Refer to (TEST_002)
E54
overload CONCEPT overload situation (P1) Pump motor was well mounted and could not to supply: disconnect ABE.J7 and Pump Test #card in
by considering how SPcod. 60727 block or hinder rotation. He can verify +5V level on ABE.J7.4. order to complete the
ELECTA long maximum (P2) Pump rotor verify if rotation is OK with no tube (P4)(T1) check
ESSENTIAL drive was SPcod. 60729 around pump rotor but only with a (*) With scopemeter, check square
CONCEPT necessary to (P3) Pump plate liquid filled loop to avoid air sensor wave on encoder phases
achieve normal SPcod. 60728 alarm (ABE.J7.1/2) during motion: at
motion. (P4) ABE board Go to Diagnostics\Actuators 150ml/min a 217/242μs period
SPcod. 60702 Control\Pump Control: check if must be visible. (P1,P4)(T2)
Tools: pump is able to move and if the real
(T1) multimeter speed value displayed matches set
(T2) scopemeter (only point. Verify that rotation is steady
for deeper inspection) and without obstacles (don’t use
any tube). If some mechanical
problem seems to be present, retry
without rotor and verify if now is
OK. Otherwise check the
plate(P1,P2,P3)
(*) Check visually if pump encoder
is correctly mounted on motor. (P1)
(*)Verify electrical continuity on
pump motor cable (ABE.J1).
(P1)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-28

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Centrifuge ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects a HW parts: Ask the user if bowl in use could (*) Check centrifuge encoder Refer to (TEST_003)
E55
speed error CONCEPT centrifuge speed (P1) Centrifuge motor not allow rotation or presented power supply: disconnect ABE.J6 Centrifuge Test
value which does SPcod. 60720 excessive friction at rotary head. and verify +5V level on #card in order to
ELECTA not match the (P2) Centrifuge chuck Ask the user if he saw bowl arm ABE.J6.2/5/8. (P6)(T1) complete the check
ESSENTIAL expected one. This SPcod. 60723 vibration or unstability (*) With scopemeter, check square
CONCEPT error can be (P3) Bowl arm SPcod. Go to Diagnostics\Actuators wave on encoder phase
present in the 60725 Control\ Centrifuge Control: check if (ABE.J6.3) during motion: at
following cases: (P4) Centrifuge motor centrifuge is able to move and if the 1500rpm a 400/500μs double-
- el.link (ABE.J14) real speed value displayed matches period must be visible.
entrifuge does not (P5) Centrifuge set point. Verify that rotation is (P1,P2,P4,P5,P6,P7)(T3)
start encoder (ABE.J6) steady and without obstacles (don’t
- SPcod. 60721 use any bowl). If some mechanical
entrifuge does not (P6) ABE board problem seems to be present,
stop SPcod. 60702 change motor and/or chuck.
- (P7) Centrifuge disk (P1,P2)
entrifuge running encoder SPcod. 60722 If bowl arm is unstable during
out of control Tools: rotation, perform a new centering
- (T1) multimeter operation (see (CLBR_016) Bowl
entrifuge in bad (T2) bowl arm Arm Calibration #card). (P3)(T2)
speed control centering tool Tcod. (*) Check if centrifuge encoder is
63011 correctly mounted on its location
(T3) scopemeter (only and it is reading holed disk. Verify
for deeper inspection) that holed disk is not out of shape.
(P5,P7)
(*) Verify electrical continuity on
centrifuge motor cable (ABE.J14).
(P1)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-29

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Centrifuge ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects an HW parts: Ask the user he operated in correct If bowl arm is unstable during IMPORTANT NOTE:
E57
driver CONCEPT overtemperature (P1) Centrifuge motor environment temperature rotation, perform a new centering All methods explained
overtemper signal from SPcod. 60720 (<40°C/104°F) operation (see (CLBR_016) Bowl for this HWE are
ature ELECTA centrifuge driver. (P2) Centrifuge chuck Ask the user if bowl in use could Arm Calibration #card). (P3)(T2) intended for simple
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60723 not allow rotation or presented (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF heating problem. NOT
CONCEPT (P3) Bowl arm SPcod. excessive friction at rotary head. Electa Concept and wait for for fire event and NOT
60725 Ask the user if he saw bowl arm general cooling (>30’) without in presence of evident
(P4) Centrifuge motor vibration or unstability touching the equipment. This is for burning effects.
cable (ABE.J14) Ask the user to be careful touching safe service handling. Then switch - This failure may
(P5) Centrifuge the equipment. Verify what kind of ON and verify that SW startups cause a E59
encoder (ABE.J6) procedure he performed. Verify that correctly. If problem is still present, occurrence before the
SPcod. 60721 he did not use incorrectly the it is necessary to switch OFF real code can appear.
(P6) ABE board equipment: immediately, wait once more for This is because
SPcod. 60702 several centrifuge START-STOP in safe cooling and open the centrifuge
Tools: rapid sequence or persistant PHQ equipment to find the heat source. overtemperature
(T1) bowl arm washing phase. If so, it is only If problem is not present go to sensor, if active,
centering tool Tcod. needed to wait general cooling Diagnostics/Digital disables PWM
63011 (>30’). Input/Actuators1, verify the CENT generator immediately
IMPORTANT: Switch OFF Electa OVERTEMP indicator is OK. Then involving a PWM loss
Concept and wait for general go to Diagnostics/ Actuators detection.
cooling (>30’) without touching the Control/Centrifuge Control and
equipment. This is for safe service activate centrifuge to perform Refer to (TEST_003)
handling. Then switch ON and go to some start/go/stop cycles and Centrifuge Test
Diagnostics\Digital input\ACT1 and check if problem occurs easily. If #card in order to
verify CENT OVERTEMP state. It is so, it is necessary to open to complete the check
important not to see any unstable change motor and/or ABE board.
behavior (sensing failure). (P6) (P1,P4)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-30

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Go to Diagnostics\Actuators
Control\Centrifuge Control: check if
centrifuge is able to move and if the
real speed value displayed matches
set point. Verify that rotation is
steady and without obstacles (don’t
use any bowl). If some mechanical
problem se ems to be present,
change motor and/or chuck.
(P1,P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-31

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Centrifuge ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects an HW parts: Ask the user if bowl in use could (*) Check centrifuge encoder Refer to (TEST_003)
E58
driver CONCEPT overload situation (P1) Centrifuge motor not allow rotation or presented power supply: disconnect ABE.J6 Centrifuge Test
overload by considering how SPcod. 60720 excessive friction at rotary head. and verify +5V level on #card in order to
ELECTA long maximum (P2) Centrifuge chuck Ask the user if he saw bowl arm ABE.J6.2/5/8. (P6)(T1) complete the check
ESSENTIAL drive was SPcod. 60723 vibration or unstability (*) With scopemeter, check square
CONCEPT necessary to (P3) Bowl arm SPcod. Go to Diagnostics\Actuators wave on encoder phase
achieve normal 60725 Control\Centrifuge Control: check if (ABE.J6.3) during motion: at
motion. (P4) Centrifuge motor centrifuge is able to move and if the 1500rpm a 400/500μs double-
cable (ABE.J14) real speed value displayed matches period must be visible.
(P5) Centrifuge set point. Verify that rotation is (P1,P2,P4,P5,P6,P7)(T3)
encoder (ABE.J6) steady and without obstacles (don’t
SPcod. 60721 use any bowl). If some mechanical
(P6) ABE board problem seems to be present,
SPcod. 60702 change motor and/or chuck.
(P7) Centrifuge disk (P1,P2)
encoder SPcod. 60722 If bowl arm is unstable during
Tools: rotation, perform a new centering
(T1) multimeter operation (see (CLBR_016) Bowl
(T2) bowl arm Arm Calibration #card). (P3)(T2)
centering tool Tcod. (*) Check if centrifuge encoder is
63011 correctly mounted on its location
(T3) scopemeter (only and it is reading holed disk. Verify
for deeper inspection) that holed disk is not out of shape.
(P5,P7)
(*) Verify electrical continuity on
centrifuge motor cable (ABE.J14).
(P1)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-32

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Centrifuge ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects a too HW parts: IMPORTANT: this HWE may (*) Try to perform some BQW Refer to (TEST_003)
E59
driving CONCEPT long loss of (P1) Centrifuge motor appear an overtemperature cycles (Phq procedure). Check if Centrifuge Test
signal centrifuge PWM SPcod. 60720 occurrency. To verify that ask user HWE appears during #card in order to
failure ELECTA (Pulse Width (P2) Centrifuge chuck if equipment was in overheating 5600/1500rpm oscillation in WASH complete the check
ESSENTIAL Modulated) during SPcod. 60723 situation. Verify that correct phase. If so try to change ABE
CONCEPT normal motion. (P3) Bowl arm SPcod. temperature and use were applied. board. Alternatively perform a Run
There is a HW 60725 If present HWE is a real PWM fail Test, going to Diagnostics\Run test
circuit on ABE (P4) Centrifuge motor error, it probably occurred during and verify if HWE occurs after at
board able to cable (ABE.J14) centrifuge acceleration or braking least 7’ (first BQW cycle).(P6)
detect PWM edges. (P5) Centrifuge (any kind of speed change). Ask (*) Check if centrifuge encoder is
encoder (ABE.J6) the user about it. correctly mounted on its location
SPcod. 60721 Ask the user if bowl in use could and it is reading holed disk. Verify
(P6) ABE board not allow rotation or presented that holed disk is not out of shape.
SPcod. 60702 excessive friction at rotary head. (P5,P7)
(P7) Centrifuge disk Ask the user if he saw bowl arm (*) Verify electrical continuity on
encoder SPcod. 60722 vibration or unstability centrifuge motor cable (ABE.J14)
Tools: If bowl arm is unstable during (*) Check centrifuge encoder
(T1) multimeter rotation, perform a new centering power supply: disconnect ABE.J6
(T2) bowl arm operation (see (CLBR_016) Bowl and verify +5V level on
centering tool Tcod. Arm Calibration #card). (P3)(T2) ABE.J6.2/5/8. (P6)(T1)
63011 Go to Diagnostics\Actuators (*) With scopemeter, check square
(T3) scopemeter (only Control\Centrifuge Control: check if wave on encoder phase
for deeper inspection centrifuge is able to move and if the (ABE.J6.3) during motion: at
real speed value displayed matches 1500rpm a 400/500μs double-
set point. Verify that rotation is period must be visible.
steady and without obstacles (don’t (P1,P2,P4,P5,P6,P7)(T3)
use any bowl). If some mechanical
problem seems to be present,
change motor and/or chuck.
(P1,P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-33

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Lock is ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects by HW parts: Ask the user if he could hear “clack” (*) When Lock is undriven, Refer to (TEST_003)
E60
detected CONCEPT lock position sensor (P1) ABE board sound of lock insertion when he measure voltage on ABE.J24 pin: Centrifuge Test
open during that the shaft is in SPcod. 60702 pressed START key. If he did not, a both must be at +30V (ABE.J24.1 #card in order to
a cover ELECTA unlock (P2)
position. Lock sensor sensing failure is possible is positive pin). (P1,P3)(T1) complete the check
closed ESSENTIAL This HWE can be (ABE.J23) SPcod. Check lock and lock sensor (*) If necessary adjust mechanical
phase CONCEPT output only during a 60757 performance: go to sensor position with respect to lock
phase (min 4” after (P3) Lock system Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Lock bottom (see “Cover lock optical
SPcod. 60758
begin). If the failure & Cover and verify that the lock sensor calibration”). (P2,P3)
occurs at locking (P4) Opening cover shaft can be updown driven and the (*) With scopemeter, measure
command just a lever SPcod. 60734 state displayed is open (H) when voltage on ABE.J24 pins during
warning (P5) Cover locking
is lock is not inserted, and closed (L) opening phase: 0V on ABE.J24.1
displayed (seehook SPcod. 60735 when inserted and about 25V on ABE.J24.2 for
relative table) Tools: (*) Check lock sensor performance: 700ms. (P1,P3)(T2)
(T1) multimeter with lock in open status, L state at
(T2) scopemeter (only ABE.J23.4. (P1,P2)(T1)
for deeper inspection)
Anomalous ACT1 ELECTA ACT1 detects some HW parts: Try to enter in diagnostics mode if it - ACT1 has the
E61
operation of CONCEPT mismatch during (P1) ABE board is possible and go to additional task of
MASTER verification of SPcod. 60702 Diagnostics\SW & Link Config and MASTER activity
ELECTA MASTER activity. (P2) MBE1 board verify Master presence and SW verification. It collects
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60777 release information by direct
CONCEPT (P3) Flash Memory (*) Verify integrity of flash memory sensing and by serial
MBE1 board SPcod. chip and correct positioning in the communication. If
60801 socket. (P3)(T1) some mismatch
Tools: appears, this HWE is
(T1) flash extractor declared.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-34

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Clamp ACT2 ELECTA ACT2 detects an HW parts: Ask the user if he could hear clamp (*) Verify that ABE.LD20/21/27/30
E66
optical CONCEPT illegal pattern from (P1) ABE board motor noise before error appearing. are all lighting except to one which
sensor photosensors SPcod. 60702 If so, some mechanical or motor is relative to current position
failure ELECTA mounted on four (P2) Clamp group damage occurred. If no, some (respectively
ESSENTIAL orthogonal complete SPcod. sensor may be KO EMPTY/WASH/PRIME/STOP). If
CONCEPT positions of clamp 60732 Go to Diagnostics\Actuators there is one which is always OFF,
stepper motor. That (P3) Clamp optical Control\Clamps Control and try to even in different clamp positions,
is: more of one switch SPcod. 60716 perform several positioning and this corresponds to a sensor
sensor is active at (P4) El.link between read optical sensor state. Verify if and/or relative signal path
same time CLS and ABE board failure is located on one sensor or damaged. (P1,P2,P3,P4)
(J5 CLS – J16 ABE) more. (*) If there is one sensor seeming
Tools: (*) Verify that all sensor connectors to be out of order (always active =
on CLS board are correctly inserted corresponding ABE.led always
and that contacts are good. (P2) OFF), try to change this one with
one of other three and verify if
failure is now shifted to the new
position. If so, sensor is damaged
of course: change it. If after sensor
change, failure still stays on the
same position, then the damage
lies on the reading line through
CLS and/or ABE board.
(P1,P3,P4)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-35

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Clamp ACT2 ELECTA ACT2 detects a HW parts: Ask the user if he could hear
E67
motor CONCEPT clamp motor (P1) ABE board continuous motor noise and see
overrun rotation too much SPcod. 60702 three clamps opening in rapid
ELECTA long Tools: sequence
ESSENTIAL Go to Diagnostics\Actuators
CONCEPT Control\Clamps Control and try to
perform several positioning and
read optical sensor state. Verify if
motor rotation can stop, when
position is reached.
(*) If the overrun often occurs, there
is a strong probability that the
failure is involving ABE board.
Change it. (P1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-36

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Clamp ACT2 ELECTA ACT2 detects a HW parts: Ask the user if HWE appeared (*) Case (a): (*) If there is one - It is possible to
E68
position CONCEPT failure in clamp (P1) ABE board when he pressed START key sensor seeming to be out of order confirm the situation,
error position detected SPcod. 60702 without any motor noise but with a (always active = corresponding by taking off the group
ELECTA from optical (P2) Clamp group single “tick”. But that not at switch ABE.led always OFF), try to from Electa Concept,
ESSENTIAL sensors. complete SPcod. ON. If so, probably there is a change this one with one of other then unscrewing only
CONCEPT There are two 60732 mechanical unalignment: clamp three and verify if failure is now optical STOP sensor:
cases: (P3) Clamp optical group must be changed (see note) shifted to the new position. If so, that is the only one
switch SPcod. 60716 Case (a) and (b): Ask the user sensor is damaged of course: with no corresponding
Case (a): during (P4) El.link between about cassette mounting. If change it. If after sensor change, clamp and HSC pcb.
the clamp autotest, CLS and ABE board disposable kit was well mounted on failure still stays on the same Now see inside the
it is not possible to (J5 CLS – J16 ABE) clamp layout under the manual position, then the damage lies on sensor place by
center first position Tools: knob. Verify if the cassette was out the reading line through CLS rotating clamp shaft
found. In other of position or out of shape. and/or ABE board. (P1,P2,P3,P4). with a screw driver
words: first position Case (a) and (b): Go to Diagnostics (*) Case (b): If there is one sensor (take off little cap from
found never \ Actuators Control \ Clamps seeming to be out of order (always knob). When split is
deactivates. Control and try to perform several not active = corresponding visible, verify if its
positioning and read optical sensor ABE.led always ON), try to stable position is
Case (b): during state. Verify if failure is located on unscrew it out and check if there is outside the center of
normal positioning, one sensor or more. some lubricant grease inside the sensor place. Repeat
it is not possible to (*) Case (a) and (b): verify that light window. Check also if the split this verify by leaving
have a confirm ABE.LD20/21/27/30 are all lighting on the rotor disk is filled by the shaft under action of
from optical except to one which is relative to same grease. To make this test it double spring of
sensors, even after current position (respectively is not necessary to unassemble PRIME or EMPTY
a recovery attempt. EMPTY/WASH/PRIME/STOP). If the group. (P2,P3) clamp: there must be
In other words: next there is one which is always OFF, an “elastic” roation up
position never even in different clamp positions, to STOP stable
activates this corresponds to a sensor and/or position.
relative signal path damaged.
(P1,P2,P4)
(*) Case (a): Verify that all sensor
connectors on CLS board are
correctly inserted and that contacts
are good. (P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-37

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
(*) Case (b): If there is one sensor
seeming to be out of order and no
extraneous body or grease is
hampering disk index revealing, try
to change this one with one of
other three and verify if failure is
now shifted to the new position. If
so, sensor is damaged of course:
change it. If after sensor change,
failure still stays on the same
position, then the damage lies on
the reading line through CLS
and/or ABE board. (P1,P2,P3,P4).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-38

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Clamp ACT2 ELECTA ACT2 can not find HW parts: Ask the user if the disposable kit (*) If there is one sensor seeming
E69
optical CONCEPT any reference (P1) ABE board was well mounted on clamp layout to be out of order (always not
sensor position during SPcod. 60702 under the manual knob. Verify if the active = corresponding ABE.led
and/or ELECTA autotest (P2) Clamp group cassette is out of position or out of always ON), try to unscrew it out
clamp ESSENTIAL complete SPcod. shape. Check cassette insertion. and check if there is some
motor CONCEPT 60732 When clamp group is in STOP lubricant grease inside the light
failure (P3) Clamp optical configuration (all clamp closed), no window. Check also if the split on
switch SPcod. 60716 tube or extraneous object can push the rotor disk is filled by the same
(P4) El.link between some clamp in opening phase. In grease. To make this test it is not
CLS and ABE board particular, verify that manual knob necessary to unassemble the
(J5 CLS – J16 ABE) has completely come in its stable group: just see through the hole
Tools: position after cassette installation. where sensor was placed. If so,
Switch OFF the Electa Concept, clean greased parts and try to go.
remove the cap on clamp knob. (P1,P3,P4)
With a screwdriver rotate stepper If there is one sensor seeming to
motor of at least 90° counter or be out of order and no extraneous
clockwise up to reach a stable body or grease is hampering disk
position. Then switch ON and go to index revealing, try to change this
Diagnostics \ Actuators Control \ one with one of other three and
Clamps Control: If now is possible verify if failure is now shifted to the
to control clamp group, perform new position. If so, sensor is
several positioning and read optical damaged of course: change it. If
sensor state. Verify: after sensor change, failure still
if failure is located on one sensor or stays on the same position, then
more the damage lies on the reading line
if there is some mechanical block: through CLS and/or ABE board.
see the groove on the motor shaft (P1,P3,P4)
rotating

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-39

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Clamp ACT2 ELECTA ACT2 detects an HW parts: Ask the user he operated in correct IMPORTANT NOTE:
E70
Driver CONCEPT overtemperature (P1) ABE board environment temperature All methods explained
Overtemper signal from clamp SPcod. 60702 (<40°C/104°F) for this HWE are
ature ELECTA driver. (P2) Clamp group Ask the user to be careful touching intended for simple
ESSENTIAL complete SPcod. the equipment. Verify what kind of heating problem. NOT
CONCEPT 60732 procedure he performed. Verify that for fire event and NOT
Tools: he did not use incorrectly the in presence of evident
equipment: burning effects.
several and repetitive clamp
change position was manually set
(*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF
Electa Concept and wait for general
cooling (>30’) without touching the
equipment. This is for safe service
handling. Then switch ON and
verify SW startups correctly. If
problem is still present, it is
necessary to switch OFF
immediately, wait once more for
safe cooling and open the
equipment to find the heat source.
If problem is not present go to
Diagnostics/Digital
Input/Actuators2, verify the CLAMP
OVERTEMP indicator is OK. Then
go to Diagnostics/ Actuators
Control/Clamp Control and perform
some clamp movement. Check if
problem occurs easily. If so, it is
necessary to open to change clamp
group and/or ABE board. (P1,P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-40

 Hardware Errors
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID UNITY CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Anomalous ACT2 ELECTA ACT2 detects some HW parts: Try to enter in diagnostics mode if it - ACT2 has the
E71
operation of CONCEPT mismatch during (P1) ABE board is possible and go to additional task of
MASTER verification of SPcod. 60702 Diagnostics\SW & Link Config and MASTER activity
ELECTA MASTER activity. (P2) MBE1 board verify Master presence and SW verification. It collects
ESSENTIAL SPcod. 60777 release information by direct
CONCEPT (P3) Flash Memory (*) Verify integrity of flash memory sensing and by serial
MBE1 board SPcod. chip and correct positioning in the communication. If
60801 socket. (P3)(T1) some mismatch
Tools: appears, this HWE is
(T1) flash extractor declared.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-41

 Hardware Errors

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.2-42

 Failures

9.3 (TROUBLE_003) Failures rev00

9.3.1 Card Applicability Table
The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

9.3.2 About this card

Present card contains the “Failure Table”. This table includes troubles which do not involve any message.
For instance:

- when power supply protection switches off the unit before any user interface reaction;
- when user interface does not responds to key pression.

In other words, this is the case where user has no message to read, but he can not perform any procedure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.3-1

 Failures
9.3.3 Failure Table

CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &

ID DESCR. CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
No ID Case (A): ELECTA Case (A): HW parts: Ask the user to know the situation - Every single power
Electa
General CONCEPT This is the case of P1) ABE board SPcod. in wich power OFF occurred and/or supply integrated
Conc
HW failure main fuse breaking 60702 the signs he saw: module is monitored:
ept
that is not ELECTA or primary leads P2) DBEC board A total breakdown and user can • 1x double +12V
switc
detected by ESSENTIAL short circuit or SPcod. 60779 not switch ON at all. In this case, 8Amax
h OFF
Power CONCEPT display breakdown P3) MF board SPcod. main power fuse may be broken • 1x single +5V
with
Supply 60705 or main power box may present 25Amax
no
internal Case (B): P4) Color display short or MF board KO (case (A)). • 2x single +15V
code
logic: Power supply Spcod. 60783 (P3,P6,P7,P8) 12Amax.
or
No Unity integrates an P5) Display Color A total breakdown, but Electa So every Electa
msg
can declare internal logic able DC/AC inverter Spcod. Concept can switch ON after a Concept part fed by
show
any error to detect some 60789 15’ waiting in OFF state. In this general power supply
n on
state overload/overvoltag P6) Main Power Fuses case, power supply. protection is is a potential cause of
dspla
e situation. In this T3.15A Spcod. 60744 possible (case (B)). (P1) protection.
y
Case (B): case the effect is a P7) Main Power the display shows only a weak
If failure is general switch Schurter Box Spcod. image, but with correct symbols.
detetected OFF. No HWE can 60751 In this case, DC/AC inverter may
by appear. P8) Power Supply be broken (case(A)). (P5)
Power SPcod. 60715 the display can not show
Supply P9) +5V Fuse T5A anything, but some light effect is
internal Tools: present at switch ON and the fan
logic, it can (T1) multimeter is venting. In this case, only +5V
act a may be totally absent or display
general broken. (case (A)) (P2,P4,P9)
switch OFF

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.3-2

 Failures
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID DESCR. CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
Check if main fuses in schurter box
are OK. (P6)(T1)
Check if there is some short circuit
among phases and/or earth.
(P3,P7,P8),(T1)
If it is a protection situation (case
(B)), wait for power supply
unprotection (>15’). Then switch
ON and go to Diagnostics/
Actuators control and make a trial
for every actuator, to verify if there
is one able to cause Electa
Concept switch OFF. In particular,
make a deep inspection on
centrifuge: try some start-stop trials
without bowl. If some actuator
causes the failure try to change
ABE board. (P1)
(*) If Electa Concept does not
switch ON, open it and verify if
there is some short circuit on power
supply output pins (male fastoms).
If so, check also fuse on PSE.F3
holder. (P8,P9)(T1)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.3-3

 Failures
CODE EQPMENT HW INVOLVED &
ID DESCR. CAUSE CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
INVOLVED TOOLS NEEDED
No ID Electa ELECTA Keyboard is HW parts: Ask the user if failure involves all - (*) Open display box, switch ON
User
Concept CONCEPT damaged P1) Electa Concept keys available in the page that he the unit (WARNING: do not touch
Interf.
diplays a keyboard Spcod. can reach after switch ON. If there DC/AC inverter High Voltage!) and
does
page ELECTA 60786 is some key functioning, a partial measure voltage at DBEC.TP5-12:
not
normally, ESSENTIAL P2) DBEC board flat cable damaging is possible verify that state is changed at
react
but does CONCEPT SPcod. 60779 (P1). Otherwise (all keys KO): respective key pression. If there is
upon
not feel any Tools: power supply may be lost at no signal, repeat measure at
keys
user (T1) multimeter interface ICs (debouncer DBEC.J1.3-10. If now signal is
command MAX6818) on DBEC (P2) present, only DBEC is damaged.
(key on or both interface ICs Otherwise failure is on keyboard
pression) (MAX6818) may be broken (P2) (P1,P2)(T1)
total damaging on keyboard flat
cable (P1)
Go to Diagnostics\Digital Input\User
Interface, if it is possible and try
each key pression
(*) If it is not possible to entry in
diagnostics mode, try to change
keyboard or/and DBEC (P1,P2)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 9.3-4

 Ala r ms & W a r ni n gs

9.4 (TROUBLE_004) Alarms & Warnings rev00

9.4.1 Card Applicability Table
The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

9.4.2 About this card

Present card contains the “Alarm/Warning Table”. This table includes all cases in which Electa Concept
displays a message without field service request. Normally, user has the possibility of resuming by pressing
a softkey.
In general, this kind of message is displayed when it is needed that user is strongly advised about a misuse
or every potential danger. When correctly placed, this message has not to be intended as a (HW) failure.
Present type has to be intended as a trouble case only if message is present, but the expected normal cause
seems not to be the true one. Or, in the worst case, the message can not be resumed anyway, whereas the
user has correctly removed the normal cause.

When an “Alarm/Warning” message appears, Technician must firstly make

sure that:
1) The alarm was properly caused and not because a HW failure. That is:
the message is describing an event really present about something that
user must know or about dangerous situation (misuse or lack of attention
by the user). Therefore, in each row of following table, the “Checking
Methods” column begins with the phrase “First, ask the user if alarm was
properly caused….” and below are listed all “normal” causes.
This is also the case of all “data initialization” messages, which are a
consequence of MBE1 board changing or SW upgrading (see details in
table).
2) Otherwise, if alarm seems to be improperly caused, follow checking
methods present in table.

Distinction between Alarm and Warning categories is based simply on level of attention that has to be called:

Alarms: High level of attention (blood loss, bag full, vacuum out of order etc.).
Red message. Acoustic alert is activated at maximum level like the fatal error case.

Alarms: Low level of attention (data initialization, close the centrifuge cover, close the bowl arm, etc)
Yellow message. Acoustic alert is activated at level set by the user

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-1

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
9.4.3 Alarm/Warning Table

ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
1 ELECTA SENSORS detects a liquid HW parts: First, ask to user if alarm was (*) Put scopemeter probe on
ALARM: BLOOD
CONCEPT presence on centrifuge (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J4.6 (RX bond) and verify if
LOSS IN
wall. Two bonds of surface SPcod. 60700 Bowl collapsed the signal can change in wet/dry
CENTRIFUGE
ELECTA conductivity sensor are (P2) Blood loss sensor Liquid presence situations. (P1,P2)(T1)
ESSENTIAL short circuited (BLSA - SBE.J4) If not, do as follows (*) Detach the sensor from
CONCEPT SPcod. 60708 Look at centrifuge wall and make centrifuge wall and check if some
Tools: sure that there is nothing like blood is filtered behind the
(T1) scopemeter (only extraneous object able to short two sensor, going to short cable pin
for deeper inspection) combs of sensor soldered on BLSA. Inspect the
Go to Diagnostics\Digital cable-passing hole, if it is
Input\Sensors and verify if the blooded. This method implies
Blood Loss DRY/WET indication is sensor changing of course (P2)
correct. Try to short circuit the
bonds with water, and check the
value displayed. Look also at red
led integrated in the sensor: ON if
sensor is active. Be careful to dry
the centrifuge wall after this test!
(P1,P2)
(*) inspect the passing-cable hole
on the centrifuge wall. See from
inside if some cable is uninsulated
and touching the hole border. If so,
change cabling. (P2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-2

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
2 ELECTA At startup MASTER HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Try to change MBE1 board.
WARNING:
CONCEPT detects a mismatch (P1) MBE1 boardproperly caused: Then perform data initialization,
DATA
between the contents of SPcod. 60777 MBE1 board changed with a new make several data upgrading in to
INCONSISTENC
permanent memory (P3) Flash Memory one and without initialization from permanent memory (like as
Y HAS
ELECTA recorded in last session MBE1 board SPcod. diagnostics menu continue procedure, actuator
OCCURRED.
ESSENTIAL and that of the actual one. 60801 MBE1 flash reprogrammed from working time increment, etc.).
PERMANENT CONCEPT The same warning is Tools: diagnostic menu (Diagnostics/Flash Switch OFF and ON Electa
MEMORY DATA displayed if MASTER (T1) Programming Programming/Master) using PC Concept at any time and verify
INITIALIZATION detects a datum out of cable kit Tcod. 63019 host connection and without that present message is no more
TO DEFAULT range in last recorded (T2) flash extractor initialization from diagnostics menu present. (P1)(T1,T2)
VALUES. session. If not, do as follows
(*) Try to reprogram or change flash
memory on MBE1 board (see
(UNIT_004) Programming
Procedure #card). Then go to
Diagnostics/Data Initialization and
perform data initialization, make
several data upgrading in to
permanent memory (like as
continue procedure, actuator
working time increment, etc.).
Switch OFF and ON Electa
Concept at any time and verify that
present message is no more
present. (P2)(T1,T2)
3 ELECTA At startup MASTER HW parts: Try to perform several switch ON
WARNING:
CONCEPT detects a failure in (P1) MBE1 board and verify if message is present
E2PROM NOT
read/write operation to SPcod. 60777 everytime.
FUNCTIONING
E2PROM (integrated in (*) If message is present at every
ELECTA MBE1 board) startup, try to change MBE1 board.
ESSENTIAL (P1)
CONCEPT

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-3

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
4 ELECTA At startup MASTER HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was
DATA
CONCEPT detects a mismatch (P1) MBE1 board properly caused:
WARNING:
between the procedure SPcod. 60777 Changed MBE1 without data
PROCEDURE'S
ELECTA database in permanent initialization (Diagnostics/Data
DATA BASE
ESSENTIAL memory relative to last Initialization)
INITIALIZATION
CONCEPT session and that of the If not, do as follows
actual one. (*) Try to change MBE1 board. Try
to simulate several procedures (2 at
least!) and save their data. Verify
that message is no more present at
every Electa Concept switch ON.
(P1)
5 ELECTA MASTER outputs this No HW involved It is necessary to make sure that
ALARM: END
CONCEPT message everytime the disposable layout is correctly
OF
user wants to perform an configured to be used in selected
SEQUESTRATI
ELECTA intraoperative procedure procedure. This is not caused by
ON
ESSENTIAL when a preoperative is just any kind of HW sensing/reading,
PROCEDURE
CONCEPT terminated/interrupted but only by a SW path.
Disconnect the
drawing line
and make sure
the waste line
clamp is open.
'DONE'' to
confirm

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-4

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
6 ELECTA MASTER detects few HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was
DATA
CONCEPT memory locations (P1) MBE1 board properly caused:
WARNING: ONE
available in permanent SPcod. 60777 Check the real number of
MORE
memory and outputs one recorded procedures is near
PROCEDURE
of three messages the maximum
ONLY IS
depending on space If not, do as follows
RETEINABLE.
remaining. (*) Try to change MBE1 board and
PLEASE
perform new initialization. Try to
DOWNLOAD
simulate several procedures and
DATA
save their data. (P1)

LAST
PROCEDURE
RETEINABLE.
PLEASE
DOWNLOAD
DATA

NO MORE
SPACE IN
MEMORY. THE
OLDEST
PROCEDURE
WILL BE
OVERWRITTEN

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-5

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
7 ELECTA MASTER, entering in a HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check signal level on
WARNING:
CONCEPT procedure active phase, (P1) MBE1 board properly caused: MBE1.J4.2 and ABE1.J21.4
BOWL NOT
detetcts that arm is not in SPcod. 60777 Check if the arm is really out of (CLOSE = L). (P1,P2,P3)(T1)
PROPERLY
ELECTA locked position on bowl (P2) ABE board correct position on bowl head (*) Open the arm head (fph
INSERTED.
ESSENTIAL head. SPcod. 60702 If not, do as follows sensor) and verify that springs
CONCEPT MASTER receives (P3) HS-Arm sensor Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital allow magnet shifting for hall
informations about bowl (ABE.J21-MBE1.J4) Input and check the displayed sensor activation. (P4)
Verify bowl
arm position by direct SPcod. 60713 status of sensor (BOWL ARM) by
positioning and
sensing and by serial line (P4) Bowl arm SPcod. changing arm position. Repeat the
arm closure,
from ACT1. Sensor is 60725 same operation in
then "RESUME"
doubled. Tools: Diagnostics/Actuator 1/Digital Input
(T1) multimeter (*) Check sensor supply on
MBE.J4.1 and ABE.J21.2: +5V in
(5.0÷5.2V) range. Do once more it
after disconnecteing both
connectors, to verify if sensor is
corrupting voltage level.
(P1,P2,P3)(T1)
8 ELECTA MASTER outputs this No HW involved It is necessary to avoid bowl
WARNING: A
CONCEPT message everytime the internal gasket
WARNING/ALA
user waits too long in consumption/damaging/heating
RM OCCURED,
ELECTA stand by mode or does not during rotation in no-flow situation.
STAND-BY
ESSENTIAL do anything in This is not caused by any kind of
OVERTIME,
CONCEPT alarm/warning situation. It HW sensing/reading, but only by a
CENTRIFUGE
is active only if centrifuge SW path.
STOPPED.
is going and pump
stopping.
"STOP symbol"
to resume

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-6

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
9 ELECTA SENSORS detects a HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check sensor supply between
WARNING:
CONCEPT weight loss on reservoir (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J8.1 and SBE.J8.4 (+5V is in
RESERVOIR
holder SPcod. 60700 Check if the reservoir is really (5.0÷5.2V) range. Do once more it
DISCONNECTE
ELECTA (P2) Load cell out of its normal position after disconnecting the connector
D
ESSENTIAL (SBE.J8) SPcod. If not, do as follows SBE.J8, to verify if sensor is
CONCEPT 60736 Go to Diagnostics/Sensors/Analog corrupting voltage level.
Tools: Input and check the displayed (P1,P2)(T1)
(T1) multimeter status of WEIGHT by pressing on
(T2) Loading system reservoir holder.
tool Tcod. 63013 (*) Recalibrate the sensor if
necessary (see (CLBR_004) Load
Cell Calibration #card).
(P1,P2)(T1,T2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-7

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
10 ELECTA ACT1 detects that cover is HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check ABE sensor line:
WARNING:
CONCEPT open when a procedure (P1) Lid hall sensor properly caused: disconnect the sensors (J22) and
CENTRIFUGE
has to begin (HSP board – Check if the cover is really go to Diagnostics\Digital
COVER OPEN
ELECTA ABE.J22) cod.60760. open or slightly unlocked Input\Actuators1 or test voltage
Close the ESSENTIAL (P2) Centrifuge lid If not, do as follows on ABE.J22.4. State must be:
centrifuge CONCEPT SPcod. 60759 Check cover sensor: go to Cover open (H state). (P3)
cover, then (P3) ABE board Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Lock
"RESUME" SPcod. 60702 & Cover Control and verify that the
Tools: state displayed is closed when
(T1) multimeter cover is lifted up to 3mm from
(T2) 3mm thickness Electa Concept top and the state is
gauge open when cover is lifted over 4mm
(T3) 4mm thickness from Electa Concept top. Repeat
gauge this test in both states of lock shaft:
inserted (closed) and not (open). If
requirements are not respected,
sensor can be damaged or cover
does not allow to sense the magnet
because mechanical distance or
deformation. (P1,P2,P3)(T2,T3)
(*) Test the voltage on ABE.J22.4:
L state if cover is closed, H state
otherwise. Or check ABE.LD34: ON
if cover closed. (P1,P3)(T1)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-8

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
11 ELECTA There are several causes Hw parts (general First go to Diagnostics/Vacuum Cod. 1: - The diagnostics pag.
ALARM:
CONCEPT for this alarm, each one is list): Errors (SW >= 6.2) and read the (*) With scopemeter, verify /+12E relative to Vacuum
VACUUM PUMP
identified by a code: Below (P1) MBE1 board code of error occurred, then do as line on MBE1.J14.2. H state Error codes is available
OUT OF ORDER
ELECTA are listed all causes with SPcod. 60777 folllow (all involved parts are listed during startup only (switch off from SW rel. 6.2. For
ESSENTIAL respective code, declarant (P2) PSE1 board for each code ): test) and L state after. SW previous versions
CONCEPT unity and description: SPcod. 60778 Cod. 1: (P1,P2,P5,P6,P7,P8,P9,) (P1,P2,P5)(T2) all methods listed are
Change the
(P3) ABE board (*) Verify total electrical continuity (*) Repeat previous method about valid for inspection.
vacuum source
Cod. 1 (MASTER) SPcod. 60702 on MBE1.J14-PSE1.J7 connection. /+12E on PSE1 board PSE.J7.2.
to complete the
+12VMOT_OFF_FAIL: (P4) DPT board (P8)(T1) H state during startup only (switch
case, then call
Startup test failed on SPcod. 60707 Cod. 2: (P1,P2,P5,P6,P7,P8,P9,) off test) and L state after.
technical
+12VMOT line. MASTER (P5) Power Supply Ask the user if the vacuum pump (P1,P2,P5)(T2)
service
cannot detect feedback SPcod. 60715 produced a strange noise like (*) With scopemeter, verify
signal (/+12<10 line) in (P6) Vacuum electro continuous oscillation between two /+12<10 line on MBE1.J14.4: H
correct state when valve SPcod. 60719 tones. In this case, some state normally and L state at
+12VMOT is disabled (P7) Vacuum pump extraneous object could hampering startup switch off test.
Cod. 2 (MASTER) SPcod. 60761 old in a partial way the suction. In other (P1,P2,P5)(T2)
+12VMOT_ON_FAIL: SPcod. 60809 new case, a pump failure may be (*) With scopemeter, verify
Startup test failed on (P8) el.link (J7 PSE1 - possible. /+12<10 on PSE1 board
+12VMOT line. MASTER J14 MBE1) Check the /+12<10 signal: go to PSE.J7.4: H state normally and L
cannot detect feedback (P9) Inhibit el.link (J11 Diagnostics/Digital Input/Master state at startup switch off test.
signal (/+12<10 line) in PSE1 – power supply) and verify if the state displayed is (P1,P2,P5)(T2)
correct state when (P10) T5A fuse correct (>10[H]). If unstable state is Cod. 2:
+12VMOT is enabled (PSE1.F2) displayed, sensing system may be (*) IMPORTANT: Switch OFF the
(P11) T4A fuse involved. (P1,P2) Electa Concept. Check if cables
(ABE.F5) (*) if there is no voltage at all, check from PSE1.J10 are well soldered
(P12) pump silencer the state of +12V fuses: on on output male fastoms of power
SPcod. 60752 PSE1.F2/ABE.F5. (P10,P11)(T1) supply. Verify mechanical stability
(P13) Expansion and electrical continuity between
chamber SPcod. fastoms and PSE1.J10 Verify
60763 there are no short circuit between
(P14) vacuum internal different color wires. (P5)(T1)
tubing

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-9

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
Tools: (*) If +12V seems to be present, do
(T1) multimeter as follows. With Electa Concept
(T2) scopemeter (only OFF, disconnect PSE1.J10 (main
for deeper inspection) voltage connector). Switch ON and
(T3) pressure calibrator measure +12V directly on female
(T4) BT894 blood connector from power supply output
reservoir between pins 3 and 5 (orange and
blue wires), verify (11.8÷12.2V)
ranging. If KO Power Supply is
involved. If OK, switch OFF and
reconnect. Switch ON, and
measure +12VMOT value at
ABE.J19.2 (11.8÷12.2V). If does
not match, PSE1 or ABE may be
involved. If OK, activate vacuum, if
now voltage is under 11V, ABE or
pump/valve. (P2,P3,P5,P6,P7)(T1)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-10

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
Cod. 4 (MASTER) Cod. 4 or 9: (P1,P3,P4,P6,P7) Cod. 4 or 9:
UNDERPRESS_FAIL: Ask the user if he noted concave (*) Check vacuum pneumatic
MASTER detects a shaping of reservoir top or any circuit. Verify that all tubes are not
vacuum pressure level too implosion risk. This is to inspect if occluded, in particular valve tube.
high by using its direct underpressure was truly present. Connect a closed reservoir and
analog sensing line Go to Diagnostics/Actuators switch ON the pump. At pressure
Cod. 5 (MASTER) Control/Vacuum, connect BT894 to maintenance, verify that valve
AD_CONVERTER_FAIL: Electa Concept vacuum and hole is air-flowing.
MASTER finds one or calibrator to reservoir. Switch ON (*) After pneumatic inspection, if
more of its three analog the pump at –300mmHg set point. there are not airflow problems, it
reference voltages out of Close the reservoir during vacuum is possible a pressure
tolerated range. activity for pressure stabilization. undermeasuring by the sensor.
Cod. 9 (ACT2) Read PRESSURE and Check the +5V on DPT board
ACT2_UNDERPRESS_FA MasterPRESSURE and check if DPT.J1.2 (5÷5.2V). If it is failing,
IL: they are similar to calibrator reading disconnect ABE.J4 and verify if
ACT2 detects a vacuum and not exceeding –330mmHg. If now it is OK. If so, try to change
pressure level too high by more negative values are present, DPT, if it is still KO, change ABE.
using its direct analog internal pneumatic circuit may be (P3,P4).
sensing line. damaged or pressure sensor out of
calibration.
(P4,P12,P13,P14)(T3,T4)
(*) If there are not sensor supply
problems (ABE.J4.1 (5÷5.2V)),
recalibrate the sensor. (see
(CLBR_009) Vacuum DPT
Calibration #card). (P4)(T1,T3)
Cod. 5: (P1)
Go to Diagnostics\Analog
Input/Master and verify if V1,V2 and
V3 [mV] are out of range. If so try to
change MBE1 board:
V1 2000 ± 10%
V2 4000 ± 10%
V3 1000 ± 10%
(P1)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-11

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
Cod. 7 (ACT2) Cod. 7: (P3,P4,P6,P7) Cod. 8:
VALVE_SENSE_FAIL: First apply all methods of cod. 2, (*) Verify if there is something
ACT2 detects a mismatch because this code may be hampering airflow through the
between valve feedback consequent of a temporary electrovalve. (P6)
signal and last set status. +12VMOT loss.
Cod. 8 (ACT2) Go to Diagnostics\Actuators
VALVE_DUTY Control\Vacuum and verify that the
CYCLE_FAIL: pump model set corresponds to
ACT2 detects a valve that mounted. (P7)
overload situation by Cod. 8: (P3,P4,P6,P7)
considering how long Ask the user if he could hear a
maximum drive was continuous whistle of air through
necessary to achieve the valve and not the usual periodic
normal pressure control. opening
Cod. 10 (ACT2) Go to Diagnostics\Actuators
ACT2_AD_CONVERTER_ Control\Vacuum and verify that the
FAIL: pump model set corresponds to
ACT2 finds one or more of that mounted. (P7)
its three analog reference (*) Go to Diagnostics/Actuators
voltages out of tolerated Control/Vacuum, connect BT894,
range. switch ON the pump. Close the
disposable during vacuum activity
for pressure stabilization. Read
PRESSURE value and check if it is
at a value below the set point
without reaching maintenance
situation. If so, inspect vacuum
group pneumatic circuit.
(P12,P13,P14)(T4)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-12

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
Cod. 10: (P3)
Go to Diagnostics\Analog
Input/Act2 and verify if V1,V2 and
V3 [mV] are out of range. If so try to
change ABE board:
V1 4000 ± 10%
V2 2000 ± 10%
V3 1000 ± 10%
(P1).

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-13

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
No code (a) No code (a): (P6,P7,P12,P13,P14)
Vacuum performance (*) Open Electa Concept and check
seems to be weak or not Vacuum pneumatic circuit. Verify if
reaching useful suction, there is some occlusion regarding
without any message from PVC tubes or silencer hard tube.
Electa Concept. Verify also if there are holes or cuts
No code (b) in PVC tubing (P12,P14)
Reservoir is near (*) Check if pump is going on
implosion or in evident out correctly: disconnect input tube
of shape situation, without from pump head (tube without
any message from Electa silencer), vacuum ON and taste the
Concept suction with a finger. If suction is
No code (c) weak, disconnect the silencer too. If
Vacuum very noisy, it is still weak, pump is KO
without any message from elsewhere silencer makes pump
Electa Concept choking.
No code (b): (P14)
(*) Open Electa Concept and check
Vacuum pneumatic circuit. In
particular, verify if Y-tube
connected to DPT board is
occluded. (P14)
No code (c): (P7,P12)
(*) Open Electa Concept and check
Vacuum pneumatic circuit. In
particular, verify that silencer is
connected to pump. (P7,P12)
(*) verify if silencer output can put
out the air without obstacles or
obstructions. (P12)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-14

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
12 ELECTA SENSORS detetcs a good HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was
WARNING:
CONCEPT transparency of waste line (P1) SBE board properly caused:
WASHING
by free plasma SPcod. 60700 Check if the waste line is really
QUALITY
hemoglonbin sensor (fph) (P2) HGB sensor carrying quite transparent
ALREADY
(SBE.J6) SPcod. plasma
SATISFACTORY
60709 If not, do as follows
Tools: Go to Diagnostics/Analog
(T1) Hematic sensor Input/Sensors and check the HGB
"EMPTY
tool Tcod. 63015 field [mg/dl]. Verify that value is
symbol" to
(T2) scopemeter very low at empty holder
empty,
(saturation) and goes to highest
"WASH value with a dark object inside
Symbol" to (*) if sensor can not react to light
continue wash variations calibrate it (see
(CLBR_005) HGB sensor
Calibration #card). (P2)(T1,T2)
13 ELECTA SENSORS detetcs a quite HW parts: First, verify that alarm is properly
WARNING:
CONCEPT low transparency of waste (P1) SBE board caused:
WASHING
line by free plasma SPcod. 60700 Check if the waste line is really
QUALITY NOT
hemoglonbin sensor (fph) (P2) HGB sensor carrying quite opaque plasma
YET
(SBE.J6) SPcod. If not, do as follows
SATISFACTORY
60709 Go to Diagnostics/Analog
Tools: Input/Sensors and check the HGB
(T1) Hematic sensor field [mg/dl]. Verify that value is
"EMPTY
tool Tcod. 63015 very low at empty holder
symbol" to
(T2) scopemeter (saturation) and goes to highest
empty,
value with a dark object inside
"WASH (*) if sensor can not react to light
Symbol" to variations calibrate it (see
continue wash (CLBR_005) HGB sensor
Calibration #card). (P2)(T1,T2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-15

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
14 ELECTA MASTER outputs this No HW involved It is necessary to avoid that user
WARNING: DO
CONCEPT message when the user performs an empty phase of a not
YOU CONFIRM
wants to empty without primed bowl. . This is not caused by
EMPTY?
ELECTA performing a prime before. any kind of HW sensing/reading,
ESSENTIAL but only by a SW path.
CONCEPT
15 ELECTA MASTER outputs this No HW involved It is necessary to avoid that user
WARNING:
CONCEPT message when the user performs a wash phase of a not
PRIMING NOT
wants to wash without primed bowl. . This is not caused by
CARRIED OUT
ELECTA performing a prime before. any kind of HW sensing/reading,
ESSENTIAL but only by a SW path.
CONCEPT

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-16

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
16 ELECTA MASTER outputs this No HW involved It is necessary to avoid that user
WARNING:
CONCEPT message when the user performs an empty phase of a not
BOWL NOT
wants to empty the bowl (well) washed bowl. . This is not
WASHED
ELECTA without caused by any kind of HW
ESSENTIAL performing/terminating sensing/reading, but only by a SW
CONCEPT washing phase path.
{warning
symbol}
QUALITY OF
BLOOD MAY BE
COMPROMISED
AND REMOVAL
OF WASTE
COMPONENTS
MAY BE
LOWER THAN
EXPECTED.
CLINICIAN
MUST ASSUME
RESPONSIBILIT
Y FOR
TRANSFUSION
OF UNWASHED
BLOOD
PRODUCT

"EMPTY
symbol" to
empty,
''WASH symbol"
to wash

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-17

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
17 ELECTA MASTER outputs this No HW involved It is necessary to avoid that user
WARNING:
CONCEPT message when the user wastes already washed blood.
BOWL
wants to return some This is not caused by any kind of
WASHED.
ELECTA washed blood to reservoir HW sensing/reading, but only by a
BLOOD ESSENTIAL SW path.
SHOULD NOT CONCEPT
BE RETURNED
TO RESERVOIR
"RETURN" to
confirm or
"EMPTY
symbol" to
empty
18 ELECTA MASTER outputs this HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was
WARNING:
CONCEPT message when the user (P1) SBE board properly caused:
PRIMING NOT
wants to perform a SPILL SPcod. 60700 Check if the action was
COMPLETED
ELECTA phase, before the bowl is (P2) PSE1 board performed before the bowl full
ESSENTIAL primed out. Blood level in SPcod. 60778 priming
CONCEPT the bowl is detected by (P3) Buffy coat leds If not, do as follows
buffy coat sensor. (PSE.J15) SPcod. Go to Diagnostics/Analog
60785 Input/Sensors and check the buffy
(P4) CCD Buffy coat coat calibration. Do a calibration if
(SBE.J2) SPcod. necessary.
60746 (*) Calibrate the sensor (see
Tools: (CLBR_003) Buffy Coat sensor
(T1) Buffy coat tool Calibration #card). (P3,P4)(T1,T2)
Tcod. 63005
(T2) scopemeter

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-18

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
19 ELECTA ACT1 detects lock open HW parts: Ask the user if no “clack” noise was (*) With scopemeter, measure - Cover locking
WARNING:
CONCEPT position after two locking (P1) ABE board heard from lock shaft. If noise was voltage on ABE.J24 pins during mechanical parts must
CENTRIFUGE
attempts SPcod. 60702 strange, lock may be damaged. If opening phase: 0V on ABE.J24.1 allow up/down motion
COVER
ELECTA (P2) Lock sensor there was a regular “clack” and and about 25V on ABE.J24.2 for of lock shaft without
UNLOCKED
ESSENTIAL (ABE.J23) SPcod. cover was resulting really closed, 700ms. (P1,P3)(T2) any interference. Lock
CONCEPT 60757 then sensor may be out of order. (*) Check lock sensor is a fixed-current
(P3) Lock system Check lock and lock sensor performance: with lock in open actuator, so if
SPcod. 60758 performance: go to status, L state at ABE.J23.4. mechanical load is
(P4) Opening cover Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Lock (P1,P2)(T1) excessive there is no
lever SPcod. 60734 & Cover and verify that the lock possibility to drive
(P5) Cover locking shaft can be updown driven and the more current: lock
hook SPcod. 60735 state displayed is open (H) when stops.
Tools: lock is not inserted, and closed (L)
(T1) multimeter when inserted
(T2) scopemeter (only (*) When Lock is undriven, measure
for deeper inspection) voltage on ABE.J24 pin: both must
be at +30V (ABE.J24.1 is positive
pin). (P1,P3)(T1)
(*) If necessary adjust mechanical
sensor position with respect to lock
bottom (see “Cover lock optical
sensor calibration”). (P2,P3)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-19

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
20 ELECTA MASTER outputs this HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check bubble sensor supply - IMPORTANT:
ALARM:
CONCEPT message when the volume (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: between MBE1.J13.1 and CONTINUE
VOLUME
withdrawn to WASTE bag sensor group (BS- Check if there was an MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)). PROCEDURE function
COUNTER
is over the limit (9,5l). To C.J1) SPcod. excessive volume pumped (P2,P3,P4)(T1) implies that the same
DETECTION:
ELECTA determine liquid volume, 60710 during procedure (*) Perform a BS-C circuit disposable kit is used!
WASTE BAG
ESSENTIAL air sensor and pump (P2) BS-C board Verify that user did not perform calibration (see (CLBR_013) If user makes several
FULL.
CONCEPT encoder are used SPcod. 60703 several CONTINUE Bubble Sensor Calibration CONTINUE
Empty the bag (P3) MBE1 board PROCEDURE function with #card). (P1,P2)(T2) PROCEDURE, but he
or connect a SPcod. 60777 changing waste bag at every or changes the waste
new one. (P4) El.link MBE1.J13 some instance. bag, volume monitoring
"DONE" to – BS-C.J2 If not, do as follows: will be mistaking of
confirm Tools: Check if disposable kit was well course! And present
(counter reset) (T1) multimeter mounted around pump rotor alarm will come out.
(T2) scopemeter Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital
Input and check the displayed
status of BBD. Verify the ability to
detect air/liquid presence
21 ELECTA MASTER outputs this HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check bubble sensor supply
ALARM:
CONCEPT message when the volume (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: between MBE1.J13.1 and
VOLUME
withdrawn to RBC bag is sensor group (BS- Check if there was an MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)).
COUNTER
ELECTA over the limit (0,8l). To C.J1) SPcod. excessive volume pumped (P2,P3,P4)(T1)
DETECTION:
ESSENTIAL determine liquid volume, 60710 during procedure (*) Perform a BS-C circuit
RBC BAG FULL.
CONCEPT air sensor and pump (P2) BS-C board If not, do as follows: calibration (see (CLBR_013)
Empty the bag encoder are used SPcod. 60703 Check if disposable kit is well Bubble Sensor Calibration
or connect a (P3) MBE1 board mounted around pump rotor #card). (P1,P2)(T2)
new one. SPcod. 60777 Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital
"DONE" to (P4) El.link MBE1.J13 Input and check the displayed
confirm – BS-C.J2 status of BBD. Verify the ability to
(counter reset) Tools: detect air/liquid presence
(T1) multimeter
(T2) scopemeter

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-20

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
22 ELECTA MASTER outputs this HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was If not, check if bubble sensor is
ALARM:
CONCEPT message when the volume (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: fixed in liquid status
VOLUME
withdrawn to PPP bag is sensor group (BS- Check if there was an (*) Check bubble sensor supply
COUNTER
ELECTA over the limit (0,8l). To C.J1) SPcod. excessive volume pumped between MBE1.J13.1 and
DETECTION:
ESSENTIAL determine liquid volume, 60710 during procedure MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)).
PPP BAG FULL.
CONCEPT air sensor and pump (P2) BS-C board If not, do as follows: (P2,P3,P4)(T1)
Empty the bag encoder are used SPcod. 60703 Check if disposable kit is well (*) Perform a BS-C circuit
or connect a (P3) MBE1 board mounted around pump rotor calibration (see (CLBR_013)
new one. SPcod. 60777 Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital Bubble Sensor Calibration
"DONE" to (P4) El.link MBE1.J13 Input and check the displayed #card). (P1,P2)(T2)
confirm – BS-C.J2 status of BBD. Verify the ability to
(counter reset) Tools: detect air/liquid presence
(T1) multimeter
(T2) scopemeter
23 ELECTA MASTER outputs this HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check bubble sensor supply .
ALARM:
CONCEPT message when the volume (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: between MBE1.J13.1 and
VOLUME
withdrawn to PRP bag is sensor group (BS- Check if there was an MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)).
COUNTER
ELECTA over the limit (0,8l). To C.J1) SPcod. excessive volume pumped (P2,P3,P4)(T1)
DETECTION:
ESSENTIAL determine liquid volume, 60710 during procedure (*) Perform a BS-C circuit
PRP BAG FULL.
CONCEPT air sensor and pump (P2) BS-C board If not, do as follows: calibration (see (CLBR_013)
Empty the bag encoder are used SPcod. 60703 Check if disposable kit is well Bubble Sensor Calibration
or connect a (P3) MBE1 board mounted around pump rotor #card). (P1,P2)(T2)
new one. SPcod. 60777 Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital
"DONE" to (P4) El.link MBE1.J13 Input and check the displayed
confirm – BS-C.J2 status of BBD. Verify the ability to
(counter reset) Tools: detect air/liquid presence
(T1) multimeter
(T2) scopemeter

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-21

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
24 ELECTA SENSORS detects that HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check sensor supply between
WARNING:
CONCEPT weight is unstable on (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J8.1 and SBE.J8.4 (+5V is in
WEIGHT NOT
reservoir holder SPcod. 60700 Check if there was some (5.0÷5.2V) range. Do once more it
RELIABLE
ELECTA (P2) Load cell external force/disturbance on after disconnecting the connector
ESSENTIAL (SBE.J8) SPcod. reservoir holder. SBE.J8, to verify if sensor is
CONCEPT 60736 If not, do as follows corrupting voltage level.
Tools: Go to Diagnostics/Sensors/Analog (P1,P2)(T1)
(T1) multimeter Input and check the displayed
(T2) Loading system status of WEIGHT by pressing on
tool Tcod. 63013 reservoir holder
(*) Recalibrate the sensor if
necessary (see (CLBR_004) Load
Cell Calibration #card).
(P1,P2)(T1,T2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-22

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
25 ELECTA SENSORS detects an HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check sensor supply between
ALARM:
CONCEPT excessive pressure (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J7.1 and SBE.J7.4 (+5V in
REINFUSION
exerted by empty line on SPcod. 60700 Check if there was some (5.0÷5.2V) range). (P1,P2)(T1)
LINE CLAMPED
ELECTA pressure sensor integrated (P2) Red line pressure manual clamp closed between
ESSENTIAL in the clamp group. This sensor (CLS.J11) empty clamp and RBC bag
CONCEPT check is active only in SPcod. 60780 during an EMPTY phase.
EMPTY phase. Tools: Check if some extraneous
(T1) multimeter body is occluding the line
(T2) tool for the red line If the user did change the
pressure test Tcod. disposable kit a new set up
63007 had to be performed
No external pump or bag-
squeezer was applied to red
cell collecting bag
If not, do as follows
Go to Diagnostics/Sensors/Analog
Input and check the displayed
status of TUBE PRESSURE by
slightly pressing on sensor with a
sharp object
(*) Recalibrate the sensor if
necessary (see (CLBR_008) Red
Pressure Sensor Calibration
#card). (P1,P2)(T1,T2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-23

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
26 ELECTA MASTER detects air HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was Verify that tube between bubble
WARNING: AIR
CONCEPT presence between pump (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: holder and bowl inlet is well
IN THE PRIME
and bowl. This control is sensor group (BS- Check if there was some shaped and not in torsion. In
LINE
ELECTA active in C.J1) SPcod. bubble staying in the Bubble particular, it has to exit straight
Verify that priming ESSENTIAL PRIME/WASH/CONCENT 60710 holder. In this case try to from the holder and must be
line is open and
connected, then CONCEPT RATION/SPILL. (P2) BS-C board change slightly the pump flow adherent on holder walls. It must
press ''PRIME SPcod. 60703 Check if some occluding cause not have a “memorized” incorrect
symbol'' to resume (P3) MBE1 board does not allow any liquid shape after longtime in twisted
If persists, ensure SPcod. 60777 withdrawing in to/out from the situation.
tubing is fully down (P4) El.link MBE1.J13 bowl (*) Check bubble sensor supply
in the air detector
– BS-C.J2 If not, do as follows between MBE1.J13.1 and
seat
Tools: Check if disposable kit is well MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)).
AIR IN THE (T1) multimeter mounted in to the bubble sensor (P2,P3,P4)(T1)
WASH LINE (T2) scopemeter holder. (*) Perform a BS-C circuit
Check if disposable kit is well calibration (see (CLBR_013)
Change the wash
mounted around the pump rotor. Bubble Sensor Calibration
bag, then press
Verify that disposable kit is not #card). (P1,P2)(T2)
"WASH symbol" to
overused and pump/holder tube are
resumeIf persists,
in correct state
ensure tubing is
Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital
fully down in the air
Input and check the displayed
detector seat
status of BBD. Verify the ability to
AIR IN THE detect air/liquid presence
REINFUSION
LINE
verify that
reinfusion line is
open, then press
''CONC'' to resume

If persists, ensure
tubing is fully down
in the air detector
seat; then ''CONC''

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-24

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
27 ELECTA MASTER detects air HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check bubble sensor supply
WARNING:
CONCEPT presence at Bubble holder (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: between MBE1.J13.1 and
BOWL NOT
during an EMPTY phase sensor group (BS- Check if there was some MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)).
COMPLETELY
ELECTA before the expected value C.J1) SPcod. bubble staying in the Bubble (P2,P3,P4)(T1)
EMPTY
ESSENTIAL is withdrawn out of bowl. 60710 holder. In this case try to (*) Perform a BS-C circuit
CONCEPT (P2) BS-C board change slightly the pump flow calibration (see (CLBR_013)
SPcod. 60703 Check if some occluding cause Bubble Sensor Calibration
(P3) MBE1 board does not allow any liquid #card). (P1,P2)(T2)
SPcod. 60777 withdrawing in out from the
(P4) El.link MBE1.J13 bowl
– BS-C.J2 If not, do as follows
Tools: Check if disposable kit is well
(T1) multimeter mounted around pump rotor
(T2) scopemeter Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital
Input and check the displayed
status of BBD. Verify the ability to
detect air/liquid presence

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-25

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
28 ELECTA MASTER outputs this HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check bubble sensor supply
WARNING:
CONCEPT message when the volume (P1) HCT + Bubble properly caused: between MBE1.J13.1 and
VOLUME
withdrawn from the bowl is sensor group (BS- Check if the bowl size was MBE1.J13.4 (+5V in (5.0÷5.2V)).
WITHDRAWN
ELECTA more than a safety limit C.J1) SPcod. incorrectly set manually (P2,P3,P4)(T1)
FROM THE
ESSENTIAL value: 60710 If not, do as follows: (*) Verify correct positioning of bar
BOWL IS
CONCEPT (P2) BS-C board Check if disposable kit is well code sensor on its holder
HIGHER THAN
• 100ml BT55 SPcod. 60703 mounted around pump rotor (mechanical calibration)
EXPECTED
• 170ml BT125 (P3) MBE1 board Perform a New Procedure setup (*) Perform a BS-C circuit
• 220ml BT175 SPcod. 60777 with a new bowl and check bar calibration (see (CLBR_013)
• 315ml BT225 (P4) El.link MBE1.J13 code sensor: it could read a wrong Bubble Sensor Calibration
– BS-C.J2 size #card). (P1,P2)(T3)
If persists, call To determine liquid (P4) Bar code sensor Go to Diagnostics/Master/Digital
technical volume, air sensor and (SBE.J3)) Input and check the displayed
service pump encoder are used (P5) SBE board status of BBD. Verify the ability to
SPcod. 60700 detect air/liquid presence
Tools: (*) Recalibrate the bar code reader
(T1) multimeter if necessary (see (CLBR_007) Bar
(T2) Bar code tool Code Reader Calibration #card).
Tcod. 63018 (P2,P5)(T2,T3)
(T3) scopemeter

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-26

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
29 ELECTA SENSORS detects a level HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check sensor supply between
ALARM: HIGH
CONCEPT too high in waste bag by (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J9.1 and SBE.J9.4 (+12V in
FLUID LEVEL
capacitive sensing. SPcod. 60700 Check if there was an effective (11.8÷12.2V)). If it is under the
DETECTED IN
ELECTA (P2) Waste bag sensor overpumping in to waste bag. lower limit, disconnect the sensor
THE WASTE
ESSENTIAL (SBE.J9) SPcod. If not, do as follows and measure again, to check if it
BAG BY THE
CONCEPT 60718 Verify that user did not press waste is corrupting the level. If the
SENSOR
Tools: bag, forcing the contact with problem is still present, the cause
(T1) multimeter capacitive sensor. is inside SBE board. (P1,P2)(T1)
(T2) Waste bag tool Verify that user did not touch with
Empty the bag
Tcod. 63020 anything the capacitive sensor
or connect a
Go to Diagnostics/Sensors/Analog
new one, then
Input and check the displayed
''RESUME''
status of WASTE BAG. Perform
sensor verification as described in
the (DISM_003) Functional
''DISABLE'' to
Verification Test #card after
deactivate
dismantling/closure testing

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-27

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
30 ELECTA MASTER detects (by HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was
WARNING:
CONCEPT serial from SENSORS) a (P1) SBE board properly caused:
BUFFY-COAT
RBC zero-level inside SPcod. 60700 Check if buffy coat level came
DETECTOR
ELECTA bowl, when a significant (P2) PSE1 board effectively to bowl shoulder or
MAY BE
ESSENTIAL blood volume was SPcod. 60778 not.
FAULTY
CONCEPT pumped: (P3) Buffy coat leds If not, do as follows
(PSE.J15) SPcod. Go to Diagnostics/Analog
• 98ml BT55 60785 Input/Sensors and check the buffy
After resuming,
• 151ml BT125 (P4) CCD Buffy coat coat calibration. Do a calibration if
check visually
• 198ml BT175 (SBE.J2) SPcod. necessary.
bowl filling level
• 275ml BT225 60746 (*) Calibrate the sensor (see
If RBCs overfill Tools: (CLBR_003) Buffy Coat sensor
the bowl, press (T1) Buffy coat tool Calibration #card). (P3,P4)(T1,T2)
''WASH symbol'' Tcod. 63005
to manually (T2) scopemeter
activate the
WASH/SPILL
phase

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-28

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
31 ELECTA SENSORS detects that HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check sensor supply between
WARNING:
CONCEPT reservoir is near to be full (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J8.1 and SBE.J8.4 (+5V is in
RESERVOIR IS
of blood. It is a necessary SPcod. 60700 Check the filling level inside (5.0÷5.2V) range. Do once more it
FILLING UP
ELECTA warning to avoid whole (P2) Load cell the reservoir or inspect if it was after disconnecting the connector
ESSENTIAL blood loss for reservoir (SBE.J8) SPcod. really high at the moment of SBE.J8, to verify if sensor is
CONCEPT damaging. 60736 alarm. corrupting voltage level.
"RESUME" and
Tools: Check if someone/something (P1,P2)(T1)
process blood
(T1) multimeter had collision or pressure on
quickly
(T2) Loading system reservoir holder
tool Tcod. 63013 If not, do as follows
Verify in Setup/Advanced Options if
reservoir model is set correctly.
Go to Diagnostics/Sensors/Analog
Input and check the displayed
status of WEIGHT by pressing on
reservoir holder
(*) Recalibrate the sensor if
necessary (see (CLBR_004) Load
Cell Calibration #card).
(P1,P2)(T1,T2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-29

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
32 ELECTA SENSORS detects that HW parts: First, ask the user if alarm was (*) Check sensor supply between
ALARM:
CONCEPT reservoir is full of blood. It (P1) SBE board properly caused: SBE.J8.1 and SBE.J8.4 (+5V is in
RESERVOIR
is a necessary warning to SPcod. 60700 Check the filling level inside (5.0÷5.2V) range. Do once more it
FULL.
ELECTA avoid whole blood loss for (P2) Load cell the reservoir or inspect if it was after disconnecting the connector
VACUUM PUMP ESSENTIAL reservoir damaging. (SBE.J8) SPcod. really high at the moment of SBE.J8, to verify if sensor is
DISABLED CONCEPT Vacuum pump is disabled, 60736 alarm. corrupting voltage level.
during weight emergency Tools: Check if someone/something (P1,P2)(T1)
activation. (T1) multimeter had collision or pressure on
"RESUME" and (T2) Loading system reservoir holder
process blood tool Tcod. 63013 If not, do as follows
quickly. Verify in Setup/Advanced Options if
reservoir model is set correctly.
The vacuum
Go to Diagnostics/Sensors/Analog
pump will be
Input and check the displayed
automatically
status of WEIGHT by pressing on
re-started as
reservoir holder
soon as a safe
(*) Recalibrate the sensor if
level is restored
necessary (see (CLBR_004) Load
inside the
Cell Calibration #card).
reservoir.
(P1,P2)(T1,T2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-30

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
33 ELECTA MASTER does not receive HW parts: Verify if the user forced the cover (*) Check lock sensor - If there is some
ALARM
CONCEPT by serial line from ACT1 (P1) ABE board during operation or if extraneous performance: with lock in open failure on MASTER-
CENTRIFUGE cover unlock message SPcod. 60702 object was interfering with cover. status, L state at ABE.J23.4. ACT1serial line, E6 will
COVER LOCK ELECTA after its last opening (P2) Lock sensor Ask the user if cover closure is (P1,P2)(T1) appear on every power
BLOCKED IN ESSENTIAL (ABE.J23) SPcod. possible without problem. If he (*) When Lock is undriven, recycling
CLOSED CONCEPT 60757 close the cover by simply put it measure voltage on ABE.J24 pin: - Cover locking
POSITION (P3) Lock system down, then it is locked (hook and both must be at +30V (ABE.J24.1 mechanical parts must
SPcod. 60758 lever link together). is positive pin). (P1,P3)(T1) allow up/down motion
(P4) Opening cover Make sure that cover is closed, go (*) If necessary adjust mechanical of lock shaft without
"RESUME" lever SPcod. 60734 to Diagnostics\Actuators sensor position with respect to any interference. Lock
without forcing. (P5) Cover locking Control\Lock & Cover Control and lock bottom (see “Cover lock is a fixed-current
hook SPcod. 60735 try to open/close lock several time. optical sensor”). (P2) actuator, so if
If persists,
Verify that lock status is changing (*) With scopemeter, measure mechanical load is
switch off, wait
Tools: and effectively cover locking. That voltage on ABE.J24 pins during excessive there is no
few seconds
(T1) multimeter is the manual lever can not be opening phase: 0V on ABE.J24.1 possibility to drive
and switch on
(T2) scopemeter (only moved if lock shaft is inserted. and about 25V on ABE.J24.2 for more current: lock
again.
for deeper inspection) Locking/unlocking is still possible 700ms. (P1,P3)(T2) stops.
If persists, call also by moving slightly the cover
technical left-right.
service (*) Make sure the cover is closed
and verify manually that lock
up/down motion is possible without
friction or interference (P3,P4,P5)
(*) If lock is OK, then check the
sensor: go to Diagnostics\Actuators
Control\Lock & Cover Control and
see the status displayed by moving
the lock shaft. (P1,P2)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-31

 Alar ms & W a rni n gs
ALARM/WARNIN EQPMENT
# CAUSE HW INVOLVED CHECKING METHODS DEEPER INSPECTION NOTES
G INVOLVED
34 ELECTA MASTER receives by HW parts: Ask the user if it occurs at every (*) Test the voltage on ABE.J22.4: Refer to (CLBR_012)
ALARM
CONCEPT serial line mismatching (P1) Lid hall sensor Electa Concept switch ON and only L state if cover is closed, H state Cover Sensor
CENTRIFUGE informations from ACT1 (HSP board – with lock shaft inserted. To try it, he otherwise. Or check ABE.LD34: Calibration #card in
COVER OPEN. ELECTA about lock-cover system: ABE.J22) cod.60760. can switch OFF Electa Concept ON if cover closed. order to complete the
ESSENTIAL lock shaft is mechanically (P2) Centrifuge lid during a cover closed phase (set up (P1,P2,P3)(T1) check
LOCK CLOSED
CONCEPT inserted but cover results SPcod. 60759 or procedure) and then turn ON in (*) Test voltage on ABE.J23.4: L if
open (P3) ABE board few seconds (<10”). If now E17 is lock is open (not inserted), H if
SPcod. 60702 fixed at every power cycling, user lock is closed (inserted). Note that
Close cover
(P4) Cover lock optical has to leave OFF Electa Concept the state is now inverted respect
without forcing,
sensor SPcod. 60757 for enough time to allow automatic to the diagnostics indication. Or
then
Tools: unlock (>70”), then switch ON. If check ABE.LD35: ON if lock
"RESUME".
(T1) multimeter now is OK, it means that cover open. (P4)(T1)
If persists, (T2) 3mm thickness sensing is slightly out of order and (*) If necessary adjust mechanical
switch off, wait gauge lock solenoid can interfere with it. sensor position with respect to
few seconds (T3) 4mm thickness Check cover sensor: go to lock bottom (see “Cover lock
and switch on gauge Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Lock optical sensor”).(P4)
again. & Cover Control and verify that the Check lock sensor performance:
state displayed is closed when go to Diagnostics\Actuators
If persists, call
cover is lifted up to 3mm from Control\Lock & Cover and verify
technical
Electa Concept top and the state is that the state displayed is open
service
open when cover is lifted over 4mm (H) when lock is not inserted, and
from Electa Concept top. Repeat closed (L) when inserted. (P4)
this test in both states of lock shaft: (*) Check ABE sensor lines:
inserted (closed) and not (open). If disconnect both sensors
requirements are not respected, (ABE.J22/J23) and go to
sensor can be damaged or cover Diagnostics\Digital
does not allow to sense the magnet Input\Actuators1 or test voltage
because mechanical distance or on ABE.J22.4. and ABE.J23.4
deformation. (P1,P2,P3)(T2,T3) State must be: Cover open (H
state) and Lock closed (H state).
(P3)(T1)

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 9.4-32

 O pe ni n g t he U ni t

10 DISMANTLING
10.1 (DISM_001) Opening the Unit rev.00

10.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe how to remove the Electa Concept panels

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.1-1

 Opening the Unit
10.1.3 Procedure

For this equipment it is possible to remove separately the left and right panel and the front one, without
removing the Electa Concept from the trolley (see fig.1)

Ref.2

Ref 1

Right panel

Rear Panel

Ref. 3

fig.1

10.1.3.1 Left and right panels

- To remove the right panel unscrew first the waste bag sensor support, and push the sensor inward
through the hole in the panel (fig.1, ref.1);
- Remove the left and right panels, by removing first the handles: unscrew and remove two screws
under the handles (fig.1, ref.2), then loose the other two screws inside the handles;
- Remove the three screw covers seated in the right and left panel and unscrew the three screws
under the covers (fig.1, ref.3);
- Remove two side panels sliding them downward. Be careful not to damage the plastic springs that
keep the side panels fixed to the front one.

10.1.3.2 Front Panel

- Remove the front panel by removing the four screws (two per each side).

10.1.3.3 Bottom cover

- Unscrew the waste container from the container connection, located on the lower panel of the unit;
- Remove the Electa Concept from the trolley releasing the trolley lever seated in the rear;
- Remove the lower cover by unscrewing the five screws.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.1-2

 Locating the Parts

10.2 (DISM_002) Locating the Parts rev00

10.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.2.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Electa Concept parts

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.2-1

 Locating the Parts

REF.4

REF.6
REF.5 REF.7

REF.10

REF.8
REF.9
REF.3

REF.13

REF.14
REF.12

REF. 15

REF.11

REF.2

REF.1

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.2-2

 Locating the Parts

10.2.3 Description of Electa Concept’s components

The unit can be divided into the following groups (see fig.1):

Ref. 1 – Side panel

Ref. 2 – Lower panel
Ref. 3 – Frame
Ref. 4 - Display
Ref. 5 – Electa Concept Top
Ref. 6 – Reservoir I.V. pole
Ref. 7 – Bags I.V. pole
Ref. 8 – Centrifuge group
Ref. 9 – Roller pump group
Ref. 10 – Clamp group
Ref. 11 – Vacuum pump group
Ref. 12 – SBE Circuit
Ref. 13 - ABE Circuit
Ref. 14 – Power supply group
Ref. 15 - MBE1 Circuit

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.2-3

 Locating the Parts

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.2-4

 Functional Verification Test

10.3 (DISM_003) Functional Verification Test rev.00

10.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential YES when not different

Concept 6.05 stated

10.3.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to guide the FSE in performing a Functional Verification Test

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.3-1

 Functional Verification Test
10.3.3 Procedure
The following procedure must be applied every time that the Electa Concept is opened for a service.
The following tests recognize any problem in the connection that could erase while opening the unit.

10.3.3.1 Tools:
- Electa Concept empty bowl
- 63015 Hematic Sensor Tool
- 63013 Loading system tool
- 63006 Tool Optical Filter (not for the Essential)
- 63020 waste bag sensor
- 63007 tool for the red line pressure test

10.3.3.2 Functional Verification test

1) Switch the Electa Concept on by pushing the I/O button and verify that after some seconds the Set-
up page is shown;
2) Pushing the Vacuum Pump soft key a second page will be shown;
3) Select 300 mmHg as Vacuum Level;
4) Select I/O and check that the vacuum source is running;
5) occlude the vacuum plug using a finger and check that after some second the valve is intermittently
functioning;
6) Push the I/O soft key. The vacuum stops;
7) Press the Exit soft key: the set-up page will be shown;
8) Lift the reservoir holder and insert the tool 63013 to simulate a reservoir presence;
9) Open the centrifuge cover;
10) Insert in the centrifuge plate the bowl ring (tool code 63018) and close the bowl arm;
11) Insert a bubble simulator (find inside the tool code 63015) in the bubble sensor support and close the
cover;
12) Start a New Patient by pushing the correspondent soft key, the message “Please wait set up in
progress” will be shown. Check that the centrifuge starts running at low speed and the pump runs
too;
13) When the Ready page is shown check that the bowl recognition system has recognised the 175 ml
bowl size. Remove the tool from the centrifuge plate;
14) Select PROGRAM and select Pstd. Push SAVE twice;
15) Push OPTIONS from the Ready page and select AUTO START soft key if it is not enabled;
16) Set auto start @400ml;
17) Push SAVE key;
18) Open the Electa Concept cover and insert the filter tool G340 in the tool code 63006 (not for the
Essential), Pay attention that the pump is not scratching the bubble simulator;
19) Close the cover;
20) When the Ready page is displayed hang your hand gently on the reservoir holder, after some
seconds the display will show : “Prime is starting automatically”;
21) Check that the HCT reading is round 30% (not for Electa Concept Essential);
22) Insert the tool waste bag (tool 63020) in the waste bag sensor with the deeper side facing the
sensor, Wait some seconds. No alarms have to appear;
23) Turn the tool in the way that the shallow part is facing the sensor and wait around 1 min. The
message “High fluid level detected in the waste bag by the sensor”;
24) Remove the tool and push resume bag empty key;
25) Wait some seconds, then push STOP;
26) Check that after some seconds the cover lock opens;
27) Open the cover and insert the tool code 63007 in clamp group in the red line pressure sensor. Close
the cover;
28) Push EMPTY, the message do you confirm Empty will appear. Push YES;
29) The alarm “Reinfusion line clamped” appears;
30) Push STOP and remove the tool from the Red Line pressure sensor and from the HCT sensor;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.3-2

 Functional Verification Test

31) Push EMPTY, the message do you confirm Empty will appear. Push YES;
32) Check that the pump is moving out bowl @ 250ml/min;
33) HCT reading is below 40 and FPH is yellow% (not for the Essential);
34) After some seconds the message “Volume withdraw from the bowl is higher than expected. check
bubble sensor and pump”;
35) Switch off the Electa Concept;
36) Switch on again;
37) Check the cover is closed, but when the SW revision is displayed the lock mechanism open the
cover;
38) Dampen the BLSA sensor. The alarm “Blood loss in centrifuge” will appear;
39) Switch off the Electa Concept;
40) Dry the sensor with a clean cloth;
41) Switch on the Electa Concept and wait the set up page;
42) Check that the message above has disappeared;
43) Switch off.

NOTE: If any other alarms or warning except those clearly described above will appear, refer to the
troubleshooting guide ALARM & WARNINGS rev00

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.3-3

 Functional Verification Test

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.3-4

 SBE P. C. Boar d

10.4 (DISM_004) cod. 60700 SBE P.C. Board rev00

10.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.4.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the SBE p.c. board replacement code 60700

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.4-1

 S B E P. C. B oa r d
10.4.3 Procedure

10.4.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.4.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- To remove the SBE board disconnect all the connectors:

From J1 to J11;

J14;

NOTE: For the Electa Essential Concept the cabling to J6, J1, J5 are not present

- Unscrew the 2 nuts that fix the SBE p.c. board on its metallic support;
- Remove the SBE board.

10.4.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the SBE board on the metallic support fixing it with 4 screws;
- Connect all the connector back:

From J1 to J11;

J14.

10.4.4 Calibration
Perform the download of the software on the SBE p.c. board following the procedure for the SBE board in
(UNIT_004) Programming Procedure #card.
Perform the following calibration:
- (CLBR_003) Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration #card;
- (CLBR_004) Load Cell Calibration #card;
- (CLBR_005) HGB Sensor Calibration #card;
- (CLBR_006) HCT Sensor Calibration #card;
- (CLBR_008) Red Pressure Sensor #card.

10.4.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.4-2

 ABE P.C. Board

10.5 (DISM_005) cod. 60702 ABE P.C. Board rev00

10.5.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.5.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the ABE p.c. board replacement code 60702

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.5-1

 ABE P.C. Board
10.5.3 Procedure

10.5.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.5.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- To remove the ABE board disconnect all the connectors:
ƒ From J1 to J8;
ƒ J 10;
ƒ J14, J15, J16;
ƒ From J19 to J24.
- Unscrew the 2 nuts in the central axe of the p. c. board;
- Remove the board, rotating it just a little, paying attention to the optical fiber.

10.5.3.3 Reassembly
- Put the ABE p.c. board in seat;
- Fix the 2 nuts;
- Connect all the connectors back following the name listed on the cable.

10.5.4 Calibration
- Perform the download of the software on the ABE p. c board following the procedure for the ABE
board in (UNIT_004) Programming Procedure #card;
- Perform the (CLBR_014) Unlock Delay Calibration #card.

10.5.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.5-2

 Ma i n Fil t e r P . C. B oa r d

10.6 (DISM_006) cod. 60705 Main Filter P.C. Board rev00

10.6.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.6.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Main Filter p.c board replacement code 60705.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.6-1

 Main Filter P.C. Board
10.6.3 Procedure

10.6.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 10 mm;
- Flare wrench 5,5 mm.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.6.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the right side panel;
- Remove the SBE p. c. board with its support as following:
ƒ Disconnect all the SBE connectors;
ƒ Unscrew the two screws (using the Flare wrench 10 mm) that fix the SBE support to the housing
and remove the board with its support;
ƒ Unscrew the screw that fixes the ground cable.
- Remove the MF p.c. board as following:
ƒ Disconnect from the upper side: J1;
ƒ Disconnect from the lower side: J2;
ƒ Remove the four nuts close to the corners of the p. c. board using the flare wrench 5,5 mm;
ƒ Remove the board from its support.

10.6.3.3 Reassembly
- Put the new MF board in seat;
- Fix the 4 nuts;
- Connect the connectors:
ƒ In the upper side: J1;
ƒ In the lower side: J2;
- Put the SBE board with its support in seat and connect all the connectors and the ground cable
back.

10.6.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.6-2

 DPT P.C. Board

10.7 (DISM_007) cod. 60707 DPT P.C. Board rev00

10.7.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.7.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the DPT p.c. board replacement code 60707.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.7-1

 DPT P.C. Board
10.7.3 Procedure

10.7.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Pliers;
- Flare wrench 10 mm.

10.7.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the right side panel;
- Remove the SBE p. c. board with its support as following:
ƒ Disconnect all the SBE connectors;
ƒ Unscrew the two screws (using the Flare wrench 10 mm) that fix the SBE support to the housing
and remove the board with its support.
- Unscrew the screw that fix the ground cable;
- It is possible to have access to the DPT p.c. board;
- Disconnect the J1 connector from the DPT p.c. board;
- Remove the two plastic tubing going to the pressure sensor on the DPT p.c. board;
- Remove the board acting with pliers to the 4 plastic clips which fix the board to its support.

10.7.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new DPT p. c. board on its support and fix it by pressing on the clips;
- Insert the connector J1 to the DPT p.c. board;
- Insert the plastic tubing on the pressure sensors;
- Put the SBE board with its support in seat and connect all the connectors and the ground cable
back.

10.7.4 Functional test

- Perform the testing (CLBR_009) Vacuum DPT Calibration #card
- Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.7-2

 BLSA Se ns or

10.8 (DISM_008) cod. 60708 BLSA Sensor rev00

10.8.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.8.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the BLSA sensor group replacement code 60708.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.8-1

 BLSA Sens or
10.8.3 Procedure

10.8.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Wire cutters.

10.8.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Cut the plastic wrap tie that keep the connectors group;
- Disconnect the J4 from the SBE p. c. board;
- The BLSA p.c. board is stuck on the well;
- Remove the BLSA p.c. board from the internal of the centrifuge well;
- The connector must be removed from the hole on the centrifuge.

10.8.3.3 Reassembly
- Clean perfectly the centrifuge well surface and remove old insertions;
- Pass the BLSA cable trough the centrifuge hole;
- Stick the BLSA p.c. board on the centrifuge in the same position;
- Insert the connector J4 to the SBE p.c. board;
- Fix the cables with wrap ties.

10.8.4 Functional test

- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostics mode;
- Enter Digital Input\Sensor;
- Check that BLOOD LOSS reads DRY;
- Dampen the sensor, the BLOOD LOSS reads WET;
- Remember to dry the sensor.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.8-2

 HGB Se ns or

10.9 (DISM_009) cod. 60709 HGB Sensor rev00

10.9.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

10.9.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the HGB sensor group replacement code 60709.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.9-1

 HGB Sens or

10.9.3 Procedure

10.9.3.1 Tools:
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm.

10.9.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept right panel;
- Remove the two plastic covers on the HGB support and unscrew the two screws that fix the HGB
holder to the arm and pull it up just a little;
- Disconnect the J6 connector from the SBE p.c. board;
- Cut the wrap ties and remove the cables from the AMP connector to let the cables to cross the hole
of the centrifuge arm;
- Take the old HGB sensor away by running the cables trough the centrifuge arm hole.

10.9.3.3 Reassembling
- Insert the new HGB sensor;
- Insert in the AMP connector the cables following the drawing 1;

rubber sheath
D=4,3
"PICK UP" L=30mm therm. D 1.6
CABLES 7
BLUE J1
red 1
LG5411R AMP 8p
white 2
rubber sheath
5
D=4,3
.
J6
.
.
L=30mm 6 1
SBE
RED
red 4
SFH216
white 3
therm. D 1.6
8

fig.1

AMP STANDARD

- Be careful to put the gasket round the bowl arm again;

- Connect the J6 connector to the SBE p.c. board;
- Fix the cables with wrap ties;
- Fix the two screws on the HGB holder;
- Put the cover caps back in the holder holes.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.9-2

 HGB Se ns or

10.9.4 Calibration required

Perform the calibration (CLBR_005) HGB Sensor Calibration #card.

10.9.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.9-3

 HGB Sens or

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.9-4

 HCT-Bubble Sensor

10.10 (DISM_010) cod. 60710 HCT - Bubble Sensor rev00

10.10.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

10.10.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the HCT-Bubble sensor group replacement code 60710

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.10-1

 HCT- B ubble Sens or
10.10.3 Procedure

10.10.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Flare wrench 4 mm.

10.10.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- Cut the plastic wrap tie that keep the connectors group to the SBE board;
- Disconnect the J1 and J5 from the SBE p.c. board;
- Disconnect J1 from the BS-E board;
- Remove the two Hex head screws that fix the HCT holder under the top panel;
- Remove the HCT and Bubble sensor from the top of the Electa Concept.

10.10.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the HCT and Bubble sensor cables through the correspondent hole on the top;
- Fix the HCT and Bubble sensor support with two Hex head screws;
- Connect back J1 and J5 to SBE p.c. board;
- Connect J1 of the BS-E p.c. board;
- Fix the cabling to the right side of the Electa Concept with plastic wrap ties.

10.10.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_006) HCT Sensor Calibration #card.

10.10.5 Functional test

- Close the Electa Concept;
- Enter Diagnostics Digital Input\Master;
- Insert the bubble simulator cod.63015 on the bubble sensor holder and verify that with the simulator
inside the function BBD is reading LIQUID, without the simulator the BBD is giving AIR.

10.10-2
 HS – P Rotor S e nso r

10.11 (DISM_011) cod. 60711 HS – P Rotor Sensor rev00

10.11.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.11.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the HS-P Rotor Sensor replacement code 60711.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.11-1

 HS -P Rotor Sensor
10.11.3 Procedure

10.11.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.11.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Disconnect the cable J2 from the MBE1 p.c. board;
- Remove the plastic wrap ties which fix the cabling to the MBE1 p.c. board;
- Unscrew the screw which fixes the sensor to the peristaltic pump support;
- Pay attention before removing the sensor to the spacer between the HS-P board and the pump
metallic plate;
- Remove the HS-P p.c. board.

HS-P Rotor
sensor

fig.1

10.11.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the HS-P board in its seat, inserting the spacer between the HS-P sensor and the pump plate
- Tighten the screw;
- Connect the cable from the sensor to J2 MBE1 p.c. board;
- Fix the cable with wrap ties.

10.11.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_015) Pump Low Shaft Sensor Calibration #card.

10.11.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.11-2

 H S- A B o w l A r m S e n s o r

10.12 (DISM_012) cod. 60713 HS-A Bowl Arm Sensor rev00

10.12.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.12.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the HS-A Bowl Arm Sensor replacement code 60713.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.12-1

 H S - A Bowl Ar m Sens or
10.12.3 Procedure

10.12.3.1 Tools
- Screwdrivers set;
- Allen key 3 mm.

10.12.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Remove the two plastic covers on the HGB holder and unscrew the two TCCE M4x20 screws on it
- Cut the wrap ties to set the cables free;
- Take the HGB holder apart without removing completely from its seat. Pay attention to the gasket
under the HGB holder;
- Disconnect J21 connector from the ABE p.c. board and J4 from the MBE1 p.c. board;
- Disconnect the cabling from the AMP connectors to allow the cables to cross the hole in the arm
support;
- Unscrew the TCC screw, which keeps the HS-A in its seat;
- Remove the HS-A p.c. board passing the cabling through the hole of the arm.

10.12.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the HS-A p.c. board passing the cabling unwired through the arm hole;
- Wire the cabling as described in the drawing 1:
-

fig.1

- Connect the cable to J21 of the ABE p.c. board, J4 of the MBE1 p. c. board;
- Position the HS-A circuit in its stop limit as shown in fig.2:

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.12-2

 H S- A B o w l A r m S e n s o r
- Before inserting the HGB sensor perform the calibration of the HS-A p.c. board following the
(CLBR_016) Bowl Arm Calibration #card;
- Insert the HGB holder back. Be careful to put the gasket round the bowl arm again;
- Fix the two screws on the HGB holder;
- Put the cover caps back in the holder holes.

10.12.4 Calibration
- Perform the calibration of the HS sensor following the procedure in (CLBR_016) Bowl Arm
Calibration #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.12-3

 H S - A Bowl Ar m Sens or

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.12-4

 HS-C Clamp

10.13 (DISM_013) cod. 60714 HS-C Clamp rev00

10.13.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.13.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the HS-C CLAMP sensor replacement code 60714.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.13-1

 H S- C Cla m p
10.13.3 Procedure

10.13.3.1 Tools
- Screwdrivers set.

10.13.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Disconnect the HS-C p.c. board cable on the CLS p.c. board of the clamp that must be replaced (see
fig 1):
ƒ J8 for the Prime clamp;
ƒ J7 for the Wash clamp;
ƒ J6 for the Empty clamp.
- Remove the HS-C sensor under the related clamp by unscrewing the screw that fixes the HS-C p.c.
board to the clamp group, paying attention to the spacer.

Wash clamp

Empty clamp
Prime clamp

HS Prime sensor

fig.1

10.13.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the HS-C sensor under the clamp in its seat;
- Fix it with the screw without tightening it, paying attention to insert the spacer between the screw and
the board;
- Connect the connector related to the HS-C clamp as following:
ƒ J8 for the Prime clamp;
ƒ J7 for the Wash clamp;
ƒ J6 for the Empty clamp.

10.13.4 Calibration
- Perform the calibration of the HS sensor following the procedure (CLBR_010) Clamp Hall Sensor
Calibration #card.

10.13.5 Functional test

- Close the Electa Concept and perform (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.13-2

 Power Supply

10.14 (DISM_014) cod. 60715 Power Supply rev00

10.14.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.14.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Power Supply replacement code 60715

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.14-1

 Power Supply
10.14.3 Procedure

10.14.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Flare wrench 5,5 mm;
- Flare wrench 10 mm;
- Multimeter.

10.14.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove all the Electa Concept panels;
- Remove the Electa Concept from the trolley;
- Remove the bottom cover unscrewing the 4 cross screws;
- Remove the waste can support removing the screws from the bottom of the equipment and
disconnecting the tubes;
- Remove the MBE p.c. board as following:
ƒ Disconnect all the MBE connectors;
ƒ Unscrew the two screws (using the Flare wrench 10 mm) that fix the board support to the housing
and remove the board with its support;
ƒ Disconnect the ground wire from the housing.
- Remove the SBE p.c. board as following:
ƒ Disconnect all the SBE connectors;
ƒ Unscrew the two screws (using the Flare wrench 10 mm) that fix the board support to the housing
and remove the board with its support;
ƒ Disconnect the ground wire from the housing.
- Pay attention while removing the boards not to damage the cabling;
- Disconnect in the PSE p.c. board all the connectors: J2,J3,J5,J7,J8,J9,J10,J13,J14,J15 and J17;
- Disconnect in the MF p.c. board J1 and J2;
- Lay the equipment on the rear handle;
- Unscrews the 4 cross screws in the bottom side of the equipment under the power supply;
- Remove the complete power supply group from the left side of the Electa Concept;
- Disconnect on the power supply side:
ƒ the Power fail cable that is connected to J12 of the PSE p. c. board;
ƒ the Inhibit cable that is connected to J11 of the PSE p. c. board.
- Unscrew the 4 screws that keep the PSE p.c. board and the MF board fixed to the power supply;
- Remove the PSE and MF boards.

10.14.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the PSE and MF p. c. boards to the new Power Supply;
- Connect the Inhibit and the power fail cables coming from J11 and J12 of the PSE board;
- Fix the power supply group to the Electa Concept housing with 4 screws;
- Put the Electa Concept bottom cover back fixing it with 5 cross screws;
- Position the equipment on the trolley;
- Connect in the MF p. c. board the connector J1 and J2;
- Put the SBE board in seat and connect all the connectors back;
- Put the MBE1 board in seat and connect all the connectors back.

10.14.4 Calibration
- Switch on the equipment in diagnostic mode and verify the power supply voltages following the
Procedure (CLBR_002) Power Supply Calibration #card.

10.14.5 Functional test

Put the waste can support back and connect the tubes;
Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.14-2

 Clamp Optical Switch

10.15 (DISM_015) cod. 60716 Clamp Optical Switch rev00

10.15.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.15.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Clamp Optical Switch replacement code 60716.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.15-1

 Clamp Optical Switch
10.15.3 Procedure

10.15.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.15.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Disconnect the Optical switch cable on the CLS p.c. board of the position that must be replaced (see
fig 1):
ƒ J4 for Stop;
ƒ J1 for the Prime;
ƒ J2 for the Wash;
ƒ J3 for the Empty.
- Remove the Optical switch under the related clamp by unscrewing the screw that fix it to the clamp
group.

Wash clamp

Prime clamp

Empty clamp

Prime Optical sensor

fig.1

10.15.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the Optical switch under the clamp in its seat;
- Fix it with the screw, the position of the switch is fixed;
- Connect the connector related to the position read by the switch as following:
ƒ J4 for Stop;
ƒ J1 for the Prime;
ƒ J2 for the Wash;
ƒ J3 for the Empty.

10.15.4 Functional test

- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostics Actautors Control\ Clamp Control;
- Check that in the different position the switches read correctly;
- Close the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.15-2

 W a s t e B a g Sensor

10.16 (DISM_016) cod. 60718 Waste Bag Sensor rev00

10.16.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.16.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Waste Bag Sensor replacement code 60718.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.16-1

 Wast e Ba g Sens or
10.16.3 Procedure

10.16.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers
- Adjustable wrench
- Caliper

10.16.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Disconnect the connector from the waste bag sensor J9 on the SBE p.c. board;
- Unscrew the plastic nut from the metal ring;
- Remove the sensor.

10.16.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the sensor in seat;
- Screw the plastic nut to the metal ring;
- Connect the connector to J9 SBE.

10.16.4 Calibration
The plastic nut has to be screw in the way that the distance between the end of the sensor and the metal
ring is 8 mm, as in fig.1:

Electa Frame

Metal ring Plastic nut

Sensor

8mm

fig.1

10.16.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.16-2

 Vacuum Electrovalve

10.17 (DISM_017) cod. 60719 Vacuum Electrovalve rev00

10.17.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.17.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Vacuum Electrovalve replacement code 60719.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.17-1

 Vacuum Electrovalve
10.17.3 Procedure

10.17.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 10.

10.17.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- Remove the SBE p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from the top side of the p.c. board J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,J6, J7, J8 & ground, J9;
ƒ Disconnect from right side of the p.c. board J10, J11, J14;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10mm (top side) fixing the SBE1 p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis.
- Remove the MBE1 p. c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from top side J1 & ground, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7;
ƒ Disconnect from right side J11, J13, J19;
ƒ Disconnect from left side J9, J10, J12, J14, J16;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10mm (top side) fixing the MBE p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis.
- Disconnect from the vacuum group J2-ABE, J3-ABE, J4-ABE, J11-MBE connectors;
- Disconnect the tube from the 90° plastic adapter (see fig 4);
-

fig.1

- Remove the expansion chamber from the front side of the equipment by cutting the tie wraps;

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.17-2

 Vacuum Electrovalve
- Remove the vacuum group unscrewing the 4 Allen screws located close to each corner;
- Remove the electrovalve unscrewing two TCCE M4x12 which fix the valve to the support.

Electrovalve

fig.3

10.17.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the electrovalve to the support with 2 TCCE M4x12 screws;
- Insert the Vacuum group and fix it to the Electa Concept frame with 4 screws close to each corner
- Connect the connectors:
ƒ The cable from the DPT to J11 MBE1 and J4 ABE;
ƒ The valve cable to J2 ABE;
ƒ The Vacuum motor to J3 ABE.
- Connect the tube to the vacuum 90° plastic adapter.

90° plastic adapter

fig.4

- Put the SBE and MBE1 back;

- Connect all the connectors.

10.17.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.17-3

 Vacuum Electrovalve

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.17-4

 C e n t r i f u g e Mo t o r

10.18 (DISM_018) cod. 60720 Centrifuge Motor rev00

10.18.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.18.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Centrifuge Motor replacement code 60720.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.18-1

 Centrifuge Motor
10.18.3 Procedure

10.18.3.1 Tools
- Screwdrivers set;
- Allen key 3 mm.

10.18.3.2 Disassembly
- Open all the Electa Concept panels;
- Disconnect the connector J14 from the ABE p.c. board;
- Unscrew 4 TCCE M 4x12 screws on the centrifuge motor and remove them and the ground cable
fixed to the screw in the front side of the motor. Pay attention to the plastic joint connecting the motor
to the chuck (fig.2);
- Remove the ferrite from the motor to use it in the new one.

SCREW

GROUND
CABLE

To J14 ABE

fig.1

10.18.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the removed ferrite to the cable of the new centrifuge motor;
- Insert the new centrifuge motor in the correct position by aligning the motor shaft to the shaft of the
chuck;
- Connect the ground cable as in fig.1 and screw the 4 screws M4X12 without tighten them;
- Connect the motor cable to J14.

10.18.4 Calibration
The centrifuge motor needs to be aligned to the chuck to avoid noises problem coming from the assembled
group. Proceed as following:
- Switch on Electa Concept in Diagnostics mode Actuators Control\Centrifuge Control
- Run the centrifuge at slow speed (max 1500 rpm);
- Wait the assessment of the centrifuge to the chuck shaft;
- With the centrifuge running tighten the screws in the opposite position on the centrifuge motor paying
attention that the centrifuge group noises are not increasing;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.18-2

 C e n t r i f u g e Mo t o r
- In case it could be necessary to turn the centrifuge motor and aligned it to the chuck shaft in a
different position;
- This must be done turning the motor and inserting it to the chuck shaft in the opposite side to change
the position of the plastic joint which make the coupling between the two shaft (fig.2).

fig.2

10.18.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept panels and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.
Reset the Working Time of Centrifuge in Diagnostic Mode/ Working Times page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.18-3

 Centrifuge Motor

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.18-4

 Ce ntrif uge Enc o der Swi tch

10.19 (DISM_019) cod. 60721 Centrifuge Encoder Switch rev00

10.19.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.19.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Centrifuge Encoder Switch replacement code 60721.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.19-1

 Ce ntrif u ge Encoder Switc h

10.19.3 Procedure

10.19.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.19.3.2 Disassembly
- Open all the Electa Concept panels;
- Disconnect the connector from the encoder switch to J6 ABE p.c. board;
- Cut the wrap ties;
- Remove the encoder switch by unscrewing two screws TCC M3x12 (fig.1).

ENCODER
SWITCH

fig.1

10.19.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new encoder switch paying attention to fix it between the encoder disk;
- Fix it with two screws TCC M3x12 (fig.1);
- Connect the cable to J6 ABE p.c. board;
- Fix the cable with wrap ties.

10.19.4 Functional test

- Enter Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Centrifuge Control;
- Verify the good functionality of the encoder running the centrifuge @ 5600 rpm and verifying the
Real Speed is in the range (5600 ± 50);
- Close the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.19-2

 Encoder Disk

10.20 (DISM_020) cod. 60722 Encoder Disk rev00

10.20.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.20.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Centrifuge Encoder Disk replacement code 60722

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.20-1

 Encoder Disk
10.20.3 Procedure

10.20.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys 2,5 and 3 mm.

10.20.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove all the Electa Concept panels;
- Remove the centrifuge motor following the procedure in (DISM_018) Centrifuge Motor #card;
- Remove the encoder switch by unscrewing the two screws TCC M3x12 (fig.1);
- Unscrew the 4 encoder screws TCCE M3x6 fixing the encoder to the chuck (fig.1);
- Remove the encoder disk.
Centrifuge
encoder

Encoder
switch

fig.1

10.20.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new encoder disk paying attention not to damage it while inserting in seat;
- Screw the 4 screws back;
- Insert back the encoder switch;
- Fix it with two screws;
- Insert the centrifuge encoder following the procedure in the (DISM_018) Centrifuge Motor #card.

10.20.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration described in the (DISM_018) Centrifuge Motor #card.

10.20.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.20-2

 Centrifuge Chuck

10.21 (DISM_021) cod. 60723 Centrifuge Chuck rev00

10.21.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.21.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Centrifuge Chuck replacement code 60723.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.21-1

 Centrifuge Chuck
10.21.3 Procedure

10.21.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm.

10.21.3.2 Disassembly
To identify the spare part see fig.1

fig.1

- Open all the Electa Concept panels;

- Remove the centrifuge plate as the procedure in the (DISM_022) Centrifuge Plate #card;
- Remove the encoder switch as the procedure in (DISM_019) Centrifuge Encoder Switch #card;
- To remove the chuck unscrew the 4 screws TCCE M4x16 inside the centrifuge well which fasten the
chuck to the group, (fig.2);
- Remove the chuck from the centrifuge well;
- Pay attention to the plastic joint inserted in the centrifuge motor shaft.

Centrifuge
Chuck

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.21-2

 Centrifuge Chuck
10.21.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the chuck from the internal of the centrifuge well;
- Fix it with 4 screws TCCE M4x16 and the nuts inside the centrifuge well;
- Insert the encoder switch as the procedure in the (DISM_019) Centrifuge Encoder Switch #card;
- Insert back the centrifuge plate as the procedure in the (DISM_022) Centrifuge Plate #card.

10.21.4 Functional test

- Enter Diagnostics\Actuators Control\Centrifuge Control;
- Verify the good functionality of the encoder running the centrifuge @ 5600 rpm and verifying the
Real Speed is in the range (5600 ± 50);
- Verify that the centrifuge group is not giving laud noise while running (in case perform the 3.4
Calibration of the motor described in (DISM_018) Centrifuge Motor #card);
- Close the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.21-3

 Centrifuge Chuck

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.21-4

 Ce ntrif u ge Pla te

10.22 (DISM_022) cod. 60724 Centrifuge Plate rev00

10.22.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.22.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Centrifuge Plate replacement code 60724.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.22-1

 Centrifuge Plate

10.22.3 Procedure

10.22.3.1 Tools
- Allen key 5 mm.

10.22.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the centrifuge cover;
- Keep the arm bowl in open position;
- Remove the three Hex screws M6x12 on the centrifuge plate. (fig.1, ref1);
- Remove the centrifuge plate.

SCREWS

fig.1

10.22.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new centrifuge plate in the correct position by aligning the three screw holes;
- Screw the three screws.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.22-2

 Bowl Arm

10.23 (DISM_023) cod. 60725 BOWL ARM rev00

10.23.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.23.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bowl Arm replacement code 60725

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.23-1

 Bowl Ar m
10.23.3 Procedure

10.23.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdriver;
- Torque wrench 3 Nm.

10.23.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- Remove the HGB sensor as described in the (DISM_009) HGB Sensor #card;
- Cut the plastic wrap tie that keep the cabling group to the boards;
- Remove the HS-A sensor as described in the (DISM_012) HS-A Arm Sensor #card;
- Unscrew the two M4x16 screws that fix the arm bowl to the centrifuge well;
- Disconnect the J15 cable from the PSE1 p.c. board;
- Remove from the bottom side of the arm bowl the Buffy-Coat LED support unscrewing the two
screws cross head;
- Remove the bowl arm.

10.23.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the Buffy-Coat LED support under the new bowl arm with two cross head screws;
- Position the arm bowl in its seat by fastening the two TCCE M4x16 screws without tightening them;
- Insert the HS-A circuit following the procedure in the (DISM_012) HS-A Arm Sensor #card and
perform the calibration;
- Insert the HGB sensor following the instruction (DISM_009) HGB SENSOR #card.

10.23.4 Calibration
- Check the correct position of the arm bowl following the procedure (CLBR_016) Bowl Arm
Calibration #card;
- Tighten the arm screws with the torque wrench 3 Nm.

10.23.5 Functional test

- Close the Electa Concept panels and perform the (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.23-2

 P u m p Mo t o r

10.24 (DISM_024) cod. 60727 Pump Motor rev00

10.24.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.24.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Pump Motor replacement code 60727.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.24-1

 Pump Motor
10.24.3 Procedure

10.24.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm.

10.24.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Disconnect both the connectors J7 and J1 going to the pump motor from the ABE p.c. board;
- Remove the pump rotor following (DISM 026) Pump Rotor #card;
- Unscrew 3 screws TCCE M4x12 that fix the pump motor to the plate and disconnect the ground
cable;
- Pull down the motor gently (see fig.1);
- Remove the motor shaft following (DISM 062) Motor Shaft #card.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.24-2

 P u m p Mo t o r
10.24.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the motor shaft following (DISM 062) Motor Shaft #card;
- Fix the new pump motor with the three screws, don’t forget the ground cable;
- Insert the pump rotor back;
- Connect the motor cable to J1 ABE and the encoder cable to J7 ABE;
- Close the Electa side panels.

10.24.4 Functional test

- Switch on the equipment in Diagnostic Mode Actuators Control/Pump Control;

- Test that running the pump at 150 ml/min the REAL SPEED is in the range (150 ml/min +/- 8ml/min)
in both direction (in bowl, out bowl) the motor is correctly functioning.
- Reset the Working Time of Centrifuge in Diagnostic Mode/ Working Times page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.24-3

 Pump Motor

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.24-4

 Pump Plate

10.25 (DISM_025) cod. 60728 Pump Plate rev00

10.25.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.25.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Pump Plate replacement code 60728.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.25-1

 Pump Plate
10.25.3 Procedure

10.25.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm.

10.25.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Remove the pump rotor following (DISM 026) Pump Rotor #card;
- Remove the pump motor following (DISM 024) Pump Motor #card;
- Unscrew 3 screws on the Electa Concept top which fix the plate;
- Remove the plate (see fig.1 ref.3);
- Remove the HS-P sensor following (DISM 011) HS-P Rotor Sensor #card (see fig.1 ref.1).

10.25.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new HS-P sensor;
- Insert the pump plate;
- Fix it with three screws to the top;
- Insert the motor;
- Insert the rotor.

fig.1

10.25.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_015) Pump Low Shaft Calibration #card.

10.25.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.25-2

 Pump Rotor

10.26 (DISM_026) cod. 60729 Pump Rotor rev00

10.26.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.26.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the pump rotor replacement code 60729

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.26-1

 Pump Rotor

10.26.3 Procedure

10.26.3.1 Disassembly
- Open the centrifuge cover;
- To replace the pump rotor, lift the white lever (ref.1, fig.1) and extract the rotor, making sure that it is
positioned where the knurling allows its extraction. To find the correct position turn the motor round
the shaft, till it is possible to lift it.

10.26.3.2 Reassembly
- Insert the new pump rotor into the pump shaft;
- Find the correct angular position pushing the pump rotor completely down the shaft;
- Turn the pump rotor to align the white lever with the slot in the metallic shaft of the rotor;
- Block the rotor by closing the lever (fig.1, ref 2).

fig.1

10.26.4 Functional test

- Switch on the equipment in Diagnostic Mode Actuators Control/Pump Control;
- Test that running the pump at 150ml/min the REAL SPEED is in the range (150 ml/min ± 8ml/min)
in both direction (in bowl, out bowl) the motor is correctly functioning.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.26-2

 Bushings

10.27 (DISM_027) cod. 60731 Bushings rev00

10.27.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.27.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bushings replacement code 60731.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.27-1

 Bu s hi n gs
10.27.3 Procedure
The I.V. pole group for bags consists of three sections whose diameters are respectively 25 mm, 20 mm and
15 mm.

10.27.3.1 Tools
- Clamping clip wrench;
- Pliers;
- Set of Allen keys;
- Hair-dryer.

10.27.3.2 Disassembling the I.V pole bushings

- Lift the Electa Concept up from its trolley;
- Remove the two side panels and the bottom cover;
- From bottom side, looking into the stainless steel pipe, unscrew a little bit the Allen screw 2,5 mm
(see fig.1);

Allen screw 2.5mm

fig.1

- Unscrew completely the metallic part (looks like brass) using a large flare screw driver inserted in the
slot. Let the unscrewed part into the pipe;
- Lift up and remove the Ø 20 mm (with the 15 mm) I.V poles obtaining the piece represented in the
fig.2;

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.27-2

 Bushings
- Unscrew the three screws under the guillotine (fig.3) of the Ø 15mm I.V pole;

fig.3

- Draw the Ø 15 mm I.V pole away;

- Remove the Ø 15 mm bushing;
- Remove the Ø 20 mm bushing, blocked in the Ø 25 mm mast, with pliers from on high;
- Remove the clamping clip (fig.4) from the bottom of the Ø 25 mm I.V. pole;

fig.4

- Remove the Ø 25 mm mast from the bottom side;

- Remove the Ø 25 mm bushing, blocked in the Ø 25 mm mast seat, pulling it down helping you with a
screwdriver.

10.27.3.3 Disassembling the cardiotomy bushing

- Remove the Cardiotomy mast, (DISM_067) Cardiotomy mast # card;
- Remove the bushing with pliers lifting it up.

10.27.3.4 Reassembly
: Before inserting the bushings it is necessary to put them around their respective
poles, to level them, to hot them (with a hair-dryer) and then to level them again.

10.27.3.4.1 Reassembling the Ø 25 mm bushing (I.V. pole side)

- Insert the bushing of the 25 mm I.V. pole into the frame seat;
- Stick the conductive spring in the seat at the bottom of the mast;
- Insert the Ø 25 I.V. pole into its seat from the bottom;
- Block in the mast with the clamping clip.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.27-3

 Bu s hi n gs
10.27.3.4.2 Reassembling the Ø 20mm bushing
- Insert the corresponding bushing of the 20 mm I.V. pole into the frame seat;
- Insert on the Ø 20 mm I.V. pole the eccentric ring;
- Push the mast completely down;
- Insert the brass stop from the bottom (fig.1);
- First fix it screwing the brass in the middle, then thigh it acting on the Allen screw 2,5 mm.

10.27.3.4.3 Reassembling the Ø 15mm bushing

- Insert the guillotine into the mast;
- Insert the bushing from the bottom upward through the lower hole of the frame, insert it in the second
groove;
- Check that the bushing is properly inserted into its seat;
- Stick in the mast the conductive spring (fig.5) (if previously removed);

Conductive
springs
fig.5

- Reassemble the Ø 15mm mast in the Ø 20 mm mast by screwing the 3 screws under the guillotine
(fig.3).

10.27.3.4.4 Reassembling the Ø 25 mm bushing (Cardiotomy side)

See the reassembling procedure in (DISM_067) Cardiotomy mast # card.

10.27.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.27-4

 Clamp Group

10.28 (DISM_028) cod. 60732 Clamp Group rev00

10.28.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.28.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Clamp Group replacement code 60732

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.28-1

 Clamp Group
10.28.3 Procedure

10.28.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Torque wrench 0,7 Nm;
- Clamp thickness tool code 63016.

10.28.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the clamp knob by unscrewing the set screw that fixes it to the shaft;
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Disconnect the clamp group ground connector:
ƒ J20 connector from the ABE board;
ƒ J5, J10 and J9 from the CLS board under the clamp group;
ƒ J11 from the CLS board that connect the red line pressure sensor.
- Loose the 4 cross screws that keep the group on the top;
- Remove the clamp group from the top: the red line pressure sensor will come out together with the
group;
- Remove the red line pressure sensor. It must be used in case of substitution of the clamp group;
- Remove the ferrite from the motor cable. It must be used in case of substitution of the group.

10.28.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert in the clamp group the red line pressure sensor;
- Insert the cabling in the AMP connector as shown in fig.1:

rubber sheath
D=4,1 AMP 4P F. MODU 2
SENSOR Female for cable
L=30mm
blue 4
green(b) 3 ..
. J11
green(a) 2
1 CLS

red 1

fig.1

- Connect the red line pressure cable to J11 of the CLS board;
- Fix the ferrite round the motor cable;
- Put the clamp group in seat and fix it to the Electa Concept top with the 4 screws;
- Connect the following cables:
ƒ The cable from SBE J7 to the J10 of the CLS board;
ƒ The cable from J3 MBE1 to J9 of the CLS board;
ƒ The cable from J16 ABE board to J5 of the CLS board;
ƒ The cable from the Clamp motor to J20 of the ABE board.
- Insert the clamp knob back, the position of the knob can be taken inserting the thickness code
63016;
- Tighten the set screw with a torque wrench of 0,7 Nm.

10.28.4 Functional test

- Switch on the equipment in Diagnostic Mode Actuators Control/Clamps Control;
- Check that the clamps are all closed and only the Stop optical sensor is open;
- Push the AUTOTEST soft key and check that the clamp group works without errors;
- Reset the Working Time of Centrifuge in Diagnostic Mode/ Working Times page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.28-2

 Clamp Knob

10.29 (DISM_029) cod. 60733 Clamp Knob rev00

10.29.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.29.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Clamp Knob replacement code 60733

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.29-1

 Clamp Knob
10.29.3 Procedure

10.29.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Torque wrench 0,7 Nm;
- Clamp thickness tool code 63016.

10.29.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the clamp knob by unscrewing the set screw that fixes it to the shaft;
- Pay attention while removing it to the metallic support inside the clamp shaft.

10.29.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the clamp knob back, the position of the knob can be taken inserting the thickness code
63016;
- Tighten the set screw with a torque wrench of 0,7Nm.

SET
SCREW

TOOL INSERTION

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.29-2

 Opening Cover Lever

10.30 (DISM_030) cod. 60734 Opening Cover Lever rev00

10.30.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.30.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Opening Cover Lever replacement code 60734.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.30-1

 Opening Cover Lever
10.30.3 Procedure

10.30.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.30.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Unscrew the two screws which fix the lever to the Electa Concept top;
- Remove the Opening Cover Lever by sliding it downwards;
- Remove the cover lock and the cover optical sensor by unscrewing the two screws on the metallic
support fixed to the opening cover lever.

10.30.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the cover lock and the cover optical sensor on the new cover lever with two screws and the
washers;
- Fix the lock in the lower position of the optical sensor support;
- Insert in place the Opening Cover Lever;
- Fix it with two screws.

10.30.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration procedure of the cover lock (CLBR_011) Lock Sensor Calibration #card.

10.30.5 Functional test

- Open and close the cover checking that the pin on the cover is entering smoothly in the opening
cover lever hole;
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostics Mode Actuators Control\Lock &Cover Control
- Close the cover and push the Lock key;
- Check that the cover is close and the Lock is entering correctly;
- Close the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.30-2

 Cov e r Lock ing Hook

10.31 (DISM_031) cod. 60735 Cover Locking Hook rev00

10.31.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.31.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Cover Locking Hook replacement code 60735.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.31-1

 Cover Locking Hook
10.31.3 Procedure

10.31.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.31.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the centrifuge cover;
- Unscrew the two screws which fix the hook to the cover;
- Remove the metallic palette;
- Remove the hook, paying attention if there are washers between the hook and the cover
remembering their position.

10.31.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new hook and the washers eventually present;
- Insert the metallic palette;
- Screw the two screws fixing the hook to the cover.

10.31.4 Functional test

- Open and close the cover checking that the hook is entering correctly in the cover lever hole;
- Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.31-2

 Load Cell

10.32 (DISM_032) cod. 60736 Load Cell rev00

10.32.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.32.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Load Cell replacement code 60736.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.32-1

 Load Cell
10.32.3 Procedure
The 60736 spare part code includes:
- Metallic cylinder with load cell mounted inside;
- Coil cable;
- Accessories;

Only if it is necessary, replace the coil cable.

10.32.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Pin removal;
- Hummer;
- Pliers.

10.32.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the external pin from the Cardiotomy arm, paying attention to the pin direction, as the pin is
knurled, it must be removed from the side other than the knurled one, to avoid damages to the
support (see fig.1);

fig.1
- Remove the blue Cardiotomy arm;
- Remove the metallic ball (fig.2);

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.32-2

 Load Cell
- Remove the internal metallic pin;
- Disconnect the J1WA AMP connector (fig.3) in the load cell p.c. board, helping yourself with pliers;

fig.3

- Insert the new load cell, connecting just the J1WA AMP connector;

fig.4

- If the coil cable is damaged, replace it disconnecting J8 SBE, ground, cutting the wrap ties and
pulling it up through the tube.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.32-3

 Load Cell
10.32.3.3 Reassembly
- Reset the blue Cardiotomy arm, following vice-versa the instructions above;
- During reassembly, in particular inserting internal and external pins, pay attention to the load cell’s
cable, in order to avoid wires disconnection or damages;
- Put a little bit grease against the metallic ball to keep it in its place;
- Make sure that the ”cardiotomy arm” is opposite to the ball in order that the weight applied pushes
the ball toward the load cell (see fig.5);
- Insert the external knurled pin.

fig.5

10.32.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_004) Load Cell Calibration #card.

10.32.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.32-4

 S e r ia l C o n n R e a r D o o r

10.33 (DISM_033) cod. 60741 Serial Conn Rear Door rev00

10.33.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.33.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Serial Conn. Rear Door replacement code 60741.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.33-1

 S e r ia l C o n n R e a r D o o r
10.33.3 Procedure

10.33.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;

10.33.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Unscrew the two screws which fix the rear door to the back side panel;
- Remove the rear door.

10.33.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the rear door in the correct position and screw the two screws from the internal side of the
Electa Concept;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.33.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.33-2

 Fuses Holder

10.34 (DISM_034) cod. 60743 Fuses Holder rev00

10.34.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.34.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Fuses Holder replacement code 60743.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.34-1

 Fuses Holder
10.34.3 Procedure

10.34.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.34.3.2 Disassembly
- Push softly with the screwdriver the lever placed beside the switch and remove the fuses holder;
- Remove the fuses.

10.34.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the fuses in the new fuses holder;
- Re-insert the fuses holder till the complete insertion.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.34-2

 Fuses

10.35 (DISM_035) cod. 60744 Fuses rev00

10.35.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.35.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Fuses replacement code 60744

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.35-1

 Fuses
10.35.3 Procedure

10.35.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.35.3.2 Disassembly
- Push softly with the screwdriver the lever placed beside the switch and remove the fuses holder;
- Remove the fuses from the holder.

10.35.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new fuses in the fuses holder;
- Re-insert the fuses holder till the complete insertion.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.35-2

 Buffy Coat Sensor

10.36 (DISM_036) cod. 60746 Buffy Coat Sensor rev00

10.36.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.36.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Buffy-Coat Sensor replacement code 60746.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.36-1

 Buffy Coat Sensor
10.36.3 Procedure

10.36.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Wire cutters.

10.36.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Cut the wrap ties that keep the connectors group on the Electa Concept right side;
- Disconnect from the SBE p.c. board the J2 connector;
- Unscrew the two screws TCCE M4X30 with their flat washer and slip washer which fix the sensor to
the centrifuge well;
- Remove the Buffy-Coat sensor.

10.36.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the Buffy-Coat sensor to the centrifuge well screwing two screws TCCE M4X30 with their flat
washer and slip washer to the centrifuge well;
- The support of the Buffy-Coat sensor has to be mount completely down (see fig.1);

Support completely down

fig.1

- Connect the cable coming from the new Buffy-Coat sensor to J2 of the SBE p.c. board;
- Fix the cable with wrap ties.

10.36.4 Calibration
Perform the Buffy-Coat calibration (CLBR_003) Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration #card.

10.36.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.36-2

 Sc h ur t e r Mo d ul e

10.37 (DISM_037) cod. 60751 Schurter Module rev00

10.37.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.37.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Schurter Module replacement code 60751.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.37-1

 Schurter Module
10.37.3 Procedure

10.37.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.37.3.2 Disassembly

- Unscrew the two screws from the rear panel;

- Draw partially the schurter module;
- Disconnect the cables;
- Remove the schurter module.

10.37.3.3 Reassembly
- Connect the cables remembering that the black one is for the L phase, and the white one is for the N
neutral;
- Insert the schurter module without taking care the black external sheath (since it is difficult to be able
to insert the module in its sheath, you can leave the latter leaning on the cables);
- Screw the two screws to the rear panel.

10.37.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.37-2

 C ov e r L o c k O p t . S e n s o r

10.38 (DISM_038) cod. 60757 Cover Lock Opt. Sensor rev00

10.38.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.38.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Cover Lock Sensor replacement code 60757.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.38-1

 C o v e r Loc k Opt. Se ns or
10.38.3 Procedure

10.38.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.38.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Remove the cover lock and the cover optical sensor by unscrewing the two screws on the metallic
support fixed to the opening cover lever;
- Remove the wrap ties that keep the cabling from the locking system to ABE p.c. board;
- Disconnect J23 from the ABE p.c. board;
- Remove completely the cover optical sensor with its bracket.

10.38.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the cover lock and the new cover optical sensor with its bracket on the blue plastic bracket with
two screws and the washers;
- Fix the lock in the lower position of the blue plastic bracket by pulling completely down;
- Connect the cable to J23 of the ABE p.c. board;
- Fix the cabling with wrap ties.

10.38.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration procedure of the cover lock (CLBR_011) Lock Sensor Calibration #card.

10.38.5 Functional test

- Open and close the cover checking that the pin on the cover is entering smoothly in the opening
cover lever hole;
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostics mode Actuators Control\Lock &Cover Control;
- Close the cover and push the Lock key;
- Check that the cover is close and the Lock is entering correctly.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.38-2

 Locking System

10.39 (DISM_039) cod. 60758 Locking System rev00

10.39.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.39.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Locking System replacement code 60758.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.39-1

 Locking System
10.39.3 Procedure

10.39.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.39.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Remove the cover lock and the cover optical sensor by unscrewing the two screws on the metallic
support fixed to the opening cover lever;
- Remove the plastic clips that keep the cabling from the locking system to ABE p.c. board;
- Disconnect J24 from the ABE p.c. board;
- Remove completely the locking magnet.

10.39.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new cover lock magnet and the cover optical sensor on the metallic support with two screws
and the nuts;
- Fix the support in the lower position of the optical sensor support by pulling it completely down;
- Connect the cable to J24 of the ABE p.c. board;
- Fix the cabling with one plastic clip.

10.39.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration procedure (CLBR_011) Lock Sensor Calibration #card.

10.39.5 Functional test

- Open and close the cover checking that the pin on the cover is entering smoothly in the opening
cover lever hole;
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostics Mode Actuators Control\Lock &Cover Control;
- Close the cover and act on the Lock key;
- Check that the cover is close and the Lock is entering correctly;
- Reset the Working Time of Centrifuge in Diagnostic Mode/ Working Times page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.39-2

 DPT & Valve Pneumatic Tubing Set

10.40 (DISM_040) cod. 60762 DPT & Valve Pneumatic Tubing Set rev00

10.40.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.40.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the DPT & Valve Pneumatic Tubing Set replacement code 60762

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.40-1

 D P T & Va l v e P ne u ma t i c T u bi n g Se t
10.40.3 Procedure

10.40.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Set of Allen keys;
- Pliers;
- Flare wrench 10 mm;
- Cutter.

10.40.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the right panel;
- Remove the SBE board;
- Disconnect the DPT tubes from the DPT board and from the bigger tube (vase-vacuum filter circuit);
- Cut with a cutter the electrovalve circuit tube (that connected to the electrovalve);
- Disconnect the tube from the vacuum pump one (pump-vase vacuum circuit).

10.40.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert with the help of pliers the two little DPT tubes on the DPT board, paying attention to avoid
strangling;
- Connect the tube to the bigger one (vase-vacuum filter circuit);
- Connect the electrovalve circuit enlarging with pliers the tube end and inserting it on the electrovalve;
- Connect the tube to the pump-vase vacuum circuit;
- Re-assemble the SBE board;
- Close the Electa Concept.

NOTE: To connect correctly the tubes, at first turn 360° counter-clockwise the Luer connectors, and then
screw them.

10.40.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.40-2

 Ex pa nsi o n Cha m ber

10.41 (DISM_041) cod. 60763 Expansion Chamber rev00

10.41.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.41.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Expansion Chamber replacement code 60763.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.41-1

 Ex pa ns ion Cha m ber
10.41.3 Procedure

10.41.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Set of Allen keys;
- Pliers;
- Flare wrench 10 mm.

10.41.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- Remove the SBE p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from the top side of the p.c. board J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8 & ground, J9;
ƒ Disconnect from right side of the p.c. board J10, J11, J14;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10mm (top side) fixing the SBE1 p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis;
ƒ Remove the SBE1 p.c. board and its support.
- Remove the MBE1 p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from top side J1 & ground, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7;
ƒ Disconnect from right side J11, J13, and J19;
ƒ Disconnect from left side J9, J10, J12, J14, J16;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10mm (top side) fixing the MBE p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis.
- Disconnect the vase-filter circuit from the vacuum filter and vase-pump circuit from the vacuum
pump, unscrewing the relative luer connectors;
- Cut the two tie wraps around the expansion chamber;
- Remove the expansion chamber with its two tubes.

Extenson
chamber

fig.1

10.41.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new vase-filter circuit, connected to the new expansion chamber, into the vacuum filter,
and new vase-pump circuit into the vacuum pump, unscrewing the relative luer connectors;
- Re-set the expansion chamber on its position and fix it with two tie wraps;
- Re-insert MBE1 p.c. board with its support;
- Re-connect J1& ground, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J11, J13, J19, J9, J10, J12, J14, J16 cables;
- Re-insert SBE p.c. board;
- Re-connect J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J8 & ground, J9, J10, J11, J14.

10.41-2
 Ex pa nsi o n Cha m ber
NOTE: To connect correctly the tubes, at first turn 360° counter-clockwise the Luer connectors, and then
screw them.

10.41.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.41-3

 Ex pa ns ion Cha m ber

This page is left intentionally blank

10.41-4
 I.V. Pole Complete

10.42 (DISM_042) cod. 60764 I.V. Pole Complete rev00

10.42.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.42.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the I.V. Pole replacement code 60764.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.42-1

 I.V. Pole Complete
10.42.3 Procedure
The I.V. pole group for bags consists of three sections whose diameters are respectively 25 mm, 20 mm and
15 mm.

10.42.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Clamping clip wrench;
- Allen keys.

Looking the Electa Concept toward the front, lay the Electa Concept on the left side.
In the bottom part, close to the corner, you can find the stainless steel pipe where IV poles are inserted.

10.42.3.2 Disassembling the I.V Pole completely

- Lift the Electa Concept up from its trolley;
- Remove the bottom cover, see (DISM_069) Bottom Cover #card;
- From bottom side, looking into the stainless steel pipe, unscrew a little bit the Allen screw 2,5 mm
(see fig.1);

Allen screw 2.5mm

fig.1

- Unscrew completely the metallic part (looks like brass) using a large flare screw driver inserted in the
indentation. Let the unscrewed part into the pipe;
- Lift up and remove the Ø 20 mm (with the 15 mm) I.V pole obtaining the piece represented in the
fig.2.

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.42-2

 I.V. Pole Complete

- Remove the clamping clip from the bottom of the Ø 25 mm I.V. pole;

fig.3

- Remove the Ø 25 mm mast from the bottom side.

10.42.3.3 Reassembling the I.V Pole completely

10.42.3.3.1 Reassembling the Ø 25mm mast

- Insert the bushing of the 25 mm I.V. pole into the frame seat, see (DISM_027) Bushings # card;
- Stick the conductive spring in the seat at the bottom of the mast;
- Insert the Ø 25 I.V. pole into its seat from the bottom;
- Block in the mast with the clamping clip.

10.42.3.3.2 Reassembling the Ø 20mm mast

- Insert the corresponding bushing of the 20 mm I.V. pole into the frame seat (usually already
inserted), see (DISM_027) Bushings # card;
- Insert on the Ø 20mm I.V. pole the eccentric ring;
- Push the mast completely down;
- Insert the brass stop from the bottom (fig.1);
- First fix it screwing the brass in the middle, then thigh it acting on the Allen screw 2,5 mm.

10.42.3.3.3 Reassembling the Ø 15mm mast

(Usually the Ø 15mm mast is already inserted in the Ø 20 mm mast as spare part).
- Insert the guillotine in to the mast;
- Insert the bushing from the bottom upward through the lower hole of the frame, insert it in the second
groove;
- Check that the bushing is properly inserted into its seat;
- Stick in the mast the conductive spring (fig.4);

Conductive
springs
fig.4

- Reassemble the Ø 15 mm mast in the Ø 20 mm mast by screwing the 3 screws under the guillotine
(fig.5).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.42-3

 I.V. Pole Complete

fig.5

- Check the guillotines functioning is correct.

10.42.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.42-4

 Cardiotomy Support

10.43 (DISM_043) cod. 60765 Cardiotomy Support rev00

10.43.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.43.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Cardiotomy Support replacement code 60765.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.43-1

 Cardiotomy Support
10.43.3 Procedure

10.43.3.1 Tools
- Pin removal;
- Hummer;
- Loading system tool code 63013.

10.43.3.2 Disassembly
- Lift a little bit the cardiotomy mast;
- Remove the pin in the cardiotomy arm, paying attention to the pin direction (see fig.1), as the pin is
knurled, it must be removed from the side other than the knurled one, to avoid damages to the
support;
- Pay attention to the inside ball; remove carefully, pulling up, the cardiotomy support.

fig.1

10.43.3.3 Reassembly
- Put a little bit grease against the small ball to keep it in its place;
- Make sure that the ”cardiotomy arm” is opposite to the ball in order that the weight applied pushes
the ball toward the load cell (see fig.2);
- Insert the knurled pin.

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.43-2

 Cardiotomy Support

10.43.4 Functional test

- Switch Electa Concept on entering Diagnostic Mode;
- Select the Sensor Analog Input function;
- Check the weight reading :
ƒ without any weight it should be 0;
ƒ insert the tool 63013 it should be 500 ± 50 gr.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.43-3

 Cardiotomy Support

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.43-4

 MBE1 P.C. Board

10.44 (DISM_044) cod. 60777 MBE1 P.C. Board rev00

10.44.1 Card Applicability Table

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.44.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the MBE1 p.c. board replacement code 60777

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.44-1

 MB E1 P. C. Boar d
10.44.3 Procedure

10.44.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 4 mm;
- Flare wrench 5,5 mm;
- EEPROM extractor.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

After a Master board replacement the data memorized on the EEPROM are lost.
Those data are:
- Program Sets;
- LanguageSelection;
- DisplayContrast;
- WorkingTime;
- FPHSettings;
- SerialNumber;
- WorkingTime;
- WorkingCentrifuge;
- WorkingPump;
- WorkingVacuum;
- WorkingLock;
- WorkingClamps;
- ClockAdjust.
-
To restore the data the following procedure has to be applied:
- Before removing the old Master, if possible, enter Diagnostics and copy on paper the above sets;
- After having substituted the MBE1.

10.44.3.2 Electa Essential Concept:

1) Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode and restore all the data above mentioned;
2) Enter the BUZZER VOLUME function and select the level High; press SAVE & EXIT;
3) Verify the FPH and HCT SETTING. The FPH setting must be the same you have written down before the
retrofit. HCT SETTING: all the value must be 0. Press SAVE&EXIT;
4) Verify with the PROGRAM SETS function, in case report the same situation before the upgrade, by
excluding the program not used by the user. To exit press SAVE & EXIT;
5) Enter CLOCK SETTING; verify Date and Hour and in case adjust it. Verify that CLOCK ADJUST is ON.
Press SAVE & EXIT;
6) Enter SN: insert the serial number then EXIT;
7) Enter FATAL ERRORS. Press CLEAR, then exit with the correspondent soft key,
8) Enter VACUUM ERRORS; verify the errors and press CLEAR, the exit with the correspondent soft key;
9) Enter BETTER EMPTY; verify that the default value is DISABLED (in case the user needs change it);
then exit by pressing SAVE & EXIT;
10) Enter ACTUATOR CONTROL function, then select “VACUUM CONTROL”. Check that the function
“Current Pump Model” is the correct one;
11) In case it is required to change the configuration a second password to enable the modification is
required. Press Stop, ? and stand by keys in sequence. Then insert the correct model and press Save
Change key, then press Exit;
12) Enter WORKING HOURS function and insert the:

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.44-2

 MBE1 P.C. Board
- WorkingTime;
- WorkingCentrifuge;
- WorkingPump;
- WorkingVacuum;
- WorkingLock;
- WorkingClamps;

To modify the Electa Concept working time a second password is needed, press STOP and ||.
13) Enter again in DATA INITIALIZATION function; press INIT AND RESTORE. Wait till the message DONE
appears; then press EXIT;
14) Switch off the Electa Concept.

10.44.3.3 Electa Concept:

1) Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode;
2) Enter the function DATA INITIALIZATION and press INIT. As DONE in shown on the display, press EXIT;
3) Enter in the function ELECTA CONCEPT CONFIG to select the hardware configuration of the equipment.

10.44.3.4 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Disconnect :J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J10, J11, J12, J13, J14, J15, J16, J19;
- Unscrew the two nuts (in the upper and lower part of the board) that keep the board on its support;
- Remove the board from its seats by pulling it towards the external part;
- Remove the Flash EEPROM (IC 41) using the specific extractor.

10.44.3.5 Reassembly
- Insert the EEPROM in the MBE1 p. c. board (IC41);
- Put the new board in seat by pressing it;
- Fix the two nuts;
- Connect the connectors: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7, J10, J11, J12, J13, J14, J15, J16, J19;
- Check the position of the dip-switches:

SW1:
Dip switch 1 2 3 4 5 6

ON ON ON ON OFF OFF

SW2:
Dip switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF

10.44.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.44-3

 MB E1 P. C. Boar d

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.44-4

 PSE1 P.C. Board

10.45 (DISM_045) cod. 60778 PSE1 P.C. Board rev00

10.45.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.45.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the PSE1 p.c. board replacement code 60778

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.45-1

 PSE1 P.C. Board
10.45.3 Procedure

10.45.3.1 Tools
- Allen screwdriver 4 mm;
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Flare wrench 5,5 and 10 mm.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.45.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the right side panel;
- Remove the SBE p.c. board as following:
ƒ Disconnect all the SBE connectors;
ƒ Unscrew the two screws (using the Flare wrench 10 mm) that fix the SBE support to the frame
and remove the board with its support.
- Remove the PSE1 p.c. board as following:
ƒ Disconnect all the connectors: J2, J3, J5, J7, J8, J9, J10, J11, J12, J13, J14, J15, J17;
ƒ Remove the four nuts close to the corners of the p. c. board using the flare wrench 5,5 mm;
ƒ Remove the board from its support.

10.45.3.3 Reassembly
- Put the new PSE1 board in seat;
- Fix the 4 nuts;
- Connect the connectors back;
- Put the SBE board in seat and connect all the connectors back.

10.45.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_002) Power Supply Calibration #card.

10.45.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.45-2

 DBEC P.C. Board

10.46 (DISM_046) cod. 60779 DBEC P.C. Board rev00

10.46.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.46.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the DBEC p.c. board replacement code 60779.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.46-1

 DBEC P. C. Boar d
10.46.3 Procedure

10.46.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys 3 mm;
- EEPROM extractor.

NOTE: Antistatic caution must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.46.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the rear cover of the display by unscrewing the two Allen screws;
- Disconnect from the DBEC p.c. board:
ƒ the ground wire;
ƒ the flat cable J1,J5 and J6;
ƒ J7, J9 connector.
- Remove the 4 nuts in each corners of the DBEC p. c. board;
- Remove the DBEC p.c. board;
- Remove the flash EEPROM (IC 6).

10.46.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new p. c. board. With the 4 nuts on each corners;
- Insert the Flash EEPROM in the socket (IC 6);
- Connect the connectors back;
- Check the dip-switch configuration as following:

SW1
Dip switch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

SW2
Dip switch 1 2 3 4
OFF OFF ON OFF

10.46.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.46-2

 Re d Li ne Press ure Se ns or

10.47 (DISM_047) cod. 60780 Red Line Pressure Sensor rev.00

10.47.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.47.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Red Line Pressure Sensor replacement code 60780

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.47-1

 Re d Line Pre ssure Sens or
10.47.3 Procedure

10.47.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Torque wrench 0,7 Nm.

10.47.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the clamp group following (DISM_028) CLAMP GROUP #card;
- Disconnect J11 from the CLS board that connect the red line pressure sensor;
- Remove the red line pressure sensor, after having removed the cabling from the AMP connector to
allow it can cross the hole.

10.47.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert in the clamp group the red line pressure sensor;
- Insert the cabling in the AMP connector as shown in fig.1:

rubber sheath
D=4,1 AMP 4P F. MODU 2
SENSOR Female for cable
L=30mm
blue 4
green(b) 3 ..
. J11
green(a) 2
1 CLS

red 1

fig.1

- Connect the red line pressure cable to J11 of the CLS board.

10.47.4 Calibration
Perform the (CLBR_008) Red Pressure Sensor #card.

10.47.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

RED LINE PRESSURE

SENSOR

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.47-2

 Recirculation Fan

10.48 (DISM_048) cod. 60782 Recirculation Fan rev00

10.48.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.48.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Recirculation Fan replacement code 60782.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.48-1

 Reci rculat i o n Fa n
10.48.3 Procedure

10.48.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Set of Allen keys;
- Flare wrench 10 mm.

10.48.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the side panels;
- Disconnect all MBE1 cables;
- Remove the MBE1 board with its support;
- Disconnect all SBE cables;
- Remove the SBE board with its support;
- Disconnect the J5 connector on the PSE1 board;
- Unscrew from the external side of the rear panel the four screws of the fan;
- Draw away the fan assembled;
- Remove the fan from the “finger-preserver” if present (its external shell).

10.48.3.3 Reassembly
- Join the fan and its shell;
- Insert them together in the rear panel;
- Screw the four screws which fix the fan to the rear panel;
- Connect the J5 connector on the PSE1 board;
- Re-assemble the MBE1 and SBE boards;
- Re-connect all the connectors;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.48.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.48-2

 C ol o r Dis pl a y

10.49 (DISM_049) cod. 60783 Color Display rev.00

10.49.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.49.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Color Display replacement code 60783.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.49-1

 C ol or D i s pl a y
10.49.3 Procedure

10.49.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 5,5 mm.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.49.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the rear cover of the display by unscrewing the two Allen screws on the display housing;
- Remove the DBEC p.c. Board following the Procedure (DISM_046) DBEC p.c. Board #card, without
removing the Flash EEPROM on board of the DBEC p.c. board;
- Disconnect the cabling from the inverter to the Display;
- Remove the Inverter and its support by unscrewing two nuts which fix the support of the Inverter;
- Remove the Display by unscrewing the 2 nuts fixing the display to the Electa Concept front panel.

10.49.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new Display fixing it with 2 nuts;
- Insert the Inverter p.c. board with its support fixing it with two nuts and connect the white connector
from the display back;
- Insert the DBEC p.c. board back.

10.49.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept display rear cover and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.49-2

 LED BC Group

10.50 (DISM_050) cod. 60785 LED BC Group rev00

10.50.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.50.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the LED BC Group replacement code 60785.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.50-1

 LED BC Group
10.50.3 Procedure

10.50.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 10 mm.

10.50.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the right side panel;
- Lift the HGB sensor as described in (DISM_009) HGB sensor #card (without removing completely it)
enough to let the work be performed, in case disconnect the cables;
- Cut the plastic wrap tie that keep the hardness group from the centrifuge to the SBE p.c. board;
- Disconnect all the SBE connectors and remove the SBE board with its support;
- Disconnect J15 from the PSE p.c. board;
- Unwire the cables from the J15 AMP connector, before passing the cables thought the hole in the
centrifuge well under the Buffy-Coat sensor support;
- Unscrew the two TSPC M3x16 screws that fix the Buffy coat LEDS to the arm bowl;
- Remove it passing the cables trough the hole.

LED BC
GROUP

fig.1

10.50.3.3 Reassembly
- Position the new Buffy-Coat LEDs support passing the cable trough the hole and tight it to the
bottom side of the arm with two TSPC M3x16 screws;
- Wire the cables of the Buffy-Coat LEDs following the hardness drawing
fig.2:

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.50-2

 LED BC Group

- Connect the cable to J15 of the PSE p.c. board;

- Put the SBE board back and connect all the cables;
- Insert the HGB and sensor following the instruction in the (DISM_009) HGB sensor #card.

10.50.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_003) Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration #card.

10.50.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.50-3

 LED BC Group

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.50-4

 Keyboard

10.51 (DISM_051) cod. 60786 Keyboard rev00

10.51.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.51.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Keyboard replacement code 60786.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.51-1

 Keyboard
10.51.3 Procedure

10.51.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Cutter;
- Hot glue;
- Allen key 3 mm.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.51.3.2 Disassembly
- Unscrew the two screws of the display panel;
- Remove the display cover;
- Disconnect J1, J5, J6, J7, J9 and ground cables on DBEC board;
- Remove the nuts and the flat and split washers.

: REMEMBER (FOR THE REASSEMBLY) THE CORRECT ORDER OF THE NUTS AND
OF THE FLAT AND SPLIT WASHERS.

- Remove the DBEC p.c. Board following the Procedure (DISM_046) DBEC p.c. Board #card, without
removing the Flash EEPROM on board of the DBEC p.c. board;
- Disconnect the cabling from the inverter to the Display;
- Remove the Inverter and its support by unscrewing two nuts which fix the support of the Inverter;
- Remove the Display by unscrewing the 2 nuts fixing the display to the Electa Concept front panel;
- Remove the glue around the J1 flat cables with a cutter;
- Lift the keyboard up from the external side helping yourself with a lever (for example a screwdriver);
- Draw away the keyboard with vim (the keyboard is pasted with double-sided tape).

10.51.3.3 Reassembly
- Remove possible residual layers of glue;
- Remove the protection film and the sticker;
- Insert the new keyboard in its seat, paying attention to centre it and pushing the flat cables through
the corresponding slits;
- Put some hot glue around the base of the J1 flat cables;
- Put the display and the inverter back;
- Screw the nuts and washers according to the right order;
- Insert the DBEC board fixing it with the relative washers and nuts;
- Insert the ground cable in the following order:
ƒ flat washer;
ƒ ground flat cable (grey);
ƒ another flat washer;
ƒ ground cable (yellow and green);
ƒ another flat washer;
ƒ split washer;
ƒ nut.
- Connect J1, J5, J6, J7,J9 cables in the corresponding seat;
- Close the panel.

10.51.4 Functional test

Check the correct functioning of the keyboard in the following way:
- In Diagnostics Page select DIGITAL INPUT
- Select USER INTERFACE
- Push all keys checking that appear an X next each of them.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.51-2

 Complete Display Cover

10.52 (DISM_052) cod. 60787 Complete Display Cover rev00

10.52.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.52.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Complete Display Cover replacement code 60787.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.52-1

 C o m pl e t e D i s p l a y C o v e r
10.52.3 Procedure

10.52.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys 1,5, 3 and 4 mm;
- Torque wrench 1,5 Nm;
- Wire cutter;

10.52.3.2 Disassembly
- Unscrew the two screws of the display panel;
- Remove the display cover;
- Disconnect J1, J5, J6, J7, J9 and ground cables on DBEC board;
- Remove the DBEC p.c. Board following the Procedure (DISM_046) DBEC p.c. Board #card, without
removing the Flash EEPROM on board of the DBEC p.c. board;
- Disconnect the cabling from the inverter to the Display lamp;
- Remove the Inverter and its support by unscrewing two nuts which fix the support of the Inverter;
- Remove the Display by unscrewing the 2 nuts fixing the display to the Electa Concept front panel;
- Remove the ferrite and cut the wrap ties;
- Unwire the cables from the J7 AMP connector;
- Unscrew the two set screws from the back of the pivot;
- Remove the two screws that fix the front cover to the pivot taking care not to lose the washers and
spacers;
- Draw the front cover away passing the cables through the hole.

10.52.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the cable through the hole of the new front cover and wire the connector J7 DBEC following
drawing 1.

fig.1

- Fix the front cover to the pivot screwing the two screws with the torque wrench, paying attention to
the right order of the washers and spacers;
- Lock the set screws on the back of the pivot;
- Put the display and the inverter back;
- Screw the nuts and washers according to the right order;
- Insert the DBEC board fixing it with the relative washers and nuts;
- Insert the ground cable in the following order:

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.52-2

 Complete Display Cover
ƒ flat washer;
ƒ ground flat cable (grey);
ƒ another flat washer;
ƒ ground cable (yellow and green);
ƒ another flat washer;
ƒ split washer;
ƒ nut.
- Connect J1, J5, J6, J7,J9 cables in the corresponding seat;
- Put the ferrite back and lock it with wrap ties;
- Close the display panel.

10.52.4 Calibration
Check the display panel movement by turning it. The display must move smoothly.

10.52.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.52-3

 C o m pl e t e D i s p l a y C o v e r

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.52-4

 Electa Concept Top

10.53 (DISM_053) cod. 60788 Electa Concept Top rev00

10.53.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.53.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Electa Concept Top replacement code 60788.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.53-1

 Electa Concept Top
10.53.3 Procedure

10.53.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Set of Allen keys;
- 3 mm and 4 mm thickness gauge;
- Torque wrench 0,7 Nm;
- Clamp thickness tool code 63016;
- Flare wrench 4 mm;
- Wire cutters.

10.53.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the side and front panels, see (DISM_068) Shell Three Parts #card;
- Remove the printer, see (DISM_055) Printer ELC #card;
- Unscrew the four screws fixing the rear handle, paying attention to the thickness eventually present;
if present, the thickness position is signed by labels. When reassembling, put the thickness in the
signed position;
- Pull the cardiotomy mast up;
- Pull the rear handle up just a little and rotate it in order to allow the top to go out;
- Unscrew the two side screws fixing the top to the frame;
- Cutting the relative wire ties, disconnect J5, J9 and J10 connectors from CLS board; J1, J7, J20,
J22, J23 and J24 connectors from ABE board; J1 (with its ground) and J2 connectors from MBE1
board;
- Cutting the relative wire ties, disconnect the three HCT cables: J1 and J5 from SBE board, J1 from
BS-E board;
- Disconnect peristaltic pump, clamp group, DBEC board and display ground cables;
- Remove the SBE board with its support in order to disconnect the display cable from J9 PSE1;
- Disconnect the liquid collection tank draining tube from the top;
- Remove the top pulling it up and rotating it taking care not to damage the lock;
- Remove from the top:
ƒ Clamp knob and clamp group, see (DISM_029) Clamp Knob and (DISM_028) Clamp Group
#cards;
ƒ Pump motor and pump rotor, see (DISM_024) Pump Motor and (DISM_026) Pump Rotor
#cards;
ƒ HCT sensor, see (DISM_010) HCT- Bubble Sensor #card;
ƒ Centrifuge cover with its hinges, see (DISM_079) Centrifuge Cover #card;
- Unscrew the two M16 nuts fixing the display group, remove the ferrite and pull the display group up
from the top including the higher plastic bushing;
- Remove the lock with its sensor and the cover sensor, see (DISM_038) Cover Lock Opt. Sensor
and (DISM_080) Cover Sensor #cards.

10.53.3.3 Reassembly
- Put the centrifuge cover on the top, paying attention to have a correct closing, see (DISM_079)
Centrifuge Cover #card;
- Put on the lock with its sensor and the sensor cover, see (DISM_038) Cover Lock Opt. Sensor and
(DISM_080) Cover Sensor #cards;
- Put on the HCT sensor, see (DISM_010) HCT- Bubble Sensor #card;
- Put the display group with the plastic bushing on the top:
ƒ From the bottom insert (passing the cables): the lower display bushing, the 16 mm flat washer,
the wave washer and a M16 nut;
ƒ Insert the 16 mm ground washer and the second M16 nut.
- Put on the clamp group with the clamp knob, the pump motor with the pump rotor and the HCT
sensor, see (DISM_029) Clamp Knob, (DISM_028) Clamp Group, (DISM_024) Pump Motor and
(DISM_026) Pump Rotor #cards;
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.53-2
 Electa Concept Top
- Put the new top back on the equipment;
- Reconnect the liquid collection tank draining tube;
- Reconnect the three HCT cables: J1 and J5 to SBE board, J1 to BS-E board;
- Reconnect the peristaltic pump, clamp group, DBEC board and display ground cables;
- Reconnect the J5, J9 and J10 connectors to CLS board; J1, J7, J20, J22, J23 and J24 connectors to
ABE board; J1 (with its ground) and J2 connectors to MBE1 board;
- Reconnect the display cable to J9 on the PSE1 board;
- Put the SBE board with its support back on the frame;
- Fix the rear handle, taking care to the thickness eventually present and signalled with proper labels,
screwing the four screws, making sure the handle does not bump against the cardiotomy mast, that
the I.V. pole guillotine is not crushed and that the two poles are free to move;
- Screws the front screws on the frame;
- Verify the position of the centrifuge well in the top. Move the centrifuge well and verify it moves freely
respect to the top. Top and centrifuge well must not touch each other to avoid frictions; if it is
necessary to adjust the centrifuge well position proceed as following:
ƒ Unscrew the screws fixing the centrifuge well to the frame;
ƒ Pull the centrifuge well up just a little;
ƒ Insert 4 mm flat washer between the vibro-stops and the frame in the side to rise, see fig.1;

vibro-stop

flat washer

frame

fig.1

ƒ Fix the centrifuge well back to the frame screwing the screws.
- Put the printer back, see (DISM_055) Printer ELC #card.

10.53.4 Calibration
- Perform the lock sensor calibration, see (CLBR_011) Lock Sensor Calibration #card;
- Recalibrate the cover sensor, see (CLBR_012) Cover Sensor Calibration #card;

10.53.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.53-3

 Electa Concept Top

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.53-4

 Color Display Inverter

10.54 (DISM_054) cod. 60789 Color Display Inverter rev00

10.54.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.54.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Color Display Inverter replacement code 60789.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.54-1

 C ol o r D i s p l a y I n v e r t e r
10.54.3 Procedure

10.54.3.1 Tools:
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 5,5 mm.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.54.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the rear cover of the display by unscrewing the two Allen screws on the display housing;
- Remove the DBEC p.c. Board following the Procedure (DISM_046) DBEC p.c. Board #card, without
removing the Flash EEPROM on board of the DBEC p.c. board;
- Disconnect the cabling from the inverter to the Display;
- Remove the Inverter and its support by unscrewing two nuts which fix the support of the Inverter;
- Remove the Inverter p.c. board by unscrewing the two plastic screws fixing the board to the support.

10.54.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new p.c. board, insert the insulating paper under the p.c. board;
- Fix the Inverter p.c. board with two plastic screws and connect the connector back;
- Insert the DBEC p.c. board back.

10.54.4 Functional test

- Close the Electa Concept cover;
- Switch on the Electa Concept and verify that the display is unlighted.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.54-2

 Printer ELC

10.55 (DISM_055) cod. 60790 Printer ELC rev00

10.55.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.55.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Printer replacement code 60790.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.55-1

 Printer ELC
10.55.3 Procedure

10.55.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.55.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- To remove the printer:
ƒ disconnect green power harness from printer;
ƒ disconnect “25 pins male connector” from printer after unscrewing the two screws;
ƒ from rear side of the Electa Concept open the printer small door;
ƒ unscrew the 2 cross screws located on left & right side of the paper (see fig.1);
ƒ Remove the printer.

SCREW PRINTER
DOOR

SCREW

fig.1

10.55.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the printer in the Electa Concept rear side;
- Connect the:
ƒ green power harness to the printer;
ƒ “25 pins male connector” to the printer, screwing the two screws.
- Screw the 2 cross screws located on left & right side of the paper to fix the printer (see fig.1), taking
care the position of the two little metallic brackets on the back.

10.55.4 Functional test

- Switch on the Electa Concept;
- On the Set Up page select Data Management;
- Select one procedure available in the data base and push printer;
- Select in the Print page General Report and push Print;
- The printer must print the related report.

In case there are no procedures on the data base, simulate a short procedure:
- From the set up page select New Procedure and while finishing the phase select Prime, Wash and
Empty
- Then enter Data Management and following the procedure above print the report.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.55-2

 Pedals And Brake Kit

10.56 (DISM_056) cod. 60792 Pedals And Brake Kit rev00

10.56.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.56.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Pedals and Brake Kit replacement code 60792.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.56-1

 Pedals And Brake Kit
10.56.3 Procedure

10.56.3.1 Tools
- Hammer;
- Pin removal 6 mm.

10.56.3.2 Disassembly
Remove the equipment from the trolley acting on the trolley brake lever.

10.56.3.2.1 Disassembling the pedals

- Remove the elastic pins from their holes helping yourself with an hammer and a pin removal, (see
fig.1);

fig.1

- Remove the pedals.

10.56.3.2.2 Disassembling the brake pads

- Unscrew the screws from their nuts;
- Remove the brake pads.

10.56.3.2.3 Disassembling the gas spring

- Put the braking system in the braking status;
- Remove the external circlip and one of the internal circlips from their guides, (see fig.2);

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.56-2

 Pedals And Brake Kit

External
circlip

Internal
circlip

Pivot

fig.2

- Push the pivot in opposite direction to the removed ring;

- Remove the gas spring.

10.56.3.3 Reassembly

10.56.3.3.1 Reassembling the pedals

- Put the new pedals on;
- Put the pins back.
On the front side put the pin under the free end of the elastic spring and push it in the hole (see
fig.3), levering on the brake pad (see fig.4), and then push it down with the hammer and pin removal
(see fig.5).

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.56-3

 Pedals And Brake Kit

fig.4

fig.5

10.56.3.3.2 Reassembling the brake pads

- Put the new brake pads on;
- Screw the screws with their flat and split washers and nuts.

10.56.3.3.3 Reassembling the gas spring

- Put the new gas spring on;
- Put the pivot back;
- Put the circlips back in their guides.

Put the equipment back on the trolley and block it with the proper lever.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.56-4

 I nter nal Ce ntrif u ge Li ght

10.57 (DISM_057) cod. 60794 Internal Centrifuge Light rev00

10.57.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.57.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Internal Centrifuge Light replacement code 60794.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.57-1

 I n t e r n a l Ce ntrifuge Li ght
10.57.3 Procedure

10.57.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 2,5 mm;
- Wire cutters for the plastic ties.

10.57.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove all the panels;
- Remove the SBE board (see(DISM_004) SBE p.c. Board #card);
- Unscrew the two screws that fix the internal centrifuge light board;
- Remove the old LED board from its seat, paying attention to not pull out the LED spacer;
- Insert the new LED board;
- Cut the plastic ties of the cables of the old LED board;
- Disconnect the old cable J3 from the PSE board;
- Remove the old LED board with its cable.

10.57.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new Centrifuge Light with the screws;
- Connect the J3 PSE cable of the new LED board;
- Put on the new plastic ties;
- Re-assemble the SBE board;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.57.4 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.57-2

 Spare Kit: Ink and Paper

10.58 (DISM_058) cod. 60799 Spare Kit: Ink and Paper rev00

10.58.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.58.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Spare Kit with printer Ink and Paper replacement code 60799.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.58-1

 Spare Kit: Ink and Paper
10.58.3 Procedure

10.58.3.1 Disassembly
- Open the printer little door;
- Push the PUSH button;
- Lift the printer up;
- Remove the ink cartridge, lifting its lodging up (EJECT);
- Remove the paper roll.

10.58.3.2 Reassembly
- Insert the new ink cartridge, pushing the two PUSH buttons;
- Insert the new paper roll setting the end free;
- Push the free end through the proper slit (under the ink cartridge) and contemporary push the FEED
button;
- Re-close the cartridge lodging;
- Close the printer little door pulling the paper out.

10.58.4 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.58-2

 F l a s h E E P R O M MB E 1

10.59 (DISM_059) cod. 60801 Flash EEPROM MBE1 rev00

10.59.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.59.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Flash EEPROM MBE1 replacement code 60801.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.59-1

 F l a s h E E P R O M MB E 1
10.59.3 Procedure

10.59.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- PLCC EEPROM Extractor.

10.59.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the left side panel;
- Remove the Flash EEPROM from the MBE1 board using the proper extractor.

10.59.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert a new Flash EEPROM;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.59.4 Calibration
Check in Electa Concept Diagnostic function SW LINK the revision of the MBE1 flash EEPROM and in case
download the appropriate software following the instruction in (UNIT_004) Programming Procedure #card

10.59.5 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.59-2

 Flash EEPROM DBEC

10.60 (DISM_060) cod. 60802 Flash EEPROM DBEC rev00

10.60.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.60.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Flash EEPROM DBEC replacement code 60802.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.60-1

 Flash EEPROM DBEC
10.60.3 Procedure

10.60.3.1 Tools
- Allen key 3 mm;
- PLCC EEPROM Extractor.

10.60.3.2 Disassembly
- Unscrew the two screws of the display panel;
- Take the display panel down;
- Open the display panel cover;
- Remove the Flash EEPROM from the DBEC board, using the proper extractor.

10.60.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new Flash EEPROM in the DBEC board, paying attention to the blunt-ended corner
(otherwise the flash doesn’t enter);
- Close the display panel;
- Lift the display panel up;
- Screw the two screws.

10.60.4 Calibration
Check in Electa Concept Diagnostic function SW LINK the revision of the DBEC flash EEPROM and in
case download the appropriate software following the instruction in (UNIT_004) Programming Procedure
#card.

10.60.5 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.60-2

 Buzzer

10.61 (DISM_061) cod. 60803 Buzzer rev00

10.61.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.61.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Buzzer replacement code 60803.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.61-1

 Buzzer
10.61.3 Procedure

10.61.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Set of Allen keys;
- Cutter;
- Hot glue.

10.61.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the two screws of the display panel;
- Open the display panel;
- Disconnect the J9 DBEC cable;
- Cut away the adhesive which fixes the buzzer to the panel;
- Remove the buzzer.

10.61.3.3 Reassembly
- Glue the new buzzer on the panel using hot adhesive;
- Connect the J9 cable to the DBEC board;
- Close the panel;
- Screw the two screws.

10.61.4 Functional test

Enter in Electa Concept Diagnostic function General Settings and check the functionality of the buzzer by
changing the alarm tone and alarm volume.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.61-2

 Mo t o r S h a f t

10.62 (DISM_062) cod. 60804 Motor Shaft rev00

10.62.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.62.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Motor Shaft replacement code 60804.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.62-1

 Mo t o r S h a f t
10.62.3 Procedure

10.62.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- A thickness of 3,8 mm (Sorin Group provides this tool as code 63017);
- Loctite 243®

10.62.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Disconnect the two motor cables: J1 from the ABE p.c. board and J7 from ABE p.c. board;
- Remove the pump rotor;
- Remove the pump group loosing the three screws that fix the pump motor to the support on the
Electa Concept top;
- Pull down the motor gently;
- Remove the old motor shaft by loosing the two Allen screws.

fig.1

10.62.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new motor shaft; pay attention that the distance between the shaft and the disk adapter
must be respected following the fig.1 (use the tool thickness 63017 to define the correct distance);
- Fix the two Allen screws with Loctite 243® to the motor shaft;
- Fix the pump group to the top, paying attention to the ground cable;
- Connect back J1 and J7 on the ABE p. c. board;
- Insert the pump rotor back.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.62-2

 Mo t o r S h a f t
10.62.4 Functional test
- Close the Electa Concept;
- Switch on the equipment in Diagnostic mode Actuators Control/Pump Control;
- Check that running the pump group at a set speed and in both direction the pump is correctly
turning.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.62-3

 Mo t o r S h a f t

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.62-4

 Eccentric Ring

10.63 (DISM_063) cod. 60806 Eccentric Ring rev00

10.63.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.63.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Eccentric Ring replacement code 60806.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.63-1

 Eccentric Ring
10.63.3 Procedure

10.63.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Clamping clip wrench;
- Allen keys.

10.63.3.2 I.V. pole Eccentric Rings

10.63.3.2.1 Disassembly

- Lift the Electa Concept up from its trolley;

- From bottom side, looking into the stainless steel pipe, unscrew a little bit the Allen screw 2,5mm
(see fig.1);

Allen screw 2.5mm

fig.1

- Unscrew completely the metallic part (looks like brass) using a large flare screw driver inserted in the
indentation. Let the unscrewed part into the pipe;
- Lift up and remove the Ø 20 mm (with the 15 mm) I.V pole obtaining the piece represented in the
fig.2;

fig.2

- Remove the I.V. pole eccentric ring.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.63-2

 Eccentric Ring

10.63.3.2.2 Reassembly
- Insert the new I.V. pole eccentric ring;
- Insert the Ø 20mm (with the 15 mm) I.V pole;
- Push the mast completely down;
- Insert the brass stop from the bottom (fig.3);
- First fix it screwing the brass in the middle, then thigh it acting on the Allen screw 2,5 mm.

Allen screw 2.5mm

fig.3

10.63.3.3 Cardiotomy Eccentric Rings

10.63.3.3.1 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept completely (the bottom panel as well);
- With cardiotomy mast completely down remove the pin in the cardiotomy arm, paying attention to the
“pin” direction, as the pin is knurled, it must be removed from the side other than the knurled one, to
avoid damages to the support;
- Remove the cardiotomy arm;
- remove the pin in the load cell block (see fig.4, left) paying attention to the inside ball; remove
carefully, pulling up, the load cell block with cable (see fig.4, right);

fig.4

- Disconnect the load cell J8 cable and remove the coil cable pulling it up through the tube;
- Pull the cardiotomy mast down in order to align the mast holes to the screws that hold the
Cardiotomy eccentric ring and have access to the screws through those holes;
- Unscrew those screws and draw away the cardiotomy eccentric ring with its support.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.63-3

 Eccentric Ring
10.63.3.3.2 Reassembly
- Insert the new eccentric ring with its support;
- Screw the screws to fix the eccentric ring;
- Draw the cable;
- Re-connect the load cell J8 cable;
- Insert the load cell. During reassembly pay attention to the load cell cable in order to avoid wires
disconnection or damages,
- Put a little bit of grease against the small ball to keep it in its place;
- Make sure that the” cardiotomy arm” is opposite to the ball in order that the weight applied pushes
the ball toward the load cell (see fig.5);
- Verify if the mast slides properly without going beyond the bush stop position.

fig.5

10.63.4 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.63-4

 Vacuum Pump

10.64 (DISM_064) cod. 60809 Vacuum Pump rev00

10.64.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.64.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Vacuum Pump replacement code 60809.

Do not lubricate the pump. Its operation is guaranteed without any grease or similar
lubricating oil. Lubrication may worsen the performance

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.64-1

 Vacuum Pump
10.64.3 Procedure

10.64.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 10.

10.64.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- Remove the SBE p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from the top side of the p.c. board J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,J6, J7, J8 & ground, J9;
ƒ Disconnect from right side of the p.c. board J10, J11, J14;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10 mm (top side) fixing the SBE1 p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis;
ƒ Remove the SBE p.c. board and its support.
- Remove the MBE1 p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from top side J1 & ground, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7;
ƒ Disconnect from right side J11, J13, J19;
ƒ Disconnect from left side J9, J10, J12, J14, J16;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10mm (top side) fixing the MBE1 p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis.
- Disconnect from the vacuum group J2-ABE, J3-ABE, J4-ABE, J11-MBE connectors;
- Disconnect the tube from the 90° plastic adapter (fig.4);

fig.1

- Remove the expansion chamber from the front side of the equipment by cutting the tie wraps (fig.2);

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.64-2

 Vacuum Pump
- Remove the vacuum group unscrewing the 4 Allen screws located close to each corner;
- Disconnect the tubes on the inlet and outlet of the vacuum motor;
- Remove the 3 screws that fix the vacuum motor to the support;
- Remove the silencer with the expansion chamber from the motor.

fig.3

10.64.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the silencer in the vacuum pump and connect the plastic tubes back;
- Install the Vacuum pump screwing the 3 screws, remembering to put back rubber layer or the
resilient mounts;
- Insert the Vacuum group and fix it to the Electa Concept frame with 4 screws close to each corner;
- Connect the connectors:
ƒ The cable from the DPT to J11 MBE1 and J4 ABE;
ƒ The valve cable to J2 ABE;
ƒ The Vacuum motor to J3 ABE;
ƒ Connect the tube to the vacuum 90° plastic adapter, see fig.4;

90° plastic adapter

fig.4

- Put the SBE and MBE1 back;

- Connect all the connectors.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.64-3

 Vacuum Pump
10.64.4 Functional test
Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.
Reset the Working Time of Centrifuge in Diagnostic Mode/ Working Times page.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.64-4

 Silencer For LPM 35

10.65 (DISM_065) cod. 60810 Silencer For LPM 35 rev00

10.65.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.65.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Silencer for LPM 35 replacement code 60810.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.65-1

 Silencer For LPM 35
10.65.3 Procedure

10.65.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen key 3 mm;
- Flare wrench 10.

10.65.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept side panels;
- Remove the SBE p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from the top side of the p.c. board J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,J6, J7, J8 & ground, J9;
ƒ Disconnect from right side of the p.c. board J10, J11, J14;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10 mm (top side) fixing the SBE1 p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis;
ƒ Remove the SBE p.c. board and its support.
- Remove the MBE1 p.c. board and its support following:
ƒ Disconnect from top side J1 & ground, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7;.
ƒ Disconnect from right side J11, J13, J19;
ƒ Disconnect from left side J9, J10, J12, J14, J16;
ƒ Unscrew the 2 flare screws 10mm (top side) fixing the MBE1 p.c. board support to the Electa
Concept chassis.
- Disconnect from the vacuum group J2-ABE, J3-ABE, J4-ABE, J11-MBE connectors;
- Disconnect the tube from the 90° plastic adapter (see fig 4 left);

fig.1

- Remove the expansion chamber from the front side of the equipment by cutting the tie wraps (fig.2);

fig.2
IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.65-2
 Silencer For LPM 35
- Remove the vacuum group unscrewing the 4 Allen screws located close to each corner;
- Disconnect the tubes on the inlet and outlet of the vacuum motor;
- Remove the silencer with the expansion chamber from the motor. Eventually remove the vacuum
pump to help in removing the silencer.

fig.3

10.65.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the silencer in the vacuum pump and connect the plastic tubes back;
- In case the vacuum pump was removed install it screwing the 3 screws, remembering to put back
rubber layer or the resilient mounts;
- Insert the Vacuum group and fix it to the Electa Concept frame with 4 screws close to each corner;
- Connect the connectors:
ƒ The cable from the DPT to J11 MBE1 and J4 ABE;
ƒ The valve cable to J2 ABE;
ƒ The Vacuum motor to J3 ABE;
ƒ Connect the tube to the vacuum 90° plastic adapter, see fig.4;
ƒ

90° plastic adapter

fig.4

- Put the SBE and MBE1 back;

- Connect all the connectors.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.65-3

 Silencer For LPM 35
10.65.4 Functional test
Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.65-4

 I.V. Pole Mast 25 mm

10.66 (DISM_066) cod. 60811 I.V. Pole Mast 25 mm rev00

10.66.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.66.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the I.V. Pole Mast 25 mm replacement code 60811.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.66-1

 I . V . P o l e Ma s t 2 5 m m
10.66.3 Procedure

10.66.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Clamping clip wrench;
- Set of Allen keys.

Looking the Electa Concept toward the front lay the Electa Concept on the left side.
In the bottom part, close to the corner, you can find the stainless steel pipe where IV poles are inserted.

10.66.3.2 Disassembly
- Lift the Electa Concept up from its trolley;
- Remove the bottom cover, see (DISM_069) Bottom Cover #card;
- From bottom side, looking into the stainless steel pipe, unscrew a little bit the Allen screw 2,5 mm
(see fig.1);

Allen screw 2.5mm

fig.1

- Unscrew completely the metallic part (looks like brass) using a large flare screw driver inserted in the
indentation. Let the unscrewed part into the pipe;
- Lift up and remove the Ø 20mm (with the 15 mm) I.V poles obtaining the piece represented in the
fig.2;

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.66-2

 I.V. Pole Mast 25 mm
- Remove the clamping clip from the bottom of the Ø 25 mm I.V. pole;

fig.3

- Remove the Ø 25 mm mast from the bottom side.

10.66.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the bushing of the 25 mm I.V. pole into the frame seat, see (DISM_027) Bushings # card;
- Stick the conductive spring in the seat at the bottom of the mast;
- Insert the Ø 25 I.V. pole into its seat from the bottom;
- Block in the mast with the clamping clip;
- Re-insert the Ø 20 mm and Ø 15 mm I.V. poles (DISM_042) I.V. POLE COMPLETE # card.
- Close Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.66-3

 I . V . P o l e Ma s t 2 5 m m

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.66-4

 Ca r di ot o my Ma s t

10.67 (DISM_067) cod. 60812 Cardiotomy Mast rev00

10.67.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.67.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Cardiotomy Mast replacement code 60812.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.67-1

 C a r d i o t o m y Ma s t
10.67.3 Procedure

10.67.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Pliers;
- Clamping Clip pliers.

10.67.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept completely (the bottom cover as well), see (DISM_069) Bottom Cover
and (DISM_068) Shell Three Parts #cards;
- With cardiotomy mast completely down remove the pin in the cardiotomy arm, paying attention to the
pin direction, as the pin is knurled, it must be removed from the side other than the knurled one, to
avoid damages to the support;
- Remove the cardiotomy arm;
- Remove the pin in the load cell block (see fig.1, left) paying attention to the inside ball; remove
carefully, pulling up, the load cell block with cable (see fig.1, right);
- Disconnect the load cell J8 cable and remove the coil cable pulling it up through the tube;
- Pull the cardiotomy mast down in order to align the mast holes to the screws that hold the
Cardiotomy eccentric ring and have access to the screws through those holes;
- Unscrew those screws and draw away the cardiotomy eccentric ring with its support;

Caution: Do not damage the wire inside the Cardiotomy mast.

fig.1

- Lay the Electa Concept and remove the clamping clip seated in the bottom of the mast using the
pliers,

fig.2

- Remove the mast from the bottom side;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.67-2

 Ca r di ot o my Ma s t
10.67.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new cardiotomy mast;
- Draw the coil cable down through the mast;
- Re-connect the load cell J8 cable;
- Insert the load cell. During reassembly pay attention to the load cell cable in order to avoid wires
disconnection or damages;
- Put a little bit of grease against the small ball to keep it in its place;
- Make sure that the” cardiotomy arm” is opposite to the ball in order that the weight applied pushes
the ball toward the load cell (see fig.3);
- Verify if the mast slides properly without going beyond the bush stop position.

fig.3

10.67.4 Calibration
Perform the (CLBR_004) Load Cell Calibration # card.

10.67.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test # card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.67-3

 C a r d i o t o m y Ma s t

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.67-4

 Shell Three Parts

10.68 (DISM_068) cod. 60815 Shell Three Parts rev00

10.68.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.68.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Shell Three Parts replacement code 60815.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.68-1

 Shell Three Parts
10.68.3 Procedure

10.68.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys 4 mm.

10.68.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the two locking set screws from the handles;
- Unscrew of 3-4 turns the other two set screws from the handles;
- Remove the handles;
- Unscrew the plastic nut of the Waste Bag Sensor;
- Push the Waste Bag Sensor inside;
- Unscrew the three screws for each side panel;
- Remove the two side panels pushing them downwards and towards back of the equipment;
- Unscrew the four screws of the front panel;
- Remove the front panel.

10.68.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the front panel and fix it with its four screws;
- Insert the two side panel flaps into their seat in the front panel and the top of the equipment, true up
them to the screw holes;
- Screw the plastic nut which recalls the Waste Bag Sensor spilling it;
- Screw the three screws for each side panel;
- Insert the two handles;
- Screw the two set screws first and then the two locking ones.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.68-2

 Bottom Cover

10.69 (DISM_069) cod. 60816 Bottom Cover rev00

10.69.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.69.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bottom Cover replacement code 60816.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.69-1

 Bottom Cover
10.69.3 Procedure

10.69.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Mallet.

10.69.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the cardiotomy arm;
- Lift the equipment up from its trolley and lay it on the rear side on a table paying attention to the
cardiotomy arm;
- Unscrew the two lower screws of each side panel;
- Unscrew the five screws below the bottom cover;
- Remove the bottom cover.

10.69.3.3 Reassembly
- Lay the equipment on one side to insert the new bottom cover, paying attention to the borders (they
have to enter perfectly), otherwise the equipment doesn’t go into its trolley;
- Screw the five screws below the bottom cover and the four side ones (two for each side);
- If the bottom cover doesn’t fit perfectly, tap with a mallet on the corners;
- Put the equipment on its trolley.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.69-2

 Cover Hinges

10.70 (DISM_070) cod. 60821 Cover Hinges rev00

10.70.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.70.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Cover Hinges replacement code 60821.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.70-1

 Cover Hinges
10.70.3 Procedure

10.70.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.70.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the left side panel;
- Unscrew the two screws below the cover hinges;
- Remove the cover, paying attention to the washers eventually present;
- Remove the cover hinges from the cover.

10.70.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the hinges into the cover, spreading them with some PTFE grease;
- Insert the cover in its place, re-inserting the thicknesses (washers) if present;
- Screw the two screws below the hinges;
- Close the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.70-2

 Bar Code Rea der

10.71 (DISM_071) cod. 60824 Bar Code Reader rev00

10.71.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.71.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bar Code Reader replacement code 60824.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.71-1

 Bar Code Reader
10.71.3 Procedure

10.71.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.71.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the left and right side panels;
- Remove the Bar Code Reader from its support (the matallic plate), pushing and lifting up the little
black button placed in the rear of the amplifier, immediately under the connection of the cable;
- Disconnect the optical fiber pushing down the grey lever;
- Disconnect the cable from the J3 SBE board;
- Remove the amplifier with its cable.

10.71.3.3 Reassembly
- Hook the amplifier up its metallic support, inserting first the bottom part and then the top, pushing it
softly till the click;
- Re-connect the J3 cable to the SBE board;
- Re-connect the optical fiber;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.71.4 Calibration
Perform a (CLBR_007) Bar Code Reader Calibration #card.

10.71.5 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.71-2

 Optical Fiber

10.72 (DISM_072) cod. 60825 Optical Fiber rev00

10.72.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.72.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Optical fiber replacement code 60825.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.72-1

 Optical Fiber
10.72.3 Procedure

10.72.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers

10.72.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the side panels;
- Unloose the set screw that lock the optical fibre lens to the centrifuge well;
- Loosing the nut unscrew the optical fiber from the centrifuge well;
- Disconnect the fiber from the amplifier bringing the grey lever down and drawing the fiber down.

10.72.3.3 Reassembly
- Re-connect the new optical fiber to the amplifier, lifting the grey lever up, taking care to pass the fiber
between the ABE board and its support;
- Insert the optical fibre lens until it flushes its seat;
- Lock it screwing the set screw;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.72.4 Calibration
Perform a (CLBR_007) Bar Code Reader Calibration #card.

10.72.5 Functional test

Perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.72-2

 Vacuum Line Plug

10.73 (DISM_073) cod. 60826 Vacuum Line Plug rev00

10.73.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.73.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Vacuum Line Plug replacement code 60826.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.73-1

 Vacuum Line Plug
10.73.3 Procedure

10.73.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Socket wrench 21mm.

10.73.3.2 Disassembling
- Open the Electa Concept right panel;
- Disconnect all the connectors from J1 to J11, J14.

NOTE: For the Electa Essential Concept the cabling to J6, J1, J5 are not present

- Remove the SBE board completely;

- Unscrew the two screws that fix the SBE p.c. board to the frame;
- Unscrew the ground cable;
- Remove the SBE p.c. board with its support;
- Now it is possible to have access to the vacuum cone (see fig.1);

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.73-2

 Vacuum Line Plug

- Disconnect the vacuum tube from the 90° plastic adapter (ref.1, fig.2), using pliers;

fig.2

- Remove the plastic tube going from the vacuum expansion chamber to the vacuum plug;
- Remove the plastic tube from the vacuum chamber side (ref.2, fig.2);
- Disconnect the connector to the vacuum pressure line (ref.3, fig.2);
- Unscrew the set screw on the black reinforcement;
- Unscrew from the vacuum filter seat, the vacuum filter adaptor (see fig.1). It is required a long socket
wrench 21mm.

10.73.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new vacuum cone plastic reinforcement on the Electa Concept cone(ref.1 in fig.3);
- Pay attention that the holed part (ref.1, fig.3) must face the Main Filter p. c board on the Electa
Concept. See fig.4;
- Put about 15 cm of Teflon seal round the plug of the reinforcement (see ref.2, fig.2);
- Insert the plug (ref.2, fig.3) outside the rear panel and thigh it with a socket wrench 21mm;
- Hold tight the set screw on the reinforcement, while the correct position of the reinforcement has
been found;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.73-3

 Vacuum Line Plug

fig.3

fig.4

- Insert the plastic tube found in the kit: one side in the vacuum plug (ref.1, fig.2) one side into the
expansion chamber (ref. 2, fig.2) connect the connector coming from the vacuum pressure line
(ref.3, fig.2);
- Fix the SBE p.c. board back and connect all the connectors back.

10.73.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.73-4

 Guillotine I.V. Pole

10.74 (DISM_074) cod. 60828 Guillotine I.V. Pole rev00

10.74.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.74.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Guillotine I.V. Pole replacement code 60828.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.74-1

 Guillotine I.V. Pole
10.74.3 Procedure

10.74.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys.

10.74.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the side panels and the bottom cover;
- Remove the printer following the procedure in (DISM_055) Printer ELC #card;
- Remove the Ø 20 mm (with the Ø 15 mm) I.V pole and its eccentric ring, see (DISM_063) Eccentric
Ring #card;
- Remove the rear handle unscrewing the four screws from the internal side of the equipment, paying
attention to the washers eventually present;
- Remove the guillotine.

10.74.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new guillotine;
- Insert the rear handle fixing it with the four screws, taking care to re-insert the washers eventually
present;
- Insert the eccentric ring and the Ø 20mm (with the Ø 15 mm) I.V. pole;
- Insert the printer;
- Close the Electa Concept.

10.74.4 Functional test

- Switch on the Electa Concept;
- On the Set Up page select Data Management;
- Select one procedure available in the data base and push Printer;
- Select in the Print page General Report and push Print;
- The printer must print the related report.

In case there is no procedure on the data base, simulate a short procedure:

ƒ From the set up page select New Procedure and while finishing the phase select Prime, Wash
and Empty;
ƒ Then enter Data Management and following the procedure above print the report.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.74-2

 Bubbl e Se ns or

10.75 (DISM_075) cod. 60831 Bubble Sensor rev00

10.75.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 NO

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.75.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Bubble Sensor replacement code 60831

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.75-1

 Bubble Sensor
10.75.3 Procedure

See (DISM_010) HCT – Bubble Sensor # card

10.75.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_006) HCT Sensor Calibration #card.

10.75.5 Functional Test

- Enter in Diagnostics Digital Input\Master

- Insert the bubble simulator on the bubble sensor support and verify that with the simulator inside the
function BBD is reading Liquid, without the simulator the BBD is giving Air.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.75-2

 B S- E P. C. B oa r d

10.76 (DISM_076) cod. 60832 BS-E P.C. Board rev00

10.76.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.76.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the BS-E p. c. board replacement code 60832.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.76-1

 BS-E P.C. Board
10.76.3 Procedure

10.76.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

NOTE: ESD protective measures must be taken while removing the p.c. board

10.76.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Disconnect the J1 and J2 from the BS-E p.c. board;
- Remove the BS-E p. c. board by unscrewing three screws.

10.76.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the new BS-E p. c. board on its support and fix it with three screws;
- Insert the connector J1 and J2 to the BS-E p.c. board;
- Close the Electa Concept side panel.

10.76.4 Calibration
Perform the calibration (CLBR_013) Bubble Sensor Calibration #card.

10.76.5 Functional test

Switch on the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.76-2

 Rear Panel

10.77 (DISM_077) cod. 60833 Rear Panel rev00

10.77.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.77.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Rear Panel replacement code 60819.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.77-1

 Rear Panel
10.77.3 Procedure

10.77.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Allen keys;
- Clamping clip wrench;
- Mallet;
- Pin removal;
- Hummer;
- Pliers.

10.77.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the side handles;
- Remove the side panels and the bottom cover, see (DISM_068) Shell Three Parts #card and
(DISM_069) Bottom Cover #card;
- Remove the printer, see (DISM_055) Printer ELC #card;
- Remove the Ø 20 mm I.V. pole (with the Ø 15 mm I.V. pole) and its eccentric ring, see (DISM_063)
Eccentric Ring #card;
- Remove the rear handle, unscrewing the 4 screws and pulling it up from Ø 25 mm I.V. pole;
- Remove the cardiotomy arm, see (DISM_043) Cardiotomy Support #card;
- Remove the load cell, disconnecting it from the coil cable, see (DISM_032) Load Cell #card;
- Remove the schurter module, see (DISM_037) Schurter Module #card;
- Remove the SBE board with its support, see (DISM_004) SBE P.C. Board #card;
- Disconnect the tube of the vacuum pump from the 90° plastic adapter of the vacuum cone on the
rear panel;
- Disconnect the cable of the recirculation fan from J5 of the PSE1 board and its ground cable;
- Disconnect the ground cable from the PC serial connection panel unscrewing the nut on the panel
itself;
- Cut the wrap ties and disconnect the cables going from the PC serial connection panel to J5 of
MBE1 board and J14 from and SBE board, (Note that the SBE has already been disconnected
completely);
- Disconnect the cable from the MBE1 to the USB board on the USB board side;
- Unscrew the two screws fixing the rear panel and pull it away from the frame, deforming it on the I.V
pole side so that it exit from the I.V. pole guide, then twiddle the panel and pull it up from the
cardiotomy guide;
- Remove the serial connection panel and the recirculation fan from the old rear panel and put them
back on the new one.

10.77.3.3 Reassembly
- Put the new rear panel on the frame, first inserting completely it on the cardiotomy guide,
then, deforming its I.V. pole side, insert the panel on the I.V. pole guide;
- Fix the panel with the two screws, pushing it down;
- Reconnect the ground cable of the serial connection panel to the equipment frame and the
cable to J5 of MBE1;
- Reconnect the cable to the USB board;
- Reconnect the cable of the recirculation fan to J5 of the PSE1 board;
- Reconnect the tube of the vacuum pump to the 90° plastic adapter of the vacuum cone on the rear
panel;
- Put the SBE board and its metallic support back, see (DISM_004) SBE P.C. Board #card;
- Put the schurter module back, see (DISM_037) Schurter Module #card;
- Put the load cell back, reconnecting it to the coil cable, see (DISM_032) Load Cell #card;
- Put the cardiotomy arm back, see (DISM_043) Cardiotomy Support #card;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.77-2

 Rear Panel
- Put the rear handle back, pulling it down on the Ø 25 mm I.V. pole and screwing the 4 screws,
paying attention to the cardiotomy arm, to not crush the I.V. pole guillotine and that the I.V. poles are
free to run;
- Reinsert the Ø 20 mm I.V. pole with its eccentric ring see (DISM_063) Eccentric Ring #card;
- Put the printer back, see (DISM_055) Printer ELC #card;
- Put the shell three parts, the bottom cover and the side handles back, see (DISM_068) Shell
Three Parts #card and (DISM_069) Bottom Cover #card.

10.77.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.77-3

 Rear Panel

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.77-4

 USB Interface Group

10.78 (DISM_078) cod.60834 USB Interface Group rev00

10.78.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.78.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the USB Interface Group replacement code 60834.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.78-1

 USB Interface Group
10.78.3 Procedure

10.78.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers;
- Set of Allen keys.

10.78.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Disconnect the AMP connector of the USB interface group;
- Open the rear door of the Electa Concept to have access to the serial port;
- Remove the 2 screws TCCE M4x12 that fix the USB group to the Electa Concept, holding up the
USB group;
- Remove the USB group from the internal side of the Electa Concept.

10.78.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert USB group in place and fix it by screwing the 2 screw from the external side of the Electa
Concept, paying attention not to lose the front plastic plate;
- Connect back the connector to the USB interface group.

10.78.4 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.78-2

 Ce ntrif u ge Cover

10.79 (DISM_079) cod. 60835 Centrifuge Cover rev00

10.79.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.79.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Centrifuge Cover replacement code 60835.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.79-1

 Ce n t rif u ge C ov e r
10.79.3 Procedure

10.79.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.79.3.2 Disassembly
- Remove the Electa Concept left side panel;
- Unscrew 2 screws that fix the cover to the Electa Concept top;
- Remove the Centrifuge cover.

10.79.3.3 Reassembly
- Fix the new cover to the Electa Concept top by screwing 2 screws which fix the over hinges to the
Electa Concept top;
- Close Electa Concept.

10.79.4 Functional test

- Enter Electa Concept Diagnostic function ACTUATOR CONTROL/Lock & Cover Control
- Open and close the cover and verify the correct status of the cover sensor in Diagnostic
- With the cover closed push in Diagnostic LOCK soft key and verify that the cover lock closes
correctly

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.79-2

 Cover Sensor

10.80 (DISM_080) cod. 60836 Cover Sensor rev00

10.80.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

10.80.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Electa Concept Cover Sensor code 60836
.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.80-1

 Cover Se ns or
10.80.3 Procedure

10.80.3.1 Tools
- Set of screwdrivers.

10.80.3.2 Disassembly
- Open the Electa Concept right side panel;
- Cut the wrap ties that keep the cabling from the locking system to ABE p.c. board;
- Disconnect J22 from the ABE p.c. board;
- Unscrew the screw that fix the hall sensor to the top;
- Remove the sensor.

10.80.3.3 Reassembly
- Insert the nut and the sensor to the top and fix the screw;
- Connect the connector to J22 of the ABE p.c. board;
- Fix the cabling with one wrap ties.

10.80.4 Calibration
Perform the (CLBR_012) Cover Sensor Calibration #card.

10.80.5 Functional test

Close the Electa Concept and perform a (DISM_003) Functional Verification test #card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 10.80-2

 Calibration Overview

11 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
11.1 (CLBR_001) Calibration Overview rev00

11.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a general description of Electa Concept testing and calibrations and to
give an overview on tools needed to perform them.

Each card involving a calibration is divided in two parts:

- Testing (if possible)
- Calibration

That is, in most cases, there is a testing procedure allowing to establish if a re-calibration is needed about a
group. All cards have a calibration procedure included.
It is noted if Testing/Calibration involves opening the Electa Concept enclosure or not:

Testing/Calibration (Opening the unit (NOT) involved)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-1

 Calibration Overview
11.1.3 Tool overview
Below are listed tools (codified and not) needed to perform calibration and testing procedures.

11.1.3.1 Not Codified Tools:

Description
TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR
TRIMMERS)
DIGITAL MULTIMETER (accuracy: ± 3% min.)
DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE (*)
PRESSURE CALIBRATOR (REPLACEABLE WITH
PRESSURE GAUGE + SYRINGE)
PRESSURE GAUGE
CHRONOMETER
BT894 RESERVOIR WITH VACUUM LINE
Y-SHAPED TUBE
BOWL (every size)
SET OF WEIGHTS (see (CLBR_004) Load Cell To check and adjust the reservoir load cell (weight
Calibration #card to values)
2.5mm and 2.7mm THICKNESS GAUGE
3mm and 4mm THICKNESS GAUGE
Purpose
To act on trimmer screws
To perform electrical measures:
- voltage
- resistance
- current
To perform waveform viewing
To make and measure a pressure at the same time
Only to measure a pressure
To measure time when performing check and
calibration of delayed unlock time
Requested in vacuum verification: it is needed to
have a correct air volume to evaluate true vacuum
performance
To calibrate vacuum pressure sensor. This is to
connect calibrator and pressure transducers on DPT
board
To check bowl arm stability after doing a fitting
procedure
sensor)
To check and calibrate clamp position sensor.
To check and calibrate cover sensor

(*) Some test/calibration may request amplitude/time measuring cursors feature. When needed, it is noted
in the Tools Needed paragraph present in each calibration card

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-2

 Calibration Overview
11.1.3.2 Codified Tools:

Code Description Purpose Tool View

BUFFY COAT
to check/adjust
63005 CALIBRATION
Buffy-Coat
BOWL

OPTICAL
to test/calibrate
63006 FILTER SET
HCT sensor
TOOL

RED LINE
to calibrate red
63007 PRESSURE
pressure transducer
SENSOR TOOL

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-3

 Calibration Overview
Code Description Purpose Tool View
Immobilizer Cap:

BOWL ARM
IMMOBILIZER
to calibrate the
63011 CAP AND Centring Tool:
bowl arm
CENTRING
TOOL

LOADING to check/adjust
63013
SYSTEM TOOL Load Cell

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-4

 Calibration Overview
Code Description Purpose Tool View

HEMATIC to check /adjust

SENS.HCT,HGB, haematic sensor
63015
PRESS,BUBBLE. to check the clamp
TOOL and pump occlusion

CLAMP
to position clamp
63016 THICKNESS
knob
GAUGE TOOL

to mount the motor

TICKNESS TOOL
63017 shaft on the pump
PUMP
shaft

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-5

 Calibration Overview
Code Description Purpose Tool View

BAR CODE to check/adjust

63018
TOOL bar code sensor

To download the
PROGRAMM. software on the
63019
CABLE ELC microprocessor
boards

WASTE BAG to check waste

63020
TOOL sensor

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-6

 Calibration Overview
Code Description Purpose Tool View

To adapt the usb port

USB TO RS232 on the PC to the
63027
ADAPTER RS232 port of the
programming cables

Technician must be careful in preserving calibration/testing tools. Any kind of

damaging may involve a loss in performance.
In particular:
- 63005 BUFFY COAT CALIBRATION BOWL
- 63018 BAR CODE TOOL
must be kept with care, to avoid early damaging/fading out of black traces.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-7

 Calibration Overview

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.1-8

 Power Supply Calibration

11.2 (CLBR_002) Power Supply Calibration rev00

11.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.2.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure of power supply output DC
voltages.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

Electa Concept power supply consists of five independent modules.

One is a mains failure detecting unit and does not involve any calibration.
The other four produce the following voltages:

+30V split on two +15V modules

+12V and -12V integrated in the same module
+5V as a single module

All voltages can be adjusted directly on the power supply by means of a trimmer.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.2-1

 Power Supply Calibration
11.2.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit involved):

ƒ DIGITAL MULTIMETER (accuracy: ± 3% min.)

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

ƒ TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS)
ƒ DIGITAL MULTIMETER (accuracy: ± 3% min.)

11.2.4 Testing
Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card). Verify that voltage drop along the whole
equipment (i.e. from PS to ABE, from PS to DBEC, etc.) is regular. To do so, act as follows:

Verify following voltages on MBE1 board Test Points:

TP Tensione (V)
78 +5 (5÷5,2 V)
80 +12 (11,8÷12,2 V)
79 -12 (-11,8÷ -12,2 V)
71 GND

Verify following voltages on SBE board Test Points:

TP Tensione (V)
20 +5 (5÷5,2 V)
23 +12 (11,8÷12,2 V)
26 -12 (-11,8÷ -12,2 V)
24 +1,2 (1,2÷1,26 V)
25 -1,2 (-1,2÷-1,26 V)
27 GND

Verify following voltages on ABE board Test Points:

Tensione (V)
TP65 +5 (5÷5,2V)
Pin 2J22 +12 (11,8÷12,2 V)
TP72 -12 (-11,8÷ -12,2 V)
TP75 +30 (29,7÷ 30,3 V)
Pin 1J2 +12 (11,8÷ 12,2 V)
Pin R40 verso TP12 ≥ 3,2V
TP64 GND

Verify following voltages on DBEC board Test Points:

Tensione (V)
TP23 +5 (5÷5,2V)
TP24 +12 (11,8÷12,2V)
TP35 GND

After done testing, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.2-2

 Power Supply Calibration
11.2.5 Calibration
Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card). Remove the waste can holder, placed in front of
power supply output. This operation is necessary to get a useful access to power supply trimmers (see next
figure).

fig.1

Switch Electa Concept ON. Measure following voltages on power supply contacts. Refer fig.2 for pin
numbers.
Take ground reference on earth connection where is fixed cable (B) in fig.2

Pin nr. Voltage (V)

7 +30 (29,7÷30,3V)
12 +5,2V (to regulate)
16 +12 (11,88÷12,12V)
13 -12 (-11,88÷-12,12V)

Very Important:
Voltage measuring has to be performed with connector inserted. Values are referred to normal load
situation. Therefore:
- do not disconnect any cable
- do not activate any actuator.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.2-3

 Power Supply Calibration
If readings are not in range, lead them into by acting on relative trimmer. See next figure. Arrows indicate
trimmers for each module.
Be careful do not act on wrong trimmer on +15V modules: the right one is pointed out by arrows.

fig.2

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.2-4

 B uf f y C o a t S e n s o r C a l i b r a t i o n

11.3 (CLBR_003) Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration rev00

11.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.3.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure of Buffy-Coat sensor.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.3-1

 Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration
11.3.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:
Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):
ƒ Cod. 63005 BUFFY COAT CALIBRATION BOWL

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

ƒ TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS)
ƒ DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE(*)
ƒ cod. 63005 BUFFY COAT CALIBRATION BOWL

(*) cursors facility for amplitude/time measuring is needed for present calibration

11.3.4 Testing
- Switch on the Electa Concept in diagnostics mode as following:
▪ hold SK#4
▪ switch Electa Concept ON
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP
- Select the function ANALOG INPUT, then SENSORS. Insert the bowl code 63005 on the centrifuge.
- Position the two black painted areas listed as Test Side of the tool bowl in front of the Buffy-Coat
sensor window (see fig.1), then press IR1 soft key.

Buffy-coat
window

fig.1

- Close the Electa Concept cover and position the blue plastic shield (found inside the kit) over it
- Verify that in the Diagnostics function BC LEVEL the value is in the range 845-865 counts

Note: in case that the value is out of that range and there is no evidence of Buffy-Coat sensor
malfunctioning, do not perform the following calibration

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.3-2

 B uf f y C o a t S e n s o r C a l i b r a t i o n
11.3.5 Calibration
This calibration has to be carried out:

- partially, on the Electa Concept Sensors board (SBE), it entails the adjustment of the Buffy-Coat
signal gain
- partially, on the Electa Concept PPSE board, it regulates the level of the LED’S light
- partially, adjusting the mechanical position of the CCD support.

The Buffy-Coat calibration procedure has to be applied, just in case of evident

necessity. All the Electa Concept in the Field pass a final test in factory, with a fine
calibration of the Buffy-Coat system.

Do not modify the existing waveform, if there is no needs!

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.3-3

 Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration
11.3.5.1 Assembly verification
- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card)

Towards the
centrifuge well

Act on these to position

the balancing motion

fig.2

- Ensure that the CCD is properly mounted. The balancing motion should be completely pushed
towards the centrifuge well (see the fig.2); the CCD support must be completely downward (see fig.
3)

Support completely down

fig.3

11.3.5.2 Pre-calibration
- Connect the scope meter: 5 ms/div, 0,5V/div, Trigger CHA positive slope:
- CHA to Pin2 J2 of SBE p.c. board
- CHB to TP10 of SBE p.c. board
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter diagnostics mode as following:
▪ hold SK#4
▪ switch Electa Concept ON
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP
- Select the function ANALOG INPUT, then SENSORS. Insert the bowl code 63005 on the centrifuge.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.3-4

 B uf f y C o a t S e n s o r C a l i b r a t i o n

Ref 1- Vmin value

NOTE: each bowl reports its own value

fig.4

- Position the two black painted areas of the tool bowl listed Calibration Side (see fig.4) in front of the
Buffy-Coat sensor window (see fig.5), then press IR1 soft key.

Buffy-coat
window

fig.5

- The signal that has to be achieved is shown in fig.6

- Slowly and carefully rotate the BC tool bowl until the level reference “A” is the lowest.
- Close the Electa Concept cover and position the blue plastic shield (found inside the kit) over it.

11.3.5.3 Adjustment of the CCD signal gain

- Turn the trimmer P4 in the SBE p.c. board to achieve 3,55 V ± 50 mV (Scope probe on TP10 of
SBE) as peak level of the signal (see fig.6).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.3-5

 Buffy Coat Sensor Calibration

C≈22ms

3,55V±50mV
The measure of time
intervals has to be kept
at 3,5 V

Ref.A: ad just the minimum

voltage at the value reported on
the bowl Calibration side
15ms

fig.6

11.3.5.4 Electronic and Mechanical adjustment of waveform profile

- Mechanically adjust the balancing motion of the CCD, acting on the two screws (see fig.2) to obtain
22 ± 0,4 ms between the trigger and the peak of the signal (see time C in fig.6)
- Ad just the trimmer P3 on the PPSE board to obtain the minimum level of the signal (ref. A in fig.6) at
the value reported on the calibration side bowl (see ref .1 Vmin in fig.4)

NOTE: each bowl has its own value different from bowl to bowl. The value in the picture is only for
example. Refer to the value reported on your tool bowl

- Verify that C time (see fig.6) is not changed after last step. If necessary, repeat mechanical adjusting
again the balancing motion
- Finally adjust the P3 trimmer to decrease the light of 70 mV compared to the value reported in the
bowl (Vmin – 70 mV)
Note: The last three steps must be performed together to reach the correct Buffy-Coat profile.

11.3.5.5 IR2 light adjusting

- Push the IR2 soft key, verify the presence of a signal similar to that one in fig.5, then adjust the
trimmer P4 on the PPSE board to increase the signal, 30 mV compared to the value reported on the
calibration side bowl (see ref 1 Vmin in fig.4), Vmin + 30 mV
After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.3-6

 Load Cell Calibration

11.4 (CLBR_004) Load Cell Calibration rev00

11.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.4.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure of load cell. That is the
weighing device placed at reservoir holder.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.4-1

 Load Cell Calibration
11.4.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) cod. 63013 LOADING SYSTEM TOOL
2) SET OF WEIGHTS (to reach values in table Tab.1)

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

1) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS)
2) DIGITAL MULTIMETER (accuracy: ± 3% min.)
3) cod. 63013 LOADING SYSTEM TOOL
4) SET OF WEIGHTS (to reach a value of 4.5Kg)

11.4.4 Testing
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
ƒ hold SK#4
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP

- Select Analog Input/Sensor page: refer to “WEIGHT [g]” field.

- Check the linearity of the system with the following weights:

Weight to hang on cod. 63013 tool Total Weight

Displayed value
[Kg] [Kg]
0 0 0 (0÷ +5g)
0.5 1 1000g (950 ÷ 1050g)
1.5 2 2000 (1900 ÷ 2100g)
2.5 3 3000 (2850 ÷ 3150g)
3.5 4 4000 (3800 ÷ 4200g)
4.5 5 5000 (4950 ÷ 5050g)
5.5 6 6000 (5400 ÷ 6000g)

Tab. 1

NOTE: hang the weights on hook of cod. 63013 tool. The global weight (including tool contribution)
must reach the value displayed in the “Total weigh” column

NOTE: verify of 6Kg accepts very large tolerance, because of mechanical safety included in reservoir
holder. It can act in this range. The effect of this safety is to make a saturation of weight read.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.4-2

 Load Cell Calibration

11.4.5 Calibration
- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card).
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (DISM_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
ƒ hold SK#4
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP
- Select Analog Input/Sensor page: refer to “WEIGHT [g]” field.
- Rotate and lift the arm of the reservoir weighing device.
- Connect a multimeter to the TP18 test-point of the SBE board (GND TP27).
- With trimmer tool, set P11 to 0V (multimeter reading) on TP18; the indication of Weight [g] on the
screen should be 0 g.

NOTE: take care, when adjusting the offset and gain, that negative values and values over 6000 are
not displayed. This is the reason because it is necessary to refer on multimeter reading in zero
adjusting: if Electa Concept shows 0g, any negative value may be present.

- Insert the tool, code 63013, into the weighing device (the tool weighs 500 g ± 2 g) and hang 4.5 Kg
on the central hook, so that the total weight is 5 Kg.
- Adjust the P12 trimmer to obtain 5000 g on the Electa Concept display.

- Connect the multimeter to TP8 and hang 5.5 Kg (to make 6 Kg), gradually press on the reservoir
support, making sure that the voltage does not exceed 1.1V.

Warning: Do not exceed 1.1v or the loading cell could be damaged.

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.4-3

 Load Cell Calibration

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.4-4

 HGB Se ns or Calibra t i o n

11.5 (CLBR_005) HGB Sensor Calibration rev00

11.5.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

11.5.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the calibration procedure of HGB (Hemoglobin) sensor.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.5-1

 H G B Se ns or Cali brati on
11.5.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform calibration:

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

1) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS)
2) DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE
3) cod. 63015 HEMATIC SENS.HCT, HGB, PRESS, BUBBLE TOOL

11.5.4 Calibration
Next figure shows HGB sensor tube holder:

fig.1

- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card)

- Insert the tool cod.63015 filled with saline solution in the HGB sensor (see above figure)
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
▪ hold SK#4
▪ switch Electa Concept ON
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP,
- Select Analog Input/Sensor page: refer to “Led 565 [count]” field
- Connect the scopemeter (10μs, Trigger CH1 @0.5 V level) to the following test point of the SBE p.c.
board
- CH1=TP6 CH2= TP7
- Adjust The trimmer P15 to have 4 V on the TP6 (CH1)
- Adjust the trimmer P2 in the SBE p.c. board to obtain 935 ± 2 in the function LED 565 of the Sensor
Analog input
- Check that the amplitude of the signal on TP7 is in the range from 4,6 to 4,95 V at 30 μs from the
sampling. See the next figure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.5-2

 HGB Se ns or Calibra t i o n

fig.2

NOTE: The tube could have a memory effect while keeping it inside the HGB sensor. Do not worry if after a
while the calibration will show you a value of 935 ± 50 counts in the diagnostics. This is due to the
assessment of the tube.

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.5-3

 H G B Se ns or Cali brati on

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.5-4

 HCT Se ns or Calibra t i o n

11.6 (CLBR_006) HCT Sensor Calibration rev00

11.6.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

11.6.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure of HCT (Hematocrit) sensor.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.6-1

 H C T Se ns or Cali brati on
11.6.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) cod. 63006 SET OPTICAL FILTER TOOL.

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

1) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS);
2) DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE;
3) cod. 63006 SET OPTICAL FILTER TOOL.

11.6.4 Testing
It is possible to check the linearity of the HCT sensor, by using the 5 filters provided in the kit 63006.

Proceed as follows:

- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
▪ hold SK#4;
▪ switch Electa Concept ON;
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.

- Select ANALOG INPUT page Æ Entry;

- Select SENSORS page Æ Entry.

The page SENSOR ANALOG INP is displayed.

On the 3rd line is shown HCT [% / 10 ]

On the 4th line is shown Led 805 [ count ]

- Without cassette and/or disposable inserted, push AUTO CALIB soft key;
In the 4th line, at LED 805, Electa Concept must shown 935 ± 6 counts (if not perform the HCT
calibration procedure using cassette filled with saline solution);
- Insert the filter (one by one) in the HCT sensor holder as shown in fig.1, fig.2, fig.3;

fig.1 fig.2 fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.6-2

 HCT Se ns or Calibra t i o n

The SBE pc board is designed to switch to different gains, depending on the HCT signal attenuation
received.
The gain set are:
G=1 ; G=4,9 ; G=16 ; G=34 ; G=193,8
The G10 filter is designed to make the SBE board working with the G=1 gain.
The G49 filter is designed to make the SBE board working with the G=4,9 gain.
The G160 filter is designed to make the SBE board working with the G=16 gain.
The G340 filter is designed to make the SBE board working with the G=34 gain.
The G1938 filter is designed to make the SBE board working with the G=193,8 gain.

The procedure allows to check the proper functioning for each gain level.

Every filter is marked with a label, positioned in the upper part (see fig.2), where is written the filter name
such as G10, G49, G160, G340, G1938.

In the label is written, as well, the reading range for LED 805 [count] and HCT [%/10] as shown in the
following chart:

MIN count MAX count MIN HCT MAX HCT

Filter Type @LED805 @LED805 @3rd line @3rd line
G10 300 900 0 15
G49 380 820 32 85
G160 480 860 120 210
G340 240 820 230 370
G1938 100 700 470 680

In case one or more of the values shown @ LED 805 and/or @ HCT are out of the range (see chart
above) we need to carry out the HCT calibration procedure using a cassette (brand new) as
described below:

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.6-3

 H C T Se ns or Ca li bra t i o n
11.6.5 Calibration

- Remove the right side panel, following the instructions included in the (DISM_001) Opening the
Unit #card;
- Insert the filter G10 in the HCT sensor (see fig.1, fig.2 and fig.3);
- Connect the scopemeter (10µs, 1 V, trigger CH1 @2 V level) to the following test points in the SBE
p. c. board: CH1=TP2, CH2=TP21;
- Set the offset of the signal on TP2 (CH1) to 0V, adjusting it with the P13 trimmer on the SBE p. c.
board;
- Adjust P9 trimmer of the SBE p.c. board to achieve the amplitude of the signal on TP2 of 4V
(tolerance ±0.1V). Check that the offset is still 0, in case adjust with the trimmer P13;
- Adjust the trimmer P8 on the SBE p.c. board until the LED 805 in the diagnostic function SENSOR
ANALOG INP, indicates 740 ± 2;
- Check that the signal on the CH2 is 3,8 V (range 3,6 to 4 V). See next figure;

Vp CH2
3,8V
(3,6V-4V)

Vp CH1
4V

0V 1
Offset

New HCT signal

fig.4

- Close the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.6-4

 Ba r Code Re ader Ca librat i on

11.7 (CLBR_007) Bar Code Reader Calibration rev00

11.7.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.7.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the calibration procedure of Bar Code Reader. That is the device
able to read the bar code placed on bowl bottom cylinder to allow size identification.

Model View

Takenaka
TAKEX F70R

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.7-1

 Bar Code Reader Calibration
11.7.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform calibration:

1) cod. 63018 BAR CODE TOOL ELC;

11.7.4 Procedure of calibration

Here is calibration procedure:

- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card);

fig.1

- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
▪ hold SK#4;
▪ switch Electa Concept ON;
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.

When the first Diagnostic mode page is shown the Bar Code Reader is automatically fed.

- Verify that the sensor display is displaying following settings:

▪ “D” as actual mode of operating;
▪ “T” as sensitivity setting (see next figure).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.7-2

 Ba r Code Re ader Ca librat i on

fig.2

Otherwise, do as follows:
To set “D” option on actual mode:
- shift black cursor of the selector to SELECT;
- hold pressed the black key (no.2) until only the “D” letter appears as actual mode status;
- shift black cursor to RUN.
To set “T” as sensitivity setting:
- shift black cursor of the selector to SELECT;
- hold pressed the red key (no.1) until only the “T” letter appears as actual sensitivity status;
- shift black cursor to RUN.

- Insert the tool code 63018 in the centrifuge plate;

- Rotate by hand the tool in order to position a large white section of the label under the light beam
(the red spot must be in the centre of white section);
- Push red key (no.1): orange and green LEDS are flashing alternately;
- Position the little black faded bar (central position in the label) in front of sensor. The red spot must
be at the bar centre;
- Push once more red key (no.1): orange and green LEDS stop flashing;
- Switch OFF the unit;
- Switch ON the unit and select NEW PROCEDURE;
- At the end of set up, verify that the bowl size displayed (issued from bowl reading) is B175;
- Take off the tool cod. 63018 from centrifuge plate and switch OFF the unit.

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.7-3

 Bar Code Reader Calibration

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.7-4

 R e d P re s s u r e S e n s o r C a l i b r a t i o n

11.8 (CLBR_008) Red Pressure Sensor Calibration rev00

11.8.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.8.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the calibration procedure of Red Pressure sensor.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.8-1

 Re d Press ure Se ns or Cali brati on
11.8.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform calibration:

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

1) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS);
2) DIGITAL MULTIMETER (accuracy: ± 3% min.);
3) cod. 63007 RED LINE PRESSURE SENSOR TOOL.

11.8.4 Calibration
- Open the unit, (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card).
- With the unit OFF, set the P3 trimmer of the SBE board to its maximum resistance value (approx. 1
KOhm). To make this rotate trimmer P3 screw, until value read reaches its maximum value (approx.
1 KOhm)
- Switch ON the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
▪ hold SK#4;
▪ switch Electa Concept ON;
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
and select Analog Input/Sensor page: refer to “TUBE PRESSURE [mV]” field
- Connect the multimeter to the TP19 test-point of the SBE board (GND TP27).
- Using the P16 trimmer, adjust the voltage on TP19 setting it to 0 V (Offset); check that the indication
of Tube Pressure [mV] is 0 (range 0 to 10 mV)
- Insert the tool code 63007 carefully from the top side of the sensor downwards (see fig.1) and check
that the voltage increases till 5100 mV in the Tube Pressure function

fig.1

- Press Exit twice

- Switch OFF the unit.

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.8-2

 Vac uum DPT Cali bra t ion

11.9 (CLBR_009) Vacuum DPT Calibration rev00

11.9.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.9.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure of pressure sensor included in
the vacuum group (DPT Double Pressure Transducer).
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.9-1

 Vacuum DPT Calibration
11.9.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) BT894 RESERVOIR WITH VACUUM LINE;
2) PRESSURE GAUGE.

Calibration (Opening the unit involved):

1) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS);
2) DIGITAL MULTIMETER (accuracy: ± 3 % min.);
3) PRESSURE CALIBRATOR (REPLACEABLE WITH PRESSURE GAUGE + SYRINGE);
4) Y-SHAPED TUBE.

11.9.4 Testing
- Switch on the Electa Concept in Diagnostic mode (see (UNIT_003) Diagnostics Pages #card):
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Actuators Control/Vacuum Control;
- Connect the pressure gauge to the reservoir and the reservoir to the unit through the suction line and
the filter; all the other outlets of the reservoir should be completely closed.

NOTE: The reservoir is requested in vacuum verification: it is needed to have a correct air volume to
evaluate true vacuum performance

NOTE: With atmospheric pressure, the pressure values of “Pressure” and “Master Press” may not be
0mmHg and may vary between +10mmHg and –30mmHg.

- Activate aspiration of the vacuum group by pressing the I/O key; by means of the + or – keys set the
following pressure values, checking the real pressure measured by the pressure gauge (± 10 mmHg)
and its correspondence with the “Pressure” and “Master Press” values displayed on the screen
(value measured = set value +10 mmHg -30 mmHg).

Set value Value measured by the Pressure and Master

[mmHg] pressure gauge Pressure values
[mmHg] displayed
[mmHg]
-50 -40 to -60 -40 to -80
-100 -90 to -110 -90 to -130
-150 -140 to -160 -140 to -180
-200 -190 to -210 -190 to -230
-250 -240 to -260 -240 to -280
-300 -290 to -310 -290 to -330

Press the I/O key and reset the circuit pressure to 0 mmHg, opening an outlet of the reservoir.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.9-2

 C la m p Hall Se ns or Calibra t i o n

11.10 (CLBR_010) Clamp Hall Sensor Calibration rev00

11.10.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.10.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure for the Hall effect sensors of
clamp group. That is three position sensors of clamps, able to detect OPEN/CLOSE state. They are included
in three HS-C boards mounted under clamp group (fig.2 further in present card).
Refer to next figure (fig.1) to know each clamp identification: PRIME, WASH and EMPTY.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

Clamp Wash

Clamp Empty Clamp Prime

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.10-1

 Cl amp Ha ll Sens or Cali brati on
11.10.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) 2.5 mm and 2.7mm THICKNESS GAUGE.

Calibration (Opening only the group involved):

1) Cod. 63016CLAMP THICKNESS GAUGE TOOL;
2) 2.5 mm and 2.7mm THICKNESS GAUGE.

11.10.4 Testing
- Switch on Electa Concept in diagnostics mode as following:
▪ hold SK#4;
▪ switch Electa Concept ON;
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.

- Select Actuators Control/Clamps Control. Refer to “PRIME/WASH/EMPTY Clamp Hall” fields to

verify sensor status in following steps. When entered in the page, clamp auto test is performed;
- Now status is: all clamps closed;
- By aging on clamp knob, open completely the clamps and put 2.5 mm gauge in the PRIME clamp;
- Now the state is: all clamps opened;
- Then release gently the knob: the gauge just inserted must be locked under the knife action;
- See sensor state displayed in PRIME hall field: must be CLOSED. The gap due to gauge is not
enough to produce a OPEN status;
- Repeat last two steps regarding WASH and EMPTY clamps too;
- By aging on clamp knob, open completely the clamps and put 2.7 mm gauge in the PRIME clamp,
then release gently the knob: the gauge just inserted must be locked under the knife action;
- See sensor state displayed in PRIME hall field: it must be OPEN. Now the gap due to gauge is
enough to produce a OPEN status;
- Repeat last two steps regarding WASH and EMPTY clamps too;
- Without gauges, check four positions (STOP/PRIME/EMPTY/STOP) which may be set in present
diagnostics page and verify correct sensor state for each one: real clamp state must be the same
than detected one is.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.10-2

 C la m p Hall Se ns or Calibra t i o n
11.10.5 Calibration
Calibration consists in finding out the correct position for each HS-C in order to associate the ON/OFF status
to a precise clamp shift. Board position can vary by fixing screw along a slot (see arrows in next figure)

fig.2

NOTE: Comfortable calibration of three clamp sensor requests dismantling out the group from the Electa
Concept.

- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card);

- Dismantle the clamp group (see (DISM_028) Clamp Group #card);
- Place and tighten the clamp knob on to its site. This is because clamp opening facility is needed to
perform calibration;
- Place the clamp group near the unit in a useful position to perform calibration. Then re-connect only
following cables:
ƒ between J3 of MBE1 and J9 of CLS (Hall sensor signals);
ƒ between J16 of ABE and J5 of CLS (Optical sensor signals).
They are necessary to check the sensor status during calibration and to avoid optical failure (E66).
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Actuators Control/Clamps Control. Refer to “PRIME/WASH/EMPTY Clamp Hall” fields to
verify sensor status in following steps. The same state may be verified by looking to LD3/4/5 of
MBE1 board. They must be ON when relative clamp is closed;
- Unscrew lightly the HS-C corresponding to PRIME clamp, in order to allow shifting along the slot.
Otherwise, if sensor is a new part, put it on site, but do not fasten it;
- By aging on clamp knob, open completely the clamps and put 2.5 mm gauge in the PRIME clamp,
then release gently the knob: the gauge just inserted must be locked under the knife action;
- (*)Push the HS-C completely towards the inside of clamp group: corresponding detected state
should be OPEN (LED OFF);
- Slowly shift the HS-C board to the outside until the status come to CLOSED (LED ON). Check that
the status remains on, also after completely and manually opening the clamps and closing them
again on a 2.5 mm gauge;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.10-3

 Cl amp Ha ll Sens or Cali brati on
- Completely open the clamps manually and close them again on a thickness of 2.7 mm. Check that
the status is now OPEN (LED OFF); if this is the case, block the card in this position (procedure
concluded for this clamp); otherwise, move to the following point;
- Slightly move the card toward the inside until the LED switches off (sensor OFF). Check that the
LED is OFF, also after completely and manually opening the clamps and closing them again on a
thickness of 2.7 mm;
- Completely open the clamps manually and close them on a thickness of 2.5 mm. Check that the LED
is on (sensor ON). If this is the case, block the card in this position (procedure concluded for this
clamp). If not, repeat the procedure from (*) label;
- Repeat present procedure for each clamp that need calibration;
- When calibration is done, remove clamp knob and mount the group in to the unit (see (DISM_028)
Clamp Group #card).
- When clamp group is well fixed under the top, mount the knob using the thickness tool (cod. 63016)

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.10-4

 Lock Sens or Cali bra t ion

11.11 (CLBR_011) Lock Sensor Calibration rev00

11.11.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.11.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure for the lock sensor. This is the
position sensor placed under the lock bottom (see fig.1).
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.11-1

 Loc k Se ns or Cali brati on
11.11.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) NONE.

Calibration (Opening only the unit involved):

1) NONE.

11.11.4 Testing
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP;
- Select Actuators Control/Lock & Cover Control and refer to LOCK status field
- Make sure that cover is well closed
- Perform several LOCK/UNLOCK actions and check the lock status shown (OPEN/CLOSED)

11.11.5 Calibration
- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card);
- Make sure that cover is closed;
- Check the position of sensor lever (see rectangle in fig.1). It must be well placed under the lock
bottom. In order to go up and down depending on lock shaft position;

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.11-2

 Lock Sens or Cali bra t ion
- When the lock shaft is UP (cover locked), lever must be completely up in mechanical equilibrium
position (spring action). Opposite arm of the lever must be completely hidden inside the sensor case.
- When the lock shaft is DOWN (cover unlocked), lever must be down under the pushing action of lock
bottom cap. Opposite arm of the lever must come outside from sensor case.
- If mechanical position of metal support of sensor does not allow the sensor to work well, adjust it by
acting on two screws along the slots (see arrows in fig.1)

After doing calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.11-3

 Loc k Se ns or Cali brati on

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.11-4

 Cover Se ns or Calibra t i o n

11.12 (CLBR_012) Cover Sensor Calibration rev00

11.12.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.12.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure for the cover sensor. This is
the status sensor placed under the top, able to detect the magnet included in the cover (see position pointed
out in the next figure).
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.12-1

 Cover Sensor Calibration
11.12.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) 3 mm and 4 mm THICKNESS GAUGE.

Calibration (Opening only the unit involved):

1) 3 mm and 4 mm THICKNESS GAUGE.

11.12.4 Testing
Perform all three test described below (qualitative, quantitative and functional) as a single sequence:
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP;
- Select Actuators Control/Lock & Cover Control and refer to COVER status field.

Qualitative testing:
This is to see if there is some sensor damaging or evident out of calibration state:
- Open completely the cover and verify that status displayed is OPEN,
- Close completely the cover and verify that status displayed is CLOSE,
If present test is KO, consider the possibility of a sensor damaging.

Quantitative testing:
This is the true calibration verify. Do as follows:
- Open completely and close the cover over the 3 mm thickness gauge, placed on the external
border level with the lock.
Very important: place the gauge exactly as shown in fig.2. Note that the gauge must lie on the lower
level of the top profile.

fig.2

- Verify that the status displayed is CLOSE;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.12-2

 Cover Se ns or Calibra t i o n
- Open completely and close the cover over the 4 mm thickness gauge;
Very Important: place the gauge exactly as shown in fig.2. Note that the gauge must lie on the lower
level of the top profile.
- Verify that the status displayed is OPEN;
If present test is KO, calibration is needed.
In particular:
- if sensor detects CLOSE state at 4 mm, this is a case of excessive magnetic field;
- if sensor detects OPEN state at 3 mm, this is a case of poor magnetic field.

Note what is actual case to know how to perform following calibration.

Functional testing:
This is to confirm functionality of calibration state:
- Close the cover without any thickness gauge;
- Push the LOCK key and check that the cover is really locked;
- Switch OFF and switch ON the Electa Concept within 10 s;
- Verify that SW release is displayed in the boot page and that the cover unlocking is performed and
the cover can be open;
- Close the cover and switch OFF the unit.

Failure of this test consists of an Alarm/Warning appearing before SW release evidence. This is the case of a
poor magnetic field situation. Note this information for following calibration

11.12.5 Calibration
Do as follows:

- Regulate the P1 trimmer of the HSCO1 board till reaching the CLOSE state. At this point rotate the
trimmer of ¼ round in the opposite sense, open the cover and close again on the same 3 mm
thickness (to eliminate hysteresis problems) and slowly regulate the P1 trimmer to visualize CLOSE
(don’t regulate if this state is already present);
- Open and close again the cover for several times (maintaining the 3 mm thickness) and check that
once closed the cover the display still indicates CLOSE;
- Open and close the cover over the 4 mm thickness gauge, placed on the external border level with
the lock; verify the display indicates OPEN;
- Open and close again the cover for several times (maintaining the 4 mm thickness) and check that
once closed the cover the display still indicates OPEN;
- If this condition isn’t verified, repeat the adjustment beginning with the 3 mm thickness gauge again;
- Close the cover without thickness gauges,
- Push the LOCK key and check that is not possible to open the centrifuge cover;
- Turn off the equipment, then wait 5 seconds at least and turn on again the equipment;
- Check that the lock is unlocked and it is possible to open again the centrifuge cover;
- Close the cover and turn off the equipment.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.12-3

 Cover Sensor Calibration

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.12-4

 B u b ble Se ns or Calibra t i o n

11.13 (CLBR_013) Bubble Sensor Calibration rev00

11.13.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.13.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure for the Bubble Sensor. This is
the air sensor placed inside the black holder between pump site and centrifuge well (see next figure). The
circle labelled with “2” represents tube position where air/liquid state is detected. Two ultrasonic probes (TX
and RX) stay at the sides of that position: a burst of pulses can pass from one to other only if liquid interface
is present.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.13-1

 B u b b l e Se ns or Cali brati on
11.13.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) cod. 63015 HEMATIC SENS.HCT, HGB, PRESS, BUBBLE TOOL.

Calibration (Opening only the unit involved):

2) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS);
3) DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE.

11.13.4 Testing
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
▪ hold SK#4;
▪ switch Electa Concept ON;
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Digital Input/Master. Refer to “BBD” field to verify sensor status in following steps;
- Verify that actual status is AIR [H];
- Insert the simulator of full kit (included in the tool cod. 63015) into the bubble sensor holder. Make
sure that the tube is well inserted: push down the tube in the centrifuge side (see next figure)
towards the blood loss sensor. Verify that the liquid contained in the tool is not moving and stable
between two sensor sides;

fig.2

- Verify that actual status is LIQUID [L];

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.13-2

 B u b ble Se ns or Calibra t i o n
11.13.5 Calibration
- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card);
- Dismantle the BS-E holding plate, to get access to this board;
- Connect the channel 1 probe of the scope to the test point 1 of the BS-E board (refer to fig.4) and set
the amplitude scale to 2 V/div. Refer to “0 V” test point for ground (refer to fig.4);
- Set the time scale to 2 μs/div and set the trigger on channel 1. The signal must be similar to that
represented in next figure;

fig.3

- The channel 1 (test point 1) displays the transmitted TX signal. The pulse frequency must be within
the range [2480 MHz; 2520 MHz] or the period in the range [397 ns; 403 ns]. If out of range, it is
necessary to adjust the value, by using the Trimmer in the BS-E board (see fig.4: R1 on the layout);
- Repeat testing before closing the unit.

After doing calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.13-3

 B u b b l e Se ns or Cali brati on

Test point 1

0V – Ground

Trimmer

fig.4

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.13-4

 Unlock Delay Calibration

11.14 (CLBR_014) Unlock Delay Calibration rev00

11.14.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.14.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure for the Unlock Delay time after
Electa Concept switching off.
In fact ABE board includes a circuit able to work after Electa Concept switched off. This allows a delayed
cover unlocking, if the unit was switched off during a cover-locked phase.
This is necessary for user safety: centrifuge may rotate again after switch off for about a 50” time.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.14-1

 Unlock Delay Calibration
11.14.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) CHRONOMETER.

Calibration (Opening only the unit involved):

1) TRIMMER TOOL (SCREWDRIVER FOR TRIMMERS).

11.14.4 Testing
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Start the chronometer (present testing requests at least 2’ of Electa Concept ON phase in
diagnostics mode)
- Select Actuators Control/Lock & Cover Control.
- Make sure that cover is closed and push LOCK soft key
- Verify that cover is locked
- Wait for a time greater than two minutes (if it is not already reached)
- Reset the chronometer
- Switch off the Electa Concept and start the chronometer at the same time
- Delayed unlock of the cover must occur after a time of 50” at least. If this condition is not respected,
perform the calibration

11.14.5 Calibration
Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card). Adjust the P2 trimmer of the ABE board
completely counter-clockwise. Check the opening time again (see testing described above).
After doing calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.14-2

 Pump Low Shaft Sensor Calibration

11.15 (CLBR_015) Pump Low Shaft Sensor Calibration rev00

11.15.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.15.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and calibration procedure for the pump low shaft sensor.
This is the magnetic sensor placed under the pump layout and it is able to detect the magnet included in the
pump rotor. The sensor is doubled, so Master unit can receive direction information (counter/clockwise) by a
two-phase signal. Fig.1 represents the built-in magnet inside the pump rotor.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.15-1

 P u m p Low Sha ft Se ns or Cali brati on
11.15.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) None.

Calibration (Opening only the unit involved):

1) DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE.

11.15.4 Testing
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch the Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Actuators Control/Pump Control. Refer to “LOW SHAFT DIR” field to perform the testing;
- Set the direction as “IN BOWL” and start the rotation by pressing I/O key;
- Verify visually that the direction is really IN BOWL (clockwise);
- Check that the status of LOW SHAFT DIR is IN BOWL;
- Repeat the test by setting OUT BOWL direction;
- Verify visually that the direction is really OUT BOWL (counter clockwise);
- Check that the status of LOW SHAFT DIR is OUT BOWL.
Note: the change in status is delayed when direction setting is inverted. It may occur after one or two turns

11.15.5 Calibration
Calibration is needed when previous testing has failed.

- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card);

- Connect the CH1 scope probe to pin 2 of MBE1.J2 and CH2 probe to the pin 3. Set 2 V/div, 0.2
s/div, Trigger on CH1, Trigger level to 2.5 V,
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Actuators Control/Pump Control;
- Set the speed set-point to 150ml/min and the direction to IN BOWL (DIR key);
- Start the pump (I/O key) and check that the direction is really clockwise and that the LOW SHAFT
status is IN BOWL.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.15-2

 Pump Low Shaft Sensor Calibration
- Verify that phase difference between two signals is the same of that represented in next figure. In
particular, CH1 anticipates CH2. It is important that there is a period of both signals in LOW state.
The LOW state in each signal represents the magnet passing over respective sensor on HS-P
board.

CH1

CH2

fig.2

- Typically, if previous testing has failed, two signals are like those in next figure. Here are two failure
cases:
ƒ when one phase is correctly LOW, the other one presents a double change with a single positive
glitch;
ƒ when one phase is correctly LOW, the other presents a too long activation state including the
whole activation state of the first one.

Both cases need to adjust mechanical position of HS-P board.

Anomalous conditions

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.15-3

 P u m p Low Sha ft Se ns or Cali brati on
- ONLY IF PREVIOUS TEST HAS FAILED: Change the position of the sensor by rotating (see arrows
in the fig.4). Note that there is a little clearance for this movement;

fig.4

- Verify that the signals are now correct (fig.2). Otherwise continue to adjust until the signals are OK;
- Push the I/O key to STOP the pump;
- Set now the direction (DIR key) OUT BOWL;
- Start the pump (I/O key) and check that the direction is really clockwise and that the LOW SHAFT
status is OUT BOWL;
- Verify that phase difference between two signals is the same of that represented in next figure. In
particular, CH2 anticipates CH1. It is important that there is a period of both signals in LOW state.

CH1

CH2

fig.5

- Check for the same failure above described and, if needed, repeat adjusting for this direction
After doing calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.15-4

 Bowl Ar m Ca librat ion

11.16 (CLBR_016) Bowl Arm Calibration rev00

11.16.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

11.16.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing and fitting & calibration procedure of Bowl Arm.
Testing is a check for calibration status: must be performed after doing calibration and to decide if re-
calibration is needed.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.16-1

 B o wl Ar m Cali bration
11.16.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing and fitting & calibration:

Testing (Opening the unit NOT involved):

1) None.

Fitting & Calibration (Opening only the group involved):

1) cod. 63011 BOWL ARM IMMOBILIZER CAP AND CENTERING TOOL;
2) BOWL (every size).

11.16.4 Testing
- Switch on Electa Concept and enter diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Digital Input/Master page. By acting on rotating element (rotate clockwise ref.2 in Fig.2)
included in the bowl arm, turn the arm towards the HCT/bubble black holder (fig.2 ref. 4);
- Verify on Electa Concept display that BOWL ARM field is showing “OPEN [H]”;
- Then turn the arm in bowl-locking position;
- Verify on Electa Concept display that BOWL ARM field is showing “CLOSE [L]”.

Very Important: CLOSE state is detected ONLY when rotating element (fig.1 ref. 2) is in bowl-locking
position (counter clockwise turned) and it does not allow bowl arm turning. Otherwise, the state shown is
OPEN.

- Go to Digital Input/Actuator1 page and repeat the test.

3
2

fig.1

- Switch off the Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.16-2

 Bowl Ar m Ca librat ion
11.16.5 Fitting and Calibration
Fitting of the bowl arm must be performed every time this is dismantled or after transportation without using
the plastic protection. In the second case, before fitting, dismantle the arm group (see (DISM_023) Arm
BOWL #card).
Then do as follows:
- Position the arm into its seat by fastening the two socket head screws (M4x16) without tightening
them;
- Reposition the HS-A wired circuit by passing the cables within the seat by means of a cross slotted
screw (M3x10), the spring washer and the plain washer. Place the board at the end of its slot (see
next figure)

fig.2

- Perform the correct positioning of the arm as described below:

- Switch on Electa Concept and enter diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Actuator Control page and select CENTRIFUGE CONTROL;
- Insert the immobilizer cap found inside the tool code 63011 on the arm bowl (in the same position
of the HGB sensor support) and fix it using two socket head screws (M4X20) (see next figure);

fig.3

- Put the centring tool (found inside the code 63011) on the centrifuge plate;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.16-3

 B o wl Ar m Cali bration
- Position the arm bowl in close position in the way to be fixed on the centring tool (see next figure);

fig.4

- Tighten the two arm bowl socket head screws (M4x16);

- Run the centrifuge @200rpm check visually that the centring tool is rotating homogeneously around
the arm. Check even for noises and in case act on the above screws till the conditions are satisfied;
- Verify that the arm bowl is well fixed by moving it from close into open position and vice versa (with
the centring tool mounted);
- Remove the immobilizer cap from the arm bowl and the centring tool from the centrifuge plate.

Positioning the HGB sensor:

- Fit the OR of the HGB sensor onto the slot on the bowl arm;
- Reposition the support with the HGB sensor, by passing the cables through the arm;
- Wire the 8 pin connector, as described in the harness diagram contained in code 60709;
- Finally, tighten the two arm bowl screws (TCCE M4x16) in this position.

Verify stability of arm during centrifuge rotation. Do as follows:

- Place the bowl on its site, close the arm on it;

- Switch on Electa Concept and enter diagnostics mode:
ƒ hold SK#4;
ƒ switch Electa Concept ON;
ƒ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP.
- Select Actuators Control/Centrifuge Control;
- Select a 5600 rpm set point (+/- keys) and start (I/O key);
- Verify that bowl arm does not vibrate;
- Wait 5’ minimum and verify that peak current displayed is less than 5A (Ipk<5000mA);
- Check 4000 rpm set point also in the same way;
- Stop (I/O key) and switch off the unit.

After done calibration, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 11.16-4

 Testing Overview

12 TESTING PROCEDURES
12.1 (TEST_001) Testing Overview rev00

12.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

12.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give a general description of Electa Concept testing. Testing procedures are
only to check group functionality and do not involve any calibration. All testing procedures related to a
calibration are included in the respective calibration card (Testing paragraph).
So, present cards describe testing methods to verify if there is some failure/damaging about a group.
It is noted if Testing involves opening the Electa Concept enclosure or not:

Testing (Opening the unit (NOT) involved)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.1-1

 Testing Overview
12.1.3 Tool overview
Below are listed tools needed to perform testing procedures.

12.1.3.1 Not Codified Tools:

Description Purpose
DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE (*) To perform waveform viewing
SYRINGE To wet blood loss sensor
To visualize the centrifugal masses of the centrifuge
STROBOSCOPIC LAMP
plate

(*) Some test/calibration may request amplitude/time measuring cursors feature. When needed, it is noted in
the “Tools Needed” paragraph present in each calibration card.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.1-2

 Pump Test

12.2 (TEST_002) Pump Test rev00

12.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

12.2.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing procedure for the pump group. In particular, present
procedure checks the correct behaviour of pump optical encoder and general speed/direction detecting
system.
Next figure represents the pump layout on Electa Concept top.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.2-1

 Pump Test
12.2.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing:

Testing (Opening the unit involved):

- DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE

12.2.4 Testing
- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card)
- Connect the oscilloscope to the TP10 and TP16 of the ABE board, respectively CH1 and CH2 (2V,
50μs, CH1 trigger, Vtrig = 2.5V).
- Switch ON Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
- hold SK#4
- switch the Electa Concept ON
- insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP
- Select Actuators Control/Pump Control.
- With the + or – keys, set the flow set point to 150ml/min, select the direction with the DIR key: In
Bowl [L] and press the I/O key.
- Check that:
▪ The pump rotates clockwise
▪ The Real Speed is 142 to 158ml/1’ (Maximum Positive and Negative Difference= 8ml/min)
▪ DIR (Act1 to Master) = IN BOWL [H]
▪ LOW SHAFT DIR = IN BOWL [L]
- The signal of the encoder must be as shown in next figure

217÷ 242µs

TP10

TP16

54÷ 60µs

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.2-2

 Pump Test
- With the + or – keys, set the flow set point to 1000ml/min
- Verify if the REAL SPEED is 950 to 1050 ml/1’ (Maximum Positive and Negative Difference =
50ml/min)
- Press the I/O key to stop the pump
- Set Direction OUT BOWL [H], and then press I/O
- Check that:
▪ The pump rotates counter-clockwise
▪ DIR (Act1 to Master) = OUT BOWL [L]
▪ LOW SHAFT DIR = OUT BOWL [H]

After done testing, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.2-3

 Pump Test

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.2-4

 Ce ntrif u ge Te st

12.3 (TEST_003) Centrifuge Test rev00

12.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

12.3.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing procedure for the centrifuge group. In particular, present
procedure checks the general behaviour of centrifuge.
Next figure represents the centrifuge layout on Electa Concept.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.3-1

 Centrifuge Test
12.3.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing:

Testing (Opening the unit involved):

1) DIGITAL OSCILLOSCOPE
2) STROBOSCOPIC LAMP

12.3.4 Testing
Perform the procedures below as a single step sequence.

12.3.4.1 Encoder and Centrifugal Masses

- Open the unit (see (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card)
- Connect the oscilloscope to the TP8 and TP22 of the ABE board, respectively CH1 and CH2 (2V,
50μs, CH1 trigger, Vtrig = 2.5V).
- Switch ON Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
▪ hold SK#4
▪ switch the Electa Concept ON
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP
- Select Actuators Control/Centrifuge Control.
- By means of the + or – keys, set the set point to 1500rpm, then press the I/O key
- Check that the centrifuge rotates counter-clockwise and the REAL SPEED is 1450 to 1550 rpm
(Maximum Positive and Negative Difference= 50 rpm)
- The signal of the encoder must be as shown in next figure

TP8

TP22

ATTENZIONE :
Questo impulso
può spostarsi di
circa 80μs

440μs±45μs

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.3-2

 Ce ntrif u ge Te st
- By means of the stroboscope, check that the three centrifugal masses of the mandrel are completely
open:
▪ set the lamp frequency to 1500 pulse/min
▪ fine adjust in order to view the plate as stopped
▪ observe the three little pins come out from the bowl plate (see fig.3)

fig.3

- With the + or – keys, set the set point to 5600 rpm

- Check that the REAL SPEED displayed is between 5550 and 5650 rpm (Maximum Positive and
Negative Difference = 50 rpm)
- Press I/O to stop the centrifuge

12.3.4.2 Testing the Centrifuge Acceleration Time

- When centrifuge is stooped, press I/O to start the centrifuge
- Verify the centrifuge acceleration time displayed (T<6.5 seconds)
- Press I/O to stop the centrifuge

12.3.4.3 Testing the Centrifuge Current Consumption

- When centrifuge is stooped, press I/O to start the centrifuge
- Wait that speed attains its stationary running
- Verify that the current consumption at IPK[mA] field is less than 5000mA
- Press I/O to stop the centrifuge, set 4000rpm and start again
- Wait that speed attains its stationary running
- Verify that the current consumption at IPK[mA] field is less than 5000mA
- Press I/O to stop the centrifuge
- Switch OFF the unit

After done testing, restore Electa Concept enclosure.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.3-3

 Centrifuge Test

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.3-4

 Blood Loss Sensor Test

12.4 (TEST_004) Blood Loss Sensor Test rev00

12.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

12.4.2 About this card

The purpose of present card is to give the testing procedure for the blood loss sensor. Next figure
represents the sensor position inside the centrifuge well.

fig.1

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.4-1

 B l o o d Los s Se ns or Test
12.4.3 Tools needed
Here are the tools needed to perform testing:

Testing (Opening the unit involved):

1) SYRINGE

12.4.4 Testing
- Switch ON Electa Concept and enter in diagnostics mode:
▪ hold SK#4
▪ switch the Electa Concept ON
▪ insert the password SK#5, SK#4, STOP
- Select Digital Input/Sensors.
- Check if the indication at the field BLOOD LOSS is DRY
- Fill the syringe with water and use it to wet the blood loss sensor surface
- Check if now the indication at the field BLOOD LOSS is WET
- Dry with care the sensor
- Check if the indication at the field BLOOD LOSS has come to DRY state, after drying
- Switch OFF the unit

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 12.4-2

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

13 MAINTENANCE & TRANSPORTATION

13.1 (MAINT&TRNSP_001) ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure rev00

13.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

13.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the installation procedure of the equipment and check the correct
functionality

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-1

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure
13.1.3 Procedure
This procedure should be applied in the following condition:
1) After unpacking the equipment and before the first use;
2) Generally after unpacking the equipment before any installation.

NOTE: This procedure is inserted outside of the packing of each Electa Concept

13.1.3.1 Tools
- Knife;
- A copy of the Electa Concept Unpacking Instruction.

13.1.3.2 Minimum space requirement for the unpacking

- 2,50 m from the floor to the roof;
- 8 m2 floor space.

13.1.3.3 Unpacking
1) Check the “Crash Watch Indicator” affixed to the outer carton;

fig.1

2) If the colour of the two arrows (ref.1 in figure 1) has changed to blue (see also the instructions on the
label) and/or there are visible damages on the container, make a conditional acceptance of the
goods to the carrier by making a note on its proof of delivery;
3) Check the Tilt indicator affixed to the outer carton;

fig.2

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-2

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure
4) If the colour of the arrow (ref.1 in figure 2) has changed to blue (see also the instruction on the label)
and/or there are visible damages on the container, make a conditional acceptance of the goods to
the carrier by making a note on its proof of delivery. (Fill out the Electa Concept Unpacking Check;
page 13.1-9, point 1). Please, do not return the goods;
5) Check the presence of the corresponding Country Box following the list below:

Code Description Countries User manual Main Cable Note

28004 Country box United Kingdom, - UK Standard
“GB” Ireland
28009 Country box “D” Germany, German lang. User manual 2
“A” Austria copies
28010 Country box “F” France, French
Maghreb
28011 Country box “I” Italy Italian Italian standard
28012 Country box Netherlands, French Dutch,
“NL”, “B”, “CH” Belgium, German, Italian
Switzerland
28013 Country box “E”, Spain, Portugal, Spanish
“P”, “LA” Latin America Portuguese
28014 Country box Greece Greek
“GR”

(Fill out the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 2).
In case of inconsistency between the equipment and country box, please advise your Customer
Service Department to have the correct configuration.
6) Cut the straps and remove the external cartons (ref.1 in the figure 4) by taking it off from the bottom
to the top;
7) Turn it up side down and use as a container for the removed parts;
8) Verify that the two internal cartons (ref.3 and 4 in the figure 4) have not been damaged during
transportation;
9) Remove the boxes inside (ref.2 in figure 4). Check inside the box the presence of the following
items:
a. User Manual English version, CD with the pdf files of User Manuals in all the languages
available (Fill out the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 3);

b. Appropriate Main supply cables: (Schuko standard, Italian standard, UK standard.) (Fill out
the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 4);
c. The form STMPB018 out with the Electrical Safety Test, which must be kept as
documentation of the passed test for the Manufacturer guarantee. (Fill the Electa Concept
Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 5);
d. Quantity of three Vacuum Filter Vac-gard code 60119. (Fill out the Electa Concept
Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 6);
e. The Electa Concept cover (Fill out the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point
7)

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-3

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

10) Remove the upper carton using the two holes as handles (ref. 3 in the figure 4) and lay it on the
floor;
11) Open the bottom carton (ref.4 in the figure 4);
12) Remove all the foam padding inside the box and take the Electa Concept trolley out of the carton;
13) Remove the transparent protection bag from the Electa Concept trolley;
14) Open the Electa Concept package (ref.3 in the figure 4);
15) Remove all the foam padding inside the box and take the Electa Concept out of the carton, with the
help of the two lateral handles;
16) Remove the Electa Concept transparent protection bag;
17) Stop the Electa Concept trolley by activating the braking device (ref.1 in figure 3);

fig. 3

18) Position the Electa Concept on its trolley: the rear part of the Electa Concept must be positioned as
in figure 3. Put the Electa Concept so the four holes on the Trolley fit the bottom part of the
equipment;
19) Lock the equipment to the trolley by acting on the rear lever of the trolley (ref. 2 in figure 3);
20) Release the trolley brake (ref. 1 in figure 3);
21) Connect the mains cable, to the rear part of the equipment (ref. 2 in figure 5).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-4

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

fig. 4

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-5

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

fig.5

22) Ensure the line voltage and current required comply with what is indicated on the identification labels
of the equipment;
23) Open from the right part of the Electa Concept the cover, pushing the cover knob towards you (ref. 1
in figure 6);
24) Remove the plastic centrifuge lock (identified by the label “CENTRIFUGE LOCK FOR TRANSPORT
ONLY: REMOVE BEFORE USE”) from the clamp group and close the cover; the centrifuge lock
should be kept and mounted again for further transportation (see (MAINT&TRNSP_003) ELECTA
CONCEPT UNPACKED TRANSPORTATION PROCEDURE #card). (Fill out the Electa Concept
Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 8);
25) Lift the Electa Concept display as described in the figure 6.

fig.6

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-6

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure
13.1.4 Functional test

1) Switch on the Electa Concept by pushing the I/O button (ref. 3 in figure 5) and verify that after some
seconds the Set-up page is shown. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 9)
2) Push the Vacuum soft key a second page will be shown;
3) Select I/O and check that the vacuum source is running;
4) Push the I/O soft key. The vacuum stops. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9,
point 10);
5) Press the Exit soft key: the set-up page will be shown;
6) Open the centrifuge cover, close the bowl arm positioning it in the centre and close the cover again
7) Start a New Procedure by pushing the correspondent soft key, the message “PLEASE WAIT SET
UP AND SELF TEST IN PROGRESS” will be shown. Check that the centrifuge starts running at low
speed and the pump runs too. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 11);
8) As soon as the warning “BOWL NOT IDENTIFIED, PLEASE VERIFY BOWL SET UP” appears push
Select Bowl and choose one size bowl;
9) Push Resume, the set up will continues and check that the pump starts to run again. (Fill the Electa
Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 12);
10) As the Set-up warning “PLEASE, CONNECT SALINE SOLUTION BAG TO PERFORM THE HCT
CALIBRATION NOW” is shown, push the Delay calibration soft key. (Fill the Electa Concept
Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 13);
11) When the Ready page is shown start a Prime phase by pushing the hard key (first on the right side
at the bottom of the keyboard);
12) Check that the centrifuge is running at high speed; after some seconds the equipment switch to
wash phase and the pump starts to move some turns counter clockwise and clockwise. (Fill the
Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 14);
13) When the warning “AIR IN THE WASH LINE” is shown push the Stop hard key. The centrifuge will
stop. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 15);
14) Switch off the Electa Concept;
15) Enter in the Electa Concept diagnostic mode as following: press the fourth soft key (from the top)
and in the same time switch on the Electa Concept with the ON/OFF button (ref.3 in the figure 5).
Keep the fourth soft key pushed till the buzzer sound stops;
While the following page has been displayed:

SK#1

SK#2
HELP SK#3

SK#4

SK#5
Stand-by
SK#6
STOP
SK#7

SK#8

Fig.7

16) Hit in sequence the soft key 8 and soft key 1;

17) The following page will be displayed;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-7

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

fig.8

18) To move from one function to another use the up and down arrows. To select one function hit the
Enter soft key;
19) Select Language Selection and with the up and down arrows set the desired language
20) Push the Save and Exit soft key;
21) Select the Clock Setting function and set the date and hour of your country using the up and down
arrows;
22) Push the Save and Exit soft key.(Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check; page 13.1-9, point 16);
23) Select Features Config. to set the Electa Concept features as required by the Hospital User. There
are two pre-defined configurations, BASIC and EXPERT, for a personalization for two different
typologies of users. Each of the 14 features can be enabled/disabled permitting a full personalization
of the equipment. (the default configuration is Expert);
24) Switch the Electa Concept off, to exit the diagnostics section.

NOTE: If one of the FUNCTION TEST fails, immediately contact your local Field Service Dept.

After performing the checks please fill and sign the form Electa Concept Unpacking Check then
return it to your representative Field Service Dept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-8

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

ELECTA CONCEPT UNPACKING CHECK

Hospital_____________________ Country_____________________
Date________________________ Electa Concept s/n____________________

Unpacking procedure
OK N.OK
1. Package integrity
2. Country Box
3. IFUs
4. Main supply cables (Schuko, Italian, UK)
5. STMPB018 Electrical Safety Test sheet
6. Vacuum filter (3 pieces)
7. Electa Concept cover
8. Remove the centrifuge lock from the clamp group

Function test
9. Set up page
10. Vacuum pump test
11. New Procedure
12. Select bowl
13. Delay calibration
14. Prime phase
15. Wash phase
16. Diagnostic mode
− Language selection
− Clock setting

Company Rep. Notes ____________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

Customer Notes ________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________

Company Rep. Signature

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-9

 ELC CONCEPT Installation Procedure

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.1-10

 E L C E S S E NT I A L C O N C E P T I n s t a l l a t i o n P r o c e d u r e

13.2 (MAINT&TRNSP_002) ELC ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Installation

Procedure rev00

13.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 NO

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

13.2.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the installation procedure of the equipment and check the correct
functionality.

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-1

 ELC ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Installation Procedure
13.2.3 Procedure
This procedure should be applied in the following condition:
1) After unpacking the equipment and before the first use;
2) Generally after unpacking the equipment before any installation.

NOTE: This procedure is inserted outside of the packing of each Electa Concept.

13.2.3.1 Tools
- Knife;
- A copy of the Electa Essential Concept Unpacking Instruction

13.2.3.2 Minimum space requirement for the unpacking:

- 2,50 m from the floor to the roof
- 8 m2 floor space

13.2.4 Unpacking Procedure

1) Cut the straps and remove the external package (ref. 1 in the fig.2) by taking it off from the bottom to
the top;
2) Turn it up side down and use as a container for the removed parts;
3) Verify that the two internal packages (ref. 3 and 4 in the fig.2) are not damaged by transport dumps;
4) Remove the boxes inside (ref 2 in fig.2). Check inside the box the presence of the following items:
a. User Manual (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 1);
b. Main supply cable: USA standard. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8,
point 2);
c. The form STMPB018.out with the Electrical Safety Test, which must be kept as
documentation of the passed test for the Manufacturer guarantee. (Fill the Electa Concept
Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 3);
d. Quantity of three pieces of the Vacuum Filter Vac-gard code 60119 plus Instruction use (Fill
out the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 4);
e. The Electa Concept cover (Fill out the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point
5).
5) Remove the upper carton using the two holes as handles (ref. 3 in the fig.2) and lay it on the floor;
6) Open the bottom carton (ref. 4 in the fig.2);
7) Remove all the foam padding inside the box and take the Electa Concept trolley out of the carton;
8) Remove the transparent protection bag from the Electa Concept trolley;
9) Open the Electa Concept package (ref. 3 in the fig.2);
10) Remove all the foam padding inside the box and take the Electa Concept out of the carton, with the
help of the two lateral handles;
11) Remove the Electa Concept transparent protection bag;
12) Stop the Electa Concept trolley by activating on the braking device (ref. 1 in fig.1);

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-2

 E L C E S S E NT I A L C O N C E P T I n s t a l l a t i o n P r o c e d u r e

fig.1

13) Position the Electa Concept on its trolley: the rear part of the Electa Concept must be position as the
Figure 1. Put the Electa Concept so the four holes on the Trolley fit the bottom part of the equipment;
14) Lock the equipment to the trolley by acting on the rear lever of the trolley (ref. 2 in fig.1);
15) Release the trolley brake (ref. 1 in fig.1);
16) Connect the main cable, to the rear part of the equipment (ref 2 in fig.3).

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-3

 ELC ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Installation Procedure

2
4

fig.2

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-4

 E L C E S S E NT I A L C O N C E P T I n s t a l l a t i o n P r o c e d u r e

fig.3

17) Ensure the line voltage and current required comply with what is indicated on the identification labels
of the equipment.
18) When all these conditions are met, it is possible to connect the power cord (ref. 1 in the fig.3) to the
panel socket (ref. 2 in the fig.3).
19) Open from the right part of the Electa Concept the cover, pushing the cover knob towards you (ref. 1
in fig.4).
20) Remove the plastic centrifuge lock (identified by the label “CENTRIFUGE LOCK FOR TRANSPORT
ONLY: REMOVE BEFORE USE”) from the clamp group and close the cover; the centrifuge lock
should be kept and mounted again for further transportation (see (MAINT&TRNSP_003) ELECTA
CONCEPT UNPACKED TRANSPORTATION PROCEDURE #card). Fill out the Electa Concept
Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 6.
21) Lift the Electa Concept display as described in the figure 4

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-5

 ELC ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Installation Procedure

fig.4

13.2.5 Functional test

1) Switch on the Electa Concept by pushing the I/O button (ref. 3 in fig.3) and verify that after some
seconds the Set-up page is shown. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 7);
2) Push the Vacuum soft key a second page will be shown;
3) Select I/O and check that the vacuum source is running;
4) Push the I/O soft key. The vacuum stops. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8,
point 8);
5) Press the Exit soft key: the set-up page will be shown;
6) Open the centrifuge cover, close the bowl arm positioning it in the centre and close the cover again;
7) Start a New Procedure by pushing the correspondent soft key, the message “Please wait set up
and self test in progress” will be shown. Check that the centrifuge starts running at low speed and
the pump runs too. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 9);
8) As soon as the warning “Bowl not identify, please verify bowl set up” appears push Select Bowl and
choose one size bowl;
9) Push Resume, the set up will continues and check that the pump starts to run again. (Fill the Electa
Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 10);
10) When the Ready page is shown start a Prime phase by pushing the hard key (first on the right side
at the bottom of the keyboard);
11) Check that the centrifuge is running at high speed; after some seconds the equipment switch to
wash phase and the pump starts to move some turns counter clockwise and clockwise. (Fill the
Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 11);
12) When the warning “Air in the wash line” is shown push the Stop hard key. The centrifuge will stop.
(Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 12);
13) Switch off the Electa Concept;
14) Enter the Electa Concept Diagnostic mode as following: press the fourth soft key (from the top)
and in the same time switch on the Electa Concept with the ON/OFF button (ref.3 in the fig.3). Keep
the fourth soft key pushed till the buzzer sound stops,
15) While the following page has been displayed:

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-6

 E L C E S S E NT I A L C O N C E P T I n s t a l l a t i o n P r o c e d u r e

SK#1

SK#2
HELP SK#3

SK#4

SK#5
Stand-by
SK#6
STOP
SK#7

SK#8

fig.7
16) Hit in sequence the soft key 1 and soft key 8;
17) The following page will be displayed;

fig.8
18) To move from one function to another use the up and down arrows. To select one function hit the
Entry soft key;
19) Select the Clock Setting function and set the date and hour of your country using the up and down
arrows;
20) Push the Save and Exit soft key. (Fill the Electa Concept Unpacking Check Page 13.2-8, point 13);
21) Select Features Config. to set the Electa Concept features as required by the Hospital User. There
are two pre-defined configurations, BASIC and EXPERT, for a personalization for two different
typologies of users. Each of the other features can be enabled/disabled permitting a full
personalization of the equipment;
22) Switch the Electa Concept off, to exit the diagnostics section.

NOTE: If one of the FUNCTION TEST fails, immediately contact your local Field Service Dept..
After performing the check please fill and sign the form Electa Concept Unpacking Check, then return it to
your representative Field Service Dept.

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-7

 ELC ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Installation Procedure
ELECTA CONCEPT UNPACKING CHECK

Hospital______________________ Country____________________
Date__________________ Electa Concept sn____________________

Unpacking procedure
OK N.OK
1. User manual
2. Main supply cable
3. STMPB018 Electrical Safety Test sheet
4. Vacuum filter (3 pieces)
5. Electa Concept cover
6. Remove plastic protection from the clamp group

Function test
7. Set up page
8. Vacuum pump test
9. New Procedure
10. Select bowl
11. Prime phase
12. Wash phase
13. Diagnostic mode:
Clock setting

Sales Rep. Notes___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Customer Notes ___________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________

Sales Rep. Signature

IFST – Electa Service Manual cod. 60776 13.2-8

 E LC Unp. Tra n sport Proce dure

13.3 (MAINT&TRNSP_003) ELC Unp. Transport Procedure rev00

13.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

13.3.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the way to move the equipment from one side to another without the
original package.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.3-1

 ELC Unp. Tra n sport Proce dure
13.3.3 Unpacked Electa Concept Transportation
Electa Concept is generally designed for an easy and secure transportability. It was validated through tests,
which exceed the normal car/truck shift conditions [impulsive acceleration of 500 mg (where g is
acceleration of gravity) and more than 100.000 vibratory impacts].
Nevertheless, some simple precautions should be taken for an optimal transportation.

13.3.3.1 Transportation in small volume (example: by car)

- Take the Electa Concept out from the trolley (see fig.1) : the trolley can be handled without particular
precautions (it is only a mechanical component);
- Set the centrifuge lock (identified by the label “CENTRIFUGE LOCK FOR TRANSPORT ONLY:
REMOVE BEFORE USE”) in the clamp group and close the cover (see fig.2);

centrifuge
lock
protection

fig.1 fig.2

- Set Electa Concept in vertical position (see fig.3);

fig.3

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.3-2

 E LC Unp. Tra n sport Proce dure

- Fold the Electa Concept in at least one pluriball sheet (to prevent scratches);
- Use the car belts to hold the Electa Concept on the back seat in vertical position.

13.3.3.2 Transportation in larger volume (example: by truck)

Same precautions as above described, but the Electa Concept can remain on its trolley (providing the brake
is activated); pluriball protection and belts should be used, to prevent scratches, to prevent shifting during
transport and keep the unit steady in vertical position.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.3-3

 ELC Unp. Tra n sport Proce dure

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.3-4

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e

13.4 (MAINT&TRNSP_004) Preventive Maintenance rev00

13.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

13.4.2 About this card

This card will guide the Field Service Engineer to perform the Preventive Maintenance procedure.
To prolong the life of the equipment and to assure the Manufacturer performances the Preventive
Maintenance procedure must be performed as scheduled.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-1

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
13.4.3 Routine checks
The display is an important source of information for the user as well as an
important instrument for controlling and preventing possible malfunctions.

Routine maintenance includes regular cleaning of the equipment. The frequency of cleaning operations
depends on the operating and ambient conditions of use.

In order to prevent any possible defect, it is necessary that cleaning and testing
operations on the main components of the unit are regularly carried out by Dideco
authorised service technicians.
A major overhaul should be requested at least every twelve months to be carried
out by the Dideco Field Service technicians or by Dideco authorised service
technicians, who refuse any responsibility for damages, mistakes or losses due to
the non observance of prescriptions (except for the normal external cleaning of the
equipment).

- Before connecting the unit, check that power supply corresponds to that printed on
the rear label of the equipment;

Ensure that the mains socket is fused and ground protected;

Connect the unit plug to a socket of same size, do not use adapters;

Ensure that the power switch is turned off and the plug is disconnected from the
mains before inspecting the inside of the unit;

Never connect (or disconnect) the plug from the mains socket with wet or damp
hands;

If during use liquids have accidentally spilled into the unit, switch it off and
disconnect the plug before inspecting the inside;

Before disconnecting the power plug ensure that the main switch is turned to OFF;

Grasp the plug with your hand to disconnect it; do not pull on the power cord.

13.4.4 Cleaning and disinfecting the unit

Cleaning and disinfections of the unit must be performed every Preventive Maintenance and
every time of blood spillage from the disposable kit.

The salvaged blood must be considered as a potential carrier of infectious diseases. The
operator should use any appropriate safety precautions when cleaning and disinfecting the
equipment.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-2

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e

Quickly remove all traces of blood using detergent and disinfecting solution: this will
speed up the cleaning operations and protect inside components from seepage of
liquids. Do not use more detergent solution than absolutely necessary.

Do not use chemical solvents such as benzol, xylene, acetone or similar products
which might damage the unit protective panels.

Deposits of dust and particles on surfaces can be removed with a soft cloth or a
brush or they can vacuum cleaned.

When not differently stated, clean the equipment with a detergent solution containing 5% Sapocitrosil, 5%
alcohol Citrosil and 90% demineralised water, or use the Dideco detergent solution (code 39414).

13.4.4.1 External cleaning

Parts replacement:
- Waste liquid tank ref. code 60798

Procedure
- Check the equipment for presence of fluid or residue of liquid and clean as needed;
- Remove the waste liquid tank from the bottom of the equipment and replace it.

13.4.4.2 Cleaning the pump seat

Procedure
- Remove the rotor, as follows: lift the lever and pull off the rotor, making sure that it is positioned
where the slot will permit its extraction;
- Clean the pump seat;
- Check the cleaning of the rotor.

13.4.4.3 Cleaning of the centrifuge well

Procedure
The rotating plate and the part below should be cleaned using the necessary quantity of cleaning solution.
The excess liquid will pour out of the hole situated under the centrifuge plate and will be collected in a liquid
container positioned under the unit.
This container must be replaced, whenever organic liquids enter it.
Once the cleaning operation is concluded, carefully dry the centrifuge well and the blood loss sensor with a
dry piece of cloth.

13.4.4.4 Power supply cable

Procedure
Check the integrity of the power cord and in case replaces it.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-3

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
13.4.5 Electrical supply revision
Tools
- Digital Multimeter
- Normal screwdriver set

Procedure
Open the Electa Concept, removing the cover as per (DISM_001) Opening the Unit #card procedure

13.4.5.1 Check +30 V

- Check that the +30 V is in the range 29,7-30,3 in the following test points:
ƒ PSE1 TP2 (+30 V), TP7 (GND);
ƒ ABE TP75 (+30 V), TP64 (GND).
If required adjust the two trimmers in the slot 2 and 3 of the main power supply.

13.4.5.2 Check +12 V

- Check that the +12 V is in the range 11,88 - 12,12 in the following test points:
ƒ PSE1: TP8 (+12 V) , TP7 (GND);
ƒ ABE: Pin 2 J22 (+12 V) TP64 (GND);
ƒ MBE1: TP80 (+12 V) TP71 (GND); SBE : TP23 (+12 V) TP27 (GND);
ƒ DBEC : TP24 (+12 V) TP35 (GND).
If required adjust the trimmer in the slot 5 (+12 V) of the main power supply.

13.4.5.3 Check –12 V

- Check that the -12 V is in the range (-11,88) - (-12,12) in the following test points:
ƒ PSE1: TP3 (-12 V) , TP7 (GND);
ƒ ABE: TP72 (-12 V) ,TP64 (GND);
ƒ MBE1: TP79 (-12 V), TP71 (GND);
ƒ SBE : TP26 (-12 V) TP27 (GND).
If required adjust the trimmer in the slot 5 (-12V) of the main power supply.

13.4.5.4 Check 5V
- Check that the +5 V is in the range 5 - 5,2 in the following test points:
ƒ PSE1: TP6 (+5 V) , TP7 (GND);
ƒ ABE: TP65 (+5 V) ,TP64 (GND);
ƒ MBE1: TP78 (+5 V) ,TP71 (GND);
ƒ SBE : TP20 (+5 V) ,TP27 (GND);
ƒ DBEC : TP23 (+5 V) ,TP35 (GND).
If required adjust the trimmer in the slot 4 of the main power supply.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-4

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
13.4.6 Mechanical parts revision

13.4.6.1 Testing the Pump

For the following tests enter Diagnostics Function Actuators Control\Pump Control

13.4.6.1.1 Checking the occlusion of the peristaltic pump

Tools:
- Haematic sensor tool code 63015;
- Digital manometer.

Procedure
- Insert the tool inside the code 63015 on the Electa Concept top, using the set up feature in the
Electa Concept (see fig.1);

Wash line

Prime line Empty line

fig.1

- Open the cock B in fig 1 and connect to the cock A (open) in fig.1 a digital manometer
- Check that the clamp group is in Stop position;
- After having the kit mounted switch the Electa Concept in diagnostics mode;
- Enter Actuators Control\Pump Control;

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-5

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
- Run the pump in OUT BOWL mode @10ml/min till on the digital manometer a pression of about +
1,5 bar is reached;
- Stop the pump so that one of the pump roll occludes the tube, and wait 60 s to check that on the
manometer the pressure is not decreasing below max 0,1 bar;
- Repeat the test with the other pump roll;
- Switch the Electa Concept off.

If there is a bigger leak replace the pump rotor.

13.4.6.1.2 Testing the pump speed

Procedure
- With the + or – keys set the pump @ 150 ml/min and check that the Real Speed is in the correct
range (142/158 ml/min);
- With the + or – keys set the pump speed @1000ml/min and check that the speed is in the correct
range;
- Check the Real Speed in the range 950 and 1050 ml / min (Maximum Positive and Negative
Difference = 50 ml/min) when the speed is steady;
- Press the I/O key to stop the pump.

13.4.6.1.3 Testing the pump hall effect sensor

Procedure
- Manually rotate the pump clockwise. Check that Low Shaft Dir: In Bowl [L] is displayed;
- Manually rotate the pump counter-clockwise. Check that Low Shaft Dir: Out Bowl [H] is displayed.
The status switchover occurs with a minimum delay.

13.4.6.1.4 Testing the pump motor direction

Procedure
- Set Direction Out Bowl [H], and then press I/O;
- Check if: the pump rotates counter-clockwise;
- The following indications are displayed: Dir = Out Bowl [L];
- Low Shaft Dir = Out Bowl [H];
- Press I/O to stop the pump;
- Set direction IN Bowl [L] and press I/O;
- Check if: the pump rotates clockwise;
- The following indications are displayed: Dir = In Bowl [L];
- Low Shaft Dir = In Bowl [L];
- Press I/O to stop the pump;
- Press EXIT.

13.4.6.2 Testing the centrifuge group

For the following tests enter Diagnostics Function Actuators Control\Centrifuge Control.

13.4.6.2.1 Testing the centrifuge speed

Procedure

- With the + or – keys set the set point to 5600 rpm;

- Check that the Real Speed displayed is 5550 to 5650rpm (Max Positive and Negative Difference 50
rpm);
- Press I/O to stop the centrifuge.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-6

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
13.4.6.2.2 Testing the centrifugal masses
Tools:
- Stroboscope light.

Procedure
- set the centrifuge speed to 1500 rpm;
- press the I/O key, then check by means of a stroboscope that the centrifugal masses exit completely
at the set speed;
- press the STOP key, then, when the centrifuge is stationary, check that the centrifugal masses have
re-entered.

13.4.6.3 Testing the clamp group

For the following tests enter Diagnostics Function Actuators Control\ClampControl.

13.4.6.3.1 Testing the clamp group and sensors

Procedure
- While entering the Diagnostics check that the position of the clamp is STOP and the Optical sensor
reads open;
- Push Wash and check that the clamp group moves into the related position;
- Check that the Wash hall sensor and the Wash optical sensor are in open position;
- Push Prime and check that the clamp group moves into the related position;
- Check that the Prime hall sensor and the Wash optical sensor are in open position;
- Push Empty and check that the clamp group moves into the related position;
- Check that the Empty hall sensor and the Wash optical sensor are in open position;
- Press Exit to go into the Actuator control function.

13.4.6.3.2 Checking occlusion of the electroclamps

Tools:
- Haematic sensor tool code 63015;
- Digital manometer;
- Syringe.

Procedure
- Insert the tool inside the code 63015 on the Electa Concept top, using the set up feature in the
Electa Concept (see fig.1);
- Remove the Y tube from the cock B and connect a digital manometer to the cock;
- Open cock B and open cock A in fig.1;
- Enter Diagnostics mode Actuators Control\Clamp Control;
- Connect a syringe to cock A and make a pressure of 1,5 bar;
- Verify that keeping the pressure for 60 s the leak is below 0,1 bar;
- Switch the Electa Concept off.

If there is a bigger leak replace the clamp group.

13.4.6.4 Testing the Vacuum Group

For the following test enter into Diagnostics Function Actuators Control\ Vacuum Control

Tools
- A BT984 cardiotomy connected to the Electa Concept vacuum plug;
- Digital Manometer.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-7

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
Procedure
- Connect the BT984 to the vacuum source and use the port in figure 1 to connect the cardiotomy to a
manometer;

Vacuum plug
connection

Manometer plug

fig.2

- Keep close all the other ports even the safety valve;
- Set -200 mmHg and start the vacuum pump with I/O key;
- Check the manometer is reading in the range -180 mmHg, -220 mmHg.

13.4.6.5 Testing the Locking System

For the following test enter Diagnostics Function Actuators Control\ Lock & Cover Control.

Procedure
- With the cover open check that the function shows:
ƒ Lock OPEN;
ƒ Cover OPEN.
- With the cover closed read the status:
ƒ Lock OPEN;
ƒ Cover CLOSE.
- Engage the Lock mechanism pushing the LOCK key;
- Check the status:
ƒ Lock CLOSE;
ƒ Cover CLOSE.
- Press EXIT.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-8

 Pre v e nt iv e Ma i nt e na n c e
13.4.7 Testing the digital signals
For the following tests enter in Diagnostics Function Digital Input\Master.

13.4.7.1 Testing the Bubble sensor

Tools:
- Liquid simulator code 63015.

Procedure
- Without the simulator the BBD function reads AIR;
- Insert the simulator in the bubble sensor;
- The BBD function changes into LIQUID.

13.4.7.2 Testing the bowl arm sensor

Procedure
- With the bowl arm into open position the function BOWL ARM reads OPEN;
- Close manually the arm bowl the function BOWL ARM reads CLOSE.

For the following tests enter Diagnostics Function Digital Input\Sensors.

13.4.7.3 Testing the blood loss sensor

Procedure
- Blood loss function reads: DRY;
- Dampen the sensor;
- The BLOOD LOSS will change into WET;
- Remember to wipe the sensor.

13.4.7.4 Testing the waste bag sensor

Tools:
- 63020 Waste bag tool.

Procedure
- Put the deeper face of the tool in front of the Waste bag sensor;
- Check that Waste Bag function will show the current situation of the sensor : Not Full;
- Put the other tool face in front of the Waste Bag sensor;
- Check that Waste Bag function will show the current situation of the sensor : Full.

13.4.8 Testing the analog signals

For the following tests enter Diagnostics Function Analog Input\Sensors.

13.4.8.1 Testing the HGB sensor

Tools:
- Cassette code 63015 filled with saline solution.

Procedure
- Insert the tube with saline solution in the HGB support (perform different insertions and wait the
assessment of the tube inside the support);
- Verify that the HGB reading is 935 (range from 885 to 985).

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-9

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
13.4.8.2 Testing the HCT sensor
Tools:
- Optical filter tool code 63006.

Procedure
- Insert the filter G10 inside the HCT support and verify that the counts are inside the range 700-770.

13.4.8.3 Testing the WEIGHT sensor

Tools:
- Loading system tool code 63013.

Procedure
- Lift the cardiotomy arm and insert the tool in the cardiotomy support;
- Check that the weight function is in the ranges (450/550 g).

13.4.8.4 Testing the PRESSURE sensor

Tools:
- Tool for the red line pressure test code 63007.

Procedure
- Check manually that without any tool inserted the sensor reading is 0;
- Insert the tool in the seat close to the RGB line sensor, from the upper side;
- the shown value TUBE PRESSUE respects the range (4000/5100 count).

13.4.8.5 Testing the BUFFY COAT sensor

Tools:
- Tool Buffy Coat Bowl code 63005.

Procedure
- Position the Buffy-Coat tool bowl in the Electa Concept centrifuge well in the way that the Test Side
is facing the Buffy-Coat window (see fig.3) then press IR1 soft key;

Buffy-coat
window

fig.3

- Verify that in the Diagnostics function BC LEVEL the value is in the range 845-865 counts,

Note: in case that the value is out of that range and there is no evidence of buffy coat sensor
malfunctioning, it is not necessary to perform the calibration

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-10

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
13.4.9 Testing the bowl recognition system
Tools:
- Bar code tool code 63018.

Procedure
- Switch on the Electa Concept by pushing the I/O button and verify that after some seconds the Set-
up page is shown;
- Open the centrifuge cover, close the bowl arm positioning it in the centre and close the cover again;
- Start a New Procedure by pushing the correspondent soft key, the message “Please wait set up
and self test in progress” will be shown;
- Wait that the BT175 is recognised.

13.4.10 Electrical safety tests

Electa Concept Classification

Protection class: I
Type: BF
Parts applied: 1

Electrical safety tests refer to the EN60-601.1 regulation.

Tools:
- Automatic Safety tester.

The following are the tests to be carried out on Electa Concept:

1) Ground efficiency test;

2) Leakage currents toward ground.

TESTS ADMISSIBLE VALUES

NC* SFC**
Leakage currents toward ground 0.5 mA 1 mA
Ground efficiency 200 mΩ NA

* Normal condition
** Single fault condition

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-11

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
TECHNICAL CARD FOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE of Electa Concept

HOSPITAL WARD
.................................................... ..........................................................
TECHNICIAN DATE
................................................. ............................................................
SERIAL NUMBER HOURS OF OPERATION
........................................ ..............................

CLEANING GENERAL EQUIPMENT CHECKOUT

- External cleaning
- Cleaning of the pump seat
- Cleaning of the centrifuge well
- Check on the power supply cable

POWER SUPPLIES
- + 30 V (29.7 to 30.0)
- + 5 V (5.2 V)
- + 12 V (11.88 to 12.12)
- - 12 V (-11.88 to 12.12)

MECHANICAL GROUPS
Roller pump
- Check on the roller pump’s occlusion
- Check on the speed and encoder @ 150ml (± 8ml/min)
@ 1000ml (± 50ml/min)
- Check the pump hall effect sensor
- Check on the pump direction

Centrifuge
- Check on the operating speed @ 5600 rpm (± 50rpm)
- Check on the rotating plate centrifugal masses @1500 rpm

Clamp group
- Check the Clamp group and sensor
- Check on the occlusion of the Prime electroclamp
Wash electroclamp
Empty electroclamp

Vacuum group
- Check the vacuum group function

Locking system group

- Check the lock mechanism system
- Check the lock sensor

DIGITAL SIGNALS
- Check on the bubble sensor
- Check the bowl arm sensor
- Check on the blood loss sensor
- Check the waste bag sensor

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-12

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e
ANALOG SIGNALS
- Check on the HGB sensor
- Check on the HCT sensor
- Check on the reservoir weighing device @ 500gr (±50g)
- Check the red line pressure sensor
- Check the Buffy-Coat sensor

Check on the bowl detection sensor

ELECTRICAL SAFETY TEST

Check on the leakage currents according to the IEC 601.1 regulation

DATE___________________ SIGNATURE ____________________

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-13

 P r e v e n t i v e Ma i n t e n a n c e

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 13.4-14

 Spare Parts and Tools

14 SPARE PARTS & TOOLS

14.1 (SPRPRT&TOOLS_001) Spare Parts and Tools rev00

14.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential YES when not different

Concept 6.05 stated

14.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to describe the Spare parts List and Tools for Electa Concept. As well as for the
other Chapter, refer to the serial number in order to establish the upgrade level.

NOTE: If the requested part is not listed below, please contact the Sorin Group International Field Service.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-1

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.3 TAB.1: Electronic and P.C. Board

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-2

 Spare Parts and Tools

Electronic and P.C. Board

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 60787 COMPLETE DISPLAY COVER

3 60786 ELECTA CONCEPT KEYBOARD
4 60783 COLOR DISPLAY

5 60789 COLOR DISPLAY INVERTER

6 60743 FUSES HOLDER

7 60744 FUSES
8 60751 SCHURTER MODULE
9 60795 230 V LINE CORD
10 60796 115 V LINE CORD

11 60834 USB INTERFACE GROUP

12 60790 PRINTER ELC Not used in the Electa Essential Concept
13 60803 BUZZER

14 60700 SBE P.C. BOARD

15 60702 ABE P.C. BOARD
16 60832 BS-E P.C. BOARD
17 60705 MF P.C. BOARD
18 60707 DPT P.C. BOARD
19 60715 POWER SUPPLY
20 60777 MBE1 P.C. BOARD
21 60778 PSE1 P.C. B OARD
22 60779 DBEC P.C. BOARD
23 60801 FLASH EEPROM MBE1
24 60802 FLASH EEPROM DBEC

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-3

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.4 TAB.2: Centrifuge

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-4

 Spare Parts and Tools
Centrifuge

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 60708 BLSA SENSOR

2 60785 LED BC GROUP
3 60709 HGB SENSOR Not used in the Electa Essential Concept

4 CENTRIFUGE WELL No more available

5 60824 BAR CODE READER
5 60827 BAR CODE READER SUPPORT
5 60825 OPTICAL FIBER
6 60722 ENCODER DISK
7 60720 CENTRIFUGE MOTOR
8 60794 INTERNAL CENTRIFUGE LIGHT
9 60723 CENTRIFUGE CHUCK

11 60746 BUFFY-COAT SENSOR

13 60721 CENTR. ENCODER SWITCH
14 60725 BOWL ARM
15 60713 HS-A BOWL ARM SENSOR
16 60724 CENTRIFUGE PLATE
17 60822 KIT NEW BOWL ARM SYSTEM

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-5

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.5 TAB.3: Top

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-6

 S pa re Pa rt s a n d T o ols
Top

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 60835 ELECTA CENTRIFUGE COVER

60735 COVER LOCKING HOOK
2 60788 ELECTA CONCEPT TOP
3 60768 SCREW KIT FOR THE PLASTIC TOP
4 60758 LOCKING SYSTEM
5 60734 OPENING COVER LEVER
6 60836 ELECTA COVER SENSOR
7 60710 HCT-BUBBLE SENSOR Not used in the Electa Essential Concept
60831 BUBBLE SENSOR Used only in the Electa Essential Concept
8 60733 CLAMP KNOB
9 60757 COVER LOCK OPTICAL SENSOR
10 60821 COVER HINGES

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-7

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.6 TAB.4: Pump

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-8

 Spare Parts and Tools

Pump

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 60711 HS-P ROTOR SENSOR

2 60730 PUMP SEALING SURFACE
3 60728 PUMP PLATE
4 60727 PUMP MOTOR
5 60729 PUMP ROTOR
6 60804 MOTOR SHAFT

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-9

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.7 TAB.5: Vacuum Pump

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-10

 Spare Parts and Tools
Vacuum Pump

Rif Code Description Notes

1 60719 VACUUM ELECTRO VALVE

2 60809 VACUUM PUMP
3 60810 SILENCER FOR LPM35
DPT & VALVE PNEUMATIC TUBING
4 60762
SET
5 60763 EXPANSION CHAMBER

6 60119 VACUUM FILTER

7 60826 VACUUM LINE PLUG

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-11

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.8 TAB.6: Clamp Group

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-12

 Spare Parts and Tools
Clamp

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 60732 CLAMP GROUP

2 60733 CLAMP KNOB
3 60780 RED LINE PRESSURE SENSOR
4 60714 HS-C CLAMP SENSOR
5 60716 CLAMP OPTICAL SWITCH

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-13

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.9 TAB. 7: I.V. Pole

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-14

 Spare Parts and Tools
I.V. Pole

Ref. Code Description

1 60764 I.V. POLE COMPLETE

2 60736 LOAD CELL
3 60765 CARDIOTOMY SUPPORT
4 60731 BUSHINGS
5 60828 GUILLOTINE I.V. POLE
6 60811 I.V. POLE MAST 25 mm
7 60812 CARDIOTOMY MAST

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-15

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.10 TAB 8 Tools

1 2
3

4 5 6

8
7 9

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-16

 Spare Parts and Tools
Tools

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 63005 BUFFY COAT TEST BOWL

2 63019 PROGRAMMING CABLE KIT
3 63011 BOWL ARM CENTERING TOOL
4 63012 I. V POLE MOUNTING TOOLS
5 63013 LOADING SYSTEM TOOL
6 63020 WASTE BAG TOOL
HEMATIC SENSORS (HCT, HGB,
7 63015 PRESSURE SENSOR AND BUBBLE
SENSOR) TOOL
8 63016 CLAMP THICKNESS GAUGE TOOL
9 63027 USB TO RS232 ADAPTER

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-17

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.11 TAB.9: Tools

Tools

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 63006 SET OPTICAL FILTERS

TOOL FOR THE RED LINE PRESSURE
2 63007
TEST
ELECTA CONCEPT PROGRAMMING
3 63025
SOFTWARE
4 63018 BAR CODE TOOL
5 63017 THIKNESS PUMP TOOL

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-18

 Spare Parts and Tools
14.1.12 TAB.10: External Panel

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-19

 Spare Parts and Tools
External Panel

Ref. Code Description Notes

1 60815 SHELL THREE PARTS

2 60798 LIQUID COLLECTION TANK
3 60792 PEDALS AND BRAKE KIT

4 60767 ELECTA CONCEPT TROLLEY

5 60833 NEW REAR PANEL
6 60718 WASTE BAG SENSOR
8 60741 SERIAL CONN. REAR DOOR
9 60782 RECIRCULATION FAN

10 60816 BOTTOM COVER

11 60820 CD USER MANUALS

CAPS AND SCREWS CLOSING

12 60829
ELECTA CONCEPT
ELECTA CONCEPT COMPLETE
13 60813
PACKAGING

60797 ANTIDUST COVER

60799 SPARE KIT: INK and PAPER

60838 USB MEMORY

60839 ELECTA DRAIN TUBING

60840 USER INTERFACE CABLE

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 14.1-20

 Schematics Overview

15 SCHEMATICS
15.1 (SCH_001) Schematics Overview

15.1.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.1.2 About this card

The purpose of this card is to give an overview about Electa Concept schematics.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.1-1

 Schematics Overview
15.1.3 Overview
Present release includes:

▪ General Wiring:
Electa Concept Europe version
Electa Essential Concept version

▪ Boards (Layout and Electrical schematics):

ABE board
BS-E board
CLS board
DBEC board
DPT board
MBE1 board
MF board
PSE1 board
PPSE board
SBE board

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.1-2

 Electa Concept Wiring Schematics

15.2 (SCH_002) Electa Concept Wiring Schematics rev00

15.2.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
NO
Concept 6.05

15.2.2 About this card

Present card contains the wiring schematics of Electa Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.2-1

 INVERTER

WASH KEYBOARD
WEIGHT
CLAMPS Sensor 88554
(38931)
EMPTY PRIME PUMP

DISPLAY
WA J6

HSC
RED LINE J5
MAGNET HSC HSC HSP 88522
PRESSURE

41549
(31115) RESERVOIR

HSC 88523 HALL

(31116) SENSOR

-
DBEC
STOP DISPLAY COLOR BOARD
88508
88512 (38974) 88547 (31216)
E J1 J7 J9
(38978)
PHOTO 88510 HCT
SENSOR 88552 (38976)
(38928) Sensor
- 88558
CLS 88509
(38929)
J6 - EMPTY 88511 (38975) t BUBBLE 88548
J7 - WASH (38977)
(38921)
J8 - PRIME + Sensor 88473
HGB

(31253)
(38945) BUZZER

88579
CLS
J1 - PRIME
Sensor 88518
(38984)

88728 (31367)
J2 - WASH 88473 88473 J1
J3 - EMPTY HSA (38945) (38945)
J4 - STOP BOWL ARM 88524 (31120) BS-E
J6 J3 J7 J2 J1 J8 88514
(38980)
J2
J11
CLS J4
88526 (31121)
J5 J9 J10
88501 J6 J8 J1 J5

(38946)
(38967)

88480
J9
J12 J13 CAP.
88536 88484 88494 88476 sensor
(38950) (38960) (38941)
88474
J7 SBE (38939)
WASTE
SENSOR BOARD BAG
88528 (31111)
J11
J10

J2 J3 J4
J14
J16 J20 J1 J7 J9 J11 J21

(38953)
COVER

88487
J5

(38951)
J12 J13 J17 J18 88488

88485
J8 (38954) 88497
(38829)

(38963)
88729

(38952)
J22
HSCO1 ABE

88486
J10
88727
TOP (31366) ACTUATOR BOARD
J24
88529 (31113) J15
BOWL ARM
J23 J19
(38983)

B.F.
88517

LIGHT LOCK
J14 J6 J3 J2 J4 J12 J10 J6 J13 J9 J1
CENTRIFUGE
IL BOWL J2
(38982)

88561 LIGHT
88516

(31231) J17 J18

88478 88482 J3
BUFFY-COAT LOCK (38943) (38948)
SYSTEM sensor J4 MBE1 MASTER BOARD
CCD 88559 (31217)

(38925)
88533 -

88549
88357 (31065)

J1
(31118) J11
88557 DPT
(38926) + VALVE
88556 J14 J16 J19 J15 J7 J8 J5
(38927)
88493
88505
(38971) VACUUM (38959)

BLSA 88491 88492

88534 (38957) (38958)
88489 88496
(38955) (38962)
88490
(38956)
BAR-CODE 88725 88586
(38830) (38912)
PC AUX
(38937)

88551
88544
+

(38934)
-

88502
(38968)
(38972)

USB INTERFACE
NEC
88506

J9 52895
J15 J13 J14 J17
88731 (31371)
J7 SERIAL / USB PANEL 31370
J3
PSE1 POWER SUPPLY J8
BOARD
PRINTER

(38935)
88546 (31215)

88550
(38966) (38965) (38913)

J2
88498

+5 , +12 , -12 , +30 J10

R56
PPSE
88499

R55

AC / DC INHIBIT J11
J1 J2 Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
MF POWER SUPPLY
(31110)

(38913)

(38933)
88520

88498

88555
MAIN FILTER LINE J5 FAN Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
A001/06
88500

POWER J12 J1 J16 J6 J4 Date 12/12/2007 A025/05 A002/06 A005/06 A014/07 (rif. 70027)
88527 (31180) FAIL
Title
Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA COLOR WIRING
Size Document Number Rev
C 88560 09
Date 12/12/2007 Date: Sheet of
Wednesday, December 12, 2007 1 1
 ELECTA ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Wiring Schematics

15.3 (SCH_003) ELECTA ESSENTIAL CONCEPT Wiring Schematics

rev00

15.3.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 NO

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.3.2 About this card

Present card contains the wiring schematics of Electa Essential Concept.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.3-1

 INVERTER

WASH WEIGHT KEYBOARD

sensor
CLAMPS 88554
(38931)
EMPTY PRIME PUMP

DISPLAY
WA J6

HSC
RED LINE J5
88522

41549
MAGNET
PRESSURE HSC HSC HSP
(31115) RESERVOIR
HSC 88523 HALL
(31116) SENSOR

-
DBEC
STOP DISPLAY COLOR BOARD
88508
88512 (38974) 88547 (31216)
(38978) E J1 J7 J9
PHOTO 88510
SENSOR 88552 (38976)
(38928)
CLS
-
88509 BUBBLE 88558
(38929)
J6 - EMPTY 88511 (38975)
J7 - WASH
(38977)
sensor 88548
J8 - PRIME (38921)
+ 88578
BUZZER
(38914)

CLS 88518
J1 - PRIME (38984)
J1

88728 (31367)
J2 - WASH
J3 - EMPTY
HSA
J4 - STOP
BOWL ARM
88524 (31120) BS-E
J6 J3 J7 J2 J1 J8 88514
(38980)
J2
J11
CLS
88526 (31121) J4

J5 J9 J10
88501 J6 J8 J1 J5

(38946)
(38967)

88480
J9
J12 J13 CAP.
88536 88484 88494 88476 sensor
(38950) (38960) (38941)
88474
J7
SBE SENSOR BOARD
(38939)
WASTE
BAG
88528 (31111)

J11
J10

J2 J3 J4
J14
J16 J20 J1 J7 J9 J11 J21

(38953)
COVER

88487
J5

(38951)
J12 J13 J17 J18 88488

88485
J8 (38954) 88497
(38829)

(38963)
88729

(38952)
J22
HSCO1

88486
J10
88727 ABE
TOP ACTUATOR BOARD
(31366) J24
88529 (31113) J15
BOWL ARM
J23 J19
(38983)

B.F.
88517

LIGHT LOCK
J14 J6 J3 J2 J4 J12 J10 J6 J13 J9 J1

IL
CENTRIFUGE
BOWL J2
(38982)

88561 LIGHT
88516

(31231) J17 J18

88478 88482 J3
BUFFY-COAT LOCK (38943) (38948)
SYSTEM sensor J4 MBE1 MASTER BOARD
CCD 88559 (31217)

(38925)
88533

88549
-
88357 (31065)

(31118) J1
J11
88557 DPT
(38926) + VALVE
88556 DOUBLE PRESSURE J14 J16 J19 J15 J7 J8 J5
(38927) TRANSDUCER
88493
88505
(38971)
VACUUM (38959)
BLSA 88491 88492
88534 (38957) (38958)
BAR-CODE 88489 88496
(38955) (38962)
88490
(38969)

(38956)
88503

88586
(38912)
88551 PC AUX
(38937)

(38934)
88544
+

88502
(38968) SERIAL PANEL
(38972)

NEC
88506

J9
88731 (31371) J15 J13 J14 J17
J7
J3
PSE1 POWER SUPPLY J8

(38935)
88546 (31215)

88550
(38966) (38965) (38913)

J2
88498

+5 , +12 , -12 , +30 J10

R56
AC / DC PPSE
88499

R55

INHIBIT J11
J1 J2 Drawn M. ARGAZZI SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
MF
(31110)

(38913)

(38933)
88520

88498

88555
MAIN FILTER LINE J5 FAN Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
88500

POWER J12 J1 J16 J6 J4 Date 22/03/2006 A053/04 A025/05 A001/06 A005/06

88527 (31180)
FAIL
Title
Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ESSENTIAL WIRING
Size Document Number Rev
C 88584 06
22/03/2006
Date Date: Sheet of
Wednesday, March 22, 2006 1 1
 ABE Schematics

15.4 (SCH_004) ABE Schematics rev00

15.4.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.4.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of ABE board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.4-1

 R10

R11

R14

R16

R18
D1 DZ2

C2

C7
R1

R2

R3
IC1 IC2 FL2 FL3

C11
J1

TP1
C1

C3

DZ1
1 R5 R9 R13 R15 R17 R22 C10

1
J4 J5

C12
DZ4 J8 J9

D2

1
1 J6 J7

TP9
R7 C6 R20 TP5

R19

R21
L10 L2 1 1

C14
C4

C5

C8

C9
R6

R8

FL1
J3 R4 R12 TP3
TP2 R37

C16

DZ3

R33
IC3

L7
R36
C19
R32

R34

R35
L3

L4

L5

L6
TP4

D5
TP10

R28

R29

R30

R31
TP7

L8
R38
IC4

TP11

C29 L9
1 C13 R23 L1

DZ5

DZ6

TP8
R24

R25

R26

R27
Q1

Q2
D3

D4
J2
JP1 JP2 IC13 IC14 IC15
IC16

C26

C27

R39
C30
+

C15

C31
TP6 1

IC10

IC11

IC12
IC9

TP16
C17

C18
IC5

+
TP12

TP15
C28
TP24

TP20
DISS3

C24

R44
LD1
R80 C54 C55
C20

C56
C32 R42 R43 R45 R46 R47 R49 LD5 LD6 R53 R64 R74 LD9 TP22 C52

C25
TP13 TP14
C36

C33

C53
R73
IC7
IC6 TP23
R79

C22
+

R60

+
IC17
R41 LD2 LD3 LD4 R48 R50 R51 R52 R63 R72 R78 C51 C58

R61
IC8 IC20 IC21 R81 IC22
TP19

C21

C23

LD7

R71
R40

TP21

TP25
C37
R62 LD8 C62

LD10
C35

TP18

C50
R55
R56

R57

R58

R59

R77
L11

TP28
R54

C49
R70

R75

R76

R82
C34 +

C57
IC23 IC18 SW1 IC19
C61

TP27
C60 J10

C42

C43

C44
R65

R69
M J12 J13 F IC25 IC26

C59

L12
R214 R86
TP30 1 1
C39 C40 C41 R104

C48
TP17
1 C47 1 2 C63
C38 TP26 TP29

L13

J11
LD11 L14
+ R67

R101
TP31

TP32
IC29
IC24 R105

R85
TP35 SW2 R102
Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

R84

L15
PTC1

R66

TP36
C45
F1A

R68 C46 R83

TP34 R103 C64
+

C65
R100

LD12
+

R88

IC27
R87

DISS2

C78
R99

R108
C70

SW3
R97

R98
R106

IC28
C66

IC31
TP33 C80 C81
C76 R115 IC30 C77

TP38
R89
F1

C82
R107
R87A

LD13 LD14 C69 R93 R96 R109 +

D6 D7 D8 D9

+
R112 R114 R116 C88

C75
F3 TP37 C67 C87 C79

L16

LD15
R90
Y1

C73

TP41
1 R113

LD17
R91 R92 C71
TP39
D10 LD16 C89

+
C68

C72

C74
R111
R95
PTC2
J14

R94

R141

TP42
F2A F3A
IC33 R110 L17
R140 DZ7 TP40 IC32

C86

R122

Q7
LD18

R139
FL4
JP4
IC38 1

Q9
LD19
+

IC34
F2
TP43

TP44

TP46

TP52
C84
R132A

R138

R142
+ R117 FL5

Q8

J15
R121
IC35 IC36 IC37
C83

C85

C90

C91

C92

R118

Q10
TP45

TP47

TP49

TP59

C100
C94
R119

R120
JP3 R137 D11

C93
+ FL6 C103 FL7
DISS1
TP55 TP56 TP57 TP58 C98 C102 + + C112

R136
TP48

TP50

TP51

F4 IC43

C97

R135

C101
DZ8 IC39 IC40 R133 TP54

LD26
C111
R123 R125
C95

C96

R144 R134
J16
+

C110
TP53

DZ9
R145

C109

C99
R158

R159

R160

R146
TP60
R124 R127

LD25

R163
R132

ABE REV 2 DIDECO

LD22

LD24 R169
IC45 R161
R151

C113
LD20 R126 R129 LD23
R143

R162
R155

C105 C106 TP62 TP63 J18

IC42
M J17 F

R168
LD21 R128 R131 +

DZ11
R167 C115

C108

C114
DZ10 C116

LD29
R157 SW4 1 C107 1 2
C104

D13

SW5

+
D12

R130 R148
+ + R156 TP66
LD28 FL8 R170 F5
5

D14 D15

R176
R147 R150 IC46 IC44 TP68
IC48

R166
IC41

R154

LD27 R215

C120
TP67
FL9

C119
LD30 R149 R153 DZ13 R173 F5A
P2 Q12 LD31
R152 R164 R165

R174
D16
R172 TP69
TP70
DZ14
IC47 TP73
C117

C118

FL10
R171

R183

Q11 RL1 D17 DZ16

DZ12
1
R175
D22
DZ15
R154A

R184
D18 D19 D20 D21 R185
R181

R182

C121 R193

SW6
R178 R194
R177 Q13

D23
R202
R192 LD32 Y2 R203

C126

C127
R179

C128
RL2

C132
FL11 FL12

TP74
D24
R180

L18

R204 Q15 Q17

FL14

R205
C123 C124 FL13 D26

R210
LD37
R187
C122

R189

R195

R196

Q14 C129

Q16
C131

LD39
R198

R201

R213
JP6

R186 C125

R209
DZ18
LD34

LD36 R200
LD33

R212
+
TP76

D27 R206 Q18

DZ17

D25
TP77 J19
R191

R211
C133
LD38

R208

C134
L19 R188 L20 R190 DZ19 LD35
D28 +
R207
C130
R197

TP81 R199

JP5
TP78 IC49 C135

+
J24
TP80

TP82

TP83

TP84

TP85

TP86

TP87

TP71

TP61

TP65

TP64

TP75

TP72
C136
1

J20 J21 J22 J23 TP79

Mod.
Drawn S. GRILLI 77/00 A047/01

DIDECO spa
Date 21/01/2002
Title
ABE REV. 2 PCB LAYOUT - ELECTA -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A4 88529/L 2
Date 21/01/2002 Date: Monday, January 21, 2002 Sheet 1 of 1
 +5 +5 A[0:19]
A[0:19]

R115 R104
10K 10K
R116 R105
10K 10K
L17 R141 ACT2-WD
R136
VTRAPF +5
85 97
100K 3.3K LD17 AN7 84
P7-7 A23
98
PA1-4
AN6 P7-6 A22 PA5
BLM21 +5
POWER FAIL RED P14
P13
83
82
P7-5
P7-4
A21
A20
99
100
PA6
PA7 A19
R208 + NMI + WD TP70
+5 P12
P11
81
80
P7-3
P7-2
A19
A18
56
55 A18
A17
79 54
+5 10K P10 78
P7-1 A17
53 A16
IC42 R146 P9 P7-0 A16
52 A15
A15 A14
+12 MAX691 10K ACT2 A14 51
D28 17 50 A13
R163 TP82 /IRQ5 16
P9-5 A13
49 A12
3.3K YELLOW IC43D BAS16 12 15 PF-ENABLE /IRQ4 15
P9-4 A12
48 A11
LD24 74HC04 C135 + BSP171
CEOUT RESET
R135 1M RXD1 14
P9-3 / RXD1 A11
47 A10
1uF C134 13 10 1 4
RXD0 13
P9-2 / RXD0 A10
46 A9
8 9 10n CE IN PFO TXD1 12
P9-1 / TXD1 A9
45 A8
7 9 SW5A TP60 TXD0 P9-0 / TXD0 A8
43 A7
OSC IN PFI A7 A6
R211 Q18 SW DIP-2 A6 42
ACT2 8 11 9 41 A5
12K +5 OSC SEL WDI PB7 8
PB7 A5
40 A4
PRG-MD PB6 PB6 A4 A3
PROGRAM + STAND-BY +5 Q16
6 LOW L. WDO 14
PB5
PB4
7
6
PB5
PB4
A3
A2
39
38 A2
BC847 5 5 37 A1
D24
BAT ON
1 TP68 PB3 4
PB3 A1
36 A0
2
VBAT
16 WD-ENABLE PB2 3
PB2 A0
+5 V OUT RESET PB1 PB1 IC48
R166 BAS16 PB0 2 PB0
2 3 34 D15
10K H8-3048F

GND
D15

VCC
R212 33 D14
D14 D13
10K PA3 96 PA3 D13 32
SW5B IC43F 95 31 D12
PA2 PA2 D12

3
Q17 SW DIP-2 74HC04 94 30 D11

13
R209 BSP171 PA1-4 93
PA1 D11
29 D10
+5
+5 PA0 PA0 D10
28 D9
D9 D8

4
12K C97 D8 27
/RESET 2 5 1 2 100n /CS0 91 26
P8

PR
D Q P8-4 / CS0 D7
2
R210 10K R185 /CS1 90 P8-3 / IRQ3 D6 25
P7
IC30A 1 3 CLK IC43A Q15 10K R192 /CS2 89 P8-2 / IRQ2 D5 24
P6

12
3 74HC02 74HC04 3.3K /CS3 88 P8-1 / IRQ1 D4 23
P5
6 BC847 87 21
CL
R114
Q
TP66 ACT2 /RFSH P8-0 / IRQ0 D3
20
P4
D2 P3
4

10K RESET NMI 64 NMI D1 19

P2
1

C76 IC45A D0 18
P1
1n IC43B 74HC74 TP87 +5 LD32 63
RED /RES RES
74HC04 +5 TP73 VPP 10 VPP / RESO LWR 72
/LWR
R203 71
HWR /HWR
3

R194 70
10K R175 RD
69
/RD
5 R174 1
AS /AS
10 IC44B 6 R173 IC44A 3
/STBY
IC44C 8 4 74HC08 2 74HC08 TP80 MD0 P6-2 60
P62
9 74HC08 MD1 P6-1 59
/BREQ
58
R160 MD2 P6-0 /WAIT
470K C109 5 6 62 STBY
68n 73 MD0 CLK 61
CLK
74 MD1

EXTAL
IC43C TP58

AVCC
75

VREF

AVSS

XTAL
MD2

VCC
VCC
VCC

VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
74HC04
5 10 11

68
35
1

77

76

86

67

66

92
65
57
44
22
11
IC30B 4 R140
6 74HC02 +5 3.3K R200 IC49E

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PA7

9
3.3K 74HCT04 +5
R108 PA5
470K C65 MODE + PROGRAM
68n DIP SWITCH LD16
R159 ACT2 LD37 C107 C119
10K SW6 ACT2 YELLOW RUN 100n VREF 100n
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
STD-BY YELLOW
SW DIP-8
+5
+5 +5

+5 C93 6
10

C
330n
9 12
PR

R118 Q D
7 R/C CLK 11

390K 9 5 8 IC45B
CL

A Q Q
10 B 74HC74 R167 R162
11 CLR Q 12 15K
13

15K Y2
+5
+5 TP81 16MHz
IC34B 74HC123
C72
100n C126
11

C127 15p
IC44D 15p
74HC08 8 16 +5 D[0:15]
14 D[8:15]
C
C71
100n R110 JP6
22K
13

12

R/C 15

13 Q A 1 R197
R158
B 2
TP86 330 IC49A
10K 4 Q CLR 3 74HCT04
J17 PLUG 60p J18 SOCKET 60p
IC34A 74HC123 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1

SW4 P1 3 4 P4 PA0 3 4
IC49B
RESET /IRQ4 5 6 P3 PA3 5 6
TXD1 7 8 P5 PA6 7 8 PB7 74HCT04
P2 9 10 P6 PA5 9 10 PB4
/IRQ5 11 12 P7 PA7 11 12 PB1 R199
RXD1 13 14 P8 D8 PA1-4 13 14 PB0 1M
RXD0 15 16 D9 PA2 15 16 PB2
TXD0 17 18 D10 PA1-4 17 18 PB3
VPP 19 20 D11 /CS0 19 20 PB5
21 22 /CS1 21 22 PB6
23
25
24
26
D12
D13 /CS2
/CS3
23
25
24
26
CLOCK
D14
27 28 D15 /RFSH 27 28
JP5
29 30 29 30 NMI
31 32 A0 +5 31 32 /RD
33 34 A1 33 34 /HWR
/STBY 35 36 A2 35 36 MD0
CLK 37 38 A3 37 38 MD1
/BREQ 39 40 A4 AN7 39 40 VREF
A18 /WAIT 41 42 A5 AN6 41 42 MD2
A17 43 44 A6 P14 43 44 /LWR
A15 45 46 A7 P12 45 46 /AS
A14 47 48 A8 P11 47 48 /RES
A11 49 50 A9 P9 49 50
A12 51 52 A10 VREF 51 52
53 54 53 54
A13
A16 55 56 A19 P10 55 56
Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
57 58 P13 57 58 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
59 60 59 60
P62 Date 28/08/2008 A001/01 A047/01 A016/03 A012/08 31113
Title
A[0:19] Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ACTUATOR BOARD - ABE -
EMULATOR INTERFACE Size Document Rev
C Number 88529 07
Date 28/08/2008 Date: Sheet of
Thursday, August 28, 2008 1 6
 CLAMP PHOTO CELLS INTERFACE POWER SUPPLY

TP45
TP46
TP47
TP49
TP44
TP43
TP51
TP50
TP48
+30A
CLAMP DRIVER +5F
THERMAL FUSE
10K FL9 DSS306 F5A
R148 3 1 TP71 1J19
R131 1J16 +5
FL10 BNX002
R129 R149 F5 4AT
R125 F2A C117 +12M 3 1
2J19

2
R127 R150 THERMAL FUSE 5J16 3.3K 100n
R153

3
+5 R164 C120 C114
LD30 R152 R176 + + DZ16B
10K IC41 YELLOW 10K 6.8K 4 2 POWER
TA8435H CLP-PH-S 1uF 220uF SM8LC12 VACUUM
F2 3.15AT CLAMP CL-STOP

6
PA1-4 7 24 +30 DZ12B
11
CK1 VMA
15
MOTOR SM8LC05 D12
PA2 A0 6
MO VMB
LD31
CK2 3J19

6
7

8
A1 5 CW/CCW PH-A 23
1J20 NOT MOUNTED +12-MOT-PRES GREEN
A2
A3
2 RSET PH-A 20
2J20 NOT MOUNTED DZ12A 4J19
3 19 SM8LC05
A4 8
ENABLE PH-B
16 3J20 +5F
A5 9
M1 PH-B 4J20
M2
A6 10 REF IN NFA 21 NOT MOUNTED XX J19

1N5822

1N5822

1N5822

1N5822
NFB 18
4 XX J20 R130 PHOENIX 4P 90
OSC 7J16

1
+ + PHOENIX 4P

PGA

PGB
13 3.3K
SG
+5 VCC
* *
1

R147
22

17

D18

D19

D20

D21
C104 C85 C83 C84 YELLOW
A[0:19] 100n 3.3n 220uF 1uF LD27 10K +12M
CL-PRIME CLP-PH-P
R132 R154
TP33 R132A R154A 2J16 D13 VACUUM PUMP DRIVING AND SENSING 1J3
0.56R 3W

8
D3 VACUUM-MOTOR
* NOT MOUNTED +5F
4J16 MBR1645
DZ10A
2J3
ACT2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFACE 8J16 R126 SM8LC05 NOT MOUNTED
VAC-PWM-MOT
TP2 Q1
8 3.3K R8 IRLZ24 R4 XX J3

1
IC30C 10 3 2 10
PB6 9 74HC02 PB0 PHOENIX 2P 90
11 LD21 R128 IC1A 10
PB7 IC30D 13 IC32A IC32D YELLOW 10K R1
12 74HC02 ADG211 ADG211 CLP-PH-W 10K 4050 R6 C5 C4
100p 22n
1

8
CL-WASH 10K
4 13
-12 +12 3J16 D14
5 12 +5F
+5

4
C89
100n
2

6
C88 SERIAL 0
100n R123
IC31 MAX232_ J16 DZ8B +5 +5 +5 R20
TP41 L15 4J11 SM8LC05 3.3K 27K
TXD0 11 14 TX0-CV XX C3
T1IN T1OUT
L14 3J11 LD20 R13 100n

5
10 7 RX0-CV AMP 8p YELLOW R124 470K R7
TXD1 T2IN T2OUT 2J11 NOT MOUNTED 10K R15 2.2K
TP42 CL-EMPTY CLP-PH-E 10K
1J11

8
RXD1 12 R1OUT R1IN 13 VAC-PMP-SENS R17
3
9 8 XX J11 6J16 D15 1
+
RXD0 R2OUT R2IN
AMP 4p D8 2 10K
-

8
IC2A
+5 16 VCC GND 15 LM393 R22

4
D2 10K C10
2 V+ V- 6 TP3 R9 C6 BAS40-04 100n
DZ8A 2.2K 100n
+
+ SERIAL 1
C1+

C2+

C78 SM8LC05
C1-

C2-

+ VAC-PMP-SENS
C64 C80 1uF L13 4J10 R201

1
100n C79 1uF TX1-CV 6 5
3J10 NOT MOUNTED +5
1

1uF L12
C81 + C82 + RX1-CV IC49C
1uF 1uF 2J10 3.3K LD38
YELLOW 74HCT04
1J10

XX J10
AMP 4p +5 +12M

1J2
VREF
VACUUM VALVE DRIVING AND SENSING
DPT INTERFACE R94 D4
TP5
3.3K CLAMP OVER TEMP SENSING MBR1645
VACUUM-VALVE
DPT R117
L1 R23 10K 2J2
1J4 VAC-PRESSURE LD18 TP4 Q2
P10 RED VAC-ON/OFF-VALVE IRLZ24
BLM21 /CLP-OVT R21 R12
100 C13 CLP-OVT 5 4 10 XX J2
D5 PB2
4J4 BAS40-04 100n D11 10 AMP 2p 3.96 90
R5 IC1B
10K 4050 R19 C8
3J4 PTC2 10K C9 22n
67F075 100p
FL1 DSS306
3 1 1 3
2J4 +5

C14 C101 + C102 FL6 +5

2

J4 XX R161 100n DSS306 +5 R16

100n 3.3K 22uF 27K
AMP 4p
R10 R2
LD25 470K 2.2K
7 6 R11
ACT2-VREF-PRES GREEN 10K
IC1C VAC-VLV-SENS R14
4050 + 5
7
VREF 9 10
D9 6 10K
-
IC2B
ACT2 ADC REFERENCE VOLTAGE IC1D
4050
TP1 LM393
D1
R18
10K C7
R3 C2 BAS40-04 100n
R207 11 12 2.2K 100n
16

1K
9
TP83
D27 IC1E R198 VAC-VLV-SENS
BAS40-04 R206 4050 IC32B IC32C
AN-REF-1 ADG211 ADG211 12 13
P9 14 15
+5
100 IC49F
15

14

10

11

R205 C133 IC1F 3.3K LD36

2K 100n TP84 4050 YELLOW 74HCT04
D26
BAS40-04 R204
P12
AN-REF-2
100
R202 C131
1K D23 100n TP85 +5
BAS40-04 Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
R193
AN-REF-3 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
P14 14 14 14 14 14 1
R184
100
C128
_IC49
C130
_IC43
C99
_IC30
C77
_IC45
C113
_IC44
C108
_IC1
C1
Date 28/08/2009 A001/01 A047/01 A016/03 A012/08 31113
1K 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 8 100n Title
Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ACTUATOR BOARD - ABE -
_74HCT04 _74HC04 _74HC02 _74HC74 _74HC08 _4050 Size Document Rev
C Number 88529 07
Date 28/08/2008 Date: Sheet of
Thursday, August 28, 2008 2 6
 +5 +5 XA[0:19]
XA[0:19]

R80 R38
10K 10K
VTRAPF
L16 R81 R37
R96 RED 10K 10K
R62 LD7
VTRAP
100K +5

7
BLM21 XAN7 85 P7-7 A23 97
XPA4
TP40 +5 POWER FAIL 3.3K
ACT1-WD XAN6
XP14
84
83
P7-6
P7-5
A22
A21
98
99
XPA5
XPA6
+ NMI + WD XP13
XP12
82
81
P7-4
P7-3
A20
A19
100
56
XPA7 XA19
DZ7A R137 +5
XP11 80 P7-2 A18 55 XA18
NOT MOUNTED SM8LC05 TP23 79 54 XA17
10K XP10 78
P7-1 A17
53 XA16
XP9 P7-0 ACT1 A16

2
PROGRAM + STAND-BY +12
IC28
MAX691 R77
A15
A14
52
51
XA15
XA14
D11 10K /XIRQ5 17 P9-5 A13 50 XA13
TP59 /XIRQ4 16 P9-4 A12 49 XA12
IC19D BAS16 12 CEOUT RESET 15 R93 PF-ENABLE XRXD1 15 P9-3 / RXD1 A11 48 XA11
R78 LD9 74HC04 C98 + BSP171 1M XRXD0 14 P9-2 / RXD0 A10 47 XA10
YELLOW 1uF C100 13 CE IN PFO 10 1 4
XTXD1 13 P9-1 / TXD1 A9 46 XA9
8 9 10n 12 45 XA8
+5
7 9 SW2A TP20 XTXD0 P9-0 / TXD0 A8
43 XA7
OSC IN PFI A7
R138 Q10 SW DIP-2 A6 42 XA6
3.3K ACT1 8 OSC SEL WDI 11
XPB7 9 PB7 A5 41 XA5
PRG-MD 12K +5
XPB6 8 PB6 A4 40 XA4
6 14 7 39 XA3
+5 Q8
LOW L. WDO XPB5 6
PB5 A3
38 XA2
BC847 5
XPB4 5
PB4 A2
37 XA1
D10
BAT ON
1 TP35 XPB3 4
PB3 A1
36 XA0
2
VBAT
16 WD-ENABLE XPB2 3
PB2 A0
+5 V OUT RESET XPB1 PB1 IC29
R88 BAS16 XPB0 2 PB0
2 3 34 XD15
10K H8-3048F

GND
D15

VCC
R142 D14 33 XD14
10K XPA3 96 PA3 D13 32 XD13
SW2B SW DIP-2 XPA2 95 PA2 D12 31 XD12

3
Q9 94 30 XD11

13
R122 BSP171 XPA1 93
PA1 D11
29 XD10
+5
+5 XPA0 PA0 D10
28 XD9
D9

4
12K C69 D8 27 XD8
/RESET 2 5 1 2 100n /XCS0 91 26
XP8

PR
D Q P8-4 / CS0 D7
2
R139 10K R109 IC19F /XCS1 90 P8-3 / IRQ3 D6 25
XP7
IC21A 1 3 CLK IC19A Q7 10K R111 /XCS2 89 P8-2 / IRQ2 D5 24
XP6

12
3 74HC02 74HC04 3.3K /XCS3 88 P8-1 / IRQ1 D4 23
XP5
6 BC847 74HC04 87 21
CL
R86
Q
TP36 LD15 /XRFSH P8-0 / IRQ0 D3
20
XP4
D2 XP3
4

10K RED XNMI 64 NMI D1 19

XP2
1

C63 IC25A D0 18
XP1
1n IC19B 74HC74 TP39 +5 ACT1 63
TP38 /XRES RES
74HC04 +5 STD-BY 10 72
R113 XVPP VPP / RESO LWR
71
/XLWR
HWR /XHWR
3

R112 70
10K R107 RD
69
/XRD
5 R106 1
AS /XAS
10 IC24B 6 R99 IC24A 3
/XSTBY
IC24C 8 4 74HC08 2 74HC08 XMD0 P6-2 60
XP62
9 74HC08 TP57 XMD1 P6-1 59
/XBREQ
58
R76 XMD2 P6-0 /XWAIT
470K C49 5 6 62 STBY
68n 73 MD0 CLK 61
XCLK
74 MD1

EXTAL
IC19C TP21

AVCC
75

VREF

AVSS

XTAL
MD2

VCC
VCC
VCC

VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
74HC04
5 10 11

68
35
1

77

76

86

67

66

92
65
57
44
22
11
IC21B 4 R71
6 74HC02 +5 3.3K R121 IC38E

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
XPA7

9
3.3K 74HCT04 +5
R82 XPA5
470K C61 MODE + PROGRAM C47
68n DIP SWITCH LD8 100n
R75 SW3 ACT1 LD19
10K
STD-BY YELLOW ACT1 R97 +5A
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SW DIP-8 RUN YELLOW 2.2K
XVREF 1 3 +5
+5 C70 + C87
+5 +5 10n R98 22uF FL4

2
1K C75 DSS306
100n
+5 C37 6
10

C
330n
9 12
PR

R42 Q D
7 R/C CLK 11

390K 9 5 8 IC25B
CL

A Q Q
10 B 74HC74 R100 R102
11 CLR Q 12 15K
13

15K
+5
+5
IC18B 74HC123 Y1
C33 TP56 16MHz
100n
11

IC24D
C73 C74
74HC08 8 16 +5 XD[0:15] 15p 15p
14 XD[8:15]
C
C32 JP4
100n R41
22K
13

12

R/C 15

13 Q A 1
R70
B 2 J12 J13 TP55
10K 4 Q CLR 3 R119
PLUG 60p SOCKET 60p 330 IC38A
74HCT04
IC18A 74HC123 1 2 1 2
SW1 XP1 3 4 XP4 XPA0 3 4
4 3 2 1
RESET /XIRQ4 5 6 XP3 XPA3 5 6
XTXD1 7 8 XP5 XPA6 7 8 XPB7
XP2 9 10 XP6 XPA5 9 10 XPB4 IC38B
/XIRQ5 11 12 XP7 XPA7 11 12 XPB1 74HCT04
XRXD1 13 14 XP8 XD8 XPA4 13 14 XPB0
XRXD0 15 16 XD9 XPA2 15 16 XPB2 R120 1M
XTXD0 17 18 XD10 XPA1 17 18 XPB3
XVPP 19 20 /XCS0 19 20 XPB5
21
23
22
24
XD11
XD12 /XCS1
/XCS2
21
23
22
24
XPB6 CLOCK
XD13
25 26 XD14 /CS3 25 26
27 28 XD15 /XRFSH 27 28
29 30 29 30 XNMI
JP3
31 32 XA0 +5 31 32 /XRD
33 34 XA1 33 34 /XHWR
/XSTBY 35 36 XA2 35 36 XMD0
XCLK 37 38 XA3 37 38 XMD1
/XBREQ 39 40 XA4 XAN7 39 40 +5A
XA18 /XWAIT 41 42 XA5 XAN6 41 42 XMD2
XA17 43 44 XA6 XP14 43 44 /XLWR
XA15 45 46 XA7 XP12 45 46 /XAS
XA14 47 48 XA8 XP11 47 48 /XRES
XA11 49 50 XA9 XP9 49 50
51 52 VREF 51 52
XA12
XA13 53 54
XA10
53 54
Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
XA16 55 56 XA19 XP10 55 56 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
57 58 XP13 57 58
59 60 59 60
XP62
Date 28/08/2008 A001/01 A047/01 A016/03 A012/08 31113
Title
Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ACTUATOR BOARD - ABE -
XA[0:19]

EMULATOR INTERFACE Size

C
Document
Number 88529
Rev
07
Date 28/08/2008 Date: Sheet of
Thursday, August 28, 2008 3 6
 POWER AND LOGIC SUPPLY
TP65 8
FL5 BNX002 XPB6 IC21C 10
9 74HC02
1 3 +5 11
XPB7 IC21D 13 IC22A IC22D
+ R168 12 74HC02 ADG211 ADG211
3.3K

8
C103 C110
22uF 100n 4 13
NOT MOUNTED 2 4
-12 +12
5 12 +5
C62

5
DZ11B LD28 100n C58

6
SM8LC05 +5-PRES 100n
GREEN

6
IC16 MAX232_ TP25 SERIAL 0
XTXD0 11 14 L9 TX0-CP
T1IN T1OUT 3J9
XTXD1 10 7 L2 RX1-CP
FL7 DSS306 TP61
T2IN T2OUT 2J9
1J15 TP28
1 3 12 13 1J9
+12 XRXD1 R1OUT R1IN
2J15 9 8 4J9
XRXD0 R2OUT R2IN

7
R169

2
+ 6.8K XX J9
5J15
+5 16 VCC GND 15 AMP 4p
C111 C112
DZ9A 10uF 100n +12-PRES + 2 V+ V- 6
+ SERIAL 1
3J15 SM8LC12

C1+

C2+
LD26 TP64 C29 C31 L7

C1-

C2-
+ TX1-CP
4J15 3J8

2
GREEN 100n C54 1uF
C30 1uF L8 RX0-CP
8J15 NOT MOUNTED 2J8

5
1uF
C55 + C56 +
1J8

3
6J15 1uF 1uF
LD29 -12-PRES
DZ9B + GREEN 4J8
7J15 SM8LC12 C116 C115 ACT1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFACE XX J8
10uF 100n R170 AMP 4p
6.8K

2
J15 XX
5

AMP 8p 1 3 -12
+5
FL13 DSS306 LOCK SENSOR
FL8 DSS306 TP72 R195
LOCK SENSOR INTERFACE 1 3
2J23
C125 180
10n 1J23
VTRAP

2
R187
10K 3J23

L18
+30A LOCK TP78
FL14 BNX002 TP75 4J23
STATUS
1 3 2 1
+30 XA4 J23

7
XX
+ R213 AMP 4p
C136 C132 27K R196 IC47A
220uF 100n 3.3K 74HC14 C123
2 4 1n
TP74
LD39
6

+30-MOT-PRES LD35 DZ19B DZ19A

2
GREEN YELLOW LOCK-STATUS SM8LC05 SM8LC05 NOT MOUNTED

+5 +12

COVER SENSOR INTERFACE FL12 DSS306 COVER SENSOR

LOCK DRIVER 1 3
2J22
R189
3.3K C124
10n 1J22

2
R190
LOCK 10K 3J22
LD34
2J24 COVER TP77 YELLOW
STATUS L20 4J22
1J24
XA0

7
J24 XX +30 COVER-STATUS
XX J22
AMP 2p AMP 4p
R145
10 3W

+5 +30 DZ18B DZ18A

2
+5 +5 +5 +30 SM8LC05 SM8LC05NOT MOUNTED
F4
RL2 400mA RIP RL1
G6H-2 G6H-2
R151
1 4 4 1 100 R165 D12 D13
2 2 3.3K BAS16 BAS16
3 3
+5 +5 +5
8 8 D16 FL11 DSS306 ARM SENSOR
D17
BAS16 10
7
9
7
9 10
BAS16
R155 R156 ARM SENSOR INTERFACE 1 3
2J21
R179 R186
D14 D15 DZ13 240 3.3K 3.3K C122
LOCK-O/C 10K R181 BAS16 BAS16 5.1V 10n
1J21

2
5K R188
5 6 Q11 10K
XA3 BCW66 + LD33 3J21
IC47C +30 ARM TP76 YELLOW
74HC14 C105
R182 D22 0.22F
STATUS L19 4J21
TP79 10K C121 1N4007 XA1
1n

7
+12 D25 ARM-STATUS XX J21
Q12 TP67 AMP 4p
BAS16 2N5062 R172 7 V+ IN- 4
R191 510
1K 8 OUT IN+ 3 * P2
TP69 R183 R215 500
Q14 5K 2 V- HYST 5 500
LOCK-PULSE R178 BSP17 R171 DZ17B DZ17A
SM8LC05NOT MOUNTED

2
5K 1K 1 GND REF 6 SM8LC05
XA2 3 4 Q13
+
IC47B BC847 IC46 MAX931
74HC14 R177 * + R157
R180 10K 10 C106 DZ14
DZ15 C129 0.22F 2.7V
10K 24V 1000uF
Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n

* NOT MOUNTED Date 28/08/2008 A001/01 A047/01 A016/03 A012/08 31113

Title
Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ACTUATOR BOARD - ABE -
Size Document Rev
C Number 88529 07
Date 28/08/2008 Date: Sheet of
Thursday, August 28, 2008 4 6
 +5 +5
THERMAL FUSE
F3A
R144 R143
3.3K
+5
3.3K
CENTRIFUGE DRIVER +30
F3 8AT
LD23 LD22
R134 YELLOW YELLOW
10K
CNT-CCW-CMD-DEL CNT-CCW-CMD C23 + C36
/CNT-ME 100n 470uF
XD9 12 R26 R27 C41
IC37D 11 11 10 1 DZ5 3.3K 3.3K 2.2n C39
13 74HC32 2 IC17 12V 1W DZ6 2.2n
XD11 IC40E IC39A 6 5 6 ULN2003A 12V 1W TP30

TP63

TP62
/CNT-E +5 +5 74HC14 4 74HC20
5 IC40C R60 TP26
1 2 74HC14 1K 7 6
9 1 16
IC40A 10 IC8C D9 Q4

10
4
CNT-S 74HC14 IC39B 8 2 15 4050 Q6 MBR1645 D7 IRF9Z34
XP7 2 5 12 9 12 74HC20 R61 IRF9Z34 MBR1645

PR

PR
D Q D Q
13 3 14
3 CLK 11 CLK 9 10
3 4 4 13 1K CENTRIFUGE
CL
6 8 IC8D

CL
Q Q MOTOR
IC40B 5 12 4050
+5 74HC14 1
1J14
1

13
IC35A IC35B 2 6 11
74HC74 74HC74 IC36A 6 9 8
R85 4 74HC20 7 10 2J14
10K 5 IC40D +12 +12
TP52 74HC14 8 GND 9
CNT-CD 9 XX J14
XP6 9 10 R24 R25 Q5 PHOENIX 2P 90
IC37C 8 IC36B 8 3.3K 3.3K TP29 IRFZ34 D8 Q3
10 74HC32 12 74HC20 MBR1645 IRFZ34
13 TP17
7 6 D6
MBR1645
R84 IC23B IC5C C40
10K TLC272 4050 2.2n
XAN6 5 + +5 C38
7 2.2n
6 -
CNT-REF TP32 R92 9 10
IC33A 3.3K
C44 R69 +5 74HC123 +5 IC33B IC5D
330p 1M 74HC123 4050
14 C
16
R95 C68 6 C
+5 +5 R65 2.2K 470n C86 LD14 +5 +30
100 8 100n YELLOW
TP31 15 R/C
R91 2 OSC SYNC 3 CNC-PWM-FAIL 7 R/C C43
3.3K 1 A Q 13 100n C24 1

8
+5 5 IN1 OUT1 16 2 B 9 A Q 5 R83 100n
R90 6 IN2 OUT2 15 +5 3 CLR Q 4 10 B + 3 _IC8 _4050
LD13 10K 7 IN3 OUT3 14 TP34 11 CLR Q 12 1
RED 8 IN4 OUT4 13 - 2 1K 8
C42 R67 C46 C17 1 + C15
CNT-OVT 100p 18 REF1 SENS1 12 IC23A 1n 100n 10uF

4
19 REF2 SENS2 17 TLC272 3 C 2
CNT-OVT R89 100 R87A R87 +30-12
4 1 R66 0.05 3W MP916 VO VI
XP8 P.E. R/C +5
C25
15K * 100n
PTC1 +5 20 VCC GND 9 10K R68 IC3 LM7912
67F075 C67
C66
100n IC27 L6506D
1.5n
PWM GENERATOR 5K
TP37
AND CHECK * NOT MOUNTED
XD8
/CNT-PWM-F
CURRENT SENSING

+5 +5

R46
3.3K
CENTRIFUGE ENCODER INTERFACE R49
AND MASTER COMMUNICATION 10K
CNT-ME LD4
TP15 YELLOW IC11 TLP181 R31
/CNT-ME 4J5
6 1
XD9 150 R30
10K
TP8 4 3 3 2 11 12
/CNT-DIR 5J5
XP5 IC8A IC8E
+5 4050 4050
TP22 5 4 14 15
/CNT-ENC JP1 R51
JAMP 2p 3.3K +12 IC8B IC8F
XPA2 4050 4050
+30-12
IC12 TLP181
+5 +5 1
CNT-CCW-ENC LD5 C18
YELLOW 1 6 6J5 100n _IC5 _4050
IC4B
R72 R53 LM324 8
10K 10K 5 + R50 3 4
7 5 4 11 12
6 7J5
-
L3 BLM21 R52 150 IC5B IC5E
1 2 3.3K 4050 4050
3J6
IC13A 3 2 14 15
74HC14
IC5A IC5F
L4 BLM21 CNT-CW-ENC LD6 4050 4050
6J6 5 6 YELLOW
IC13C PMP1 1J5
74HC14
R33 180
PMP2 2J5
2J6
+5

PMP3 3J5
1 3
5J6

FL2 PMP8 8J5

8J6
2

DSS306 C11
100n
8

XX J5
1J6
AMP 8p
4J6
7J6 MASTER ENABLE PMP+CEN Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
MASTER DIRECTION PMP+CEN Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
NOT MOUNTED
1

J6 XX Date 28/08/2008 A001/01 A047/01 A016/03 A012/08 31113

AMP 8p Title
DZ1A DZ3A DZ1B DZ3B Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ACTUATOR BOARD - ABE -
SM8LC05 SM8LC05 SM8LC05 SM8LC05
Size Document Rev
C Number 88529 07
Date 28/08/2008 Date: Sheet of
Thursday, August 28, 2008 5 6
 5 +
+5 +5 +5 7
6 -
PUMP DRIVER IC6B
LM324
R59 R58
TP24 3.3K 15K 3.3K 10 +
PMP-PWM R103 8
5 6 11 10 9
XPA4 -
IC6C
R36 IC15C IC15E PMP-OVT PMP-ME TP12 L10 B82724 3.3mH LM324
15K 74HC14 74HC14
LD10 LD12 12
TP13 RED YELLOW
+
14
+5 IC7 LMD18200 1J1 13 -
IC6D
PUMP MOTOR LM324
R133 3 DIREC. OUT1 2
15K
TP53 TP14 C21
PMP-BRAKE 5 1 10n 2J1
PWM BOOT1
1
XP3 IC37A 3 5
XP4 2 74HC32 IC37B 6 4 BRAKE BOOT2 11 TP6 THERMAL FUSE XX J1
4 74HC32 F1A AMP 2p 3.96
/PMP-ME C22
TP54 9 T-FLAG OUT 2 10 10n 5 6
TP27
PMP-TFLAG F1 3.15AT
XP1 VS 6 +30 IC38C
74HCT04
+ C45 + C34
TP19 8 CUR. SENS GND 7 1uF 220uF
13 12
PMP-DIR
XP2 IC38F
R55 74HCT04
R73 15K
/ENABLE +5
0
+5
R74
10K 3.3K
R101
JP2
JAMP 3p +5 +5 +5 C16
PMP-OVC 100n
1 9

4
+5 +5
2 IC20C 8 R54 IC14B LD11
10 4.7K C20 74HC74 RED 3

10
100n +
1
3

4
74HC86 TP18 12 9
/ENABLE 2

PR
D Q -
R47 R45 3 + IC4A
10K
PUMP DIRECTION VERIFY 3.3K R57 L11 1 9 8 11 CLK

11
2 - LM324
IC6A IC15D 8

CL
Q
R63 R64 * 22K BLM21 LM324 74HC14

11
R56 +5

13
PMP-DIR-ME * 2.2K C35
IC9 0 0 NOT MOUNTED 1uF
TLP181 LD3 IC4D
R29 YELLOW IC13D 12 +
10K
PMP1 1 6 3 4 R40 100K R32
PMP-E-AFTER-OVC
13 -
14

150 R214 8 9
XD12
R28 IC13B 10K
10K 3 4 74HC14 LM324
C19
PMP2 10n
PUMP OVER CURRENT SENSING 74HC14

9 8
+5
IC47D
PUMP ENCODER INTERFACE R43
74HC14
3.3K
11 10

IC10 IC47E
TP7 TLP181 74HC14
PMP-CCW-ENC
LD1
PMP3 9
-
6 1 8 YELLOW 13 12
+ 10
R48 IC47F
4 3 150 IC4C 74HC14
LM324
PMP8 LD2
PMP-CW-ENC

YELLOW
R44
3.3K
+5 +5 +5
13 12
11 10
TP10 IC40F
4
ENCODER R34 R35 PMP-ENC-A IC13E 74HC14
3.3K 3.3K IC15A 2
PR
5 74HC14
PUMP TP9 74HC14
D Q XPA0
L5 BLM21 3 CLK
+5
1 2 1 13 12 13 12
1J7 IC20A 3 6
CL

Q
TP11 L6 BLM21 2 IC13F IC15F

4
2J7 PMP-DIR-IN 74HC14 74HC14
1

R79 C51 74HC86 IC26A 2 5

PR
22K 47p 74HC74
D Q XD10
3
4J7 +5 CLK
3 4 4 6

CL
Q
IC20B 6
10

3J7 IC15B 5

1
8

5J7 74HC14 12 9 IC14A

PR

D Q
R39 C52 74HC86 74HC74

16
47p

9
6J7 FL3 22K 11 CLK TP16
DSS306 +5 PMP-ENC-B 11 10
8 IC22B IC22C
CL

7J7 1 3
Q XPA1 ADG211 ADG211
+5
8J7 IC19E
13

C12 IC26B 74HC04

1

15

14

10

11
100n 74HC74
2

J7 XX
+5
AMP 8p
DZ4A DZ4B DZ2A
SM8LC05 SM8LC05 SM8LC05
NOT MOUNTED

+5

14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.

_IC38 _IC25 _IC21 _IC19 _IC24 _IC47 _IC15 _IC20 _IC26 _IC14 _IC13 _IC37 _IC35 _IC39 _IC36 _IC40
C94 C59 C53 C50 C48 C118 C28 C57 C60 C27 C26 C92 C90 C95 C91 C96 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n
Date 28/08/2008 A001/01 A047/01 A016/03 A012/08 31113
_74HCT04 _74HC74 _74HC02 _74HC04 _74HC08 _74HC14 _74HC14 _74HC86 _74HC74 _74HC74 _74HC14 _74HC32 _74HC74 _74HC20 _74HC20 _74HC14 Title
Approv. I. ROSSI ELECTA ACTUATOR BOARD - ABE -
Size Document Rev
C Number 88529 07
Date 28/08/2008 Date: Sheet of
Thursday, August 28, 2008 6 6
 BS-E Schematics

15.5 (SCH_005) BS- E Schematics rev00

15.5.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.5.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of BS-E board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.5-1

 Mod.
13885 Drawn G. DALLOLIO

DIDECO spa
Date 04/07/2005
Title
LAYOUT BUBBLE SENSOR BOARD ELECTA
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A4 88728_L 0
Date 04/07/2005 Sheet 1 of 1
 R1
10K

IC3
IC1F IC1E IC1D 4020

13 12 11 10 9 8 10 CLK Q1 9 1 IC2A
Q4 7 3
+5 11 5 2 74HC00
RST Q5
74HC14 74HC14 74HC14 4
Q6
Q7 6
Q8 13
Q9 12 4
C23 100pF IC2B
Q10 14 6
Q11 15 5 74HC00
R8 + C4 1
10MF Q12
100 Q13 2
Q14 3

1 2
C5 100n TP1
IC1A
74HC14
R6 2.7K 9 12
IC2C IC2D TP3
8 11 3 4
2N4400 74HC00 10 74HC00 13
IC1B
Q1 74HC14
R7
1K

IC4A 74HC123

14 C
+5
100pF
R4 C2
15 +5
+5 R/C
27K 1 13
A Q
2 B
3 CLR Q 4
R9 100 R10 100 R5
22K

IC4B 74HC123
C6 C7
100n 100n 6 C
TX +5 0.47MF
4J1 R23 C3
GND 5.1K 7
3J1 R/C
GND L1 L2 9 5
2J1 C8 R14 10MH C11 R17 10MH A Q
10 B
RX 330p 510 330p 510 11 12
1J1 R22 2N2907A CLR Q
100K Q5
R11 IC1C
J1 XX 27K R15
51K 5 6 +5
AMP 4p 90 C12 470p
C10 TP2 R3
C18 3.3K
Q2 R21 74HC14 R24
470p 470p 5.1K 10K
2N4400
Q3 R19
2N4400 100

2N4400
Q4 C15 LD1
R12 R16 2N4400 470p Q6 LED RED
D1
22K 22K 1N4148
R13 R18 R20 R25
C9 C13 22K 5.6K
787 787
100n 100n C14 C16
220p 10n

0V

+5
GND
1J2
+5
2J2
GND
3J2
AIR
4J2

J2 XX + C17
74HC14 74HC00 4020 74HC123 10MF
AMP 4p 90
+5
Mod.
14 14 16 16 31367 Drawn G. DALLOLIO
IC1 IC2 IC3 IC4
DIDECO spa
7 C19 7 C20 8 C21 8 C22 Date 04/07/2005
100n 100n 100n 100n
Title
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI BS-E : BUBBLE SENSOR BOARD ELECTA
Size Document Number Rev
A3 88728 0
Date 04/07/2005
Date: Tuesday, July 05, 2005 Sheet 1 of 1
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776

 CLS Schematics

15.6 (SCH_006) CLS Schematics rev00

15.6.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.6.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of CLS board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.6-1

 J6 J3

J4
J9

L1 L2
J11
R1 R2

J7

R4 R3
CLS

J10
REV 0

L4 L3
DIDECO

J2

J5
J1 J8

Mod.
Drawn S. GRILLI

DIDECO spa
Date 01/06/2000
Title
CLS - PCB LAYOUT - ELECTA -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A4 88526/L 0
Date 01/06/2000 Date: Sheet 1 of 1
 L1 R1
BLM21 221

1 bianco
2 rosso
3 blu
J4 4 nero
STOP AMP 6p
5
6
verde
L2 R2
BLM21 221

1 bianco
2 rosso
3 blu
J3 4 nero
EMPTY AMP 6p
5
6
verde
J5
8
7
6
1 bianco 5
2 rosso 4
3 blu 3
WASH J2 4
5
nero
verde L3 R3
2
1
AMP 6p 6 BLM21 221
L4 R4 AMP 8p-90
BLM21 221

1 bianco
2 rosso
PRIME J1
3
4
blu
nero
5 verde
AMP 6p 6

1 bianco
EMPTY J6 2
3
marr.
verde
AMP 4p 4

gnd J9
1 bianco 8
J7 2 marr. 7
WASH AMP 4p
3
4
verde 6
5
4
3
vcc 2
1 bianco 1
J8 2 marr.
PRIME AMP 4p
3
4
verde
AMP 8p-90

J11 J10
1 1
RED 2 2
PRESSURE 3 3
4 4

AMP 4p AMP 4p-90

Mod.
Drawn S. LOVATTINI

Date 26/11/1999 DIDECO spa

Title

Approv.
CLS CLAMP SENSORS
P. L. FERRIANI
Size Document Number Rev
A 88526 0
Date 26/11/1999
Date: Tuesday, March 30, 2004 Sheet 1 of 1
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776

 DBEC Schematics

15.7 (SCH_007) DBEC Schematics rev00

15.7.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.7.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of DBEC board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.7-1

 DBEC REV 2 DIDECO R76

L103
L43
C15 J9 C39 L61
IC8 IC7 1

L47

L46

D2
C13
L62 IC20
L101 P1

C12
+

R63

L102
L42
R49
R61 R53
IC9

R62
L39

L38

L45
R52 R47 JP2

C53
C55
C58
L36 L32 L35 J4 L54 L52 L50 R50 R7 1 TP32
TP34 C32 R71 C33 C54 C24

L37

L48
R51 R38

TP35
C47

C25
R70
L31 L33

1
L56 R48 R36

+
TP22 R68

+
L40

L51
R39 R31 R64

L57

LD5
R65
IC19

TP23
L58 L55 L53 R37 R32

TP24
R55
R57
R58
R56
L41
L34
L44

L49
C16
TP21 R35 C14 R34 C31

C22

LD6
R69

+
R30 R44

Y3
R67 C30
TP20

C19 R59 C20 C21 R60

R29 R33

C23
C57
R28 R8 C26

+
TP19 R27 R22

IC5
1 C27 FL2
R26 R21 FL1

C18
J7
R25 R20
C17

J5 R24 R19

L105
Y2
R23 R18
IC10

R15 R40

L107
R16 R43 1

R45
L25
L22
L21
L20
L23
L24
L26
L27

R3
R2
R6
R5
R17 R41

C56
R89

R88
L60
SW1
IC6 JP1 IC2

C10
1
1

IC11
M
C11

2
R42 L19 L15 L11 L8 L4 J2 C51
R78 TP33 C7
C40 IC12 R1 C41 C43
L28 L17 L13 L9 L6 L2 R74 IC16
SW3 LD2 R10 IC17 R85 IC15 R82 IC18

Q1

LD4 LD3

R11
C50 R83
L18
L16
L14
L12
L10

L7
L5
L3
L1

R54
R86 R81

R75
C4 C2

D1
Y1 IC14 LD1 R9 C45 C49 C46 C48
TP16 TP18 TP6 TP8 TP9 TP12 TP27 C35 C38 C42
C6

C44

TP30
IC1 R66
TP26 P2
TP17 TP5 TP7 TP10 TP11 + +

C34
TP1
C5

IC13
TP15 C9 C8 +

+
TP28

C28
TP2

TP14
C3 C1

R46
L30
L29
TP25
+

IC4

IC3
1 R87

L59 TP3 C52 C37

L104

L106
C29
TP13

C36
1
J3 J1
F

+
PZ1
2
R84
R77
R80
R79
R72
R73
R4

J8

J6
R13
R12

SW2

TP31 TP4 TP29 LD9 LD10 LD8

LD12 LD11 LD7 R14

Mod.
Drawn S. GRILLI

DIDECO spa
Date 12/12/2002
Title
ELECTA DISPLAY BOARD COLOR - DBEC -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A4 88547/L 1
Date 12/12/2002 Date: Monday, December 18, 2000 Sheet 1 of 1
 +5
FL1 BNX002 TP23 +5 R76 56
R64 3.3K
1J7 1 3
+12 1J9 SW-DIP8 SW1C R1 R87
D2 10K 51K
5J7 C25 + LD5 C39 14 3
PA5
100n C24 100n 1N4148
10uF GREEN +5 +5 +5
2 4 2J9 P[1:14]
4J7 P[1:14]
8J7 R80 XX J9 PA4

5
3.3K R73 R79
3.3K 3.3K AMP 2p AN7 85 P7-7 A23 97
PA6
L60 R89 100K 84 98

10
AN6 P14 83
P7-6 A22
99 L59
6J7 P7-5 A21 PA7
SW1 +5
P13 82 P7-4 A20 100
C56 LD11 LD8 LD10 SW-DIP8 P12 81 56 L28 A19
P7-3 A19 A18
FL2 DSS306 TP24 +12 100n RED YELLOW RED C40 R6 P11 80 P7-2 A18 55 L20

7
R65 6.8K 330n 10K P10 79 54 L21 A17
P7-1 A17 A16
7J7 1 3 1M R74 820 R5 P9 78 P7-0 A16 53 L27
IC11 R88 +5 10K 52 L22 A15
A15 A14
C27 + LD6 MAX691 Q1 A14 51 L23
XX 100n C26 BCW66 17 50 L26 A13
/IRQ5 P9-5 A13
2

10uF GREEN 16 49 L25 A12

J7 AMP 8p 90 12 15 R78 /IRQ4 15
P9-4 A12
48 L24 A11
CEOUT RESET
100K RXD1 14
P9-3 / RXD1 A11
47 L19 A10
13 10 1 16
RXD0 13
P9-2 / RXD0 A10
46 L18 A9
IC5 TC551001CF
CE IN PFO TXD1 12
P9-1 / TXD1 A9
45 L17 A8
7 9 SW1 SW1 TP33 TXD0 P9-0 / TXD0 A8
43 L16 A7
A16 OSC IN PFI A7 A6
2 A16 CE1 22 SW-DIP8 SW-DIP8 A6 42 L15
A15 31 8 11 2 15 R75 D1 9 41 L14 A5
A14 3
A15
24
OSC SEL WDI
4.7K BAS16 TX0E 8
PB7 A5
40 L13 A4
A13 28
A14 OE /RD 6 14
TX1E 7
PB6 A4
39 L12 A3
A12 4
A13
29
LOW L. WDO /VDOF 6
PB5 A3
38 L11 A2
A11 25
A12 R/W /HWR 5
PB4 5
PB4 A2
37 L10 A1
A10 23
A11
30
BAT ON
1
PB3 4
PB3 A1
36 L9 A0
A9 26
A10 CE2 +5
2
VBAT
16 18 2
PB2 3
PB2 A0
A8 A9 +5 V OUT RESET 1Y1 1A1 /VDOR PB1 IC1
27 16 4 2
A7 5
A8
21 D15 14
1Y2 1A2
6
SPEAKER PB0
34 L8 D15
PA2 H8-3048F

GND
A7 I/O8 1Y3 1A3 D15

VCC
A6 6 20 D14 12 8 33 L7 D14
A5 7
A6 I/O7
19 D13 9
1Y4 1A4
11
SPEAKER 96
D14
32 L6 D13
A4 8
A5 I/O6
18 D12 7
2Y1 2A1
13 +5 PA3 95
PA3 D13
31 L5 D12
A4 I/O5 2Y2 2A2 PA2 PA2 D12

3
A3 9 17 D11 C43 5 15 94 30 L4 D11

13
A2 10
A3 I/O4
15 D10 100n 3
2Y3 2A3
17
PA6 R7 10K PA1 93
PA1 D11
29 L3 D10
A1 11
A2 I/O3
14 D9
+5 2Y4 2A4 +5 PA0 PA0 D10
28 L2 D9
A0 A1 I/O2 D8 D9 D8
12 A0 I/O1 13 +5 20 VCC 1G 1 D8 27 L1
TP2 19 91 26 P8
10K /CS0
2G P8-4 / CS0 D7
+5 32 VCC GND 16 C51 R8 /CS1 90 P8-3 / IRQ3 D6 25 P7
LD2 100n 10 GND R84 IC17F /CS2 89 P8-2 / IRQ2 D5 24 P6

12
R10 YELLOW 3.3K 74HC04 /CS3 88 P8-1 / IRQ1 D4 23 P5
C10 3.3K IC12 /RFSH 87 P8-0 / IRQ0 D3 21 P4
100n /CS1 9 8 +5 74HC244_ D2 20 P3
64 19 P2
IC2D LD1 +5 NMI NMI D1
18 P1
D0
TP3 74HC04 R9 YELLOW LD12 /RES 63 RES
A[0:19] D[8:15] 3.3K RED +5
5 6 10 72
/CS2 +5
R2 51K VPP VPP / RESO LWR
71
/LWR
IC2C LD3 R12 10K HWR
70
/HWR
74HC04 R11 YELLOW R13 10K RD
69
/RD
A0 12 13 D8 3.3K R14 10K 1
AS /AS
A1 A0 D0 D9
11 A1 D1 14
/CS0 11 10 +5 IC18A 3
/STBY
A2 10 15 D10 2 74HC08 TP31 60
A3 9
A2 D2
17 D11 IC2E MD0 P6-2
59
/BACK
A4 8
A3 D3
18 D12 74HC04 MD1 P6-1
58
/BREQ
A5 7
A4 D4
19 D13 MD2 P6-0 /WAIT
A6 A5 D5 D14
6 A6 D6 20 TP1 5 62 STBY
A7 5 21 D15 10 IC18B 6 73 61
A8 A7 D7 MD0 CLK +5
27 A8 IC18C 8 4 74HC08 74 MD1

EXTAL
A9 74HC08

AVCC
26 22 9 75

VREF

AVSS

XTAL
A9 CE MD2

VCC
VCC
VCC

VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
A10 23 R43 51K
A11 A10
25 31 R82
A12 4
A11 WE /HWR 470K C41 TP29 LD9
A12

68
35
1

77

76

86

67

66

92
65
57
44
22
11
1
2
3
4
A13 28 24 68n R44 51K
A14 29
A13 OE /RD GREEN
A15 A14
3 A15 VCC 32 +5 SW2
A16 2 SW DIP-4 STD-BY
A17 A16
30 A17 C11 R81 5 R77 +5 R45 4.7K
A18 1 16 100n 10K IC15B 4 5 6
A18 VSS +5

8
7
6
5
+5 6 74HC02 C4 C1 C2 C3 Y1
3.3K 16MHz
8

IC6 AS29F040 R83 IC17C

470K C42 74HC04 100n 100n 100n 100n C5 C6
SW1 68n 22p 22p
SW-DIP8
9

J1 XX STRIP BERG 17p 90

L29 R46 2.7K P[1:14]
1J1
IC3
MAX6818
3J1 2 IN1 OUT1 19 TP5 P1
51K +5
3 18 TP6 P2 A[0:19]
4J1 IN2 OUT2 D[8:15] A0 R23
5J1 4 17 TP7 P3 A1 R24
IN3 OUT3 A2 R25
6J1 5 16 TP8 P4 51K +5 A3 R26
IN4 OUT4 A4 R27
7J1 6 15 TP9 P5 D8 R15 A5 R28
IN5 OUT5 D9 A6
R16 R29
8J1 7 14 TP10 P6 D10 R17 A7 R30
IN6 OUT6 D11 A8
R18 R31
9J1 8 13 TP11 P7 D12 R19 A9 R32
IN7 OUT7 D13 A10
R20 R33
10J1 9 12 TP12 P8 D14 R21 A11 R38
IN8 OUT8 D15 A12
R22 R39
A13 R40
11 20 +5
A14 R37
C11 VCC A15 R36
17J1 1 C8 A16 R41
EN A17
GND 10 100n R35
2J1 J2 PLUG 60p J3 SOCKET 60p A18 R34
A19 R42
L30 1 2 1 2
P1 P4
3 4 P3 PA0 3 4
IC4 /IRQ4 5 6 P5 PA3 5 6
MAX6818 P2 TXD1 7 8 P6 PA6 7 8 TX0E JP1
9 10 P7 PA5 9 10 PB4 1 3
2 19 TP13 P9 /IRQ5 11 12 P8 PA7 11 12 /VDOR JAMP 3p
11J1 IN1 OUT1 /STBY RXD1 13 14 D8 PA4 13 14 SPEAKER
12J1 3 18 TP14 P10 RXD0 15 16 D9 PA2 15 16 PB2 0
IN2 OUT2 +5 TXD0 17 18 D10 PA1 17 18 PB3
VPP 19 20 /CS0 19 20 /VDOF
5

13J1 4 IN3 OUT3 17 TP15 P11

21 22
D11
/CS1 21 22 TX1E
SW1E 23 24
D12
/CS2 23 24
14J1 5 IN4 OUT4 16 TP16 P12 SW-DIP8 25 26
D13
/CS3 25 26 4 3 2 1
R3 27 28
D14
/RFSH 27 28
12

15J1 6 IN5 OUT5 15 TP17 P13 51K 29 30

D15
29 30 NMI TP4
31 32 +5 31 32 /RD IC2B IC2A
16J1 7 IN6 OUT6 14 TP18 P14
33 34
A0
33 34 /HWR 74HC04 74HC04
A1 +5
8 13
35 36 A2 35 36 MD0
IN7 OUT7 0 37 38 A3 37 38 MD1
9 12
/BREQ 39 40 A4 AN7 39 40
IN8 OUT8 A18 /WAIT 41 42 A5 P14 AN6 41 42 MD2 R4
A17 43 44 A6 P12 43 44 /LWR 51K
11 20 A15 45 46 A7 P11 45 46 /AS
C11 VCC +5 47 48 47 48
A14 A8 P9
49 50 49 50
SW3 1 EN C9 A11
51 52
A9
+5 51 52
GND 10 100n A12
53 54
A10
53 54
RESET A13 P10
A16 55 56 A19 P13 55 56
57 58 57 58
59 60 59 60 Mod.

4
Drawn G. DALLOLIO A030/01
SW1D

A[0:19] SW-DIP8 Date

18/10/2001 DIDECO spa

13
Title
/BACK /RES
ELECTA DISPLAY BOARD COLOR - DBEC-
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev

Date
C 88547 1
18/10/2001 Date: Thursday, May 06, 2004 Sheet 1 of 2
 A[0:18]

Y2 Y3
C19 C22
22p C20 22p
D[8:15] 22p
14MHz C21 24MHz TP30
R59 22p R60 +5 IC14
+5 5
10M 10M IC10 PA0 3
TOVER

41

42

43

44
C44 HYST
GND 1
YGV610B-F IC8 HY534256A IC9 HY534256A 100n 4 2

X1O

X2O
X1I

X2I
VCC GND
R47
VA0 9 VA0 9 10K
A0 A0 A0
7 A0 VA0 89 L31 VA0 VA1 10 A1 DO0 1 VD0 VA1 10 A1 DO0 1 VD4 MAX6502
A1 8 88 L32 VA1 VA2 11 2 VD1 VA2 11 2 VD5 +5
A2 A1 VA1 A2 DO1 A2 DO1
9 A2 VA2 87 L33 VA2 VA3 12 A3 DO2 24 VD2 VA3 12 A3 DO2 24 VD6 IC7 EPM7032S
A3 10 86 L34 VA3 VA4 14 25 VD3 VA4 14 25 VD7
A4 A3 VA3 A4 DO3 A4 DO3
11 A4 VA4 85 L35 VA4 VA5 15 A5
VA5 15 A5 4 I/O VCC 3
A5 12 84 L36 VA5 VA6 16 VA6 16 /CS2 15
A6 A5 VA5 A6 A6 VCC
13 83 L37 VA6 VA7 17 VA7 17 5 23
A7 14
A6 VA6
82 L38 VA7 VA8 18
A7
5 VA8 18
A7
5 /RD I/O VCC
35
A8 A7 VA7 A8 NC A8 NC VCC
15 81 L39 VA8 6
A9 16
A8 VA8
80 /HWR I/O
C14 C15
A10 A9 VA9
17 A10 3 WE 3 WE
-5 7 I/O 100n 100n
A11 18 1 L40 VD0 13 13
A11 VD0 VCC -5 VCC -5
A12 19 100 L41 VD1 4 4 A18 8 34
A13 A12 VD1 RAS RAS I/O I/O
20 A13 VD2 99 L42 VD2
I/O 33 J6
A14 21 98 L43 VD3 23 C12 23 C13 SW1 R48 9 32
A15 A14 VD3 CAS CAS I/O I/O
22 A15 VD4 97 L44 VD4 100n 100n SW-DIP8 51K I/O 31 XX
A16 23 96 L45 VD5 22 26 22 26 11 6 1 27 AMP 4p 90
A17 24
A16 VD5
95 L46 VD6 OE GND OE GND /RES IN I/O
26 +12
A17 VD6 I/O
25 A18 VD7 94 L47 VD7 2 IN I/O 25
26 R61 33 43 24
1J6
A19
93 L101 0 IN I/O
21
A18 WE I/O
27 ISEL R62 33 44 I/O I/O 20 R66 3J6
RAS 92 L102 41 I/O I/O 19 150K C29 + C28
D8 32 18 100n 10uF
D9 CD0 R63 33 I/O
33 CD1 CAS 91 L103 40 I/O I/O 17
2J6
D10 34 16
15J5 D11 CD2 I/O
35 CD3 IOR 3 39 I/O I/O 14
14J5 D12 36 13
D13 CD4 I/O
37 CD5 IOW 4 38 I/O I/O 12
D14 38 11 P2
13J5 D15 39
CD6
5 37
I/O
50K 4J6
CD7 MEMR I/O
12J5
L48 77 LD0 MEMW 6 36 I/O
11J5 L49 76 LD1 GND 10
L50 75 LD2 MEMORY 30 29 I/O GND 22
10J5 L51 74 LD3 GND 30
L52 73 LD4 RESET 61 28 I/O GND 42
9J5 L53 72 LD5
L54 71 LD6 SEL 60
8J5 L55 70 LD7 R55 10K
45 +5
S/3V
16J5 65 M R56 10K +5 R49 R50 R51 R52 R53
TP19 WD/RD 48 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
1J5 L56 66 FLM R57 10K
TP20 WD 49 R54
2J5 L57 67 LC R58 10K 3.3K +5
RD 50
68 SCK2
TP21 RDIR 31 13 12
3J5 L58 69 SCK1
+30 TP32
RDRQ 47 IC2F LD4 L62 IC20 L61
62 CN2 74HC04 YELLOW 330uH NMH1215S 220uH
R 56 P1
63 CN1 5K +30 6 +OUT +IN 1 +12
TP22 G 55
4J5 64 CN0 C55 + C54 C53 +
B 54 J4 XX STRIP BERG 5p C32 100n 10uF 100n C58
100n 4 2 1uF
GND
GND
GND
GND

-OUT -IN
VDD
VDD
VDD

AEN

4J4
R70 TP35
5J5 1J4 10K
78
53
28

29

79
40
2
90

+5 +30
+5 2J4 TP34 1
C23 C47
100n 3J4 100n
6J5
5J4 JP2
JAMP 3p IC19A
C16 C17 C18 IC19B OP295

8
7J5 100n 100n 100n 3
OP295 R67 + 3
AN6
R71 100 + 5 1
7 - 2
- 6 100K
J5 XX

4
CONN FLAT 16p + C31 C57 + C30
C33 100n 10uF 100n
10uF
+5 +5 R69 68K
R68
R72 15K
3.3K
R86 R85
10K 10K 8
IC15C 10
TX1E 9 74HC02
LD7
YELLOW
11
IC15D 13
TX0E 12 74HC02

+5 12 3 4
1

11
4 13 J8 13 IC17B
IC16D IC18D 74HC04
C50 5 12 C49 ADG211 XX 14 14 14 14 74HC08
100n +5 100n AMP 4p 90 _IC2 _IC15 _IC17 _IC18 1 2
+5
2

IC13 IC16A 7 C7 7 C46 7 C45 7 C48 2 IC17A

MAX232E ADG211 100n 100n 100n 100n 1 74HC04
TX0 1J8 3
TXD0 11 14 BLM21 L104 11 10
T1IN T1OUT 3J8 _74HC04 _74HC02 _74HC04 _74HC08 IC15A
TXD1 10 7 BLM21 L106 RX0 74HC02 IC17E
T2IN T2OUT 2J8 74HC04
TP25 TP26
12 13 4J8 9 8
RXD0 R1OUT R1IN
TP28
RXD1 9 R2OUT R2IN 8 IC17D
74HC04
14
+5 16 VCC GND 15 16 IC16B
BLM21 L105 15 ADG211
3J7
+

2 V+ V- 6 TP27
BLM21 L107
C37 2J7 11
C1+

C2+

1uF C38 IC16C Mod.

C1-

C2-

9
ADG211 A030/01
+
+ 10 Drawn G. DALLOLIO
C52 C36 1uF
1

100n 1uF
+ + Date
18/10/2001 DIDECO spa
C34 C35
1uF 1uF Title
ELECTA DISPLAY BOARD COLOR - DBEC -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
C 88547 1
Date
18/10/2001 Date: Thursday, May 06, 2004 Sheet 2 of 2
 DPT Schematics

15.8 (SCH_008) DPT Schematics rev00

15.8.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.8.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of DPT board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.8-1

 C3
100n
+5 +5

PT1
26PCCFA2G C1 100n
1 C6 100n

8
3
2 4 5 + R2
+
1 3 + R7
7 2 1
6
-
2
4J1
- IC1A -
IC1B 22K OP213 IC2A 100

4
OP213 OP295
3

4
R3
C4
470n
22K R1 C5 4.7n
R5
100K
2K2 P1 R8
5K
GAIN
R4 22K
100K
P2
OFFSET 10K R6
5 + 22K
ADJ 7
6 -
IC2B
OP295

C2
100n

+5
+5
J1
1J1 1
L1 2J1 2 2J1
3J1 3
4J1 4 3J1
10uH + C13
10uF AMP 4p

C7
100n
+5 +5

PT2
26PCCFA2G C8 100n
1 C9 100n
8

3
2 4 5 + R13
+
1 3 + R9
7 2 1
6
-
2
1J1
- IC3A -
IC3B 22K OP213 IC4A 100
4

OP213 OP295
3
4

R14
C11
470n
22K R10 C12 4.7n
R16
100K
2K2 P4 R12
5K
GAIN
R11 22K
100K
P3
OFFSET 10K R15
5 + 22K
ADJ 7
6 -
IC4B
OP295

C10
100n

Mod.
Drawn G. DALLOLIO A038/01
Date DIDECO spa
18/10/2001
Title
DOUBLE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - DPT -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
Custom 88357 1
Date 18/10/2001
Date: Tuesday, May 18, 2004 Sheet 1 of 1
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776

 MBE1 Schematics

15.9 (SCH_009) MBE1 Schematics rev00

15.9.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.9.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of MBE1 board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.9-1

 C1

J2

J3

J4

J5

J6

J7

J8
J1
T1 C2

C4

FL1
C3 FL2
C25
1

TP10
1

1
C5 FL4 TP7 TP8 TP9 R146 C26 C115 1 FL5 1
1 C111 L11 L84 C11
+

IC8

L16

L17

L18
TP14

TP15

TP16

TP17
1
L1
L2
R1 L3 L4 R2 R3 L6 R6 L7 R7 L8 R11 L9 L13 R16 L15 TP18 TP19 TP20 TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24

TP3

R145
FL3

R149
TP1

L12
R147

+
TP13

IC48
LD19 LD21 LD20 LD13 LD14 LD17 LD3 LD4 LD5 LD6 R15 L14 L19 L20 L21 L22 L23 L24

R150
C53

C110

R148
LD18

+ + + +

R74
C8 IC10 IC11 IC12 IC13

R144
TP4 TP12

+
C12 C13 C14 C15

R17
C116 IC47 IC49 C112 IC46
R28 R29 R31 R30 R22 R23 R26 R4 R5 R8 R9 D4
TP2

C10
C6

IC17
+
L5

1 C31 C35 C39 C43

IC4

IC5

IC9
+ + + +
L25

R24 R25 IC1

IC6
J9

+
TP11
TP5 +
TP25 IC14 C30

LD15
C108 C65 IC27
C7

TP6
LD16

+
C49 C20 C21 R19 C23 C41
L26

LD12 LD11 LD10 LD9 LD8 LD7 LD2 LD1 C83 C32 C33 C34 C36 C37 C38 IC21 C40 TP37 C45 C42 C44 C46
+

TP32
R59 D1
IC20
C17

IC15
R35 R36 L28

IC3

IC7
L27

R34
TP31

R143

D2
1 TP27
+

1
+

TP26

C68
R27 R21 R20 R18 R14 R13 R12 R10
J10 IC2 C9 C50 C22 C24 TP33 TP34
C16 C55 JP2 1 PP4

R38

R39

R40

L29
TP29
+

IC22 C18 C19

TP39
TP35
C47

1 1 PP5 C56 R142 C57

IC24

IC45

C109
IC23

TP83
L30

TP36 TP38
TP30 C52 C107 D3 J11
+

R141 L10
L31

C48

R37 IC41 C67

1
TP40 R139
1 C117 FL6
C62 C60

R44 R47 L32 R138

+

C61

IC19 TP57

L39
TP50
J12 C63 C64 R53 L34 IC42
C58 TP49 C72
C51 C59 R54 L35

R46
TP43

TP28 L42
R41 R43 TP51
TP41

TP53
L33

R55 L38 TP58

IC16
TP42

M J18 F

R49
R48 R45 C84 R56 L40 R60
TP44

TP45 C79 J13

IC18
TP55
1 R57 L41 R135 1 2 C78
L36

L37

1
TP52 R64 L54
R51
J17 R58 L45 C77
L83 R80
IC26
TP46

TP47 R62 L46

TP65 TP48 IC33 TP54 C54
L43

J14 L44 IC25 R66 L51 IC36

1

C75 C76 R79

IC30
C70 C74 C73 TP62
TP59 IC34 IC35 R71 L53
TP60 TP61 TP66 TP68 R96

R83
L50 R65 R73 L56

R97

L63
L48
L47

L52 R70 R78 L58 C86

TP63 TP70 R88 J15
L49

FL7
IC32

IC29

IC28

L55 R72 R82 L60 R95

TP64
R63

1
L57 R77 R87 L62
C80

C87 C85
TP73 L59 R81 R90 L65 L73
R61 C82 R69 TP69 R76 TP74
J16 IC31 L61 R86 R94 L67
1

R67 R68 C81

LD23 L64 R89 R99 L69 R107 L76
FL8 TP72 TP67 TP77
R85 L66 R93 R105 L71 R110 L79
R75

LD25 Y1
LD22 L68 R98 R106 L72
TP75 TP82
IC37

TP71 R92 IC39 IC40 L70 R104 R108 L74

R137

LD27 TP76 C95 C96 R114

LD24 R109 L75 C97 C98
IC38 R100 J19
R102

C71 R103

+ R33 R113 L77

R101
R91

LD28
C89

C88
C90

C91
C93

C92

C94 LD26 R115 L78

R32

R42

+ +
R112

FL9 FL10 FL11 SW1 SW2 TP81 R116 L80

C106 IC44 R124
C105 R136 R50 R52 R122 L81
TP78 TP79 TP80
+ IC43 R123 L82
R140 C69 TP85

LD29
C102

C101
C103

C104
C99

+ TP88
+

TP56 TP87
C100 R117 R118 R119 JP1
C114 1
R126

R128

R129

R131

SW3 TP86 R134 C113

LD30 LD31 LD32 MBE1 REV 0 DIDECO

Mod.
Drawn G. DALLOLIO

DIDECO spa
Date 19/03/2001
Title
ELECTA MASTER BOARD - MBE1 -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A4 88559/L 0
Date 19/03/2001 Date: Monday, March 19, 2001 Sheet 1 of 1
 VREF
+5
R114
1K A[0:20] A[0:20]

L49 R63 AN0

BLM21 100K 10K R34
VTRAP R110 R96 10K
2K 10K R35

AN3 10K R79

C80 L83 A20
100n +5 +5 R107
1K
85 97
AN7 84
P7-7 A23
98
PA4
R137 R75 AN5 AN6 83
P7-6 A22
99
A22
3.3K 3.3K AN5 82
P7-5 A21
100
PA6
R95 AN4 81
P7-4 A20
56 L82 PA7 A19
+5 +5 C85 1K AN4 AN3 80
P7-3 A19
55 L55 A18
LD24 LD22 100n AN2 79
P7-2 A18
54 L57 A17
RED RED AN1 78
P7-1 A17
53 L70 A16
+5 AN0 P7-0 A16
52 L59 A15
A15 L61 A14
IC42 R139 R138 A14 51
10K 10K WD 17 50 L68 A13
X24C04 R101 /IRQ5 16
P9-5 A13
49 L66 A12
12 15 10K /IRQ4 15
P9-4 A12
48 L64 A11
5
CEOUT RESET
TP81 RXD1 14
P9-3 / RXD1 A11
47 L81 A10
SDA PA4 RXD0 P9-2 / RXD0 A10 L80 A9
1 13 10 2 11 13 46
2
A0
6
CE IN PFO TXD1 12
P9-1 / TXD1 A9
45 L78 A8
A1 SCL PA6 R67 1M TXD0 P9-0 / TXD0 A8 L77 A7
3 A2 7 OSC IN PFI 9 SW1B A7 43
7 42 L75 A6
TST A6 L74 A5
8 11 9 41
OSC SEL WDI PB7 8
PB7 A5
40 L72 A4
PB6 PB6 A4

VCC
VSS
6 14 7 39 L71 A3
LOW L. WDO PB5 6
PB5 A3
38 L69 A2
5
PB4 5
PB4 A2
37 L67 A1
BAT ON PB3 PB3 A1
4

8
1 4 36 L65 A0
2
VBAT
16 SW1C PB2 3
PB2 A0
+5 +5 V OUT RESET PB1 PB1 IC36
2
C107 3 10
PB0 PB0
34 L62 D15
H8-3048F

GND
D15

VCC
100n IC37 33 L60 D14
D14 L58 D13
MAX691 PA3 96 PA3 D13 32
95 31 L56 D12
PA2 PA2 D12

3
94 30 L53 D11

13
+5 PA1 93
PA1 D11
29 L51 D10
+5 PA0 PA0 D10
28 L46 D9
D9 L45 D8
C81 D8 27
100n R76 91 26 L41 D7
3.3K IC39F /CS0 90
P8-4 / CS0 D7
25 L40 D6
74HC04 /CS1 89
P8-3 / IRQ3 D6
24 L38 D5
/CS2 P8-2 / IRQ2 D5 L35 D4

12
88 23
/CS3 87
P8-1 / IRQ1 D4
21 L32 D3
/RFSH P8-0 / IRQ0 D3
20 L34 D2
D2 L52 D1
RESET 64 19
+5 LD23 NMI NMI D1
18 L50 D0
D0
+5 RED /RES 63 RES
TP68
10 72
VPP VPP / RESO LWR
71
/LWR
R112 R83 HWR /HWR

R126

R128

R129

R131
70
10K IC40A 10K
+5
R88
RD
69
/RD
1 10K
AS /AS
10 3
/STBY 10K
IC40C 8 2
MD0 P6-2 60
P62
9 59
MD1 P6-1
58
P61
R103 74HC08 TP76 MD2 +5 P6-0 P60
470K C96 74HC08 5 6 62 STBY
68n 73 MD0 CLK 61
CLK1
74 MD1

EXTAL
IC39C

AVCC
75

VREF

AVSS

XTAL
MD2

VCC
VCC
VCC

VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
74HC04
5
A22 6 5

68
35
1

77

76

86

67

66

92
65
57
44
22
11
IC32B 4 LD26
6 74HC02 R124 IC44C
RED 3.3K 74HCT04 +5

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
9
R102
470K C95 MODE + STD-BY Y1
68n PROGRAM 16MHz
R91 LD29 C77 C87
SWITCH 3.3K RUN 100n VREF 100n
SW2 LED YELLOW C98 C97
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SW_DIP8 22p 22p

+5 +5

SW3
RESET
+5
+5 51K
51K A0 R90
D0 R65 A1 R94
D1 R70 A2 R99
D2 R53 A3 R105
D3 R47 A4 R106
D4 R54 A5 R108
D5 R55 A6 R109
D6 R56 A7 R113
D7 R57 A8 R115
D8 R58 A9 R116
D9 R62 A10 R122
D10 R66 A11 R89
D[0:15] D11 R71 A12 R93
D12 R73 A13 R98
D13 R78 A14 R86
D14 R82 A15 R81
D15 R87 A16 R104
A17 R77
A0 12 13 D8 A18 R72
A1 A0 D0 D9 A19
11 A1 D1 14 J17 PLUG 60p J18 SOCKET 60p R123 JP1
A2 10 15 D10 A20 R135 JAMP 3p
A3 A2 D2 D11
9 A3 D3 17 1 2 1 2
3 1
A4 8 18 D12 D0 D3
A5 7
A4 D4
19 D13 3 4 D2 PA0 3 4
2
A6 6
A5 D5
20 D14 /IRQ4 5 6 D4 PA3 5 6
IC44A
A7 5
A6 D6
21 D15 D1 TXD1 7 8 D5 PA6 7 8 PB7 74HCT04
A8 27
A7 D7 9 10 D6 A22 A20 9 10 PB4 CLK
A9 A8 /IRQ5 11 12 D7 11 12 PB1
A10
26
23
A9 CE 22
/CS0 RXD1 13 14 D8 PA4 13 14 PB0 4 3 2 1
A11 A10 RXD0 15 16 D9 PA2 15 16 PB2
A12
25
4
A11 WE 31
/HWR TXD0 17 18 D10 PA1 17 18 PB3 TP88
A13 A12 VPP 19 20 D11 /CS0 19 20 PB5 IC44B
A14
28
29
A13 OE 24
/RD 21 22 D12 /CS1 21 22 PB6 74HCT04
A15 3
A14
32
23 24 D13 /CS2 23 24
A16 2
A15 VCC +5 25 26 D14 /CS3 25 26
A17 30
A16 27 28 D15 /RFSH 27 28
A18 1
A17
16 C83
29 30 29 30 NMI
A18 VSS
100n
31 32 A0 +5 31 32 /RD
33 34 A1 33 34 /HWR
/STBY 35 36 A2 35 36 MD0
CLK1 37 38 A3 37 38 MD1
IC41 P61 39 40 A4 AN7 39 40 VREF
A18 P60 41 42 A5 AN6 41 42 MD2
AS29F040 A17 43 44 A6 AN5 43 44 /LWR
A15 45 46 A7 AN3 45 46 /AS
A14 47 48 A8 AN2 47 48 /RES
49 50 AN0 49 50
A11
A12 51 52
A9
A10 VREF 51 52
Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
A13 53 54 53 54 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
A16 55 56 A19 AN1 55 56
57 58 AN4 57 58 Date A047/01 A034/03 A002/06 31217
59 60 59 60 16/02/2006
P62 Title
Approv. G. DALLOLIO ELECTA MASTER BOARD - MBE 1-
A[0:20] Size Document Number Rev
C 88559 03
Date Date: Sheet of
16/02/2006 Thursday, February 16, 2006 1 4
 I/O DIGITAL SIGNAL
TIMERKEEPER 32KX8 SI-SELECT1
D[0:15] SI-SELECT2

TP60
TP47
TP36
TP38

TP42
TP46
TP44
TP4
A[0:20] IC26 74HC373_
IC35 TC551001CF D8 3 2 /+30E L48
1 2 A15 D9 4
D0 Q0
5 1J14
A17 2 22 A18 34
nc nc
3 A16 D10 7 D1 Q1
6 /+12E L44
A16 31
A16 CE1 /CS1 A17 33
nc nc D11 8 D2 Q2
9 2J14

POWER
BOARD
A15 3
A15
24
nc
4 D12 13 D3 Q3
12 MST-P /IR1 L43
A14 28
A14 OE /RD A14 32
PFO /CS3 D13 14 D4 Q4
15 MST-C 6J14
A13 A13 A13 A14 D14 17 D5 Q5
4 29 31 6 16
A12 25
A12 WE /LWR A12 30
A13 WE /HWR D15 18 D6 Q6
19 /IR2 L36
A11 23
A11
30 A11 29
A12
7
D7 Q7 7J14
A10 CE2 +5 A11 OE /RD L37
A10 26 A10 28 1 20 +5 +30<7V
A9 27
A9 A9 27
A10
8 11
OC VCC +5 +5 3J14
A8 5
A8
21 D7 A8 26
A9 CE G
C62 /HWR /+30 FAIL L47
A7 6
A7 I/O8
20 D6 A7 25
A8
9 D15 10 100n 5J14
A6 7
A6 I/O7
19 D5 A6 24
A7 D7
10 D14 GND TP61 +12<10 L33
A5 8
A5 I/O6
18 D4 A5 23
A6 D6
11 D13 R50 R136 4J14
A4 A4 I/O5 D3 A4 A5 D5 D12
9 17 22 12 51K 680K
A3 10
A3 I/O4
15 D2 A3 21
A4 D4
13 D11 +5 13 8J14
A2 A2 I/O3 D1 A2 A3 D3 D10
11 A1 I/O2 14 20 A2 D2 14 11 IC40D
A1 D0 A1 D9

4
12 A0 I/O1 13 19 A1 D1 15 9 74HC08 12 XX J14
A0 18 16 D8 R61 10 IC32C 2 5

PR
A0 D0 D Q

1
+5 32 VCC GND 16 74HC02 8 AMP 8p 90
+5 5 VCC GND 17 10K TP65 3 CLK IC28A C71
74HC74 SW1A 470n
C76 C65 +5 6 SW_DIP6

CL
Q

12
100n 100n IC27 TP75 2 +5
DS1746P 3 IC38A

1
TP70 TP73 74HC32 1 C8
/RD

4
R52 TP72

TP63
TP64
TP69

TP41
TP59
TP45
IC34 TC551001CF IC43 10K 3 100n
74HC138_
+
1 L12 BLM21
1J6

PUMP ENABLE
A17 2 22 TP56 IC31 74HC373_ +5 2
A16 31
A16 CE1 /CS1 A19 1 15
/CB1 /RES -
IC1A
A15 3
A15
24 A20 2
A Y0
14 D8 2 3 LM324 2J6
A14 A14 OE /RD B Y1 D9 Q0 D0 TP12

11
28 3 13 5 4
A13 4
A13
29
C Y2
12 D10 6
Q1 D1
7
5J6
A12 25
A12 WE /HWR Y3
11 D11 9
Q2 D2
8 TEMP. ALARM L14 BLM21
A11 23
A11
30 6
Y4
10 D12 12
Q3 D3
13 SLV-P 3J6
A10 CE2 +5 G1 Y5 Q4 D4 L13 BLM21
A10 26 4 9 D13 15 14 SLV-C
A9 27
A9
5
G2A Y6
7 D14 16
Q5 D5
17 6J6
A8 A8 D15 G2B Y7 D15 Q6 D6
5 21 19 18 5
A7 A7 I/O8 D14 Q7 D7 + L15 BLM21
8

CENTRIFUGE +
6 20 16 8 7
A6 7
A6 I/O7
19 D13 74HCT04
+5 VCC GND
20 1 6
4J6
A5 I/O6 +5 VCC OC
A5 8 18 D12 IC44D 11 R15
-
IC1B
A4 A4 I/O5 D11 G LM324 7J6

3
9 A3 I/O4 17 C113 +5 C70 R16 10K 5 TOVER
A3 D10

5
10 A2 I/O3 15 100n 100n 10 GND 10K C84 3 HYST TP13 8J6
A2 11 14 D9 R134 100n 1
A1 A1 I/O2 D8 GND
9

12 A0 I/O1 13 R69 10K 4 VCC GND 2

10K /CB3 IC8A IC8B CENT.
+5 32 VCC GND 16 TP67 11 10 TP87 IC29C 74HC14 74HC14 ENABLE R10 XX J6

4
/CB4
+5 IC33 74HC04 3.3K

6
TP85 IC44E MAX6502 +5 +5 AMP 8p 90
C75 /CS2 74HCT04
+5
100n /CB2 PUMP LD1 R12
ADDRESS DECODING TP86 LD25
RED
R85
3.3K
ENABLE YELLOW 3.3K
+5 R68 R60
10K 10K
+5 TP58 LD2
YELLOW

BUBBLE SENSOR
IC30B L42 BLM21
R97 100 OP295 + 5 3J13
AN7 TEMP. ALARM L39 BLM21
L63 7
3J15 6 +5 2J13
-
1 3
L54 TP57
+5 1J13
2J15 FL6
C78 IC30A C67 DSS306 4J13

2
1J15 +5 100n OP295 100n
8

XX J13
C79 R80 100 + 3 AN6
4J15 100n 1 AMP 4p 90
- 2
RS232 LINK MASTER-SLAVES

TP54
TP55
TP53
TP50
TP43
TP49
TP51
TP52
OUTPUT ANALOG SIGNAL
4

LD21
J15 XX IC14B R31 YELLOW
AMP 4p 90 5 74HC32 3.3K
6 +5 ABE2 LINK
4
LD20
IC14A R30 YELLOW
2 74HC32 3.3K
TP25 TP27 3 +5 ABE1 LINK
1
16

9
LD18
L26 BLM21 TX0232CP 13 4 IC14D R28 YELLOW
3J10
ACT1 BOARD

+12 -12
IC23B 12 74HC32 3.3K
L27 BLM21 RX0232CP ADG211 12 5 11 DBE LINK
2J10 +5
13
+5
CP

1J10 LD19
15

14

11

10
C60 C61 IC14C R29 YELLOW
4J10 IC22 MAX232E_ 100n 100n 9 74HC32 3.3K
TP35 8 +5 SBE LINK
14 T1OUT T1IN 11 10
J10 XX
AMP 4p 90 7 T2OUT T2IN 10 IC23A IC23D IC23C +5 +5
ADG211 ADG211 ADG211
TP40 D[0:15]
L30 BLM21 TX0232CV 13 12 R42 R140
3J12
ACT2 BOARD

R1IN R1OUT D8
2 Q0 D0 3 51K 680K
L31 BLM21 RX0232CV 8 9 5 4 D9
2J12 R2IN R2OUT
6
Q1 D1
7 D10
CV

Q2 D2 D11
9 8 4
1J12 15 16 12
Q3 D3
13 D12 6 IC40B C69
GND VCC +5 Q4 D4
15 14 D13 74HC08 5 470n
4J12 6 2 16
Q5 D5
17 D14
V- V+ Q6 D6 D15
C51 C58 19 18

10
Q7 D7

4
J12 XX 1uF 1uF
C2+

C1+

AMP 4p 90 C47
C2-

C1-

+ + 20 1 9 12
16

PR
1uF +5 VCC OC Q D

9
+
G 11
13 4 C72 TP48 11 SW1D
TP5

3J9 +12 -12 CLK

5

9
TP2

TP3
TP1

IC3B 100n 10 SW_DIP6

SENSOR BOARD

GND
+ ADG211 12 5 8

CL
2J9 + C59
+5 Q

1J9 C48 1uF

15

14

11

10

13
1uF C18 C19 IC25 IC28B
100n 100n 74HC373_ 74HC74 /RES
4J9 L5 BLM21 TX0232S IC2 MAX232E_
+5

J9 XX L25 BLM21 RX0232S 14 11 10K

T1OUT T1IN
AMP 4p 90 IC3A IC3D IC3C +5
7 10 ADG211 ADG211 ADG211 TP66 12
T2OUT T2IN /CB4

R51
R49
R46
R44
R41
R43
R45
R48
2 13
TX0232D 11
L2 BLM21 13 12 1 3 IC32D /HWR
3J1 R1IN R1OUT
74HC02
L1 BLM21 RX0232D 8 9 JP2
2J1 R2IN R2OUT
JAMP 3p
TP26
TP6
DISPLAY BOARD

1 3 15 16
1J1 +5VI GND VCC +5

5J1 C5 6 V- V+ 2 3.3K
FL3 100n C9 C16 R24 RXD0-1B
2

7J1 DSS306 1uF 1uF

C2+

C1+

C6 Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.

C2-

C1-

+ + +5 2 1
1uF
+ RXD0-1B
4J1 LD15 YELLOW IC4A Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
5

8J1 74HC04
1 3 +12 + + Date
16/02/2006 A047/01 A034/03 A002/06 31217
6J1 C7 C17 R25 TXD0-1B
C3 1uF 1uF 3.3K Title
FL2 100n +5 4 3 Approv. G. DALLOLIO ELECTA MASTER BOARD - MBE 1-
TXD0-1B
2

J1 XX DSS306
AMP 8p 90 IC4B Size Document Number Rev
LD16 YELLOW 74HC04 C 88559 03
Date Date: Sheet of
16/02/2006 Thursday, February 16, 2006 2 4
 RX MODEM 3.3K TX MODEM 3.3K
R14 R18

TP20
TP23
TP24
TP19
TP22
TP21
TP18
3 4 +5 1 2 +5
IC13 MAX232E_ IC17B LD8 IC17A LD9 MODEM
L20 74HC14 YELLOW 74HC14 YELLOW
TX BLM21 14 11
3J8 T1OUT T1IN
RTS L23 BLM21 7 10 C52
7J8 T2OUT T2IN
100n
CTS L24 BLM21 13 12 /RD
8J8 R1IN R1OUT +5
RX L19 BLM21 8 9 /HWR

22

44
2J8 R2IN R2OUT
MODEM

DSR L22 BLM21

6J8

VSS

VCC
15 16 43 28
DTR L21 BLM21 GND VCC +5 RI ADS D[0:15]
4J8 6 2 42 2 D8
V- V+ BCD D0 D9
1J8
DCD C44 C42 D1 3
1uF 1uF 4 D10
D2 D11

C2+

C1+
C15

C2-

C1-
RI + + 36 5
9J8 1uF
+ RTS D3
6 D12
1 1 D4 D13
13 7
5J8 SOUT D5 A[0:19]

1
8 D14
2 2 D6 D15
+ + 9
10J8 C43 C46 40
D7
3 3 CTS A0
11J8 1uF 1uF A0 31
11 30 A1
SIN A1 A2
12J8 PP4 PP5 A2 29
IC12 MAX232E_ JAMP 3p JAMP 3p
16
13J8 14 11 37
CS2
15 /CB2
T1OUT T1IN DTR CS1
14
14J8 7 10 41
CS0 +5
T2OUT T2IN DSR
15J8
XX J8 24 R32 R33 2 1
RD1
20 10K 10K /RES
WR1
16J8 AMP 16p 90 13 R1IN R1OUT 12 IC29A
17 BAUD0UT RD2 25 74HC04 +5 +5
8 R2IN R2OUT 9 WR2 21
IC18A
10 RCLK MR 39 74HC109

5
15 16
TP16

GND VCC +5
TP15
TP14

18 6 2

PR
XIN Q J
6 2 35 19

TX PRINTER
V- V+ OUT1 XOUT

5
C38 +5 TP28 4

TX SMART

RX SMART
C40 1uF 38 33
CLK CLK
L18 BLM21 OUT2 INTRPT

C2+

C1+
C14 1uF SW1F SW1E

C2-

C1-
CTS + 7 3

CL
4J7 1uF
+
+ 26
Q K
L17 BLM21 DDIS

8
3J7
TX +5 +5 +5 34 SW_DIP6
USB INTERFACE

NC

1
R59 R39 23 27 SW_DIP6
RX L16 BLM21 + + 10K 10K 12
NC TXRDY
2J7 C39 C41 1
NC
32
+5
NC RXRDY
1uF 1uF LD7 LD10 LD11 R38 TP62
1J7 1 3 +12 10K 3 4
/IRQ5
C4 IC11 MAX232E_ * IC16 IC29B

YELLOW

YELLOW

YELLOW
100n ST16C550CJ44 74HC04
5J7
2

14 T1OUT T1IN 11
6J7 NOT MOUNTED
FL5 7 10
DSS306
T2OUT T2IN SI-SELECT1

13 12 SI-SELECT2
R1IN R1OUT
XX J7
8 R2IN R2OUT 9 2 1A1 1Y1 3
AMP 6p 90 4 1A2 1Y2 5
6 7
15 16 R20 R21 10
1A3 1Y3
9 P60
GND VCC +5 1A4 1Y4
6 V- V+ 2 3.3K 3.3K 12 2A1 2Y1 11
C36 C34 R13 14 2A2 2Y2 13
1uF 1uF 3.3K
C2+

C13 C1+
C2-

C1-
+ + 1 1G
16 +5
1uF
+
15

10
2G

8
5

8 C57 TP34 TP33

+ + IC21 100n
TP82

C35 C37 +5 P61 74HC367

1uF 1uF
PB3
TP77
TP74

R142 R143

11
10K 10K
CTS-P L79 BLM21 IC10 MAX232E_ IC17C IC17D IC17E TXD1
5J19 74HC14 74HC14 74HC14
DSR-P 14 11 /RFSH
4J19 T1OUT T1IN
L76 BLM21
PRINTER

3J19
TX 7 T2OUT T2IN 10 TP31 TP32
RX L73 BLM21
2J19 13 12 A1-SER-BD
R1IN R1OUT PB2
1 3 8 9 2 3
1J19 +5 R2IN R2OUT
4
1A1 1Y1
5 A0-SER-AC
C86 6
1A2 1Y2
7 RXD1

13
1A3 1Y3
100n 15 GND VCC 16 +5 10 1A4 1Y4 9
2

6J19 IC17F
6 V- V+ 2 12 2A1 2Y1 11
FL7 C32 C30 74HC14 14 2A2 2Y2 13
DSS306 1uF 1uF IC24A

1
C2+

C1+

J19 C12 ADG211

C2-

C1-

XX + + 1 1G
16 +5
12

1uF
+
15 2G -12 4 13 +12
AMP 6p 90
RX PRINTER
5

8 C56 5 12 +5 C63
+ + LD12 IC20 100n C64 100n
C31 C33 74HC367 100n

3
1uF 1uF YELLOW
TP29 TXD0-1B

T1
+5 RXD0-1B
78250 R27
3.3K +5

10

11

6
2 1
IC24C IC24D
+5 C26 IC45B* ADG211 ADG211 R64
3

1uF
D4 BAS16 3 TP30 10K
+5 +5
+

8
2 1A1 1Y1 3
9

74HC14 4 5

15

14
1A2 1Y2
+ 6 5 6 1A3 1Y3 7
4

C111 10 1A4 1Y4 9 IC24B

1uF R74 C116 R146 IC29D IC29F
IC46 6N137 390K 100n 390K 74HC04 12 2A1 2Y1 11 ADG211 74HC04
IC49 MAX251 14 2A2 2Y2 13
8

8 1

16
14 1 R149 7 2 1 16 +5 12 13 PROG.SLAVES
R150 390K
ISOGND AC
390K R148 15
1G P62
2G
13 2 4.2K IC48 MAX250 R92
11

V- V+
3.3K 8 C55
TX L84 12 3 6 3 14 1 IC19 100n
3J5 T1OUT T1DIN
5 4
VCC SUTDOWN
74HC367
RX L11 11 4 13 2 IC29E RXD0
2J5 T2OUT T2DIN D2 D1
LD27 74HC04
PC

10 5 12 3 YELLOW TXD0
1J5 R1IN R1LDR R2OUT T1LDR
10

9 6 IC47 6N137 +5 R147 11 4

/IRQ4
4J5 R2IN R2LDR
4.2K
R2DIN T1IN
R37
8 RTRI BYP 7 1 8 10 R1DIN T2IN 5 10K
2 7 LD28
XX J5 9 R1OUT T2LDR 6 YELLOW
AMP 4p 90 8 EN GND 7 +5
+ + 3 6
C112 C11 4 5 R100 Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
10n 10n 3.3K
1 2 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n

C110
1uF
C115
4.7uF IC45A * SWTCHING LOGIC ON EXTERNAL DEVICES Date
16/02/2006 A047/01 A034/03 A002/06 31217
Title
R145 R144 74HC14 +5 Approv. G. DALLOLIO ELECTA MASTER BOARD - MBE 1-
4.2K 4.2K
Size Document Number Rev

RS232 LINK EXTERNAL DEVICES * NOT MOUNTED C 88559 03

Date Date: Sheet of
16/02/2006 Thursday, February 16, 2006 3 4
 +5

LOW SHAFT INTERFACE FL1 DSS306

R23 LD14 YELLOW 1 3

9 8 +5 LS-PHASE B
FL4 DSS306
IC4D 3.3K C2
1 3 74HC04 100n
1J2 +12

2
R26 LD17 YELLOW
C1 5 6 +5 LS-PHASE A +5 +5
100n
IC4C 3.3K

2
74HC04 R3
+5 3.3K R4
10K
+5
4J2 HALL-PRIME
TP7
R2 R1

10
10K

4
10K LD3
2 5 12 9 1 YELLOW L6 BLM21

PR

PR
D Q D Q
1
PB4 3 IC9A
L3 BLM21 3 3 CLK 11 CLK 74HC08 2
3 4 2 HALL-PRIME
2J2 6 8

CL

CL
IC15B Q Q
R19 IC5A
74HC14 22K C22 74HC86

13
47p IC6A IC7B +5 +5
74HC74 74HC74
1J3

CLAMPS ( CLS )
+5 R6
3.3K 2J3
+5
TP11 R5
PUMP DIRECTION 10K TP8 3J3

4
HALL-WASH 4J3
2 5

10

PR
D Q PA1
12 9 3 LD4 5J3

PR
D Q CLK
4 4 YELLOW L7 BLM21
L4 BLM21 6 11 6 6 IC9B 6J3

CL
5 6 5
CLK Q PB6 74HC08 5
3J2 8 HALL-WASH 7J3

CL
IC15C Q

1
R17 IC5B IC7A
74HC14 22K C10 74HC86 74HC74 8J3
TP9

13
47p IC6B +5
74HC74 +5 +5
IC4E
J2 XX YELLOW R22 XX J3
LD13 74HC04 R7
AMP 4p 90 3.3K 3.3K AMP 8p 90
+5 10 11 R8
10K
HALL-EMPTY
PUMP CW/CCW
LD5
9 YELLOW L8 BLM21
PB7 8 IC9C
74HC08 10
HALL-EMPTY

TP78 +5 VREF
+5VI FL8 BNX002 FL9 DSS306
+5 +5
1 3 1 3
1J16
2J16 R11
3.3K
C89 + + R117 R9
2 4 C88 C100 C99 3.3K IC18B 10 + 10K
2

22uF 100n 22uF 100n 74HC109 8 HALL-ARM

11
9 - TP10
6

10 14 IC1C

PR
Q J LM324
LD30 +5-PRES LD6
GREEN 12 12 YELLOW L9 BLM21 1J4
3J16 CLK
12 11 IC9D
PB0

HALL ARM
9 13
+
14 74HC08 13 2J4

CL
4J16 Q K
13 HALL-ARM
-
IC1D 3J4
8J16 LM324

15
TP80 +12
FL11 DSS306 4J4

5J16 1 3 XX J4
AMP 4p 90
POWER BOARD

R119 9 4
6.8K 8 6
C93 + C103 + 10 5
2

C92 C104 IC38B

10uF 100n 10uF 100n +12-PRES IC5C 74HC32
74HC86 9

LD32
TP71
10
8
TP37
VREF
AUX ANALOG INPUT
7J16 GREEN 12 IC38C
11 74HC32
13 12 R36 L28 BLM21
11
IC5D 13
AN1 1J11
GREEN 74HC86 IC38D 100
C90 + C102 + LD31 -12-PRES 74HC32 C45 D1
C91 C101 1n BAS40-04
10uF 100n 10uF 100n
2

R118
VREF
6.8K TP39
1 3 13 12 9 8 5 6
6J16 R40 L29 BLM21
IC4F IC15D IC8C
FL10 74HC04 74HC14 74HC14 AN2 2J11
DSS306 -12 100
TP79 11 10 9 8 C68 D2
J16 XX 1n BAS40-04
IC15E IC8D
AMP 8p 90 11 10 74HC14 74HC14 VREF 4J11
TP83
IC39E 13 12 11 10
74HC04
IC15F IC8E R141 L10 BLM21
74HC14 74HC14 AN4 3J11
VTRAP 1 2 13 12 100
13 12 C109 D3
IC15A IC8F 1n
IC44F BAS40-04
74HC14 74HC14 XX J11
74HCT04
AMP 4p 90

+5

(IC45 NOT MOUNTED)

Drawn G. DALLOLIO SORIN GROUP ITALIA s.r.l.
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 14
_IC44 _IC28 _IC38 _IC32 _IC39 _IC40 _IC15 _IC29 _IC8 _IC9 _IC4 _IC5 _IC14 _IC6 _IC7 _IC18 _IC17 _IC45 C117 Mod. Mod. Mod. Mod. P/n
C114 C73 C94 C82 C105 C106 C50 C74 C25 C108 C20 C21 C49 C23 C24 C54 C53 100n
7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 8 100n 7 100n Date
16/02/2006 A047/01 A034/03 A002/06 31217
Title
_74HCT04 _74HC74 _74HC32 _74HC02 _74HC74 _74HC08 _74HC14 _74HC04 _74HC14 _74HC08 _74HC04 _74HC86 _74HC32 _74HC74 _74HC74 _74HC109 _74HC14 _74HC14 Approv. G. DALLOLIO ELECTA MASTER BOARD - MBE 1-
Size Document Number Rev
C 88559 03
Date Date: Sheet of
16/02/2006 Thursday, February 16, 2006 4 4
 MF Schematics

15.10 (SCH_010) MF Schematics rev00

15.10.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.10.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of MF board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.10-1

 L1
2X6.8mH 4A
N 5 5J2
1J1

C1 R1
LINE 1uF LOAD
250VAC 464K
L 1 1J2
5J1

1J1 1 1 1J2
2 2
3 3
4 4
5J1 5 5 5J2

J1 J2
PHOENIX 5p PHOENIX 5p

Mod.
Drawn S. LOVATTINI

Date 26/11/1999 DIDECO spa

Title
MAIN FILTER - MF-
Approv. P. L. FERRIANI
Size Document Number Rev
A 88527 0
Date 26/11/1999
Date: Wednesday, May 19, 2004 Sheet 1 of 1
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776

 PSE1 & PPSE Schematics

15.11 (SCH_011) PSE1 & PPSE Schematics rev00

15.11.1 Card Applicability Table

The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.11.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of PSE1 & PPSE board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.11-1

 J12
J11
J10
1

J13

1
C39 FL2
TP7 FL4 FL3 C1

1
J1

1
R30

+
1

FL5
TP8 TP3
+
TP14 TP13 IC7
C35
D6
+

R44 R43 R39 RL1

+
C2
J2

C15 C14
Q3 TP2
+

C31
FL1

C16 C11

LD9
LD8
C13
R31 R23

1
C10
LD5
LD4
LD2

R45
R32 D1

R46

+
D3
+
IC9 R19 R16 R13

TP15
D7 D4
TP16 C23 R1
C40
J3

D10
D8 R24 R2
R47
C20
IC4

1
5
IC10 D9
R48
1

C36 D5 R3 C3
F1B

R49
F1A

F1C

R33
C4

C24 TP10
R50
J4

TP9

J14
R34
+
R4

R6

L9 R51
C32
1

C21

R35
IC5

Q6
C26
R7
R5 C6

C33
IC2

P2
J5

FL6

1
C7

JP1

R36
1

C25 F3 F2 F1
+

R25
+
C5

R74
1

TP12

R26 C17
R14 R10

J15
C18
R56 R55 IC8 IC6
J6

LD1
C34 Q4 D2
R8
1

1
R65 R9
L1
IC11

Q9
Q7

L2
J7

J16

L3
R66 R58 C37
R59 DISS1 IC3 Q1 L4
L5
5
1

R69

L6
C27

R71

R67 R60 IC12 TP4

R27 C22 C19 L7
+
R17 IC1 TP1 R11
J8

LD10
LD11

+ C28 R28 R20 R18

C30

R68
1
5

R61 C8
C29 Q2
+
5
1

R62 C38 C12

R70 R29
P1

Date
Date

L10 R63 R40 R37 R21

Drawn

Approv.
J17

Q8 R41 R38 R12 L8

J9

R15
Q5 TP11
+

R42 R22 TP6 TP5

R64
LD7 F4D F4 LD6 LD3
5
1

C9

PSE1 REV 0
05/03/2001
05/03/2001
S. LOVATTINI

DIDECO
S. ROMAGNOLI
Title

A4
Mod.

Size

Date:
Document Number

Monday, December 18, 2000

88546/L
DIDECO spa

Sheet
POWER SUPPLY ELECTA - PSE1 -

1
of
1
0
Rev
 ABE LO
SBE SUPPL

MBE SUPPL
+30 1J13 +5 1J17 +5 1J8 +5 1J14

ABE POWER
FL2 +30 TP2 +5 2J13 2J17 2J8 2J14

SUPPLY
BNX002
F1 + + 3J13 +12 5J17 +12 5J8 +12 5J14
1 3
1J10 R8 C39 C40 4J13
10AT + 3.3K 10uF 10uF
-12 6J17 -12 6J8 -12 6J14
C10 C11 R13 +5 +12 C12 R9 XX J13 L10 BLM21 L8 BLM21 L9 BLM21
10uF 100n 27K R6 100n 10K PHOENIX 4p
2 4 12K 7J17 7J8 7J14
5J10 +30<7V
LD2 R7 +5 R70 3J17 R12 3J8 R51 3J14
6J10 4J17 4J8 4J14

8
3.9K LD1 100 100 100
GREEN 3 RED 8J17 8J8 8J14
+
1 C37
POWER SUPPLY

+30V-PRES 2 - 100n XX J17 XX J8 XX J14

+12 IC1A AMP 8p AMP 8p AMP 8p
3J10 LM393

4
F2 R5 R4 IC11B IC8B
2.2K

8
FL4 TP8 1K C6 OP295 OP295
4J10 DSS306 100n 3 + 5 + 5 +
R19 5AT 1 7 7
1 3 R10 2 - 6 - 6 -
2J10 0.22 3W IC11A
6.8K LD5 OP295 XX J9

4
+ Q1 TP4 AMP 8p
2

C16 GREEN R14 +5

J10 XX C15 100n 0.22 3W IRF9Z34
10uF +12V-PRES 6J9
PHOENIX 6p 90
R15
+5 1J9
R20 R29 3.3K C9 +

DBE SUPPLY
+ LD4 C19 10K R21 82K + 2J9
C13 2.2n 5K C29 R11 VTRAP 10uF
3J9
2

C14 100n GREEN C30 100n R17 10K +12<10V

10uF 10uF 10K
1 3 -12V-PRES LD3 +5 4J9
Q2 RED +12
R16 6.8K BC857 5 5J9
+
FL3 TP12 7 C8 +
DSS306 TP3 -12 6 R44 7J9
-
IC1B 3.3K 10uF
LM393 R46 8J9
R18 10K
+5IN FL5 TP6 +5 1.2K +12V-EN
DSS306
F3 R22 R74 +5 LD9
1 3 YELLOW XX J7
1K AMP 8p
3.3K LD6 TP16 +12 +12
5AT
+ R24 /+12VE L5 BLM21
2

C18 GREEN 5K 12
C17 100n 4 11 IC9D 2J7
10uF +5V-PRES Q6 6 IC10B 74HC00 13
BC847 74HC08 5 TP1 /+30<7 L3 BLM21 D2 4J6
D9 D8 D7 Q4 1N4007
BAS16 BAS16 BAS16 3J7 IRLZ24
+5 R48 100 3J6

CONTROL SIGNALS
10K IC2 R26
MAINS FAIL

TP5 /+12<10 L7 BLM21 TOVER 5

R32 3 XX J6
10K 4J7 1
HYST
AMP 2p
GND
TP13 2 GND VCC 4 +5 R25
R39 10K
4 5K TP11 /+30FAIL L2 BLM21 MAX6502
IC9B 6 C25
5 74HC00 VTRAP 5J7 100n
1J12
R31 TP9 IR2 L1 BLM21
5K C31
2J12 +5 +5 7J7
100n

MBE
IR1 L4 BLM21
+12 1J1
J12 XX R47 +
R45 6J7 C1 2J1
AMP 2p 90 5K R43 3.3K
10K 10uF
INHIBIT + POWER GOOD

1
IC9A 3 XX J1
2 74HC00 8J7 AMP 3.96 2p
+30V-EN
2 TP14
3 IC10A 10 LD8
74HC08 1 8 IC9C YELLOW /+30E L6 BLM21
D10 74HC00 9 +12
BAS16 1J7 1J4
C4 + C3
+12 C26 100n 2J4
3J11
INHC1 100n 1uF
+5 C20 XX J4
4J11 100n AMP 2p
3J15

PPSE

BC LIGHT
8

INHC2 3 2J15
5J11 +
1 R72 R73 +12 1J5
6J11
+5 C23 2 +5 100 100

FAN
100n
-
IC5A +5 +5 4J15 C7 + C5
LM393 100n 2J5
1J15
4

1J11
MGC1 TP15 C24 +12 P3 P4 1uF
100n JP1 R68 500 500 XX J5
RL1 D5 R33 R34 XX J15 AMP 2p
2J11
MGC2 G6H-2 D6 BAS16 R36 10K 10K JAMP 3p 3.3K
BAS16 R49 3K TP10 IR2_2 1 R67 AMP 4p
8

10K + 5 10K * NOT MOUNTED

7J11 + 3 7 BC-IR-DRIVE1 FL6
Q3 1 - 6 2 * R3
8J11 BCW66 2 LD11 DSS306
D3 D4
-
IC4B 3 YELLOW 3 1
+30 1J3

BOWL LIGHT
+12
BAS16 BAS16 IC4A LM385M LM393 13 12 Q7 R2 100
4

R23 LM393 C32 R35 2N2222

J11 XX 10K IC6 100n 10K R59
+12 2J3

2
IC12F 5K R58 * R1
AMP 8p 90 P2 +5 74HC14 10K +5 3J3
10K
C21 4J3
470n R50 C33 R61
100n XX J3
+5 3.3K 3.3K AMP 4p
R60
10K +5IN
R41 BC-IR-DRIVE2
10K
LD10 F4 3J2

PRINTER
IR2_1 YELLOW R66 1 3
R37 11 10 Q9 4J2
5K +5 10 2N2222 5AT +
1J2

2
1 2 3 4 Q5 IC10C 8 IC12E 5K C2

2
BC847 9 74HC08 74HC14 R65 TP7
IC12A IC12B 10K 10uF 2J2
74HC14 74HC14 +5
R38 R42 13 C34
+30 10K 3.3K IC10D 11 100n IC3 LM317 FL1
12 74HC08 DSS306 XX J2
+5 AMP 3.96 4p
+30 1J16

7
R64 VI VO D1A
+30V-FAIL
8

R30 10K A R27 SM8LC05

1K R40 3 C22 120 2J16
+
10K LD7 1 100n +
IC7 RED 2 C27 3J16
-
IC8A 1uF
TLP181 R62 R28 4J16
4

5K OP295
1 6 5 6 9 8 Q8 820 C28 31215 Mod.
BC847 +5 100n XX J16 Drawn
S. GRILLI A004/03
IC12C IC12D AMP 4p
3 4 74HC14 74HC14 R69 R71
R63
220
220 DIDECO spa
10K 14 14 14 Date
28/04/2004
_IC12 _IC9 _IC10 5 + P1
C38 C35 C36 7 500 Title
7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 6 - Approv.
S. ROMAGNOLI POWER SUPPLY ELECTA - PSE1
IC5B
LM393 Size Document Number Rev
_74HC14 _74HC00 _74HC08
Date
C 88546 1
28/04/2004 Date: Wednesday, April 28, 2004 Sheet 1 of 1
P4 P3
500 BOWL 500
HIGH BOWL
LOW
R73 R72
100 100

AR55 AR56

1 1
2 2
STRIP 2p STRIP 2p

Mod.
Drawn G. DALLOLIO

Date 30/03/2001 DIDECO spa

Title

Approv.
ELECTA PPSE CIRCUIT
S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A 88562 0
Date 30/03/2001
Date: Friday, March 30, 2001 Sheet 1 of 1
 E l e c t a C o n c e p t 6 . 0 5 S e r v i c e Ma n u a l

This page is left intentionally blank

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776

 SBE Schematics

15.12 (SCH_012) SBE Schematics rev00

15.12.1 Card Applicability Table
The following table shows the applicability of present card

Electa Concept 6.05 YES

Electa Essential
YES
Concept 6.05

15.12.2 About this card

Present card contains the layout and electrical schematics of SBE board.

IFST – Electa Concept Service Manual cod. 60776 15.12-1

 J5
J1

J2

J3

J4

J6

J7

J8

J9
Q1
R1

C3 C4
+ +

D1

1
TP1 D3 Q2 FL1 C33
R2 C2

1
IC1

+
P1 C1 L8 C19 L11 L12 P2 P3

D5
D2 TP2

1
R3 L1 L2 R9 L4 L6 L7 L10 D4 Q5 L13 C49

C32
R4 L3 R7 C6 C8 R12 C9 R19 C20 Q6 L14 L15 R54 C50
R10 L9 IC4

R37
R5 R8 C7 L5 Q4 R18 RL1 R38 R41 C45 L17
P4 R11 LD1 R53 L16 R57
R6 Q3 C18 R24 C31 R39 R42 R43 R52 R79
C5

C16 C10
R17 C21 R36 C34 R40 C38 C40 R55
P5

R13
TP3 C48 R77 R78 R80
C27 C30 C35 C36 C39 R51 C43

R14

C15
C42 R56 C46
IC2

IC3 R23 C17 C44

C37 R62 C47 R76 C51 C52 LD2
R32 R35 C41 IC16 IC17

R15

R16
C11 C12 C13 C14 Q7 R61 D7 C80

C26 R20

IC9
R50

IC7
R22

IC8
C25 R33 C29 R59 R75 R86 R111 R112

IC18
IC14 C54

R25
R21 R31 R34 D6 IC12 IC13 P9 R87 R113
TP4 R30 R49 C53 R81
C28 TP6 TP8
IC5

IC6

R58 R60 R73 C66 R74 C77 R85 R114

C82
R29

IC10

IC11

IC15
P7 R48 TP7 C78 R110 C79 C81
C24 C65 R71 R83 C76 R109 P12
C22 C23 R84 IC25

C64
R28 R47 Q8 C63 R72

C58

C87
P11

IC26
C55

R26 LD3 C62

IC24
C72 C73 C74 C75 R115

R68

R88
P6 IC20 R65
R45

TP5 R46 R64 R82

D10

R108
R69
R27 R44 C57 D9 R67 R70 C83 R117 R118 C91 R121
TP10

C71
C61 P10 C84 C85 C86

+
C69 C70
IC19

IC23

TP14
TP15
P8 C88

C68
R66 IC21 IC22 IC29 R106 TP16 R116 R120 R122 R123
R63

D8

R107
TP13 C89 C90

TP12
R94 R119
TP9

C56 C59 C60 D13 TP20

D11

D12
P14 C107

R99
R89 R91 R98

+
C67 R100 R102
P13

C102
C93 R105

R126
R93

IC33
TP18

TP19
C92

R103

+
R90 R92 TP11

R104
IC27

C101
R125
R97

TP17 C98 R127 R146

R101 R124 C96 C97 IC30 IC31 TP21 IC32 P15 P16 C106 FL2 C108
IC28 D14 C100
C94 R96 LD4 C95 C104 R145 R147 C105 FL4 FL3
C99 C103 TP22 IC37 C117

+
R95 R128 LD6 R134 R139 L18 R144 TP23 C110

C111
1
IC34 LD5 R131 IC35 R140 L19 LD7

+
IC36
R143 L21 J13 R152 R153 TP24 C116 C119
R138
R129

R133

J12 M R149 L22 C109 IC38 TP27

+
F TP25 TP26

C118
R130
R136

R151 L23 SW2

R142

L20 1 1 2

+
R155 L24 R158 SW1 C122 J10
R132 R137 R148 R161 C115 C123
R156 L26 C114 R160 C121 IC46
C113 R150 IC45 FL5

+
R157 L27 C120 R168 IC43 IC44

C125
C112 R135 R141 R154 1

C124
R159 L28 IC42 LD8 R176
L25
R162 L29 SW3

L34

L35
R175 C130
IC39

IC40

IC41

R167 L31

TP28

TP29

C139
SBE REV 1 DIDECO

C138
R170 L33 C129
R179 R185 C132 +
R166 C133

+
R172 L37 C131 J11
C126 C127 L30 C141

+
R184 R189 R190 C134 C136 C137

C140
R164 R165 R174 L39 IC47 IC48
L32 R169

C135
R197
R163 C128 R178 L41 R188 D15
+ 1
L36 R171
R181 L43

L48

L49
L38 R173

IC49
R193 R196

R199

R200
R183 L45
L40 R177 Y1
R187 L47 R195 R198 R201 LD9
L42 R180 +

+
R191 L50 C144 C152
L44 R182 LD10 R202 LD11 C150 Q9 C154 C153 J14
R192 L51 IC53

+
L46 C142 C143 IC52 TP30 Q10

C151
R194 L52 R214 DZ1
R186 R206 R210
R203 L53 R216
TP31

C149
R204 L54 R209 C148
R213 C156 Q12 R217
R205 L55 R211 R212
IC50 IC51
+
R207 L56 R215 TP33
C145 C146 R208 L57 C147 C155 D16 TP32 R218 FL6 C157
JP1 Q11

Mod.
Drawn S. LOVATTINI 77/00

DIDECO spa
Date 30/05/2000
Title
SENSOR BOARD ELECTA - SBE -
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Size Document Number Rev
A4 88528/L 1
Date 30/05/2000 Date: Monday, May 29, 2000 Sheet 1 of 1
 /RESET +5
A[0:19]

R168 100K
VTRAP R150 R160
10K 10K

+5 +5
C120 +5
A22
100n AN7 85 P7-7 A23 97
PA6
LD7 AN6 84 P7-6 A22 98
A20
R215 RED WD AN5 83 P7-5 A21 99
82 100
10K R99 AN4 81
P7-4 A20
56 L57 A19
10K AN3 80
P7-3 A19
55 L30 A18
AN2 79
P7-2 A18
54 L32 A17
AN1 78
P7-1 A17
53 L46 A16
AN0 P7-0 A16
52 L36 A15
A15
IC36 MAX691 A14 51 L38 A14
D16 /IRQ5 17 P9-5 A13 50 L44 A13
+12 TP32 /IRQ4 16 P9-4 A12 49 L42 A12
BAS16 12 CEOUT RESET 15 R144 RXD1 15 P9-3 / RXD1 A11 48 L40 A11
C151 + C156 BSP171 1M SW2C R152 RXD0 14 P9-2 / RXD0 A10 47 L56 A10
1uF 10n 13 CE IN PFO 10 6 3 3.3K TXD1 13 P9-1 / TXD1 A9 46 L55 A9
TXD0 12 P9-0 / TXD0 A8 45 L54 A8
7 OSC IN PFI 9 A7 43 L53 A7
R218 Q11 SW2B A6 42 L52 A6
8 OSC SEL WDI 11 2 7
PB7 9 PB7 A5 41 L51 A5

PROGRAM + RESET + STAND-BY 12K +5

6 LOW L. WDO 14
PB6
PB5
8
7
PB6
PB5
A4
A3
40
39
L50
L47
A4
A3
+5 Q12 PB4 6 PB4 A2 38 L45 A2
BC847 5 BAT ON PB3 5 PB3 A1 37 L43 A1
D15 VBAT 1 2 1 TP11 PB2 4 PB2 A0 36 L41 A0
2 16 3 IC42
R198 BAS16
+5 V OUT RESET
IC20A PB1 2
PB1
74HC14 PB0 PB0
34 L39 D15
10K H8-3048F

GND
D15

VCC
D14 33 L37 D14
+5 PA3 96 PA3 D13 32 L33 D13
R217 PA2 95 PA2 D12 31 L31 D12

3
10K Q9 R163 PA1 94 PA1 D11 30 L29 D11
R216 BSP171 +5 R164 PA0 93 PA0 D10 29 L28 D10
EN-Vpp R165 D9 28 L27 D9

4
12K C109 10K D8 27 L26 D8
2 5 1 2 100n /CS0 91 26 L24 D7

PR
D Q P8-4 / CS0 D7
2
R214 10K R188 /CS1 90 P8-3 / IRQ3 D6 25 L23 D6
IC44A 1 3 CLK IC48A Q10 10K /CS2 89 P8-2 / IRQ2 D5 24 L22 D5
3 74HC02 74HC04 /CS3 88 P8-1 / IRQ1 D4 23 L21 D4
6 BC847 87 21 L18 D3
CL
Q /RFSH P8-0 / IRQ0 D3
R197 TP30
POWER FAIL D2 20 L19 D2
4

10K NMI 64 NMI D1 19 L25 D1

1

C135 IC47A TP33 L20 D0

1n IC48B 74HC74 +5 + NMI + WD /RES 63 RES
D0 18

9
74HC04 +5
VPP 10 VPP / RESO LWR 72
/LWR
IC48D R179
HWR 71
/HWR
3

R193 70
74HC04 10K R196 RD
69
/RD
5 R184 1
AS /AS
10 6 R189 IC43A 3
/STBY

8
8 4 2 74HC08 MD0 P6-2 60
P62
9 IC43B MD1 P6-1 59
P61
74HC08 TP28 MD2 P6-0 58
P60
R176
470K C130 IC43C 5 6 62 STBY
68n 74HC08 73 MD0 CLK 61
CLK
74 MD1

EXTAL
IC48C TP29

AVCC
75

VREF

AVSS

XTAL
MD2

VCC
VCC
VCC

VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
74HC04
A22 R175 RESET
A20 3.3K LD8

68
35
1

77

76

86

67

66

92
65
57
44
22
11
LD9 YELLOW R200
+5 RED
5 +5

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
+5

9
IC44B 4 R202 STD-BY LD11
6 74HC02 +5 PRG 3.3K YELLOW
MD 3.3K
R190 SW3 C114 VREF
470K C134 SW DIP8 IC52C 100n C129
68n RUN R206 74HCT04 100n
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
R195 3.3K
10K 6 5

LD10
YELLOW
+5 D[0:15]
+5 C149 6
10

C
330n
9 12
PR

R213 Q D
7 R/C CLK 11

390K 9 5 8 IC47B +5
CL

A Q Q
10 B 74HC74 R210 R199 51K A[0:19]
11 12 D0 R148
CLR Q
13

15K 15K D1 R154 +5

+5 D2 R140 51K
+5
IC53B 74HC123A D3 R139 A0 R178
C155 D4 R143 A1 R181
100n D5 R149 A2 R183
11

D6 R151 A3 R187
IC43D D7 R155 A4 R191
D8 R156 A5 R192
74HC08 8 16 +5 D9 R157 A6 R194
C 14
C148
D10
D11
R159
R162
A7
A8
R203
R204 CLOCK Y1
100n R212 D12 R167 A9 R205 CRYSTAL 16Mhz
22K D13 R170 A10 R207
13

12

15 D14 R172 A11 R177

R/C D15 R174 A12 R180 C143 C142
13 1 A13 R182 15p 15p
Q A A14
R185
B 2 R173
10K 4 3 A15 R171
Q CLR
J12
PLUG 60p EMULATOR INTERFACE J13
SOCKET 60p
A16
A17
R186
R169 JP1
IC53A 74HC123A 1 2 1 2
A18 R166
D0 D3 A19 R208
SW1
3 4 D2 PA0 3 4
RESET /IRQ4 5 6 D4 PA3 5 6
D1 TXD1 7 8 D5 PA6 7 8 PB7
9 10 D6 A22 9 10 PB4 R211 IC52A
/IRQ5 11 12 D7 A20 11 12 PB1 330 74HCT04
RXD1 13 14 D8 PB7 13 14 PB0
RXD0 15 16 D9 PA2 15 16 PB2 TP31
+5 TXD0 17 18 D10 PA1 17 18 PB3
VPP 19 20 D11 /CS0 19 20 PB5 4 3 2 1
21 22 D12 /CS1 21 22 PB6
23 24 D13 /CS2 23 24
R158
25 26 D14 /CS3 25 26
IC52B
10K
27 28 D15 /RFSH 27 28
74HCT04
29 30 29 30 NMI
31 32 A0 +5 31 32 /RD R209 1M
1 8
33 34 A1 33 34 /HWR
/STBY 35 36 A2 35 36 MD0
SW2A CLK 37 38 A3 37 38 MD1
SW_DIP4 P61 39 40 A4 AN7 39 40 VREF
A18 P60 41 42 A5 AN6 41 42 MD2
A17 43 44 A6 AN5 43 44 /LWR
A15 45 46 A7 AN3 45 46 /AS Mod.
47 48 AN2 47 48 /RES
A14
A11 49 50
A8
A9 AN0 49 50
Drawn S. GRILLI 632/99 77/00 A001/01 A014/03
A12 51 52 A10 VREF 51 52
53 54 53 54
A13
55 56 AN1 55 56 DIDECO spa
A16
57 58
A19
AN4 57 58
Date 25/08/03
59 60 59 60 Title
P62 Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI ELECTA SENSOR BOARD -SBE- PAGE 1
Size Document Number Rev
C 88528 4
Date 25/08/03 Date: Thursday, May 06, 2004 Sheet 1 of 4
 +12A
C35 100n
+12A C92 VREF
100n
+12A HCT SENSOR IC22A

8
50K P14 AD822 R103 R124 TP17

8
TP22 IC32B +1.2V -1.2V 3 +
100n +12A 1 3 + 1K 100
74HC125 C95 2 1
C53
-
IC8A 2 AN5
-
PA2 5 6 AD822 HCT-READ1

4
R101 IC28 +12A +12A

4
100K 10K AD633 C71 100n C69 D14 C96
HCT/HGB-PWM R51 100n 100n BAS40-04 1n

4
1 X1+ VDD 8 R50

8
P5 R43 C34 IC23A C93

8
10K 2 X2- W 7 3 + 470 -12A
100n 10K AD822 TP13 100n
-12A

8
1 Q2 3 +
C40 R98 3 Y1+ Z 6 2 - 1 3 +
12p 1K R97 IC9A BCW66 R37 10K 2 - 1
4 Y2- VSS 5 2K LF353 2 - +12A C64 VREF

4
+5 IC21A 100n

4
C59 C38 AD822

4
100n
C60 R93 1J5 C20 470p C70 100n R106 R126 TP21

8
1K TP9 18K D3
R94 8 100n 10K 100n D1 L11 C36 R39 3 1K 100
3 R63 -12A BAS16 BLM21 R49 82p 1M -12A C65 10K
+
1
AN6 +
1 -12A BAS40-04 100K 100n -12A R105 2 AN1
- IC13A
2 - AD822 HCT-READ2
HCT-LED1300-PULSE IC19A C57

15

14
2J5

4
OP295 100n IC29A D11 C101
4

R41 + 5 R70 ADG211 BAS40-04 1n

TP1 PTH 68 5J5 7 P10 3
10K

3
- 6 50K 1
C39
AD822 R125 2 R58 -12A
100n
GM7 IC8B 10K 10K

16
50K P13 IC14B
IC32C +1.2V -1.2V ADG211
100n +12A 6J5 C31 IC14A 6

1
74HC125 C94 82p R40 ADG211 8
3J5 7J5 1M 7
9 8 Q5 IC29D IC15A
R92 IC27 5 + BCW66 8J5 ADG211 2 ADG211
100K 10K AD633 7 1
R59 6 - LED 803 3
10

1 X1+ VDD 8 R42

P9 IC9B 470 4J5
10K 2 X2- W 7 LF353 IC23B
AD822 TP12 R82 330K
C41 R91 3 Y1+ Z 6 5 +
12p 1K R90 7 5 + 7
4 Y2- VSS 5 2K D4 6 - 7 8
D2 6 - 6
BAS16 R69 IC22B IC15D

6
100n BAS40-04 XX AD822 47K ADG211
1K R89 10K R102
R64 10K TP5 C56 18K J5
AN7 5 + R44 AMP 8p 90 19 Q1 D1 2 D8
7 R38 R68 IC29C R60 150K 18 Q2 D2 3 D9
6 - -12A TP2 PTH P8 ADG211 IC14D 17 Q3 D3 4 D10

8
HCT-LED805-PULSE IC19B C55 68 10K 50K R104 11 ADG211 16 Q4 D4 5 D11
OP295 100n 10K 9 15 Q5 D5 6 D12
TP16 10 IC15C 14 7 D13

10

11
Q6 D6
10 ADG211 13 Q7 D7 8 D14
9 12 9 D15
Q8 D8
11
14 +5 20 C 11
16 OC 1
IC14C 15 C100

9
IC30 74HC573 TP14 ADG211 IC29B R71 39K 100n 10 IC31
ADG211 74HC573
19 2 D8 15
Q1 D1 D9
18 Q2 D2 3 16
17 4 D10 14
Q3 D3 D11
16 Q4 D4 5
15 6 D12
Q5 D5 D13
14 Q6 D6 7
13 8 D14 R72 IC15B
Q7 D7 D15
12 Q8 D8 9 10K ADG211

+5 20 C 11
OC 1
C99 D[8:15]
100n 10

W1

W2
C54 330p

D[8:15] R61
D[8:15] R73 1M
HGB SENSOR 6
-
100K 7
5
+
IC16B C42
330p
AD822

R1 R83 220K
15
+12 C75 R55
IC32A 47pF
+12A + + 1M
74HC125 C4 C3
22uF 22uF +12A VREF
2 3
C84
R107 100n
+12A
8

100K R52 C66

1

3 + 470 100n

8
1 Q6 C43

8
P15 2 - BCW66 L12 3
+ 100n R62 R74 100 TP7
10K IC24A BLM21 1 3
+ 1K
C83 LF353 3J6 2
- 1
1J6 AN4
4

TP15 10p IC16A 2

D5 - IC4A
AD822

4
AD822 HGB-READ

4
C76 BAS16 LG5411R SFH216 D7 C1M
100n TP6 1n CER.
-12A BAS40-04
4J6 C44 -12A C32
2J6 100n
100n
R53 7J6
PTH 5J6 P2
27 8J6 -12A 50K
6J6 R56
10K

Mod.
XX Drawn S. GRILLI 632/99 77/00 A001/01 A014/03
J6
AMP 8p 90 DIDECO spa
Date 25/08/03
Title
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI ELECTA SENSOR BOARD -SBE- PAGE 2
Size Document Number Rev
C 88528 4
Date 25/08/03 Date: Thursday, May 06, 2004 Sheet 2 of 4
BUFFYCOAT INTERFACE BLOOD LOSS INTERFACE
IC1A IC1B SS1 8 9
74HC14 74HC14
L3 BLM21 BC-SYNCH IC20D
2J2 2 1 4 3 74HC14
PB0
L1 BLM21 BC-PWM +5
6 5 8 9
3J2 PA6 +5 +5
IC1C
74HC14 IC1D R32 C58 +5
1J2 +5 74HC14 C17 100K C26 100n +5
1uF R31 BC847 33n R29
C7 +12A 5 + 1K Q7 100K
100n VREF 7 R23

8
6 100K R20 100K R25 C8
C13 TP10
-
IC11B 3 5.1K R10 100n 1J4
+

8
L2 BLM21 100n R28 R66 OP295 1 5 + 3.3K
4J2 3 + 1K 100 BC-READ 2 - 7 C27
1
AN2 C16 IC10A 6 - 100n
2 - C10 R17 +5 47n OP295 IC10B

4
7J2 IC3A C61 +5 100n 100K OP295 BL-LOSS-LED
OP213 100n C62

4
8J2 R7 R8 D8 R33 100n R47 R30 10K +5 LD1
330 10K BAS40-04 100K 10K R13 YELLOW R12

8
5.1K 3.3K L6 BLM21
5J2 P7 3
-12A C14 10K
+
1 R22 2J4
6J2 J2 100n P4 R34 2 - 5.1K
XX 10K IC11A Q4
AMP 8p 90 C28 OP295 BC847

4
100n 22K R11
R16 C15 10K
1K 100n

2J1 L7 BLM21
R2 5.1K 6J4
1J1 R27
C1 1n +12A 5J4
R18 C9 L10 BLM21
XX J1 +12A 7.5K 100K 100n
IC5A +5
AMP 2p 90 +12A P6 OP213 C22 +5
IC6 4J4

8
IC2A 1K 100n +5
1 1 8 8
TP3 OP213 C11 R26 3 + L8 BLM21
8 IC12

5
6
100n R3 5 + 10K 1
2 7 3 10K 7 2 IC7 +5 TLC555 R65 D6 RL1 XX J4
2 7 + -
R6 1 6 - +5 TLC555 R24 15K BAS16
C24 3 3 6 6 2 - IC2B C23 1K V23026 AMP 8p 90

4
100n OP213 100n 4 RST OUT 3

8
1

10
4 4 5 5 18K C12 4 RST OUT 3 R67 L9 BLM21
4

100n 7
-12A 7 1uF 5
DIS
R35 3J4
AD586 DIS CONT
R5 5 CONT C19 THR 6 750K 5.1K
43K -12A
THR 6 R36 C29 Q8
R21 C21 680K 10n 8 2 BCW66

GND
51K R45 10n 8 2
VDD TR 7J4

GND
VDD TR
R4 TP4 10K R19
680K 100K + D10 R48
BAS16 8J4

1
P1 C63 C68 D9 10K

1
10K C30 C18 100n 10uF BAS16
TEMPERATURE INTERFACE 100n 2.2n
C25
PUMP-READ 470n

FL1 DSS306
1 3 +12A
1J8 VREF
Q1
C33 +12A +12 L5
100n
BAR CODE INTERFACE BSP171 BLM21
2

IC18A C79 TP8

OP213 100n TP18 1J3
8

L16 BLM21 R57 IC18B IC26A C91 R9 C6

3 OP213 R87 OP213 100n C2 + 12K 100n
2J8 +
8

1 5 + 10K 10uF
R54 C49 10K 2 7 3 R123
470n
-
6
+
1 3J3
-
L15 BLM21 100K R78 R111 1M 2 - BC847
4

3J8 R86 C87 1K BRCD-DRIVE R15 Q3

4J3
470n R114 PB4
+5
4

10K
4J8 C80 R76 100K 5.1K
R77 22n 100K 15K P1210K R14
1M R113 10K R100
C52 C48100n 6.8K 10K
22n C51
J8 -12A 100n L4
XX C81 BRCD-READ BLM21
AMP 4p 90 -12A 100n PB2 4 3
R119 R118 2J3
+1.2V -1.2V IC20B
74HC14 J3
LOAD CELL INTERFACE 1K P111K 1K
LC-READ AMP 4p 90
XX

+1.2V

RED PRESSURE INTERFACE OP213

IC25B
VREF

P16 +12
R88 + 5 1K
7 MUXED WB-READ R79 L17
6 BLM21
IC17B 10K
-
BAS40-04 R146 AN-IN-1 6 5
L14 BLM21 OP213 VREF SS2 2J9
5 R108 +12A C86 C85 -1.2V AN3 IC20C
2J7 +
7 100n 100n 100 74HC14 15K
6 +5 C105 R80 1J9
-
10K 100n 10K
R84 R116 TP19 D13 C50
IC25A 1K 100n 3J9
4J7
8

OP213 IC26B IC33 R147

10K 3 R109 OP213 1K ADG509A 10K
+ 4J
C45 1 5 + R120 R145 MUX-0
470n +12A 2 7 4 8 10K
-
1K 6 5
S1A DA P62
- S2A
C77 R85 6 S3A A0 1 MUX-1
4

100n 7 16
S4A A1 PA1
P3
1K IC17A 10K R122 39K
C90
100n R117
EN 2
+5 WASTE BAG INTERFACE
8

L13 BLM21 OP213 2K 13 S1B DB 9 J9

3J7 3 + R81 C82 R121 12 S2B
VREF XX
1 100n 10K 11 14 +12 MUXED AMP 4p 90 3.96
GND

S3B VDD
2 C78 10 3
-
10K -12A 100n
S4B VSS
-12 R127 AN-IN-0
J7 R75 R115
AN0
4

15

XX 1K C88 C89
AMP 8p 90 100n 100n 100
10K C104 Mod.
R110 D12 100n Drawn S. GRILLI 632/99 77/00 A001/01 A014/03
1K BAS40-04
1J7 VREF
C46 DIDECO spa
C47 -12A 100n Date 25/08/03
100n
ANALOG SIGNAL MULTIPLEXING Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI
Title
ELECTA SENSOR BOARD -SBE- PAGE 3
Size Document Number Rev
C 88528 4
Date 25/08/03 Date: Thursday, May 06, 2004 Sheet 3 of 4
 EXTERNAL RAM +5

J10
XX +5
/LWR AMP 8p 90 VREF
R128 FL2 TP20
/HWR 3.3K R133
10K OVER VOLTAGE FL3 BNX002 DSS306
R46 3.3K
/RD LD6 1J10 1 3 1 3
RED
/CS1 2J10 + + C106 LD3
+/-12 OVERV R142 C107 C108 C102 100n

2
7 MS VREF 1 R138 R134 22uF 100n 22uF GREEN
10K 120K 8.2K 3J10 2 4
10 11 6 2 +5-PRES
A[0:19] OUT1 IN1 -12A
4J10

5
IC50 431000A IC51 431000A 5 OUT2 IN2 3 +12A
IC20E 8J10 GREEN
A17 2 22 A17 2 22 74HC14 4 8 R137 R136
A16 31
A16 CE1 A16 31
A16 CE1 GND VCC +5 R141 100K 8.2K R96 10K LD4 +12-PRES
A15 A15 A15 A15
3 24 3 24 10K 7J10
A14 28
A14 OE A14 28
A14 OE
IC35 C113 VTRAP
A13 A13 A13 A13
4 A12 WE 29 4 A12 WE 29 +5 MC34161 100n
A12 25 A12 25 FL4 TP23
A11 A11 A11 A11
23 A10 CE2 30 +5 23 A10 CE2 30 +5
+12 DSS306 +12A R153 +1.2V TP24
A10 26 A10 26 1K
A9 A9 A9 A9
27 27 1 3
A8 A8 5J10
A8
A7
5
6
A7
A6
I/O8
I/O7
21
20
D15
D14
A8
A7
5
6
A7
A6
I/O8
I/O7
21
20
D7
D6
R131
3.3K UNDER VOLTAGE + +
A6 7 19 D13 A6 7 19 D5 TP27 C117 C119 C111 C116 IC37 C110
A5 I/O6 A5 I/O6

2
A5 8 A4 I/O5 18 D12 A5 8 A4 I/O5 18 D4 LD5 R95 10uF 100n 10uF 100n LM385M 100n
A4 9 A3 I/O4 17 D11 A4 9 A3 I/O4 17 D3 RED 10K
A3 10 15 D10 A3 10 15 D2
A2 A2 I/O3 D9 A2 A2 I/O3 D1
11 A1 I/O2 14 11 A1 I/O2 14 +/-12 UNDERV R132 + +

2
A1 12 13 D8 A1 12 13 D0 7 1 10K R130 C122 C123 C118 C121 IC38 C115
A0 I/O1 A0 I/O1 MS VREF
68K 10uF 100n 10uF 100n LM385M 100n
32 16 32 16 12 13 6 2 1 3
+5 VCC GND +5 VCC GND OUT1 IN1 +12A 6J10
5 OUT2 IN2 3 -12A 1K
C145 C146 IC20F -12 FL5 -12A R161 -1.2V TP25
100n 100n 74HC14 4 GND VCC 8 +5 R129 DSS306
91K
LD2
IC34 C112 R135 GREEN
D[0:7] MC34161 100n 10K
LOGIC SUPPLY + VREF GENERATOR TP26
10K
-12-PRES R112

D[8:15] +12A
IC41
74HC541 +12

2 18 D8
SS1 3
A1 Y1
17 D9 +5 C72 +5 C37 +5 C97 +5 C133
SS2 4
A2 Y2
16 D10 100n 100n 100n 100n
A3 Y3 D11
5 A4 Y4 15 13 13 13 13
6 14 D12 _IC14 5 _IC15 5 _IC29 5 _IC45 5
A5 Y5 D13
7 A6 Y6 13 12 12 12 12
8 12 D14 4 4 4 4
A7 Y7 D15
9 A8 Y8 11 _ADG211
C73 C74 C98 C136
/RD 1 2 1 1 G1 20 +5 100n 100n 100n 100n
IC39A 3 11 10 19 G2
IC40A 2 74HC08 C128
74HC04 IC40E 10 100n _ADG211 _ADG211 _ADG211 -12
74HC04 -12A

3 4 4
/CS2 IC39B 6 +5
IC40B 5 74HC08
74HC04

5 6 9
/CS3 IC39C 8 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
IC40C 10 74HC08 _IC1 _IC32 _IC40 _IC39 _IC20 _IC52 _IC48 _IC44 _IC47 _IC43
74HC04 C5 C103 C127 C126 C67 C147 C150 C132 C144 C131
7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n 7 100n
9 8

IC40D LOGIC I/O ADDRESSING _74HC14 _74HC125 _74HC04 _74HC08 _74HC14 _74HCT04 _74HC04 _74HC02 _74HC74 _74HC08
74HC04

W1
W2

IC45B
IC45C IC45D ADG211
ADG211 ADG211 11 10
15
10 7 16 IC52E
9 8 14 74HCT04
FL6 11 6
DSS306 13 12

+5 1 3 IC52F
74HCT04
C157 + IC48E

7
1uF 74HC04
2

8 11 9 8
TXD0 IC44C 10 IC44D 13 11 10
RXD0 9 12 IC52D
74HCT04
DZ1A 74HC02 74HC02
IC46 MAX232E IC49 MAX232E SM8LC05
1

2
11 14 11 14
TXD1 T1IN T1OUT T1IN T1OUT
10 T2IN T2OUT 7 10 T2IN T2OUT 7 IC32D
74HC125 11 10
L35BLM21 1J11 L48 BLM21 1J14
RXD1 12 13 12 13 5 5 IC1E
R1OUT R1IN 2J11 R1OUT R1IN 3J14 +
7
+
7 12 11 74HC14
9 R2OUT R2IN 8 L34BLM21 9 R2OUT R2IN 8 L49 BLM21 6 - 6 -
IC21B IC13B 13 12
3J11 2J14 AD822 AD822

13
16 15 16 15 IC1F
+5 VCC GND 4J11 +5 VCC GND
74HC14
2 6 2 6 4J14
V+ V- V+ V-
C137 + C152 +
2

100n 100n + C141

C1+

C2+

C1+

C2+

C125 J11 J14

C1-

C2-

C1-

C2-

+ 5 +
C138 XX 1uF XX 7 5 +
1uF 1uF AMP 4p 90 C153 AMP 4p 90 6 - 7 4 5
1

+5 1uF IC4B 6 -
C139 + + C124 + + AD822 IC5B SW2D
1

1uF 1uF IC45A C140 OP213 SW_DIP4

R201 ADG211 C154 1uF
10K 1uF

13 12 5
PB3 +
7
IC48F 6 -
74HC04 IC24B
LF353 Mod.
Drawn S. GRILLI 632/99 77/00 A001/01 A014/03

DIDECO spa
Date 25/08/03
Title
Approv. S. ROMAGNOLI ELECTA SENSOR BOARD -SBE- PAGE 4
Size Document Number Rev
C 88528 4
Date 25/08/03 Date: Thursday, May 06, 2004 Sheet 4 of 4